Articles by alphabetic order
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
 Ā Ī Ñ Ś Ū Ö Ō
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0


Difference between revisions of "Gampopa’s Mahamudra"

From Tibetan Buddhist Encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page with " Gampopa’s Mahamudra THE FIVE-PART MAHAMUDRA PRACTICE TAUGHT TO PHAGMO DRUPA BY GAMPOPA WITH TEXTS OF THE THROPHU, DRIGUNG, DRUKPA, AND KARMA KAGYU LINEAGES AND ORAL CO...")
 
Line 4: Line 4:
  
  
Gampopa’s Mahamudra THE FIVE-PART MAHAMUDRA PRACTICE TAUGHT TO PHAGMO DRUPA BY GAMPOPA
+
[[Gampopa’s]] [[Mahamudra]] THE FIVE-PART [[MAHAMUDRA]] PRACTICE TAUGHT TO PHAGMO DRUPA BY GAMPOPA
  
WITH TEXTS OF THE THROPHU, DRIGUNG, DRUKPA, AND KARMA KAGYU LINEAGES AND ORAL COMMENTARY BY BENCHEN TENGA RINPOCHE
+
WITH TEXTS OF THE THROPHU, DRIGUNG, DRUKPA, AND [[KARMA]] [[KAGYU]] [[LINEAGES]] AND ORAL COMMENTARY BY BENCHEN TENGA [[RINPOCHE]]
  
BY LOTSAWA TONY DUFF PADMA KARPO TRANSLATIONS
+
BY LOTSAWA TONY DUFF [[PADMA]] KARPO TRANSLATIONS
  
Copyright © 2008 Tony Duff. All rights reserved. No portion of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photography, recording, or by any information storage or retrieval system or technologies now known or later developed, without permission in writing from the publisher. Lydian and Jansen typefaces used throughout the book. Janson typeface with diacritical marks designed by Tony Duff, Tibetan Computer Company. Cover picture of Lord Gampopa kindly provided from a thangka owned by Tibet Shop; visit their web-site at www.tibetshop.com. Phagmo Drupa thangka painting used with kind permission from Rubin Museum of Art, New York. Photograph of Benchen Tenga Rinpoche provided by Benchen Monastery, Swayambhu, Nepal. First edition 10th June, 2008 ISBN 978-9937-2-0607-5 Produced and Published by Padma Karpo Translation Committee P.O. Box 4957 Kathmandu NEPAL Web-site and e-mail contact through: http://www.tibet.dk/pktc Or search Padma Karpo Translation Committee on the web.
+
Copyright © 2008 Tony Duff. All rights reserved. No portion of this [[book]] may be reproduced in any [[form]] or by any means, electronic or mechanical, [[including]] photography, recording, or by any [[information]] storage or retrieval system or technologies now known or later developed, without permission in [[writing]] from the publisher. Lydian and Jansen typefaces used throughout the [[book]]. Janson typeface with diacritical marks designed by Tony Duff, [[Tibetan]] Computer Company. Cover picture of Lord [[Gampopa]] kindly provided from a [[thangka]] owned by [[Tibet]] Shop; visit their web-site at www.tibetshop.com. [[Phagmo Drupa]] [[thangka painting]] used with kind permission from {{Wiki|Rubin Museum of Art}}, [[New York]]. Photograph of Benchen [[Tenga Rinpoche]] provided by [[Benchen Monastery]], {{Wiki|Swayambhu}}, [[Nepal]]. First edition 10th June, 2008 ISBN 978-9937-2-0607-5 Produced and Published by [[Padma Karpo]] Translation Committee P.O. Box 4957 [[Kathmandu]] NEPAL Web-site and e-mail [[contact]] through: http://www.tibet.dk/pktc Or search [[Padma Karpo]] Translation Committee on the web.
  
 
CONTENTS
 
CONTENTS
Line 16: Line 16:
 
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
 
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
  
PART 1. The Source: Gampopa’s Instruction to Phagmo Drupa That Began the Five-Part Mahāmudrā . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 The Teaching: Phagmo Drupa’s instructions transmitted by the: Throphu Kagyu A Written Instruction Coming from the Throphu Kagyu on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā by The Translator from Throphu, Jampay Pal . . . . . . . . . . 5 Drigung Kagyu and Karma Kagyu The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts. The instructions by Jigten Sumgon arranged and commented on by Zhamar Konchog Yanlag . . . . . . 9 Drukpa Kagyu “Mind Harvest”, An Instruction on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā by All-knowing Padma Karpo . . . . . . 27
+
PART 1. The Source: [[Gampopa’s]] Instruction to [[Phagmo Drupa]] That Began the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 The [[Teaching]]: [[Phagmo]] Drupa’s instructions transmitted by the: Throphu [[Kagyu]] A Written Instruction Coming from the Throphu [[Kagyu]] on the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] by The [[Translator]] from Throphu, Jampay Pal . . . . . . . . . . 5 [[Drigung Kagyu]] and [[Karma Kagyu]] The Source of the [[Jewels]] of [[Experience]] and [[Realization]], The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts. The instructions by [[Jigten Sumgon]] arranged and commented on by [[Zhamar]] [[Konchog Yanlag]] . . . . . . 9 [[Drukpa Kagyu]] “[[Mind]] Harvest”, An Instruction on the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] by All-knowing [[Padma Karpo]] . . . . . . 27
  
 
iii
 
iii
Line 24: Line 24:
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
  
Karma Kagyu A Written Instruction on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā by All-knowing Situ Chokyi Jungnay . . . . . . . . . . 43
+
[[Karma Kagyu]] A Written Instruction on the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] by All-knowing [[Situ Chokyi Jungnay]] . . . . . . . . . . 43
  
PART 2. Oral Commentary by Benchen Tenga Rinpoche to The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts . . . . . . . . . . . 61 The Enlightenment Mind is the Motivation for Studying the Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Homage and Preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Part One: Enlightenment Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Part Two: Development Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Part Three: Guru Yoga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Part Four: Mahāmudrā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Part Five: Dedication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Additional Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 End notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Other Resources: Padma Karpo Publications . . . . . . 127 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
+
PART 2. Oral Commentary by Benchen [[Tenga Rinpoche]] to The Source of the [[Jewels]] of [[Experience]] and [[Realization]], The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts . . . . . . . . . . . 61 The [[Enlightenment]] [[Mind]] is the [[Motivation]] for Studying the [[Teaching]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Homage and Preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Part One: [[Enlightenment]] [[Mind]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Part Two: [[Development Stage]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Part Three: [[Guru Yoga]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Part Four: [[Mahāmudrā]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Part Five: [[Dedication]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Additional Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 End notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Other Resources: [[Padma Karpo]] Publications . . . . . . 127 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
“Five-Part Mahāmudrā” is a specific way of practising Mahāmudrā that is used in the Kagyu lineage of Tibetan Buddhism. It was first taught by Gampopa to his disciples and since then has become one of the main ways that Mahāmudrā is practised in the Kagyu lineage. This book presents the teaching and system of instruction that goes with it through the actual Tibetan sources of texts and a commentary. I gathered these materials by hearing the teachings personally then translated and arranged them with helpful background material.
+
“Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]” is a specific way of practising [[Mahāmudrā]] that is used in the [[Kagyu lineage]] of [[Tibetan Buddhism]]. It was first [[taught]] by [[Gampopa]] to his [[disciples]] and since then has become one of the main ways that [[Mahāmudrā]] is practised in the [[Kagyu lineage]]. This [[book]] presents the [[teaching]] and system of instruction that goes with it through the actual [[Tibetan]] sources of texts and a commentary. I [[gathered]] these materials by hearing the teachings personally then translated and arranged them with helpful background material.
  
1. THE SOURCE OF THE TEACHING The Kagyu lineage traces itself back to the Indian siddha Tailopa1. His instructions on the practice of the vajra vehicle, including the instructions on Mahāmudrā, went successively to Nāropa in India and then to Marpa, Milarepa, and Gampopa in Tibet all of whom are regarded as the early masters of the lineage. Gampopa (1079-1153 A.D.) represents a pivotal point in the spread of the Kagyu system of teaching and practice. Before him, there had been very little in the way of organized institutions and very little of the teaching had been written down. Starting in his time, institutions developed and the teachings began to be recorded in writing. Gampopa and his gurus in many ways v
+
1. THE SOURCE OF THE TEACHING The [[Kagyu lineage]] traces itself back to the [[Indian siddha]] Tailopa1. His instructions on the practice of the [[vajra vehicle]], [[including]] the instructions on [[Mahāmudrā]], went [[successively]] to [[Nāropa]] in [[India]] and then to [[Marpa]], [[Milarepa]], and [[Gampopa]] [[in Tibet]] all of whom are regarded as the early [[masters of the lineage]]. [[Gampopa]] (1079-1153 A.D.) represents a pivotal point in the spread of the [[Kagyu]] system of [[teaching]] and practice. Before him, there had been very little in the way of organized {{Wiki|institutions}} and very little of the [[teaching]] had been written down. Starting in his time, {{Wiki|institutions}} developed and the teachings began to be recorded in [[writing]]. [[Gampopa]] and his [[gurus]] in many ways v
  
 
vi
 
vi
Line 38: Line 38:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
are like the solid trunk of a tree that has not branched out yet. Gampopa is the point on the trunk where myriads of branches appear and the whole turns into a great and luxurious tree. Gampopa had three heart sons of the secret mantra teachings called “The Three Men from Kham”. One was “Grey-Hair” who later became known as the first Karmapa, Dusum Khyenpa. He became the source of the Karma Kamtsang—also known as Karma Kagyu—lineage, which is one of the four lineages that developed directly from Gampopa called the Four Greater Lineages of the Kagyu. Another one was Khampa Dorgyal who was also known as Phagmo Drupa. He became the source of the Phagdru2 Kagyu lineage, another one of the Four Greater Lineages. Eight of his heart disciples became the sources of nearly all the other Kagyu lineages, called the Eight Lesser Lineages, of the Kagyu. The third one was Saltong Shogom whose incarnations led a recluse’s life for many generations and who was not widely known of in Tibet; he did not give rise to any lineage—his incarnations have become known in recent times as Traleg Rinpoche. On at least one occasion that is recorded but most likely on many occasions, Gampopa gave instructions on how to practise Mahāmudrā to his heart disciple Phagmo Drupa in a five-part format. Phagmo Drupa used this five-part format as the framework for his successful practice of Mahāmudrā. Phagmo Drupa (1110-1170) was already famous as a great teacher and highly accomplished yogin before he came to Gampopa. However, after gaining great attainment under Gampopa’s care, he became a very famous teacher, with many disciples. He is well-known for teaching to vast assemblies and in at least one of them, said to contain five thousand practitioners of the vajra vehicle, taught the complete instructions of Mahāmudrā in the five-part format that Gampopa had given him and which he had successfully used for his own practice. This teaching, which was
+
are like the solid trunk of a [[tree]] that has not branched out yet. [[Gampopa]] is the point on the trunk where myriads of branches appear and the whole turns into a great and luxurious [[tree]]. [[Gampopa]] had three [[heart]] sons of the [[secret mantra]] teachings called “The [[Three Men from Kham]]”. One was “Grey-Hair” who later became known as the [[first Karmapa]], [[Dusum Khyenpa]]. He became the source of the [[Karma]] Kamtsang—also known as [[Karma]] Kagyu—lineage, which is one of the four [[lineages]] that developed directly from [[Gampopa]] called the Four Greater [[Lineages]] of the [[Kagyu]]. Another one was [[Khampa]] Dorgyal who was also known as [[Phagmo Drupa]]. He became the source of the Phagdru2 [[Kagyu lineage]], another one of the Four Greater [[Lineages]]. Eight of his [[heart disciples]] became the sources of nearly all the other [[Kagyu lineages]], called the Eight Lesser [[Lineages]], of the [[Kagyu]]. The third one was [[Saltong Shogom]] whose [[incarnations]] led a recluse’s [[life]] for many generations and who was not widely known of [[in Tibet]]; he did not give rise to any lineage—his [[incarnations]] have become known in recent times as [[Traleg Rinpoche]]. On at least one occasion that is recorded but most likely on many occasions, [[Gampopa]] gave instructions on how to practise [[Mahāmudrā]] to his [[heart disciple]] [[Phagmo Drupa]] in a five-part format. [[Phagmo Drupa]] used this five-part format as the framework for his successful practice of [[Mahāmudrā]]. [[Phagmo Drupa]] (1110-1170) was already famous as a [[great teacher]] and highly accomplished [[yogin]] before he came to [[Gampopa]]. However, after gaining great [[attainment]] under [[Gampopa’s]] [[care]], he became a very famous [[teacher]], with many [[disciples]]. He is well-known for [[teaching]] to vast assemblies and in at least one of them, said to contain five thousand practitioners of the [[vajra vehicle]], [[taught]] the complete instructions of [[Mahāmudrā]] in the five-part format that [[Gampopa]] had given him and which he had successfully used for his [[own]] practice. This [[teaching]], which was
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 44: Line 44:
 
vii
 
vii
  
heard, practised, and passed on by his disciples, became a specific method for doing Mahāmudrā practice and over time become known as “Five-Part Mahāmudrā” or simply, “The Five-Parts”. The Five-Part instructions went to all of Phagdru’s main disciples and so became a central part of the Eight Lesser lineages of the Kagyu—Drigung, Taklung, Throphu, Drukpa, Martshang, Yelpa, Yazang, and Shugseb—that developed because of them. The teaching also went from them into the Four Greater Lineages—Karma, Barom, Tshalpa, and Phagdru. For example, it went from the founder of the Drigung Kagyu, Jigten Sumgon, into the Karma Kagyu where it was transmitted by the lineage holders of that lineage. In this way, this particular teaching called “The Five-Part Mahāmudrā” became one of the main ways that the Mahāmudrā teaching was transmitted in Kagyu lineages after Gampopa.
+
heard, practised, and passed on by his [[disciples]], became a specific method for doing [[Mahāmudrā]] practice and over time become known as “Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]” or simply, “The Five-Parts”. The Five-Part instructions went to all of Phagdru’s main [[disciples]] and so became a central part of the Eight Lesser [[lineages]] of the Kagyu—Drigung, [[Taklung]], Throphu, [[Drukpa]], Martshang, Yelpa, Yazang, and Shugseb—that developed because of them. The [[teaching]] also went from them into the Four Greater Lineages—Karma, [[Barom]], [[Tshalpa]], and [[Phagdru]]. For example, it went from the founder of the [[Drigung Kagyu]], [[Jigten Sumgon]], into the [[Karma Kagyu]] where it was transmitted by the [[lineage holders]] of that [[lineage]]. In this way, this particular [[teaching]] called “The Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]” became one of the main ways that the [[Mahāmudrā]] [[teaching]] was transmitted in [[Kagyu lineages]] after [[Gampopa]].
  
2. THE TEACHING The Reality Called Mahamudra What is Mahāmudrā? It is the name for reality used by a particular group of tantric practitioners in ancient India. It sounds exotic but, if you get down to nuts and bolts, it means “reality”, no more and no less. The word “Mahāmudrā” is often translated as Great Seal and that is not wrong but it usually does not convey the immediate, overarching sense of reality that the original term does in Indian language. The Illuminator Tibetan-English Dictionary3 has a clear explanation of the word: “Ultimate reality in the tantric teachings that first came to Tibet was called Mahā Ati. This was translated in Tibetan as “rdzogs pa chen po” and translates into English as Great Completion. In the
+
2. THE TEACHING The [[Reality]] Called [[Mahamudra]] What is [[Mahāmudrā]]? It is the [[name]] for [[reality]] used by a particular group of [[tantric practitioners]] in {{Wiki|ancient India}}. It {{Wiki|sounds}} exotic but, if you get down to nuts and bolts, it means “[[reality]]”, no more and no less. The [[word]] “[[Mahāmudrā]]” is often translated as [[Great Seal]] and that is not wrong but it usually does not convey the immediate, overarching [[sense]] of [[reality]] that the original term does in [[Indian]] [[language]]. The Illuminator Tibetan-English Dictionary3 has a clear explanation of the [[word]]: “[[Ultimate reality]] in the [[tantric teachings]] that first came to [[Tibet]] was called [[Mahā]] Ati. This was translated in [[Tibetan]] as “[[rdzogs pa chen po]]” and translates into English as [[Great Completion]]. In the
  
 
viii
 
viii
Line 52: Line 52:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
tantric teachings that came to Tibet in the later spread of dharma, ultimate reality was called Mahāmudrā. This was translated into Tibetan as “phyag rgya chen po”—in Tibetan, “phyag rgya” is the official translation equivalent for the Sanskrit “mudrā” and “chen po” for the Sanskrit “mahā”— and this is commonly translated into English as “Great Seal”. The translation “Great Seal” is correct. However, the term really has the sense in Indian language itself of “The Great Stamp” or even better, “The Great Imprint”. In Tibetan, a “phyag rgya” refers to the kind of seal or stamp that is actually impressed upon something, like a wax seal used to seal a letter or a postage stamp that will be placed on a letter. These seals are more than just a seal, they are an imprint that both exists upon something and conveys some meaning4. Phenomena, just by being phenomena, are automatically subject to reality. They are imprinted with that reality. And it is not just one phenomenon or some phenomena that are connected with and hence imprinted with fundamental reality, rather, every phenomenon that there is necessarily connected with and hence imprinted with that fundamental reality. Therefore the imprint, stamp, or seal of ultimate reality that phenomena bear is not just any imprint but is the one, “great” imprint that stamps itself on everything. So, when the term Mahāmudrā is used, it actually conveys the meaning "the great imprint, the one that all phenomena bear”. It is the imprint of ultimate reality that everything is stamped with, choicelessly. The tradition explains the term further. The commentators of the tradition break the term “phyag
+
[[tantric teachings]] that came to [[Tibet]] in the later spread of [[dharma]], [[ultimate reality]] was called [[Mahāmudrā]]. This was translated into [[Tibetan]] as “[[phyag rgya]] [[chen]] po”—in [[Tibetan]], “[[phyag rgya]]” is the official translation {{Wiki|equivalent}} for the [[Sanskrit]] “[[mudrā]]” and “[[chen po]]” for the [[Sanskrit]] “[[mahā]]”— and this is commonly translated into English as “[[Great Seal]]”. The translation “[[Great Seal]]” is correct. However, the term really has the [[sense]] in [[Indian]] [[language]] itself of “The Great Stamp” or even better, “The Great Imprint”. In [[Tibetan]], a “[[phyag rgya]]” refers to the kind of {{Wiki|seal}} or stamp that is actually impressed upon something, like a wax {{Wiki|seal}} used to {{Wiki|seal}} a [[letter]] or a postage stamp that will be placed on a [[letter]]. These [[seals]] are more than just a {{Wiki|seal}}, they are an imprint that both [[exists]] upon something and conveys some meaning4. [[Phenomena]], just by being [[phenomena]], are automatically [[subject]] to [[reality]]. They are imprinted with that [[reality]]. And it is not just one [[phenomenon]] or some [[phenomena]] that are connected with and hence imprinted with [[fundamental reality]], rather, every [[phenomenon]] that there is necessarily connected with and hence imprinted with that [[fundamental reality]]. Therefore the imprint, stamp, or {{Wiki|seal}} of [[ultimate reality]] that [[phenomena]] bear is not just any imprint but is the one, “great” imprint that stamps itself on everything. So, when the term [[Mahāmudrā]] is used, it actually conveys the meaning "the great imprint, the one that all [[phenomena]] bear”. It is the imprint of [[ultimate reality]] that everything is stamped with, choicelessly. The [[tradition]] explains the term further. The commentators of the [[tradition]] break the term “[[phyag]]
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 58: Line 58:
 
ix
 
ix
  
rgya” down into “phyag” and “rgya” which they connect with “mu” and “drā” of the original Sanskrit “mudrā” respectively. Then the two are explained to mean wisdom and emptiness—and sometimes appearance and emptiness—respectively. The “chen po” is still correlated with “mahā” but is now explained as meaning that the two, wisdom and emptiness or appearance and emptiness are, and have always been, inseparable. However, this detailed explanation has to be kept within the basic meaning of the term, which is, if we say it really in colloquial English, “The Great Seal of Reality, which is that all phenomena inevitably are stamped by the fact of wisdom and emptiness inseparable.” Why is reality equated with wisdom and emptiness inseparable and why is that equated with appearance and emptiness inseparable? At root, the things of the average person’s world seem to be solid, permanent, and one, partless thing. That is the way that mind5 takes them to be. When this apparent solidity and so forth is looked into, the things that appeared that way suddenly disappear. They were just fictions being invented by mind that was working in a mistaken kind of way. Reality does not have these fictions in it, for reality is what is, not a mistaken take on it. The absence of these things in reality is called “emptiness”. However, there is still something about our existence that presents itself to us. When all the mistaken perceptions are removed, there is still a mind that knows. This kind of mind does not know in the way that the mistaken mind does; it operates in a fundamentally different way. The Buddha simply called this kind of mind jñāna which means “knowing” no more and no less. This is mostly translated as “wisdom” and that is the term used for it in this book. In other words, reality is that any phenomenon that could appear is always empty, absent of the mistaken form, at root. These phenomena do not exist in a vacuum, they are actually the things
+
[[rgya]]” down into “[[phyag]]” and “[[rgya]]” which they connect with “mu” and “drā” of the original [[Sanskrit]] “[[mudrā]]” respectively. Then the two are explained to mean [[wisdom]] and emptiness—and sometimes [[appearance]] and emptiness—respectively. The “[[chen po]]” is still correlated with “[[mahā]]” but is now explained as meaning that the two, [[wisdom]] and [[emptiness]] or [[appearance]] and [[emptiness]] are, and have always been, [[inseparable]]. However, this detailed explanation has to be kept within the basic meaning of the term, which is, if we say it really in colloquial English, “The [[Great Seal]] of [[Reality]], which is that all [[phenomena]] inevitably are stamped by the fact of [[wisdom]] and [[emptiness]] [[inseparable]].” Why is [[reality]] equated with [[wisdom]] and [[emptiness]] [[inseparable]] and why is that equated with [[appearance]] and [[emptiness]] [[inseparable]]? At [[root]], the things of the average person’s [[world]] seem to be solid, [[permanent]], and one, partless thing. That is the way that mind5 takes them to be. When this apparent {{Wiki|solidity}} and so forth is looked into, the things that appeared that way suddenly disappear. They were just fictions being invented by [[mind]] that was working in a mistaken kind of way. [[Reality]] does not have these fictions in it, for [[reality]] is what is, not a mistaken take on it. The absence of these things in [[reality]] is called “[[emptiness]]”. However, there is still something about our [[existence]] that presents itself to us. When all the mistaken [[perceptions]] are removed, there is still a [[mind]] that [[knows]]. This kind of [[mind]] does not know in the way that the mistaken [[mind]] does; it operates in a fundamentally different way. The [[Buddha]] simply called this kind of [[mind]] [[jñāna]] which means “[[knowing]]” no more and no less. This is mostly translated as “[[wisdom]]” and that is the term used for it in this [[book]]. In other words, [[reality]] is that any [[phenomenon]] that could appear is always [[empty]], absent of the mistaken [[form]], at [[root]]. These [[phenomena]] do not [[exist]] in a {{Wiki|vacuum}}, they are actually the things
  
 
x
 
x
Line 64: Line 64:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
known by un-mistaken mind, wisdom. So all phenomena are actually the appearances that arise in the wisdom that knows them and, as they arise in that wisdom, always lack the mistaken solidity and so forth that a mistaken mind would see them with. It is not that the phenomena arise and are then known by the wisdom, rather, they arise as part of the energy of the wisdom itself. Thus all phenomena are, you can say, wisdom and emptiness inseparable or appearance and emptiness inseparable; when understood that way, the meaning is the same. The yogic tradition of ancient India that understood reality in this way called it Mahāmudrā, the great stamp of reality that all phenomena are always stamped with, and their teaching was that reality is wisdom and emptiness as an inseparable unity.
+
known by un-mistaken [[mind]], [[wisdom]]. So all [[phenomena]] are actually the [[appearances]] that arise in the [[wisdom]] that [[knows]] them and, as they arise in that [[wisdom]], always lack the mistaken {{Wiki|solidity}} and so forth that a mistaken [[mind]] would see them with. It is not that the [[phenomena]] arise and are then known by the [[wisdom]], rather, they arise as part of the [[energy]] of the [[wisdom]] itself. Thus all [[phenomena]] are, you can say, [[wisdom]] and [[emptiness]] [[inseparable]] or [[appearance]] and [[emptiness]] [[inseparable]]; when understood that way, the meaning is the same. The [[yogic]] [[tradition]] of {{Wiki|ancient India}} that understood [[reality]] in this way called it [[Mahāmudrā]], the great stamp of [[reality]] that all [[phenomena]] are always stamped with, and their [[teaching]] was that [[reality]] is [[wisdom]] and [[emptiness]] as an [[inseparable]] {{Wiki|unity}}.
  
The Practice of Mahamudra It should be clear from the foregoing that the term Mahāmudrā is a term for reality. Beings need a practice to get back to that reality and the tantric systems that came from India to Tibet contained a number of different practices for that purpose. The tantric teachings that came into the Kagyu tradition included several: the teaching of Mahāmudrā itself, the teachings of deity practices of various sorts, and the yogic teachings summed up by Nāropa into what were called “The Six Teachings of Nāropa”—Inner Heat, Illusory Body, Dreaming, Luminosity, Transference, and Intermediate State. The Mahāmudrā teaching is directly related to the practice called “Luminosity” contained in the six teachings of Nāropa. The practice of Mahāmudrā is also contained in a teaching called “Sahajayoga” or “Co-emergence Yoga”. This latter name is mostly seen in English these days as “Coemergent Union” but there is a point here: Mahāmudrā is a term for reality whereas Luminosity and Co-emergence Yoga are names of the practice of that reality. Phagmo Drupa once asked Gampopa about this distinction:
+
The [[Practice of Mahamudra]] It should be clear from the foregoing that the term [[Mahāmudrā]] is a term for [[reality]]. [[Beings]] need a practice to get back to that [[reality]] and the [[tantric]] systems that came from [[India]] to [[Tibet]] contained a number of different practices for that {{Wiki|purpose}}. The [[tantric teachings]] that came into the [[Kagyu tradition]] included several: the [[teaching]] of [[Mahāmudrā]] itself, the teachings of [[deity]] practices of various sorts, and the [[yogic]] teachings summed up by [[Nāropa]] into what were called “The Six Teachings of Nāropa”—Inner Heat, [[Illusory Body]], [[Dreaming]], [[Luminosity]], [[Transference]], and [[Intermediate State]]. The [[Mahāmudrā]] [[teaching]] is directly related to the practice called “[[Luminosity]]” contained in the six teachings of [[Nāropa]]. The practice of [[Mahāmudrā]] is also contained in a [[teaching]] called “[[Sahajayoga]]” or “Co-emergence [[Yoga]]”. This [[latter]] [[name]] is mostly seen in English these days as “Coemergent Union” but there is a point here: [[Mahāmudrā]] is a term for [[reality]] whereas [[Luminosity]] and Co-emergence [[Yoga]] are names of the practice of that [[reality]]. [[Phagmo Drupa]] once asked [[Gampopa]] about this {{Wiki|distinction}}:
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 72: Line 72:
 
xi
 
xi
  
“What difference is there, if any, between Mahāmudrā and Co-emergence Yoga?” Gampopa’s reply made it very clear6: “In other words, Mahāmudrā is a timeless reality that is always present, whereas Co-emergence Yoga is a practice that is done at various times and time after time, of uniting non-reality with reality, where reality is expressed above as the four different aspects of a buddha’s enlightenment.” How did Gampopa see the teaching and practice of Mahāmudrā in relation to the other teachings and practices of reality that were handed down to him? His guru, Milarepa, had put strong emphasis on Inner Heat, so that became a particularly important teaching in the Kagyu from Milarepa’s time onwards. The writings in the collected works of Gampopa show that he did teach all of the six teachings of Nāropa but preferred to guide his students with the practice of Inner Heat mixed with Mahāmudrā where possible and, where not possible, did teach the path of Mahāmudrā alone as his main way of leading disciples. This is very clear from another interchange between Phagmo Drupa and Gampopa7. Phagmo Drupa asked, “In terms of practising to gain experience, which is the most profound oral instruction8?” Gampopa replied by listing what he had heard other people say to be the most profound instruction for practice. He started with the Kadampa’s mind training and went through several others, mentioned deity practice, then arrived at what his guru Milarepa had said. Having mentioned them all, he then answered the question; “... I heard Guru Mila say, “The prana practice of Inner Heat is the profound meditation”.
+
“What difference is there, if any, between [[Mahāmudrā]] and Co-emergence [[Yoga]]?” [[Gampopa’s]] reply made it very clear6: “In other words, [[Mahāmudrā]] is a timeless [[reality]] that is always {{Wiki|present}}, whereas Co-emergence [[Yoga]] is a practice that is done at various times and time after time, of uniting [[non-reality]] with [[reality]], where [[reality]] is expressed above as the four different aspects of a [[buddha’s]] [[enlightenment]].” How did [[Gampopa]] see the [[teaching]] and practice of [[Mahāmudrā]] in [[relation]] to the other teachings and practices of [[reality]] that were handed down to him? His [[guru]], [[Milarepa]], had put strong {{Wiki|emphasis}} on [[Inner Heat]], so that became a particularly important [[teaching]] in the [[Kagyu]] from [[Milarepa’s]] time onwards. The writings in the collected works of [[Gampopa]] show that he did teach all of the six teachings of [[Nāropa]] but preferred to guide his students with the practice of [[Inner Heat]] mixed with [[Mahāmudrā]] where possible and, where not possible, did teach the [[path]] of [[Mahāmudrā]] alone as his main way of leading [[disciples]]. This is very clear from another interchange between [[Phagmo Drupa]] and Gampopa7. [[Phagmo Drupa]] asked, “In terms of practising to gain [[experience]], which is the most profound oral instruction8?” [[Gampopa]] replied by listing what he had heard other [[people]] say to be the most profound instruction for practice. He started with the Kadampa’s [[mind training]] and went through several others, mentioned [[deity practice]], then arrived at what his [[guru]] [[Milarepa]] had said. Having mentioned them all, he then answered the question; “... I heard [[Guru]] [[Mila]] say, “The [[prana]] practice of [[Inner Heat]] is the profound [[meditation]]”.
  
 
xii
 
xii
Line 78: Line 78:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
Adding it all up, for any given person, the dharma that the person develops certainty in is the profound one. So, for me, if you devote yourself to the guru and meditate on pairing Inner Heat with Mahāmudrā and so train your mind in the enlightenment mind9, since both your own and others’ aims will happen at the same time because of it, this is the profound one.” Phagmo Drupa queried, “Well then, do you prefer to lead people through Inner Heat to start with or through Mahāmudrā?” The reply came, “It depends on the person’s type. Younger people with good physical elements and channels who are instructed in and meditate on Inner Heat itself will quickly develop the signs of warmth. Then, if they are given Mahāmudrā, experience and realization will quickly dawn. For older people who are in the category of not being able to tune the winds, I prefer to give Mahāmudrā or Co-emergence Yoga, though there is the possibility that, if Mahāmudrā is not produced within the mindstream, they might fall into bad activities and develop a very jaded and problematic character.” These interchanges are from an early, possibly initial, meeting between Gampopa and Phagmo Drupa. Phagmo Drupa asked a lot of questions of Gampopa, obviously to get a sense of Gampopa’s style and knowledge. Later, after the required phase of testing the prospective guru, Phagmo Drupa decided to become a disciple of Gampopa. At one point Phagmo Drupa returned to Gampopa, who was staying in his hermitage in Gampo Valley at the time, and, with some other yogins, asked him for an introduction to the
+
Adding it all up, for any given [[person]], the [[dharma]] that the [[person]] develops {{Wiki|certainty}} in is the profound one. So, for me, if you devote yourself to the [[guru]] and [[meditate]] on pairing [[Inner Heat]] with [[Mahāmudrā]] and so train your [[mind]] in the [[enlightenment]] mind9, since both your [[own]] and others’ aims will happen at the same time because of it, this is the profound one.” [[Phagmo Drupa]] queried, “Well then, do you prefer to lead [[people]] through [[Inner Heat]] to start with or through [[Mahāmudrā]]?” The reply came, “It depends on the person’s type. Younger [[people]] with good [[physical elements]] and [[channels]] who are instructed in and [[meditate]] on [[Inner Heat]] itself will quickly develop the [[signs]] of warmth. Then, if they are given [[Mahāmudrā]], [[experience]] and [[realization]] will quickly dawn. For older [[people]] who are in the category of not being able to tune the [[winds]], I prefer to give [[Mahāmudrā]] or Co-emergence [[Yoga]], though there is the possibility that, if [[Mahāmudrā]] is not produced within the [[mindstream]], they might fall into bad [[activities]] and develop a very jaded and problematic [[character]].” These interchanges are from an early, possibly initial, meeting between [[Gampopa]] and [[Phagmo Drupa]]. [[Phagmo Drupa]] asked a lot of questions of [[Gampopa]], obviously to get a [[sense]] of [[Gampopa’s]] style and [[knowledge]]. Later, after the required phase of testing the prospective [[guru]], [[Phagmo Drupa]] decided to become a [[disciple]] of [[Gampopa]]. At one point [[Phagmo Drupa]] returned to [[Gampopa]], who was staying in his [[hermitage]] in [[Gampo]] Valley at the time, and, with some other [[yogins]], asked him for an introduction to the
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 84: Line 84:
 
xiii
 
xiii
  
nature of mind10. This time he was asking for the actual instructions needed for the practice. Gampopa gave a very pithy answer that the reality of mind is none other than the isness of a buddha’s mind and went on to say that, if you want to get to that state of being, then you need to go to an isolated place and practice. He then mentioned the things to do in an actual session of practice which came as a sequence of things to do prior to the actual practice of Mahāmudrā and followed that with an extensive explanation of Mahāmudrā practice itself, the Co-emergent Yoga, as passed down through Tailo, Nāro, and so on. In this, he instructed Phagmo Drupa and the others to go to an isolated place suitable for the practice and then explained how to do the sessions of the practice of Mahāmudrā in a number of parts. This interchange is the actual source of the whole Five-Part Mahāmudrā teaching that has become a mainstay of Kagyu practice. Thus it is presented as the opening section of the book on page 3.
+
[[nature]] of mind10. This time he was asking for the actual instructions needed for the practice. [[Gampopa]] gave a very pithy answer that the [[reality of mind]] is none other than the isness of a [[buddha’s mind]] and went on to say that, if you want to get to that [[state of being]], then you need to go to an isolated place and practice. He then mentioned the things to do in an actual session of practice which came as a sequence of things to do prior to the actual practice of [[Mahāmudrā]] and followed that with an extensive explanation of [[Mahāmudrā]] practice itself, the Co-emergent [[Yoga]], as passed down through Tailo, [[Nāro]], and so on. In this, he instructed [[Phagmo Drupa]] and the others to go to an isolated place suitable for the practice and then explained how to do the sessions of the practice of [[Mahāmudrā]] in a number of parts. This interchange is the actual source of the whole Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] [[teaching]] that has become a mainstay of [[Kagyu]] practice. Thus it is presented as the opening section of the [[book]] on page 3.
  
The Specific Practice of Mahamudra Done in Five Parts Luminosity of the Six Teachings of Nāropa and Co-emergence Yoga are distinct teachings of Mahāmudrā that were part of the transmission of the tantric teachings that came from India to Tibet. Five-Part Mahāmudrā was not another teaching that was transmitted with them. Rather, Five-Part Mahāmudrā is Gampopa’s instruction on how to do an effective session of Mahāmudrā practice. Gampopa gave an explanation of Mahāmudrā following the co-emergence system that came down through Śhāntipa to Tailopa and thence down to Gampopa as explained before but it could have been any other instruction on Mahāmudrā. He then instructed his disciples to do the practice of Mahāmudrā in sessions with five different parts to them, so that they could conduct a complete and effective session of Mahāmudrā practice.
+
The Specific [[Practice of Mahamudra]] Done in Five Parts [[Luminosity]] of the [[Six Teachings of Nāropa]] and Co-emergence [[Yoga]] are {{Wiki|distinct}} teachings of [[Mahāmudrā]] that were part of the [[transmission]] of the [[tantric teachings]] that came from [[India]] to [[Tibet]]. Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] was not another [[teaching]] that was transmitted with them. Rather, Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] is [[Gampopa’s]] instruction on how to do an effective session of [[Mahāmudrā]] practice. [[Gampopa]] gave an explanation of [[Mahāmudrā]] following the co-emergence system that came down through Śhāntipa to [[Tailopa]] and thence down to [[Gampopa]] as explained before but it could have been any other instruction on [[Mahāmudrā]]. He then instructed his [[disciples]] to do the practice of [[Mahāmudrā]] in sessions with five different parts to them, so that they could conduct a complete and effective session of [[Mahāmudrā]] practice.
  
 
xiv
 
xiv
Line 92: Line 92:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
Although these instructions originated with Gampopa, Phagmo Drupa was the heart disciple who heard and practised the five-part instruction and gained realization through it. Historically, Phagmo Drupa was the one who taught this style of practice to others and who became well known in the Kagyu as the source of this teaching. Phagmo Drupa summed up the five parts and taught them to one large congregation in these words: “First, meditate on enlightenment mind; Meditate on the yidam deity; Meditate on the holy guru; Meditate on Mahāmudrā; Afterwards, seal it with dedication.” Thus, a session of Five-Part Mahāmudrā begins with the development of enlightenment mind. This, which necessarily includes taking refuge, means that the essential points of the practice of the Lesser and Great Vehicles are included in a session. It is followed by meditation on oneself as the personal deity, which means that the development stage practice of secret mantra is fully included in the session. That is followed by guru-yoga, unification with the guru’s enlightened being, which means that a session includes one the greatest key points of secret mantra, devotion to the guru. It arouses and intensifies devotion, which is one of the main forces behind actually being able to join with the guru’s being and experience the reality of Mahāmudrā because of it. It gives the greatest possibility that the next part, which is the practice of Mahāmudrā itself, will be effective. The fourth part is the main practice, Mahāmudrā. Mahāmudrā corresponds to the completion stage of practice of secret mantra so, by practising Mahāmudrā, both development and completion stages of secret mantra are included in the session. Once that has been done, the session needs to be sealed and closed properly, which is done according to the Buddha’s general instructions for all
+
Although these instructions originated with [[Gampopa]], [[Phagmo Drupa]] was the [[heart disciple]] who heard and practised the five-part instruction and gained [[realization]] through it. Historically, [[Phagmo Drupa]] was the one who [[taught]] this style of practice to others and who became well known in the [[Kagyu]] as the source of this [[teaching]]. [[Phagmo Drupa]] summed up the five parts and [[taught]] them to one large congregation in these words: “First, [[meditate]] on [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]; [[Meditate]] on the [[yidam deity]]; [[Meditate]] on the {{Wiki|holy}} [[guru]]; [[Meditate]] on [[Mahāmudrā]]; Afterwards, {{Wiki|seal}} it with [[dedication]].” Thus, a session of Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] begins with the [[development]] of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]. This, which necessarily includes [[taking refuge]], means that the [[essential]] points of the practice of the Lesser and Great Vehicles are included in a session. It is followed by [[meditation]] on oneself as the [[personal deity]], which means that the [[development stage]] practice of [[secret mantra]] is fully included in the session. That is followed by [[guru-yoga]], unification with the [[guru’s]] [[enlightened being]], which means that a session includes one the greatest key points of [[secret mantra]], [[devotion]] to the [[guru]]. It arouses and intensifies [[devotion]], which is one of the main forces behind actually being able to join with the [[guru’s]] being and [[experience]] the [[reality]] of [[Mahāmudrā]] because of it. It gives the greatest possibility that the next part, which is the practice of [[Mahāmudrā]] itself, will be effective. The fourth part is the main practice, [[Mahāmudrā]]. [[Mahāmudrā]] corresponds to the [[completion stage]] of practice of [[secret mantra]] so, by practising [[Mahāmudrā]], both [[development]] and completion stages of [[secret mantra]] are included in the session. Once that has been done, the session needs to be sealed and closed properly, which is done according to the [[Buddha’s]] general instructions for all
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 98: Line 98:
 
xv
 
xv
  
types of meditation, with dedication. In that way, the actual practice of Mahāmudrā, which is one of the core teachings of the Kagyu, is couched within a framework of other practices that create the best environment for doing the practice, which is the point of Five-Part Mahāmudrā.
+
types of [[meditation]], with [[dedication]]. In that way, the actual practice of [[Mahāmudrā]], which is one of the core teachings of the [[Kagyu]], is couched within a framework of other practices that create the best {{Wiki|environment}} for doing the practice, which is the point of Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]].
  
3. THE TEXTS AND COMMENTARY PRESENTED HERE The teaching on Mahāmudrā itself is primarily an oral teaching passed on, usually to a limited audience, for the sake of the listener’s practice and realization. However, the teaching has been recorded in writing at times and these writings are often used as a basis for explaining the practice. This book consists of a variety of writings of Kagyu masters that show the Five Part Mahāmudrā teaching from its beginnings with Gampopa and Phagdru down through its transmission through the various Kagyu lineages and ending with a complete commentary on one of the texts given by a principal, present-day holder of the lineage. A number of books on Mahāmudrā have been published in the West. However, most of them have been transcripts of a specific teaching given by a specific teacher or a translation of a single text. While these sorts of publications have many merits, they do not open readers up to the extraordinary vistas of Tibetan dharma literature. There are a couple of books on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā but they come from the perspective of one lineage and fulfill the time-honoured need for presenting the teaching just of that lineage. They do not provide the opportunity to see how the teaching developed and how differing teachers had their own ways of presenting the teaching while always maintaining the core teaching. There is also the point that nearly all Western publications about Mahāmudrā so far have been about the Karma
+
3. THE TEXTS AND COMMENTARY PRESENTED HERE The [[teaching]] on [[Mahāmudrā]] itself is primarily an oral [[teaching]] passed on, usually to a limited audience, for the [[sake]] of the listener’s practice and [[realization]]. However, the [[teaching]] has been recorded in [[writing]] at times and these writings are often used as a basis for explaining the practice. This [[book]] consists of a variety of writings of [[Kagyu masters]] that show the Five Part [[Mahāmudrā]] [[teaching]] from its beginnings with [[Gampopa]] and [[Phagdru]] down through its [[transmission]] through the various [[Kagyu lineages]] and ending with a complete commentary on one of the texts given by a [[principal]], present-day holder of the [[lineage]]. A number of [[books]] on [[Mahāmudrā]] have been published in the [[West]]. However, most of them have been transcripts of a specific [[teaching]] given by a specific [[teacher]] or a translation of a single text. While these sorts of publications have many [[merits]], they do not open readers up to the [[extraordinary]] vistas of [[Tibetan]] [[dharma]] {{Wiki|literature}}. There are a couple of [[books]] on the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] but they come from the {{Wiki|perspective}} of one [[lineage]] and fulfill the time-honoured need for presenting the [[teaching]] just of that [[lineage]]. They do not provide the opportunity to see how the [[teaching]] developed and how differing [[teachers]] had their [[own]] ways of presenting the [[teaching]] while always maintaining the core [[teaching]]. There is also the point that nearly all [[Western]] publications about [[Mahāmudrā]] so far have been about the [[Karma]]
  
 
xvi
 
xvi
Line 106: Line 106:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
Kagyu approach, though there are also a couple of good books written from the Drigung Kagyu perspective. Therefore, although this book is like others in that it does contain a translation of an oral teaching by a great teacher of the tradition and a translation of the text being commented on, it goes a step further. It also offers a view of the whole subject, across the centuries, using the words of teachers of several lineages. Moreover, the authors whose works were chosen are the very great authors of different times of Tibetan Buddhist literature. Thus, reader get a view of the same material from the varying perspectives and styles of the great masters who were also the great authors of Tibet. The book starts out with the exchange between Gampopa and Phagdru that results in the whole teaching called the Five-Part Mahāmudrā. This comes from a text called The Questions of Phagmo Drupa, which is one of the texts preserved within Gampopa’s Collected Works. I used the Derge Edition. That is followed by a text written by a direct disciple of Phagmo Drupa called The Translator from Throphu. This disciple was the source of the Throphu Kagyu and his text was written nearly one thousand years ago, in the 1100’s, right at the beginning of the Kagyu lineage. The text has a pithy, direct, no-frills presentation of Phagmo Drupa’s original teaching and this is very much the style of the early Kagyu. The energy and flavour of a Kagyu yogin, doing nothing but a Kagyu yogin’s practice comes through very clearly. That is followed by the teaching of Drigung Kyobpa, another direct disciple of Phagmo Drupa. His teaching also is a very pithy one and again reflects the no-nonsense, get-down-to-it style of the early Kagyu. Drigung Kyobpa’s original words come to us arranged within a larger commentary written in the mid-1500’s. This part of the commentary is more sophisticated in its presentation, putting more framework around the original teaching.
+
[[Kagyu]] approach, though there are also a couple of good [[books]] written from the [[Drigung Kagyu]] {{Wiki|perspective}}. Therefore, although this [[book]] is like others in that it does contain a translation of an oral [[teaching]] by a [[great teacher]] of the [[tradition]] and a translation of the text being commented on, it goes a step further. It also offers a view of the whole [[subject]], across the centuries, using the words of [[teachers]] of several [[lineages]]. Moreover, the authors whose works were chosen are the very great authors of different times of [[Tibetan Buddhist]] {{Wiki|literature}}. Thus, reader get a view of the same material from the varying perspectives and styles of the great [[masters]] who were also the great authors of [[Tibet]]. The [[book]] starts out with the exchange between [[Gampopa]] and [[Phagdru]] that results in the whole [[teaching]] called the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]. This comes from a text called The Questions of [[Phagmo Drupa]], which is one of the texts preserved within [[Gampopa’s]] Collected Works. I used the [[Derge Edition]]. That is followed by a text written by a direct [[disciple]] of [[Phagmo Drupa]] called The [[Translator]] from Throphu. This [[disciple]] was the source of the Throphu [[Kagyu]] and his text was written nearly one thousand years ago, in the 1100’s, right at the beginning of the [[Kagyu lineage]]. The text has a pithy, direct, no-frills presentation of [[Phagmo]] Drupa’s [[original teaching]] and this is very much the style of the early [[Kagyu]]. The [[energy]] and {{Wiki|flavour}} of a [[Kagyu]] [[yogin]], doing nothing but a [[Kagyu]] [[yogin’s]] practice comes through very clearly. That is followed by the [[teaching]] of [[Drigung]] Kyobpa, another direct [[disciple]] of [[Phagmo Drupa]]. His [[teaching]] also is a very pithy one and again reflects the no-nonsense, get-down-to-it style of the early [[Kagyu]]. [[Drigung]] Kyobpa’s original words come to us arranged within a larger commentary written in the mid-1500’s. This part of the commentary is more sophisticated in its presentation, putting more framework around the [[original teaching]].
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 112: Line 112:
 
xvii
 
xvii
  
However, the style of the commentary still has a strong sense of practice lineage, which is not surprising given that the author, Zhamar Konchog Yanlag, was very well known for his excellent practice. This text comes with a complete oral commentary by the present-day Karma Kagyu lineage holder, Benchen Tenga Rinpoche. Although his commentary is not exhaustive, it is sufficient to make the meaning clear, and certainly provides a good basis for anyone wanting to go further with the practice. The third text was also written in the mid-1500’s and very clearly shows the style that had developed in Tibetan literature by then of a much more ordered composition, with sections and sub-sections inserted throughout the text and a lot more information provided in general. This text is from Padma Karpo, the fourth Drukchen, that is, the fourth head of the Drukpa Kagyu. Finally, there is a text from the eighth Situ Rinpoche that was written at the height of the renaissance of Buddha dharma that occurred in Tibet in the 1700’s. He too was a great scholar and sometimes was called “all-knowing” like Padma Karpo. However, unlike Padma Karpo, he is known as a key figure in that revival; he was a brilliant scholar whose ways and works made him into one of the leading renaissance figures of his time. He was a masterful scholar and expositor and this is the feeling that comes through in his text.
+
However, the style of the commentary still has a strong [[sense]] of [[practice lineage]], which is not surprising given that the author, [[Zhamar]] [[Konchog Yanlag]], was very well known for his {{Wiki|excellent}} practice. This text comes with a complete oral commentary by the present-day [[Karma Kagyu lineage]] holder, Benchen [[Tenga Rinpoche]]. Although his commentary is not exhaustive, it is sufficient to make the meaning clear, and certainly provides a good basis for anyone wanting to go further with the practice. The third text was also written in the mid-1500’s and very clearly shows the style that had developed in [[Tibetan literature]] by then of a much more ordered composition, with [[sections]] and sub-sections inserted throughout the text and a lot more [[information]] provided in general. This text is from [[Padma Karpo]], [[the fourth]] [[Drukchen]], that is, [[the fourth]] head of the [[Drukpa Kagyu]]. Finally, there is a text from the eighth [[Situ Rinpoche]] that was written at the height of the {{Wiki|renaissance}} of [[Buddha dharma]] that occurred [[in Tibet]] in the 1700’s. He too was a great [[scholar]] and sometimes was called “all-knowing” like [[Padma Karpo]]. However, unlike [[Padma Karpo]], he is known as a key figure in that revival; he was a brilliant [[scholar]] whose ways and works made him into one of the leading {{Wiki|renaissance}} figures of his time. He was a masterful [[scholar]] and [[expositor]] and this is the [[feeling]] that comes through in his text.
  
A Text From the Throphu Kagyu Phagmo Drupa’s disciple called Rinpoche Gyaltsa and his disciple called “The Translator from Throphu, Nub Jampay Pal” (1173-1225) are, together, the source of the Throphu Kagyu which is one of the Eight Lesser Lineages of the Kagyu. Nub Jampay Pal settled in Throphu, a place in Tsang, and established a monastery there. His talks were written down and one text of those instructions he had heard, called One Hundred Upadeśhas11, contained the teaching on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā. The oral
+
A Text From the Throphu [[Kagyu]] [[Phagmo]] Drupa’s [[disciple]] called [[Rinpoche]] [[Gyaltsa]] and his [[disciple]] called “The [[Translator]] from Throphu, Nub Jampay Pal” (1173-1225) are, together, the source of the Throphu [[Kagyu]] which is one of the Eight Lesser [[Lineages]] of the [[Kagyu]]. Nub Jampay Pal settled in Throphu, a place in [[Tsang]], and established a [[monastery]] there. His talks were written down and one text of those instructions he had heard, called One Hundred Upadeśhas11, contained the [[teaching]] on the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]. The oral
  
 
xviii
 
xviii
Line 120: Line 120:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
instructions and writings that went with them were kept by the lineage. The Throphu Kagyu was a very small lineage and its teachings mostly ended up in other Kagyu lineages. As time went by, some of these teachings were either lost or in danger of loss. In the mid-nineteenth century, Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye went around Tibet collecting these various oral lineages of Kagyu teaching that were in danger of being lost and the texts that went with them. He published the texts in a major collection called The Treasury of Oral Instructions and used that as a basis for passing on the transmissions of these instructions so that they would not be lost. The Throphu Five-Part Mahāmudrā in the larger collection mentioned above was extracted and included in the Treasury of Oral Instructions. The extracted text was called “A Written Instruction Coming from the Throphu Kagyu on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. The original text was probably just entitled “Five-Part Mahāmudrā” but the name would have been changed to indicate where the text came from, a standard procedure in Tibetan literature. The text is short, with a very clear statement of the five parts. It gives a sense of the pithiness of the instructions that were passed on by Phagmo Drupa to his disciples and the early, very down-toearth Kagyu style. One result of that is that the message that these are instructions for practice comes through very clearly. This quality is very much the hallmark of the Kagyu lineage, especially in the earlier days of its transmission in Tibet, as exemplified in the songs and stories of Milarepa. As the centuries went by in Tibet, earlier instructions that were often very simple in content became embellished with the frills of words and explanations. The instructions in this text do not have that kind of elaboration. Instead, they just show the basic message of what is to be practised.
+
instructions and writings that went with them were kept by the [[lineage]]. The Throphu [[Kagyu]] was a very small [[lineage]] and its teachings mostly ended up in other [[Kagyu lineages]]. As time went by, some of these teachings were either lost or in [[danger]] of loss. In the mid-nineteenth century, [[Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye]] went around [[Tibet]] collecting these various [[oral lineages]] of [[Kagyu]] [[teaching]] that were in [[danger]] of being lost and the texts that went with them. He published the texts in a major collection called The [[Treasury of Oral Instructions]] and used that as a basis for passing on the [[transmissions]] of these instructions so that they would not be lost. The Throphu Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] in the larger collection mentioned above was extracted and included in the [[Treasury of Oral Instructions]]. The extracted text was called “A Written Instruction Coming from the Throphu [[Kagyu]] on the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]”. The original text was probably just entitled “Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]” but the [[name]] would have been changed to indicate where the text came from, a standard procedure in [[Tibetan literature]]. The text is short, with a very clear statement of the five parts. It gives a [[sense]] of the pithiness of the instructions that were passed on by [[Phagmo Drupa]] to his [[disciples]] and the early, very down-toearth [[Kagyu]] style. One result of that is that the message that these are instructions for practice comes through very clearly. This [[quality]] is very much the hallmark of the [[Kagyu lineage]], especially in the earlier days of its [[transmission]] [[in Tibet]], as exemplified in the songs and stories of [[Milarepa]]. As the centuries went by [[in Tibet]], earlier instructions that were often very simple in content became embellished with the frills of words and explanations. The instructions in this text do not have that kind of [[elaboration]]. Instead, they just show the basic message of what is to be practised.
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 126: Line 126:
 
xix
 
xix
  
A Text Based on the Teachings of the Drigung Kagyu A much stronger lineage of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā teaching came through Phagmo Drupa’s heart-disciple Rinchen Pal (11431217) who also became very famous in Tibet for his practice and realization. Rinchen Pal was in the large assembly mentioned earlier that received the five part instruction from Phagmo Drupa. All the stories about him say that he practised these and all the other instructions received from his guru to the point of total proficiency and attained great realization of the Buddha’s teachings. After doing so, he established his seat in the place called Drigung. The lineage that developed from him was thus called the Drigung Kagyu and it is another of the Eight Lesser Lineages of the Kagyu. After attaining realization, he became widely known as Jigten Sumgon “The Guardian of the Three Worlds” and was referred to as the Drigung Kyobpa, “Protector of the Drigung”. Drigung Kyobpa transmitted Phagmo Drupa’s teaching of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā verbally to others and at that time added further structure to it. Specifically, he added information on the key points associated with each of the five parts which became known as the “Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas”. The prefatory material of the text included here and based on this transmission, The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-like Instructions of the Five Parts, says, “The Drigungpa ... for each [of the five] parts accomplished the [key] points [of the practice] and pacified the obstacles both temporary and ultimate, and obtained, in full, every one of the supreme and ordinary qualities [of accomplishment in the vajra vehicle]. Thus he came to full knowledge of each [of the five] parts. He then showed every one of all the profound and the vast instructions as its meaning and
+
A Text Based on the Teachings of the [[Drigung Kagyu]] A much stronger [[lineage]] of the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] [[teaching]] came through [[Phagmo]] Drupa’s heart-disciple [[Rinchen Pal]] (11431217) who also became very famous [[in Tibet]] for his practice and [[realization]]. [[Rinchen Pal]] was in the large assembly mentioned earlier that received the five part instruction from [[Phagmo Drupa]]. All the stories about him say that he practised these and all the other instructions received from his [[guru]] to the point of total proficiency and [[attained]] [[great realization]] of the [[Buddha’s teachings]]. After doing so, he established his seat in the place called [[Drigung]]. The [[lineage]] that developed from him was thus called the [[Drigung Kagyu]] and it is another of the Eight Lesser [[Lineages]] of the [[Kagyu]]. After [[attaining]] [[realization]], he became widely known as [[Jigten Sumgon]] “The Guardian of the [[Three Worlds]]” and was referred to as the [[Drigung]] Kyobpa, “[[Protector]] of the [[Drigung]]”. [[Drigung]] Kyobpa transmitted [[Phagmo]] Drupa’s [[teaching]] of the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] verbally to others and at that time added further {{Wiki|structure}} to it. Specifically, he added [[information]] on the key points associated with each of the five parts which became known as the “[[Ten Dharmas]], [[Three Dharmas]]”. The prefatory material of the text included here and based on this [[transmission]], The Source of the [[Jewels]] of [[Experience]] and [[Realization]], The Ocean-like Instructions of the Five Parts, says, “The [[Drigungpa]] ... for each [of the five] parts accomplished the [key] points [of the practice] and pacified the [[obstacles]] both temporary and [[Wikipedia:Absolute (philosophy)|ultimate]], and obtained, in full, every one of the supreme and ordinary qualities [of [[accomplishment]] in the [[vajra vehicle]]]. Thus he came to full [[knowledge]] of each [of the five] parts. He then showed every one of all the profound and the vast instructions as its meaning and
  
 
xx
 
xx
Line 132: Line 132:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
also showed the “Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas” as its points...” In other words he transmitted the meaning of all the instructions of his guru as the teaching on the five parts and then, on top of that, since he had personally accomplished the key points associated with the practice, he taught these points of the practice in what became known as “The Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas”. The Drigung Kyobpa’s specific way of presenting the FivePart Mahāmudrā stayed with the Drigung Kagyu but also found its way into the other greater Kagyu lineages. In particular, it became a part of the Karma Kagyu lineage. The fifth Zhamar of that lineage, Konchog Yanlag (1525-1583), who was also known by the epithet “Subject of the Jewels”, composed a text as a commentary to the Five-Part Mahāmudrā as transmitted via the Drigung Kyobpa. His commentary consists of a preface followed by five sections of instructions, one for each of the five parts. The preface quotes Phagmo Drupa’s words as the basis for the teaching. The instructions for each section were sometimes written by himself but in most cases were assembled from the writings of his predecessors Zhamarpa II Kacho Wangpo and Zhamarpa IV Chokyi Drakpa, both of whom were prolific authors. Then these instructions for each section were crowned with a long quote from Drigung Kyobpa that starts with the key points of the topic, called the Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas, and ends with verses from Phagmo Drupa. As it says in the colophon, “...the one called “Subject of the Jewels” put together this expression of just the important parts of the words of the Protector of Beings, Phagmo Drupa, the words of the Protector of the Three Worlds, Drigungpa, the writings of Glorious Khachopa “Introduction to One’s Own Mind”, and the Chokyi Drakpa Yeshe Palzangpo’s, “Instructions on the Five Parts”...” This text was also included in The Treasury of Oral Instructions.
+
also showed the “[[Ten Dharmas]], [[Three Dharmas]]” as its points...” In other words he transmitted the meaning of all the instructions of his [[guru]] as the [[teaching]] on the five parts and then, on top of that, since he had personally accomplished the key points associated with the practice, he [[taught]] these points of the practice in what became known as “The [[Ten Dharmas]], [[Three Dharmas]]”. The [[Drigung]] Kyobpa’s specific way of presenting the FivePart [[Mahāmudrā]] stayed with the [[Drigung Kagyu]] but also found its way into the other greater [[Kagyu lineages]]. In particular, it became a part of the [[Karma Kagyu lineage]]. The fifth [[Zhamar]] of that [[lineage]], [[Konchog Yanlag]] (1525-1583), who was also known by the [[epithet]] “[[Subject]] of the [[Jewels]]”, composed a text as a commentary to the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] as transmitted via the [[Drigung]] Kyobpa. His commentary consists of a preface followed by [[five sections]] of instructions, one for each of the five parts. The preface quotes [[Phagmo]] Drupa’s words as the basis for the [[teaching]]. The instructions for each section were sometimes written by himself but in most cases were assembled from the writings of his predecessors [[Zhamarpa]] II [[Kacho Wangpo]] and [[Zhamarpa]] IV Chokyi [[Drakpa]], both of whom were prolific authors. Then these instructions for each section were crowned with a long quote from [[Drigung]] Kyobpa that starts with the key points of the topic, called the [[Ten Dharmas]], [[Three Dharmas]], and ends with verses from [[Phagmo Drupa]]. As it says in the colophon, “...the one called “[[Subject]] of the [[Jewels]]” put together this expression of just the important parts of the words of the [[Protector of Beings]], [[Phagmo Drupa]], the words of the [[Protector]] of the [[Three Worlds]], [[Drigungpa]], the writings of Glorious Khachopa “Introduction to One’s [[Own Mind]]”, and the Chokyi [[Drakpa]] Yeshe Palzangpo’s, “Instructions on the Five Parts”...” This text was also included in The [[Treasury of Oral Instructions]].
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 138: Line 138:
 
xxi
 
xxi
  
A Complete Oral Commentary By Benchen Tenga Rinpoche The lineage of this instruction coming from the Jigten Sumgon and passed down to Zhamarpa has been passed down in the Karma Kagyu since then. One of the present-day holders of the teaching is Benchen Tenga Rinpoche, third incarnation of the Tenga Tulku line. Tenga Rinpoche was born in 1932 in Eastern Tibet. The name of the parents, his birthdate, and birthplace were prophesied by the eleventh Situ Rinpoche at the request of the ninth Sangye Nyenpa Rinpoche. Tenga Rinpoche was found at the age of seven, whereupon he began his studies. He took the ordination of a bhikṣhu at the age of nineteen, and received thorough Buddhist training and education in Benchen and Palpung Monasteries from the ninth Sangye Nyenpa Rinpoche and the former Situ and Jamgon Rinpoches, respectively. He also studied tantric rituals and philosophy with many different masters and learned traditional Tibetan medicine from his uncle. He completed his studies with a three year retreat. He left Tibet in 1959, after the Communist Chinese invasion, spent one and a half years in Kalimpong, then settled at Rumtek Monastery, the seat of H.H. the sixteenth Karmapa. He served His Holiness for seventeen years, the last nine years of which he acted as Vajra Master of Rumtek. He accompanied His Holiness on his first tour to America and Europe in 1974 and has been living next to the great Swayambunath Stūpa in Nepal, since 1976 where he founded Benchen Phuntsok Dargyeling Monastery. He also founded a retreat centre in Pharping. Tenga Rinpoche is one of the grand old masters who received his entire education in Tibet in the old way. He is full of knowledge and realization and is very highly regarded in the Tibetan
+
A Complete Oral Commentary By Benchen [[Tenga Rinpoche]] The [[lineage]] of this instruction coming from the [[Jigten Sumgon]] and passed down to [[Zhamarpa]] has been passed down in the [[Karma Kagyu]] since then. One of the present-day holders of the [[teaching]] is Benchen [[Tenga Rinpoche]], third [[incarnation]] of the [[Tenga Tulku]] line. [[Tenga Rinpoche]] was born in 1932 in [[Eastern Tibet]]. The [[name]] of the [[parents]], his birthdate, and birthplace were prophesied by the eleventh [[Situ Rinpoche]] at the request of the ninth [[Sangye Nyenpa Rinpoche]]. [[Tenga Rinpoche]] was found at the age of seven, whereupon he began his studies. He took the [[ordination]] of a bhikṣhu at the age of nineteen, and received thorough [[Buddhist]] {{Wiki|training}} and [[education]] in Benchen and [[Palpung]] [[Monasteries]] from the ninth [[Sangye Nyenpa Rinpoche]] and the former Situ and [[Jamgon Rinpoches]], respectively. He also studied [[tantric rituals]] and [[philosophy]] with many different [[masters]] and learned [[traditional]] [[Tibetan medicine]] from his uncle. He completed his studies with a [[three year retreat]]. He left [[Tibet]] in 1959, after the [[Communist]] [[Wikipedia:Battle of Chamdo|Chinese invasion]], spent one and a half years in [[Kalimpong]], then settled at [[Rumtek Monastery]], the seat of H.H. the [[sixteenth Karmapa]]. He served [[His Holiness]] for seventeen years, the last nine years of which he acted as [[Vajra Master]] of [[Rumtek]]. He accompanied [[His Holiness]] on his first tour to [[America]] and {{Wiki|Europe}} in 1974 and has been living next to the great Swayambunath [[Stūpa]] in [[Nepal]], since 1976 where he founded [[Benchen Phuntsok Dargyeling Monastery]]. He also founded a [[retreat centre]] in [[Pharping]]. [[Tenga Rinpoche]] is one of the grand old [[masters]] who received his entire [[education]] [[in Tibet]] in the old way. He is full of [[knowledge]] and [[realization]] and is very highly regarded in the [[Tibetan]]
  
 
xxii
 
xxii
Line 144: Line 144:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
Buddhist tradition in general and within the Karma Kagyu Tradition in particular. These days, Tenga Rinpoche’s monastery is in Swayambunath, Kathmandu Nepal. In the spring of 2004, Tenga Rinpoche gave a complete explanation of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā to about one hundred of his students at his monastery in Swayambunath using the text of the fifth Zhamar mentioned immediately above. The long-time servant of the Buddha’s dharma, Lotsāwa Tony Duff, received the teaching in its entirety and translated the text using Tenga Rinpoche’s commentary as a guide, then translated the entire commentary to it. It should be said that Tenga Rinpoche indicated his great pleasure at Lotsāwa Tony doing this work. Tenga Rinpoche and his principal attendant Sherab quietly checked the translation when they were given a draft of Tenga Rinpoche’s teachings and indicated their utter delight upon discovering the accuracy and readability of it. It was mentioned at the time that the quality of the translation was something that they were not used to seeing. Rinpoche immediately gave his permission to reproduce his teaching in its entirety in this book.
+
[[Buddhist tradition]] in general and within the [[Karma Kagyu]] [[Tradition]] in particular. These days, [[Tenga Rinpoche’s]] [[monastery]] is in Swayambunath, [[Kathmandu]] [[Nepal]]. In the spring of 2004, [[Tenga Rinpoche]] gave a complete explanation of the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] to about one hundred of his students at his [[monastery]] in Swayambunath using the text of the fifth [[Zhamar]] mentioned immediately above. The long-time servant of the [[Buddha’s]] [[dharma]], [[Lotsāwa]] Tony Duff, received the [[teaching]] in its entirety and translated the text using [[Tenga Rinpoche’s]] commentary as a guide, then translated the entire commentary to it. It should be said that [[Tenga Rinpoche]] indicated his great [[pleasure]] at [[Lotsāwa]] Tony doing this work. [[Tenga Rinpoche]] and his [[principal]] attendant Sherab quietly checked the translation when they were given a draft of [[Tenga Rinpoche’s]] teachings and indicated their utter [[delight]] upon discovering the accuracy and readability of it. It was mentioned at the time that the [[quality]] of the translation was something that they were not used to [[seeing]]. [[Rinpoche]] immediately gave his permission to reproduce his [[teaching]] in its entirety in this [[book]].
  
A Text from the Drukpa Kagyu Tsangpa Gyare was another of the heart-sons of Phagmo Drupa. He was a yogin who was not a monk and was remarkable both for his high level of realization and the extraordinary number of students that he was said to have—some put it as high as fifty thousand, which is really an enormous number in the Tibetan system. One of his heart disciples was the repa12 called Lingje Repa. The teaching lineage that came down through them became known as the Drukpa Kagyu which in Tibet was known for practice, even amongst the Kagyus, who known generally for
+
A Text from the [[Drukpa Kagyu]] [[Tsangpa Gyare]] was another of the heart-sons of [[Phagmo Drupa]]. He was a [[yogin]] who was not a [[monk]] and was remarkable both for his high level of [[realization]] and the [[extraordinary]] number of students that he was said to have—some put it as high as fifty thousand, which is really an enormous number in the [[Tibetan]] system. One of his [[heart disciples]] was the repa12 called [[Lingje Repa]]. The [[teaching lineage]] that came down through them became known as the [[Drukpa Kagyu]] which [[in Tibet]] was known for practice, even amongst the [[Kagyus]], who known generally for
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 152: Line 152:
 
xxiii
 
xxiii
  
their emphasis on practice. Correspondingly, it was known for having many realized practitioners. The Drukpa Kagyu has several sub-lineages but the tradition as a whole is considered to be headed by the series of incarnations called the Drukchens. The Drukchens are regarded as emanations of Tsangpa Gyare and, in line with his reputed high level of realization, are universally considered to be very accomplished siddhas. More than that though, they are famous for having extraordinary knowledge of dharma and incisive abilities when using that knowledge for the sake of disciples. The greatest scholar amongst them to date has been the fourth Drukchen, Padma Karpo (1527-1592). He was exceptionally learned, so much so that he was given the title “all-knowing”, a title that was bestowed approximately once a century in Tibet when someone of amazing breadth of knowledge appeared. As might be expected of someone with this kind of quality, he was a prolific author with his collected works totalling over twenty volumes. His treatment of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā also marks a shift in literary style in Tibet. Note how he arranges the teaching into topics and sub-topics, and adds the teachings on the ordinary and extraordinary preliminaries. The original teaching was very pithy and did not contain these things. His text is interesting in two other ways. Firstly, it shows the particular style of the Drukpa Kagyu, who have their own preferences and ways when expounding Mahāmudrā; there has been little Drukpa Kagyu literature translated till now, so this should be of great interest. Secondly, Padma Karpo is one of the really great authors of Tibet, known to followers of all Tibetan lineages, and has a unique style of writing. He is well known for his erudite compositions which are marked by an extraordinary level of detail woven into a very short space, usually with layer upon layer of meaning in the words. This makes his works difficult to translate without losing meaning and also requires that the
+
their {{Wiki|emphasis}} on practice. Correspondingly, it was known for having many [[realized]] practitioners. The [[Drukpa Kagyu]] has several sub-lineages but the [[tradition]] as a whole is considered to be headed by the series of [[incarnations]] called the Drukchens. The Drukchens are regarded as [[emanations]] of [[Tsangpa Gyare]] and, in line with his reputed high level of [[realization]], are universally considered to be very accomplished [[siddhas]]. More than that though, they are famous for having [[extraordinary]] [[knowledge]] of [[dharma]] and incisive {{Wiki|abilities}} when using that [[knowledge]] for the [[sake]] of [[disciples]]. The greatest [[scholar]] amongst them to date has been [[the fourth]] [[Drukchen]], [[Padma Karpo]] (1527-1592). He was exceptionally learned, so much so that he was given the title “all-knowing”, a title that was bestowed approximately once a century [[in Tibet]] when someone of amazing breadth of [[knowledge]] appeared. As might be expected of someone with this kind of [[quality]], he was a prolific author with his collected works totalling over twenty volumes. His treatment of the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] also marks a shift in {{Wiki|literary}} style [[in Tibet]]. Note how he arranges the [[teaching]] into topics and sub-topics, and adds the teachings on the ordinary and [[extraordinary preliminaries]]. The [[original teaching]] was very pithy and did not contain these things. His text is [[interesting]] in two other ways. Firstly, it shows the particular style of the [[Drukpa Kagyu]], who have their [[own]] preferences and ways when expounding [[Mahāmudrā]]; there has been little [[Drukpa Kagyu]] {{Wiki|literature}} translated till now, so this should be of great [[interest]]. Secondly, [[Padma Karpo]] is one of the really great authors of [[Tibet]], known to followers of all [[Tibetan lineages]], and has a unique style of [[writing]]. He is well known for his erudite compositions which are marked by an [[extraordinary]] level of detail woven into a very short [[space]], usually with layer upon layer of meaning in the words. This makes his works difficult to translate without losing meaning and also requires that the
  
 
xxiv
 
xxiv
Line 158: Line 158:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
reader pay close attention so as to get the fullness of what he is saying. The other texts included here are straightforward to read, if you know the material, but Padma Karpo demands that you stop and think about each sentence and how it joins to the picture that he has been building up. Certainly there will be places in his text where, unless you are very knowledgeable, you will probably have trouble understanding him.
+
reader pay [[close attention]] so as to get the fullness of what he is saying. The other texts included here are straightforward to read, if you know the material, but [[Padma Karpo]] demands that you stop and think about each sentence and how it joins to the picture that he has been building up. Certainly there will be places in his text where, unless you are very [[knowledgeable]], you will probably have trouble [[understanding]] him.
  
A Text from the Karma Kagyu The final text in this book is from the Karma Kagyu and written by the eighth Situ Rinpoche. In general, the Situ Rinpoche is one of a group of the four second-highest tulkus of the Karma Kagyu lineage which comes after the head of the lineage, Karmapa. The eighth Situ had several names though he is mainly called Great Pandit Situ Chokyi Jungnay in deference to his great knowledge. He lived from 1700 to 1744. Situ Chokyi Jungnay was one of the key figures in a great revival of Buddhadharma that happened in Tibet in the 1700’s. A feature of his writing is sheer brilliance of presentation. Like Padma Karpo, he was very erudite, but reading his writings gives you the feeling of touching gold. Padma Karpo tends to be more breath-taking—when you finally pull all the threads together— where Situ Rinpoche is exceptionally clear and fine, from beginning to end. Situ Rinpoche’s text is appropriately the last one in the book, because his style of presentation and the development of thought in Tibet had reached a pinnacle. Later authors could draw things together or be as erudite but there are no further baubles to be added; everything that could be done has been done, so to speak. Situ Rinpoche’s text demands a good knowledge of dharma, though it should be a little more accessible than Padma Karpo’s text. Situ Rinpoche’s opening presentation of the five parts and, following that, of the two types of enlightenment mind, are very
+
A Text from the [[Karma Kagyu]] The final text in this [[book]] is from the [[Karma Kagyu]] and written by the eighth [[Situ Rinpoche]]. In general, the [[Situ Rinpoche]] is one of a group of the four second-highest [[tulkus]] of the [[Karma Kagyu lineage]] which comes after the [[head of the lineage]], [[Karmapa]]. The eighth Situ had several names though he is mainly called Great [[Pandit]] [[Situ Chokyi Jungnay]] in deference to his great [[knowledge]]. He lived from 1700 to 1744. [[Situ Chokyi Jungnay]] was one of the key figures in a great revival of [[Buddhadharma]] that happened [[in Tibet]] in the 1700’s. A feature of his [[writing]] is sheer [[brilliance]] of presentation. Like [[Padma Karpo]], he was very erudite, but reading his writings gives you the [[feeling]] of [[touching]] {{Wiki|gold}}. [[Padma Karpo]] tends to be more breath-taking—when you finally pull all the threads together— where [[Situ Rinpoche]] is exceptionally clear and fine, from beginning to end. Situ [[Rinpoche’s]] text is appropriately the last one in the [[book]], because his style of presentation and the [[development]] of [[thought]] [[in Tibet]] had reached a pinnacle. Later authors could draw things together or be as erudite but there are no further baubles to be added; everything that could be done has been done, so to speak. Situ [[Rinpoche’s]] text demands a good [[knowledge]] of [[dharma]], though it should be a little more accessible than [[Padma]] Karpo’s text. Situ [[Rinpoche’s]] opening presentation of the five parts and, following that, of the two types of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], are very
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 166: Line 166:
 
xxv
 
xxv
  
nicely done. His presentation of the distinctions between shamatha and vipaśhyanā practices of Mahamudrā are especially useful. These distinctions are made in the other texts but not as clearly. An interesting point is that his work is entirely in verse but the Tibetan reads more as a continuous piece of prose that has been put into verse. This kind of composition could be the hack job of an incapable author but, in this case, it clearly shows Situ Rinpoche’s mastery over words and composition. This text is my favourite in many ways, though that might just reflect my heart-felt love for the present Situ Rinpoche. Situ Rinpoche, gave Lotsāwa Tony the transmission of Situ Chokyi Jungney’s text on the subject shortly afterwards, indicated his great pleasure that such a book was being produced and clearly expressed his trust in the capabilities and knowledge of the author.
+
nicely done. His presentation of the {{Wiki|distinctions}} between [[shamatha]] and vipaśhyanā practices of [[Mahamudrā]] are especially useful. These {{Wiki|distinctions}} are made in the other texts but not as clearly. An [[interesting]] point is that his work is entirely in verse but the [[Tibetan]] reads more as a continuous piece of prose that has been put into verse. This kind of composition could be the hack job of an incapable author but, in this case, it clearly shows Situ [[Rinpoche’s]] [[mastery]] over words and composition. This text is my favourite in many ways, though that might just reflect my heart-felt [[love]] for the {{Wiki|present}} [[Situ Rinpoche]]. [[Situ Rinpoche]], gave [[Lotsāwa]] Tony the [[transmission]] of Situ Chokyi Jungney’s text on the [[subject]] shortly afterwards, indicated his great [[pleasure]] that such a [[book]] was being produced and clearly expressed his [[trust]] in the capabilities and [[knowledge]] of the author.
  
4. ABOUT THE TEXTS AND TRANSLATION There are a number of texts on the five-part instruction within the Kagyu lineage. Three of the texts in this book can be found in Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye’s Treasury of Oral Instructions. A fourth Five-Part Mahāmudrā text in that collection called The Torma Empowerment of the Five-Part Instructions is a small text by which an empowerment into Mahāmudrā is given using a torma as the basis for the empowerment. There is also a fifth text by Lorepa, one of the great early yogins of the Drukpa Kagyu, however, there was not space to include it. The text of Padma Karpo is one of his many writings on Mahāmudrā that can be found in his collected works. The edition of The Treasury of Oral Instructions used as a source for the texts is a modern-day reprint of an earlier edition from Tibet. As is so often the case with Tibetan texts, this edition is known for having a measure of errors in it. Therefore, in order to make the translations for this publication, I edited copies of
+
4. ABOUT THE TEXTS AND TRANSLATION There are a number of texts on the five-part instruction within the [[Kagyu lineage]]. Three of the texts in this [[book]] can be found in [[Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye’s]] [[Treasury of Oral Instructions]]. A fourth Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] text in that collection called The [[Torma]] [[Empowerment]] of the Five-Part Instructions is a small text by which an [[empowerment]] into [[Mahāmudrā]] is given using a [[torma]] as the basis for the [[empowerment]]. There is also a fifth text by [[Lorepa]], one of the great early [[yogins]] of the [[Drukpa Kagyu]], however, there was not [[space]] to include it. The text of [[Padma Karpo]] is one of his many writings on [[Mahāmudrā]] that can be found in his collected works. The edition of The [[Treasury of Oral Instructions]] used as a source for the texts is a modern-day reprint of an earlier edition from [[Tibet]]. As is so often the case with [[Tibetan texts]], this edition is known for having a measure of errors in it. Therefore, in order to make the translations for this publication, I edited copies of
  
 
xxvi
 
xxvi
Line 174: Line 174:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
the texts myself, and in the case of the text transmitting the Drigung Kyobpa’s words, H.H. Drigung Kyabgon Rinpoche, the present-day successor to the Drigung Kyobpa, also provided corrections. The text from Padma Karpo was obtained from the Drukpa Kagyu Heritage Project, of which I was the director during the ten years that it functioned in Kathmandu, Nepal.
+
the texts myself, and in the case of the text transmitting the [[Drigung]] Kyobpa’s words, H.H. [[Drigung Kyabgon]] [[Rinpoche]], the present-day successor to the [[Drigung]] Kyobpa, also provided corrections. The text from [[Padma Karpo]] was obtained from the [[Drukpa Kagyu]] Heritage Project, of which I was the director during the ten years that it functioned in [[Kathmandu]], [[Nepal]].
  
Helpful Resources Endnotes have been added in order to clarify various points and a glossary has been provided, although The Illuminator Encyclopaedic Tibetan-English Dictionary is recommended as the best means for looking up the meaning of terms. All the technical terms in this text are included in the dictionary and the terms of experience have detailed and precise definitions that will help you to gain a much deeper understanding of the texts and commentary. The material of the fourth of five parts, Mahāmudrā itself, includes the section on the introduction to the nature of mind. This contains many “terms of experience” as they are called in Tibetan. These are words that point to direct experience. They are not secret language but are inaccessible unless you have studied with a teacher and have some experience of practice. Furthermore, they almost never have direct equivalents in English. I have done my best to show the meaning but, in the end, a reader has to go through the process and turn the words of experience into actual experience. Although The Illuminator Dictionary cannot give the experiences pointed at by the terms, its full explanations of these terms carefully attempt to give just the right shade of meaning. The Illuminator Dictionary and other useful resources are discussed at the end of the book in the section called “Other Resources”.
+
Helpful Resources Endnotes have been added in order to clarify various points and a glossary has been provided, although The Illuminator Encyclopaedic Tibetan-English {{Wiki|Dictionary}} is recommended as the best means for looking up the meaning of terms. All the technical terms in this text are included in the {{Wiki|dictionary}} and the terms of [[experience]] have detailed and precise definitions that will help you to gain a much deeper [[understanding]] of the texts and commentary. The material of [[the fourth]] of five parts, [[Mahāmudrā]] itself, includes the section on the introduction to the [[nature of mind]]. This contains many “terms of [[experience]]” as they are called in [[Tibetan]]. These are words that point to direct [[experience]]. They are not [[secret language]] but are inaccessible unless you have studied with a [[teacher]] and have some [[experience]] of practice. Furthermore, they almost never have direct equivalents in English. I have done my best to show the meaning but, in the end, a reader has to go through the process and turn the words of [[experience]] into actual [[experience]]. Although The Illuminator {{Wiki|Dictionary}} cannot give the [[experiences]] pointed at by the terms, its full explanations of these terms carefully attempt to give just the right shade of meaning. The Illuminator {{Wiki|Dictionary}} and other useful resources are discussed at the end of the [[book]] in the section called “Other Resources”.
  
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
Line 182: Line 182:
 
xxvii
 
xxvii
  
A Note about Sanskrit The book uses a slightly modified system of Sanskrit transliteration to make the Sanskrit easier for to read. The usual śa and ṣa are expanded to śha and ṣha, to reflect their actual pronunciation, and likewise ca is turned to cha and cha to chha.
+
A Note about [[Sanskrit]] The [[book]] uses a slightly modified system of [[Sanskrit]] transliteration to make the [[Sanskrit]] easier for to read. The usual śa and ṣa are expanded to śha and ṣha, to reflect their actual pronunciation, and likewise ca is turned to cha and cha to chha.
  
What is not Included The oral instructions always contain special teachings, such as the upadeśha already mentioned, which are not meant for public display. Thus, this book gives nearly all of the oral instructions passed on by Tenga Rinpoche but two parts were excluded simply because they are not for public display. Anyone who receives these teachings in person will obtain these specific instructions. For example, the details of the deity visualization and practice were not included here but a student would receive them. Similarly, an oral instruction of the guru-yoga visualization that is specific to this lineage was given but is not included here. The complete instructions of Mahāmudrā are included but the fact is that you cannot practise them until you have received the instructions yourself from a qualified guru. At very least, you must have what is called “the introduction to the nature of mind” to be able to utilize them. In sum, this book is meant to be of further assistance to those wanting to practise Mahāmudrā or the Thorough Cut of Great Completion13 or who would like to know more about the Kagyu or Mahāmudrā lineage. It could also serve as a handbook for those who have received the instructions on the practice. It cannot though, serve as a do-it-yourself manual. So, as with every package of anything produced these days, this comes with the warning label, “Warning! Can be dangerous to your spiritual health!” Funnily enough, nearly all texts of this genre in Tibetan literature
+
What is not Included The [[oral instructions]] always contain special teachings, such as the upadeśha already mentioned, which are not meant for public display. Thus, this [[book]] gives nearly all of the [[oral instructions]] passed on by [[Tenga Rinpoche]] but two parts were excluded simply because they are not for public display. Anyone who receives these teachings in [[person]] will obtain these specific instructions. For example, the details of the [[deity visualization]] and practice were not included here but a [[student]] would receive them. Similarly, an [[oral instruction]] of the [[guru-yoga]] [[visualization]] that is specific to this [[lineage]] was given but is not included here. The complete instructions of [[Mahāmudrā]] are included but the fact is that you cannot practise them until you have received the instructions yourself from a qualified [[guru]]. At very least, you must have what is called “the introduction to the [[nature of mind]]” to be able to utilize them. In sum, this [[book]] is meant to be of further assistance to those wanting to practise [[Mahāmudrā]] or the Thorough Cut of Great Completion13 or who would like to know more about the [[Kagyu]] or [[Mahāmudrā]] [[lineage]]. It could also serve as a handbook for those who have received the instructions on the practice. It cannot though, serve as a do-it-yourself manual. So, as with every package of anything produced these days, this comes with the warning label, “Warning! Can be [[dangerous]] to your [[spiritual]] [[health]]!” Funnily enough, nearly all texts of this genre in [[Tibetan literature]]
  
 
xxviii
 
xxviii
Line 190: Line 190:
 
INTRODUCTION
 
INTRODUCTION
  
also come with the equivalent warning. Maybe it should be respected.
+
also come with the {{Wiki|equivalent}} warning. Maybe it should be respected.
  
The Real Point It is always worth saying that texts like this are not meant for scholarship; they are the absolute meat and potatoes (an English term of experience!) of the path of the vajra vehicle. They are meant to be used by a competent guru as a basis for imparting the instructions of the path of Mahāmudrā orally to the students. The guru uses them as a basis for transmitting the energy of his understanding about the path and the practice in general to the students. Especially though, the guru uses any of a variety of methods, including ones suggested in here in the section on “introduction”, to introduce the student directly to the nature of the student’s own mind. When the student has had this kind of introduction and then practised the instructions on what to do with it, the words of experience mentioned above become a key part of discussions of experience and development along the path. Their use by the guru can elevate the student’s level of certainty in the nature of mind, enormously. May you recognize the nature of your mind, Become certain of it, And complete the training in it To be a cornucopia of benefit and ease For those who have not yet done so! Lotsāwa Tony Duff, Swayambunath, Nepal, 18th May 2008
+
The Real Point It is always worth saying that texts like this are not meant for {{Wiki|scholarship}}; they are the [[absolute]] meat and potatoes (an English term of [[experience]]!) of the [[path]] of the [[vajra vehicle]]. They are meant to be used by a competent [[guru]] as a basis for imparting the instructions of the [[path]] of [[Mahāmudrā]] orally to the students. The [[guru]] uses them as a basis for transmitting the [[energy]] of his [[understanding]] about the [[path]] and the practice in general to the students. Especially though, the [[guru]] uses any of a variety of [[methods]], [[including]] ones suggested in here in the section on “introduction”, to introduce the [[student]] directly to the [[nature]] of the student’s [[own mind]]. When the [[student]] has had this kind of introduction and then practised the instructions on what to do with it, the words of [[experience]] mentioned above become a key part of discussions of [[experience]] and [[development]] along the [[path]]. Their use by the [[guru]] can elevate the student’s level of {{Wiki|certainty}} in the [[nature of mind]], enormously. May you [[recognize]] the [[nature]] of your [[mind]], Become certain of it, And complete the {{Wiki|training}} in it To be a cornucopia of [[benefit]] and ease For those who have not yet done so! [[Lotsāwa]] Tony Duff, Swayambunath, [[Nepal]], 18th May 2008
  
PART 1 The Source: Gampopa’s Instruction to Phagmo Drupa That Began the Five-part Mahamudra Teaching
+
PART 1 The Source: [[Gampopa’s]] Instruction to [[Phagmo Drupa]] That Began the Five-part [[Mahamudra]] [[Teaching]]
  
Lord Gampopa
+
Lord [[Gampopa]]
  
Sugata Phagmo Drupa
+
[[Sugata]] [[Phagmo Drupa]]
  
 
EXCERPT FROM THE QUESTIONS OF PHAGMO DRUPA AND REPLIES OF GAMPOPA
 
EXCERPT FROM THE QUESTIONS OF PHAGMO DRUPA AND REPLIES OF GAMPOPA
  
Phagmo Drupa offered, “Homage to you, precious guru. Guru Jewel, I have fully investigated both saṃsāra and nirvāṇa and request you to give me an introduction to dharmatā14” The guru said, “We say, “The two, buddhas and sentient beings”, so what does that mean? In mind, there are both rigpa and not rigpa15; these are present as recognizing rigpa and not recognizing it. If rigpa is recognized, it is called “buddha” so rigpa is to be introduced as the dharmatā16." “You go to mountainous areas and so on, congenial places where disenchantment can be produced and experience can develop. There you arouse the mind17 thinking, “For the purposes of sentient beings, I will attain buddhahood”. You meditate on your body as the deity18. You meditate on the guru over your crown19. Then, not letting your mind be spoiled with thoughts, not altering this mind— 3
+
[[Phagmo Drupa]] [[offered]], “Homage to you, [[precious guru]]. [[Guru]] [[Jewel]], I have fully investigated both [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]] and request you to give me an introduction to dharmatā14” The [[guru]] said, “We say, “The two, [[buddhas]] and [[sentient beings]]”, so what does that mean? In [[mind]], there are both [[rigpa]] and not rigpa15; these are {{Wiki|present}} as [[recognizing]] [[rigpa]] and not [[recognizing]] it. If [[rigpa]] is [[recognized]], it is called “[[buddha]]” so [[rigpa]] is to be introduced as the dharmatā16." “You go to mountainous areas and so on, congenial places where disenchantment can be produced and [[experience]] can develop. There you arouse the mind17 [[thinking]], “For the purposes of [[sentient beings]], I will [[attain buddhahood]]”. You [[meditate]] on your [[body]] as the deity18. You [[meditate]] on the [[guru]] over your crown19. Then, not letting your [[mind]] be spoiled with [[thoughts]], not altering this [[mind]]— 3
  
 
4
 
4
Line 208: Line 208:
 
GAMPOPA GIVES THE FIVE PARTS TO PHAGMO DRUPA
 
GAMPOPA GIVES THE FIVE PARTS TO PHAGMO DRUPA
  
because it is nothing whatsoever—in any way at all, set yourself in clarity which is pure, vividly present, clean-clear, wide-awake!...20”
+
because it is nothing whatsoever—in any way at all, set yourself in clarity which is [[pure]], vividly {{Wiki|present}}, clean-clear, wide-awake!...20”
  
The Teaching: The Instructions of Phagmo Drupa as Transmitted by The Translator of Throphu, Jampay Pal
+
The [[Teaching]]: The Instructions of [[Phagmo Drupa]] as Transmitted by The [[Translator]] of Throphu, Jampay Pal
  
A WRITTEN INSTRUCTION COMING FROM THE THROPHU KAGYU ON THE FIVE-PART MAHAMUDRA
+
A WRITTEN INSTRUCTION COMING FROM THE THROPHU [[KAGYU]] ON THE FIVE-PART [[MAHAMUDRA]]
  
I prostrate to the holy gurus21. The introduction to the Mahāmudrā, the core of the enlightened mind of the great guru Nāropa, in five parts is as follows: 1) Arousing the mind for supreme enlightenment. 2) Meditating on guru-yoga. 3) Meditating on the pride of the yidam deity. 4) Introducing22 mindness23 as buddha. 5) Dedicating the roots of merit to complete enlightenment. 1) With very strong loving kindness and compassion, you should meditate while repeating from your heart three times the arousing of both aspiring and entering enlightenment mind24. 2) During the daytime at the crown of your head and during the night-time in your heart, visualise on a three-fold seat of lion throne, lotus, and moon one atop the other your root guru with his hands in equipoise mudrā and arouse the recognition that he is buddha. Supplicate him intensely. 3) Arouse the pride of your body with its maṇḍala of channels being the yidam deity. You should do one hundred and eight or so recitations25.
+
I [[prostrate]] to the {{Wiki|holy}} gurus21. The introduction to the [[Mahāmudrā]], the core of the [[enlightened mind]] of the great [[guru]] [[Nāropa]], in five parts is as follows: 1) Arousing the [[mind]] for [[supreme enlightenment]]. 2) [[Meditating]] on [[guru-yoga]]. 3) [[Meditating]] on the [[pride]] of the [[yidam deity]]. 4) Introducing22 mindness23 as [[buddha]]. 5) Dedicating the [[roots]] of [[merit]] to [[complete enlightenment]]. 1) With very strong [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]], you should [[meditate]] while repeating from your [[heart]] three times the arousing of both aspiring and entering [[enlightenment]] mind24. 2) During the daytime at the {{Wiki|crown}} of your head and during the night-time in your [[heart]], visualise on a three-fold seat of [[lion throne]], [[lotus]], and [[moon]] one atop the other your [[root guru]] with his hands in equipoise [[mudrā]] and arouse the {{Wiki|recognition}} that he is [[buddha]]. Supplicate him intensely. 3) Arouse the [[pride]] of your [[body]] with its [[maṇḍala]] of [[channels]] being the [[yidam deity]]. You should do one hundred and eight or so recitations25.
  
 
7
 
7
Line 220: Line 220:
 
8
 
8
  
THROPHU KAGYU TEXT
+
THROPHU [[KAGYU]] TEXT
  
4) i) Introducing the unfabricated as the innate. Set the body in the postures of meditation and then your mind, put together with that, should be left unfabricated26. Rest at ease, rest in stillness, rest in open evenness. Remove the obstacles of the four points of straying and the three deviations. Sinking, agitation, and mental doings put like that into dawning of appearances is the removal, via the condition of visual forms and sounds, of obstructions to wisdom waking itself up27. ii) Introducing discursive thought as luminosity. Within that state28, some thought will arise29. Whatever arises, you look at it directly and by doing so see that is nothing to be looked at, and in just that, it becomes self-liberated. Thereby, the thought itself put into dawning of appearances by the conditions of various objects is the activity, via the condition of visual forms and sounds, of wisdom waking itself up. The discovery by looking directly that there is nothing to be looked at is the functioning of the activity of wisdom itself looking at itself to know its own face. 5) The three preliminary parts are the accumulation of merit. The fourth, main part is the accumulation of wisdom. Thus there are the two accumulations giving rise to the two fruitions of wakefulness and expansion, buddhahood30. Thus dedication is to be done according to that, the way in which they arise31, saying this three times, “By these roots of merit of mine, May buddhahood be accomplished for the sake of migrators32.” That completes the verbal instructions of the Precious One, the Jetsun from Dvagpo. The above comes from the One Hundred Upadeśhas, drawn from the Collection of Written Talks given by the Lotsawa from Throphu, Nub Jampa'i Pal.
+
4) i) Introducing the unfabricated as the innate. Set the [[body]] in the [[postures]] of [[meditation]] and then your [[mind]], put together with that, should be left unfabricated26. Rest at ease, rest in stillness, rest in open evenness. Remove the [[obstacles]] of the four points of straying and the three deviations. Sinking, [[agitation]], and [[mental]] doings put like that into dawning of [[appearances]] is the removal, via the [[condition]] of [[visual]] [[forms]] and {{Wiki|sounds}}, of obstructions to [[wisdom]] waking itself up27. ii) Introducing [[discursive thought]] as [[luminosity]]. Within that state28, some [[thought]] will arise29. Whatever arises, you look at it directly and by doing so see that is nothing to be looked at, and in just that, it becomes [[self-liberated]]. Thereby, the [[thought]] itself put into dawning of [[appearances]] by the [[conditions]] of various [[objects]] is the [[activity]], via the [[condition]] of [[visual]] [[forms]] and {{Wiki|sounds}}, of [[wisdom]] waking itself up. The discovery by looking directly that there is nothing to be looked at is the functioning of the [[activity]] of [[wisdom]] itself [[looking at]] itself to know its [[own]] face. 5) The three preliminary parts are the [[accumulation of merit]]. The fourth, main part is the [[accumulation of wisdom]]. Thus there are the [[two accumulations]] giving rise to the two [[fruitions]] of wakefulness and expansion, buddhahood30. Thus [[dedication]] is to be done according to that, the way in which they arise31, saying this three times, “By these [[roots]] of [[merit]] of mine, May [[buddhahood]] be accomplished for the [[sake]] of migrators32.” That completes the [[verbal]] instructions of the [[Precious One]], the [[Jetsun]] from Dvagpo. The above comes from the One Hundred Upadeśhas, drawn from the Collection of Written Talks given by the [[Lotsawa]] from Throphu, Nub Jampa'i Pal.
  
The Teaching: The Instructions of Phagmo Drupa as Transmitted by The Drigung Kyobpa, Jigten Sumgon
+
The [[Teaching]]: The Instructions of [[Phagmo Drupa]] as Transmitted by The [[Drigung]] Kyobpa, [[Jigten Sumgon]]
  
Jigten Sumgon
+
[[Jigten Sumgon]]
  
 
THE SOURCE OF THE JEWELS OF EXPERIENCE AND REALISATION, THE OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE FIVE PARTS33
 
THE SOURCE OF THE JEWELS OF EXPERIENCE AND REALISATION, THE OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE FIVE PARTS33
  
At the feet of the precious guru, the essence of every one of the buddhas of the three times, I respectfully prostrate and take refuge; grant your blessings! Now, for what is known as the “Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. The Protector of Beings, Phagmo Drupa, summed up the meanings of the three baskets34 and the four tantra sections into five systems of practice then taught them to a five-thousand strong assembly of the saṅgha of perfection35. Based on this and for others who had not found certainty in the profound meaning, the Protector of the World, the Drigungpa36, who understood the meaning just like a vase filled by the transfer of liquid into it37, practised, and through practice, for each part, accomplished the points and pacified the obstacles both temporary and ultimate, and obtained, in full, every one of the supreme and ordinary qualities. Thus he came to full knowledge of each part. He then showed every one of all the profound and the vast instructions as its meaning and also showed the “Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas” as its points; it is a great treasury of the speech of the Dharma-Lord Guru concerning the five parts38.
+
At the feet of the [[precious guru]], the [[essence]] of every one of the [[buddhas of the three times]], I respectfully [[prostrate]] and [[take refuge]]; grant your [[blessings]]! Now, for what is known as the “Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]”. The [[Protector of Beings]], [[Phagmo Drupa]], summed up the meanings of the three baskets34 and the four [[tantra]] [[sections]] into five systems of practice then [[taught]] them to a five-thousand strong assembly of the [[saṅgha]] of perfection35. Based on this and for others who had not found {{Wiki|certainty}} in the [[profound meaning]], the [[Protector]] of the [[World]], the Drigungpa36, who understood the meaning just like a [[vase]] filled by the transfer of liquid into it37, practised, and through practice, for each part, accomplished the points and pacified the [[obstacles]] both temporary and [[Wikipedia:Absolute (philosophy)|ultimate]], and obtained, in full, every one of the supreme and ordinary qualities. Thus he came to full [[knowledge]] of each part. He then showed every one of all the profound and the vast instructions as its meaning and also showed the “[[Ten Dharmas]], [[Three Dharmas]]” as its points; it is a great treasury of the {{Wiki|speech}} of the Dharma-Lord [[Guru]] concerning the five parts38.
  
 
11
 
11
Line 238: Line 238:
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
  
Concerning this, the precious guru said, “First, meditate on enlightenment mind; Meditate on the yidam deity; Meditate on the holy guru; Meditate on Mahāmudrā; Afterwards, seal it with dedication.” In that way, he spoke of five things. Of them, the first and last belong to the ordinary vehicle, so the middle three are the practice of the extraordinary secret mantra.
+
Concerning this, the [[precious guru]] said, “First, [[meditate]] on [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]; [[Meditate]] on the [[yidam deity]]; [[Meditate]] on the {{Wiki|holy}} [[guru]]; [[Meditate]] on [[Mahāmudrā]]; Afterwards, {{Wiki|seal}} it with [[dedication]].” In that way, he spoke of five things. Of them, the first and last belong to the ordinary [[vehicle]], so the middle three are the practice of the [[extraordinary]] [[secret mantra]].
  
Part One, The Arousal of the Enlightenment Mind The text called The Rites of Meditating on the Five-Part Group which comes from the words spoken by the Lord of Conquerors, Mikyo Dorje39 says, “The body is positioned in the seven dharmas of Vairochana The gentle air is held and inserted40.” Following on from those words, for the meditation on the three things of loving kindness, compassion, and the enlightenment mind, think as follows. “Throughout my lives without beginning and for an inconceivable number of times, every one of the sentient beings has been mother to me and helped me; they are very kind. These very kind mothers should have their kindness returned. They should be helped. They should be brought to happiness.” Making the mind certain of that is loving kindness. Think as follows: “When I look at these motherly beings to see whether they have happiness or not right now, I discover that they do not. They live with the causes of unsatisfactoriness, are experiencing the results of that, and do not have the conditions for happiness. These beings ignorant of the authentic meaning
+
Part One, The Arousal of the [[Enlightenment]] [[Mind]] The text called The [[Rites]] of [[Meditating]] on the Five-Part Group which comes from the words spoken by the Lord of Conquerors, Mikyo Dorje39 says, “The [[body]] is positioned in the seven [[dharmas]] of [[Vairochana]] The gentle [[air]] is held and inserted40.” Following on from those words, for the [[meditation]] on the three things of [[loving kindness]], [[compassion]], and the [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], think as follows. “Throughout my [[lives]] without beginning and for an [[inconceivable]] number of times, every one of the [[sentient beings]] has been mother to me and helped me; they are very kind. These very kind mothers should have their [[kindness]] returned. They should be helped. They should be brought to [[happiness]].” Making the [[mind]] certain of that is [[loving kindness]]. Think as follows: “When I look at these motherly [[beings]] to see whether they have [[happiness]] or not right now, I discover that they do not. They live with the [[causes]] of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}, are experiencing the results of that, and do not have the [[conditions]] for [[happiness]]. These [[beings]] [[ignorant]] of the [[Wikipedia:Authenticity|authentic]] meaning
  
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
Line 246: Line 246:
 
13
 
13
  
are like a blind man separated from a guide; how I feel for them! Compassion for each of them!” Meditating that way until you cannot bear it is compassion. In order to free these motherly beings from unsatisfactoriness and set them in happiness, the mind that wants to attain buddhahood dons the great armour then truly and properly takes up the vows of the bodhisatva41. It does not entertain thoughts of its own peace and happiness even for a moment. Every application of thought is made for the purpose of others. For this enlightenment mind, you train in the fictional level in the illusion-like mode42 and in the superfactual level43 by meditating that you, and sentient beings, and unsatisfactoriness, and purposeful activity, and so on do not exist as a self-continuity but are, from the first, free of the three, production, cessation, and abiding. Engage in meditation on that for three sessions or more, until a deep-seated certainty is produced. Arousing44 enlightenment mind like that gets to the point concerning anger, will pacify the negative forces of rgyal ’gong45, will bring angry states under control, will fulfill others’ purposes, and causes mirror-like wisdom to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work assiduously at it; he said, “If, on the steed of loving kindness and compassion, Others’ benefit does not cut the central thread, In the marketplace, the kind one of men and gods will not arise, So you must be assiduous at this enlightenment mind46.”
+
are like a [[blind]] man separated from a guide; how I [[feel]] for them! [[Compassion]] for each of them!” [[Meditating]] that way until you cannot bear it is [[compassion]]. In order to free these motherly [[beings]] from {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} and set them in [[happiness]], the [[mind]] that wants to [[attain buddhahood]] dons the great armour then truly and properly takes up the [[vows]] of the bodhisatva41. It does not entertain [[thoughts]] of its [[own]] [[peace]] and [[happiness]] even for a [[moment]]. Every application of [[thought]] is made for the {{Wiki|purpose}} of others. For this [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], you train in the fictional level in the illusion-like mode42 and in the superfactual level43 by [[meditating]] that you, and [[sentient beings]], and {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}, and purposeful [[activity]], and so on do not [[exist]] as a self-continuity but are, from the first, free of the three, production, [[cessation]], and abiding. Engage in [[meditation]] on that for three sessions or more, until a deep-seated {{Wiki|certainty}} is produced. Arousing44 [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] like that gets to the point concerning [[anger]], will pacify the negative forces of rgyal ’gong45, will bring [[angry]] states under control, will fulfill others’ purposes, and [[causes]] [[mirror-like wisdom]] to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work {{Wiki|assiduously}} at it; he said, “If, on the steed of [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]], Others’ [[benefit]] does not cut the central thread, In the marketplace, the kind one of men and [[gods]] will not arise, So you must be assiduous at this [[enlightenment]] mind46.”
  
 
14
 
14
Line 252: Line 252:
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
  
Part Two, Development Stage, Meditation on the Yidam Deity Body, skandhas, dhātus, āyatanas all are the maṇḍala of the deity; the container world is the immeasurable mansion; the contained sentient beings are the devas and devīs; and all of them have been present primordially as their unification. You recognize that to be so. Now, having done so, certainty of it is to be generated and finalized. Utter the svabhāva mantra then meditate on all phenomena as empty. Within that state, from paṃ comes a multi-coloured lotus, from raṃ a sun disk, and on top of it from hūṃ comes a crossed vajra with a hūṃ letter seated on a sun disk at its navel. The hūṃ’s light rays become a ground, tent, and canopy of vajras outside of which a mass of fire blazes. In the centre of the pervasive protection circle just made, that seed-syllable turns into a five-pointed vajra marked at the navel with a hūṃ from which light radiates. The light performs the two purposes then is gathered back after which I appear as co-emergent Chakrasaṃvara with one face, three eyes, fangs slightly clenched, and, with bent eyebrows, a wrathful grimace. His body dark-blue like the colour of sapphire blazes with light. His long hair is bound up into a top-knot and at its tip is a wish-fulfilling jewel and crossed vajra. The left side is adorned with a crescent moon. He has a crown of five dried skulls and a long necklace of fifty fresh ones hanging down. The right of his two hands holds a nine-pointed vajra and the left inside that holds a bell, both of which embrace his consort. He has a tiger-skin skirt. He is ornamented with the five bone ornaments and the ash—the six symbols. The right leg extended stands between the breasts of red Kālarātri who is lying on her back with hands in añjali. The left leg bent presses down on and squeezes the head of black Bharaiva who has his hands in añjali. In his lap is the consort Vajravārāhī, red, with
+
Part Two, [[Development Stage]], [[Meditation]] on the [[Yidam Deity]] [[Body]], [[skandhas]], [[dhātus]], [[āyatanas]] all are the [[maṇḍala]] of the [[deity]]; the container [[world]] is the [[immeasurable]] mansion; the contained [[sentient beings]] are the [[devas]] and devīs; and all of them have been {{Wiki|present}} [[primordially]] as their unification. You [[recognize]] that to be so. Now, having done so, {{Wiki|certainty}} of it is to be generated and finalized. Utter the [[svabhāva]] [[mantra]] then [[meditate]] on all [[phenomena]] as [[empty]]. Within that [[state]], from paṃ comes a multi-coloured [[lotus]], from raṃ a {{Wiki|sun}} disk, and on top of it from [[hūṃ]] comes a [[crossed vajra]] with a [[hūṃ]] [[letter]] seated on a {{Wiki|sun}} disk at its {{Wiki|navel}}. The hūṃ’s {{Wiki|light}} rays become a ground, tent, and {{Wiki|canopy}} of [[vajras]] outside of which a {{Wiki|mass}} of [[fire]] blazes. In the centre of the {{Wiki|pervasive}} [[protection]] circle just made, that [[seed-syllable]] turns into a five-pointed [[vajra]] marked at the {{Wiki|navel}} with a [[hūṃ]] from which {{Wiki|light}} radiates. The {{Wiki|light}} performs the two purposes then is [[gathered]] back after which I appear as co-emergent [[Chakrasaṃvara]] with one face, three [[eyes]], fangs slightly clenched, and, with bent [[eyebrows]], a [[wrathful]] grimace. His [[body]] dark-blue like the {{Wiki|colour}} of {{Wiki|sapphire}} blazes with {{Wiki|light}}. His long [[hair]] is [[bound]] up into a top-knot and at its tip is a [[wish-fulfilling jewel]] and [[crossed vajra]]. The left side is adorned with a [[crescent moon]]. He has a {{Wiki|crown}} of five dried skulls and a long necklace of fifty fresh ones hanging down. The right of his two hands holds a [[nine-pointed vajra]] and the left inside that holds a [[bell]], both of which embrace his [[consort]]. He has a [[tiger-skin]] skirt. He is ornamented with the [[five bone ornaments]] and the ash—the six [[symbols]]. The right leg extended stands between the breasts of [[red]] [[Kālarātri]] who is {{Wiki|lying}} on her back with hands in [[añjali]]. The left leg bent presses down on and squeezes the head of black Bharaiva who has his hands in [[añjali]]. In his lap is the [[consort]] [[Vajravārāhī]], [[red]], with
  
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
Line 258: Line 258:
 
15
 
15
  
one face, two arms, and three eyes. Her hair is loosed and dry skulls form a crown and a long necklace. Her right hand brandishes a hooked knife. Her left hand holding a skull-cup of blood embraces the male consort around his neck. She is adorned with the five symbolic ornaments. Her two shanks are over the bhagavat’s thighs; entwining him47. The male is marked in the three places with the three letters. The bhagavat’s heart centre is marked with a white oṃ ha, his head with a yellow nama hi, his crown with a red sva haṃ hūṃ, his two shoulders with black vauṣhaṭ he, his two eyes with orange hūṃ hūṃ hoḥ, and all the limbs with a green phaṭ haṃ; these are the six armours48 of the hero. The female consort’s navel is marked with a red oṃ vaṃ, her heart centre with a blue haṃ yoṃ, her mouth with a white hrīṃ maṃ, her head with a yellow hrīṃ hrīṃ, her crown with a green hūṃ hūṃ, and between her brows with a smoke-coloured phaṭ phaṭ; these are the six armours of the heroine. Light from the seed-syllable at the heart centre of the male invites sixteen jñānasatvas like the deity being meditated on and the heros and yoginīs surround them. The sixteen female vidyas make the offerings with arghaṃ up to śhabda. By saying jaḥ hūṃ baṃ hoḥ the samayas and jñānas are made inseparable. Once again light from the seed-syllable at the heart centre invites the wisdom beings like the one being meditated on and these heros and yoginīs make offerings. Supplicate with oṃ sarva tathāgata abhiṣhiñcha maṃ, whereupon the devīs holding jewelled vases perform abhiṣheka through which the bhagavat is crowned over his head with Akṣhobya and Vajravārāhī with Vairochana. Think that, which is the complete clarity of the visualization. Firmly establish the pride of certainty that body, speech, and mind are the heruka’s body, speech, and mind. Recall the purities,
+
one face, two arms, and three [[eyes]]. Her [[hair]] is loosed and dry skulls [[form]] a {{Wiki|crown}} and a long necklace. Her right hand brandishes a hooked knife. Her left hand holding a [[skull-cup]] of {{Wiki|blood}} embraces the {{Wiki|male}} [[consort]] around his neck. She is adorned with the five [[symbolic]] ornaments. Her two shanks are over the bhagavat’s thighs; entwining him47. The {{Wiki|male}} is marked in the three places with the three letters. The bhagavat’s [[heart centre]] is marked with a white [[oṃ]] ha, his head with a [[yellow]] [[nama]] hi, his {{Wiki|crown}} with a [[red]] [[sva]] haṃ [[hūṃ]], his two shoulders with black vauṣhaṭ he, his two [[eyes]] with orange [[hūṃ]] [[hūṃ]] hoḥ, and all the limbs with a [[green]] phaṭ haṃ; these are the six armours48 of the [[hero]]. The {{Wiki|female}} [[consort’s]] {{Wiki|navel}} is marked with a [[red]] [[oṃ]] [[vaṃ]], her [[heart centre]] with a blue haṃ yoṃ, her {{Wiki|mouth}} with a white hrīṃ maṃ, her head with a [[yellow]] hrīṃ hrīṃ, her {{Wiki|crown}} with a [[green]] [[hūṃ]] [[hūṃ]], and between her brows with a smoke-coloured phaṭ phaṭ; these are the six armours of the [[Wikipedia:Hero|heroine]]. Light from the [[seed-syllable]] at the [[heart centre]] of the {{Wiki|male}} invites sixteen jñānasatvas like the [[deity]] being [[meditated]] on and the heros and [[yoginīs]] surround them. The sixteen {{Wiki|female}} [[vidyas]] make the [[offerings]] with [[arghaṃ]] up to śhabda. By saying [[jaḥ]] [[hūṃ]] baṃ hoḥ the [[samayas]] and jñānas are made [[inseparable]]. Once again {{Wiki|light}} from the [[seed-syllable]] at the [[heart centre]] invites the [[wisdom beings]] like the one being [[meditated]] on and these heros and [[yoginīs]] make [[offerings]]. Supplicate with [[oṃ]] sarva [[tathāgata]] abhiṣhiñcha maṃ, whereupon the devīs holding jewelled vases perform abhiṣheka through which the [[bhagavat]] is crowned over his head with Akṣhobya and [[Vajravārāhī]] with [[Vairochana]]. Think that, which is the complete clarity of the [[visualization]]. Firmly establish the [[pride]] of {{Wiki|certainty}} that [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] are the heruka’s [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]]. Recall the purities,
  
 
16
 
16
Line 264: Line 264:
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
  
that because of the union of emptiness and compassion, they appear as male and female in consort, and so on. If you become weary of the meditation, produce a mantra garland from the hūṃ at the heart centre. Visualize that it goes from your mouth into the mouth of the female consort and, cycling through the secret places, dissolves into the seed-syllable. Saying oṃ hrīḥ ha ha huṃ hūṃ phaṭ recite whatever is needed of the close-to-heart, heart49, and so on. When it is time to close the session, the protective circle is gathered into the female consort, the female into the male, and then into the hūṃ at the heart centre of the male. That itself absorbs by steps into the flame of the nāda. Then rest in nonreference. In that way, both the fixation on contained and container50, the ordinary appearances which are grasping at one’s own mindstream, and the fixation on a magnificent deity which is grasping for the sake just of development stage are abandoned. Thus there is the certainty of a form51 of unification that is appearance without nature, a water-moon and that is the finalization of development stage. Meditating on development stage like that gets to the point concerning desire, will pacify the negative forces of senmo52, will bring desire under control, will overpower appearances, and causes individually discriminating wisdom to dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at development stage; he said, “One’s own body is the king of deity forms, But if not taken to the firm stage of changeless foundation, The ḍākinīs will not assemble into a retinue around it, So you must be assiduous at this body, the yidam deity.”
+
that because of the union of [[emptiness]] and [[compassion]], they appear as {{Wiki|male}} and {{Wiki|female}} in [[consort]], and so on. If you become weary of the [[meditation]], produce a [[mantra]] [[garland]] from the [[hūṃ]] at the [[heart centre]]. [[Visualize]] that it goes from your {{Wiki|mouth}} into the {{Wiki|mouth}} of the [[female consort]] and, cycling through the secret places, dissolves into the [[seed-syllable]]. Saying [[oṃ]] [[hrīḥ]] ha ha [[huṃ]] [[hūṃ]] phaṭ recite whatever is needed of the close-to-heart, heart49, and so on. When it is time to close the session, the [[protective circle]] is [[gathered]] into the [[female consort]], the {{Wiki|female}} into the {{Wiki|male}}, and then into the [[hūṃ]] at the [[heart centre]] of the {{Wiki|male}}. That itself absorbs by steps into the flame of the [[nāda]]. Then rest in nonreference. In that way, both the fixation on contained and container50, the ordinary [[appearances]] which are [[grasping]] at one’s [[own]] [[mindstream]], and the fixation on a magnificent [[deity]] which is [[grasping]] for the [[sake]] just of [[development stage]] are abandoned. Thus there is the {{Wiki|certainty}} of a form51 of unification that is [[appearance]] without [[nature]], a water-moon and that is the finalization of [[development stage]]. [[Meditating]] on [[development stage]] like that gets to the point concerning [[desire]], will pacify the negative forces of senmo52, will bring [[desire]] under control, will overpower [[appearances]], and [[causes]] individually [[discriminating wisdom]] to dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at [[development stage]]; he said, “One’s [[own]] [[body]] is the [[king]] of [[deity]] [[forms]], But if not taken to the firm stage of changeless foundation, The [[ḍākinīs]] will not assemble into a retinue around it, So you must be assiduous at this [[body]], the [[yidam deity]].”
  
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
Line 270: Line 270:
 
17
 
17
  
Part Three, Guru Yoga The guru is a being inseparable with the wisdom that resides in every one of the buddhas so one has the attitude of certainty that he is the three kāyas and five wisdoms embodied of buddha whose inexhaustible sphere of ornamentation of body, speech, mind performs the ripening and liberating of every sentient being until cyclic existence ends. And, you have the attitude that your own mindness is inseparable with the guru because of which all the dharmas of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa are the nature of appearance and emptiness53; that attitude is dharmakāya devotion. For the purpose of making a visualization of the guru, do this. Above the crown of yourself clearly seen as the deity, in space, on a lion throne, on a seat of lotus and moon, the root guru appears in the form which is the embodiment of the Jewels, the summation of the families, Vajradhara. He has a blue body, one face, and two arms, and holds a vajra and bell crossed at his heart. He is adorned with various jewelled ornaments and wears the silken pantaloons. His feet are crossed in vajrāsana. He has a peaceful mood and is surrounded by the lineage gurus, the deity assemblies of the yidam maṇḍalas, and the dharmapālas and guards. Giving your attention to that, worship with the seven branches—extensively or abridged, whatever—and at that time offer a maṇḍala, including your body and your possessions in their entirety. Then, supplicate: “Glorious guru great Vajradhara, please bless my body, speech, and mind, all three.” Thereby, white, red, and blue light spring one after the other from the crown, throat, and heart-centre of Vajradhara. In sequence, they dissolve into your own three places, purifying the obscurations of the three doors. Meditate on the thought that you have been made into a fortunate one whose ordinary
+
Part Three, [[Guru Yoga]] The [[guru]] is a being [[inseparable]] with the [[wisdom]] that resides in every one of the [[buddhas]] so one has the [[attitude]] of {{Wiki|certainty}} that he is the [[three kāyas]] and [[five wisdoms]] [[embodied]] of [[buddha]] whose inexhaustible [[sphere]] of ornamentation of [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, [[mind]] performs the ripening and liberating of every [[sentient being]] until [[cyclic existence]] ends. And, you have the [[attitude]] that your [[own]] mindness is [[inseparable]] with the [[guru]] because of which all the [[dharmas]] of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]] are the [[nature]] of [[appearance]] and emptiness53; that [[attitude]] is [[dharmakāya]] [[devotion]]. For the {{Wiki|purpose}} of making a [[visualization]] of the [[guru]], do this. Above the {{Wiki|crown}} of yourself clearly seen as the [[deity]], in [[space]], on a [[lion throne]], on a seat of [[lotus]] and [[moon]], the [[root guru]] appears in the [[form]] which is the [[embodiment]] of the [[Jewels]], the summation of the families, [[Vajradhara]]. He has a blue [[body]], one face, and two arms, and holds a [[vajra]] and [[bell]] crossed at his [[heart]]. He is adorned with various jewelled ornaments and wears the silken pantaloons. His feet are crossed in [[vajrāsana]]. He has a [[peaceful]] [[mood]] and is surrounded by the [[lineage gurus]], the [[deity]] assemblies of the [[yidam]] [[maṇḍalas]], and the [[dharmapālas]] and guards. Giving your [[attention]] to that, {{Wiki|worship}} with the seven branches—extensively or abridged, whatever—and at that time offer a [[maṇḍala]], [[including]] your [[body]] and your possessions in their entirety. Then, supplicate: “Glorious [[guru]] great [[Vajradhara]], please bless my [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]], all three.” Thereby, white, [[red]], and blue {{Wiki|light}} spring one after the other from the {{Wiki|crown}}, {{Wiki|throat}}, and heart-centre of [[Vajradhara]]. In sequence, they dissolve into your [[own]] three places, purifying the [[obscurations]] of the [[three doors]]. [[Meditate]] on the [[thought]] that you have been made into a [[fortunate]] one whose ordinary
  
 
18
 
18
Line 276: Line 276:
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
  
body, speech, and mind have been manifested as the vajras of enlightened body, speech, and mind. At the close of the session, the retinue dissolves into guru Vajradhara. Then he dissolves into you and your ordinary person now becomes the guru’s enlightened body, speech, and mind inseparable with your own body, speech, and mind. 54
+
[[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] have been [[manifested]] as the [[vajras]] of [[enlightened body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]]. At the close of the session, the retinue dissolves into [[guru]] [[Vajradhara]]. Then he dissolves into you and your [[ordinary person]] now becomes the [[guru’s]] [[enlightened body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] [[inseparable]] with your [[own]] [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]]. 54
  
Meditating on guru-yoga like that gets to the point concerning pride, will pacify the negative force of devapūtra55, will bring prideful states under control, will give you the ability to bless others, and causes the wisdom of equality to dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at guru-yoga; he said, “If the sun of devotion does not shine On the snow mountain of the guru’s four kāyas, The stream of blessings will not descend, So be assiduous at devotion for mind.”
+
[[Meditating]] on [[guru-yoga]] like that gets to the point concerning [[pride]], will pacify the negative force of devapūtra55, will bring prideful states under control, will give you the ability to bless others, and [[causes]] the [[wisdom of equality]] to dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at [[guru-yoga]]; he said, “If the {{Wiki|sun}} of [[devotion]] does not shine On the snow mountain of the [[guru’s]] four [[kāyas]], The {{Wiki|stream}} of [[blessings]] will not descend, So be assiduous at [[devotion]] for [[mind]].”
  
Part Four, Mahamudra The way that mindness is present within you is not known by the rational mind of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa56. It is not known through the exaggerations of appearance and emptiness57. It is not the experience of appearance. It is not the experience of emptiness. It is not the experience of existence. It is not the experience of non-existence. It is not the experience of confusion58. It is not the experience of liberation. It is beyond every one of these biassed positions, all of which cut to one side or another. It is not made by Buddha. It is not created by sentient beings. It is not purified by the path. It is not a change of colour. It is primordially free from extremes. It is the fruition, the three kāyas, inherent within you. It is the perfection of discard and realization. It is the immediate brilliance having the two knowledges59. It is the thing which is primordially spontaneously-present.
+
Part Four, [[Mahamudra]] The way that mindness is {{Wiki|present}} within you is not known by the [[rational]] [[mind]] of [[saṃsāra]] and nirvāṇa56. It is not known through the exaggerations of [[appearance]] and emptiness57. It is not the [[experience]] of [[appearance]]. It is not the [[experience]] of [[emptiness]]. It is not the [[experience]] of [[existence]]. It is not the [[experience]] of [[non-existence]]. It is not the [[experience]] of confusion58. It is not the [[experience]] of [[liberation]]. It is beyond every one of these biassed positions, all of which cut to one side or another. It is not made by [[Buddha]]. It is not created by [[sentient beings]]. It is not [[purified]] by the [[path]]. It is not a change of {{Wiki|colour}}. It is [[primordially]] free from extremes. It is the [[fruition]], the [[three kāyas]], [[inherent]] within you. It is the [[perfection]] of discard and [[realization]]. It is the immediate [[brilliance]] having the two knowledges59. It is the thing which is [[primordially]] spontaneously-present.
  
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
Line 286: Line 286:
 
19
 
19
  
The actuality60 that is the way that your inner disposition is present is called “Ground Mahāmudrā”. It is introduced by means of the blessings of the guru and the method of time61, then the student rests in the actuality just introduced, then there is recognition that actuality is like that. Right on the basis of that and without fabricating anything, by just resting in what that is untainted by rational mind, the core62 is allowed to go its own way, the way of concepts stopping themselves and shutting up, and then the essence is known nakedly as clarity63 that is empty. This awareness, which is not caught up in the clarity that has been freed of concepts of good, concepts of bad, and indeterminate concepts, does not give any recital at all64. This staying in a state freed of names and their references is mindness, the functioning of Mahāmudrā65. When you have gone to the point that, no matter what circumstance arises, you never pass from that state into dwelling in one of the extremes of peace or existence, then that is called “Fruition Mahāmudrā”66. In brief, if the guru does not teach it, the student will not understand it. It is the great meaning beyond rational mind, the meaning that cannot be experienced by rational means, that which is free from every “it is this, it is that” made by rational mind, the common awareness67 not constructed by anyone which is the innate, self-settled state; that is called “Mahāmudrā”. The way of meditating on it has two parts68: A) calm-abiding B) insight.
+
The actuality60 that is the way that your inner disposition is {{Wiki|present}} is called “Ground [[Mahāmudrā]]”. It is introduced by means of the [[blessings]] of the [[guru]] and the method of time61, then the [[student]] rests in the [[actuality]] just introduced, then there is {{Wiki|recognition}} that [[actuality]] is like that. Right on the basis of that and without [[fabricating]] anything, by just resting in what that is untainted by [[rational]] [[mind]], the core62 is allowed to go its [[own]] way, the way of [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] stopping themselves and shutting up, and then the [[essence]] is known nakedly as clarity63 that is [[empty]]. This [[awareness]], which is not caught up in the clarity that has been freed of [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] of good, [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] of bad, and {{Wiki|indeterminate}} [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]], does not give any recital at all64. This staying in a [[state]] freed of names and their references is mindness, the functioning of Mahāmudrā65. When you have gone to the point that, no {{Wiki|matter}} what circumstance arises, you never pass from that [[state]] into dwelling in one of the extremes of [[peace]] or [[existence]], then that is called “[[Fruition]] Mahāmudrā”66. In brief, if the [[guru]] does not teach it, the [[student]] will not understand it. It is the great meaning beyond [[rational]] [[mind]], the meaning that cannot be [[experienced]] by [[rational]] means, that which is free from every “it is this, it is that” made by [[rational]] [[mind]], the common awareness67 not [[constructed]] by anyone which is the innate, self-settled [[state]]; that is called “[[Mahāmudrā]]”. The way of [[meditating]] on it has two parts68: A) calm-abiding B) [[insight]].
  
A. Calm Abiding There are three parts to this: 1) holding where there is no holding; 2) steadying of the holding; and 3) ways of improving the steadiness.69
+
A. [[Calm Abiding]] There are three parts to this: 1) holding where there is no holding; 2) steadying of the holding; and 3) ways of improving the steadiness.69
  
 
20
 
20
Line 294: Line 294:
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
  
1) The legs are placed into a posture. With the hands in the equipoise mudrā, the shoulders are stretched. The spine is straightened. The chin is hooked in a little. The lips and teeth are left to sit in their own way. The gaze is directed down the tip of the nose, directly ahead into space. Having done that, the mind is left to rest self-settled. If the mind will not abide when that is done, then, as is explained in the King of Samādhis Sūtra, “The body like the colour of gold, The protector of the world, more beautiful than all— Whatever mental placement is done with that as the support The bodhisatva calls “equipoise”.” Accordingly, visualize in front of you, on a lion throne, on a seat of lotus and moon, the truly complete buddha’s70 form and, setting the mind one-pointedly on it, do not be distracted from that object of visualization to something else. When doing that, if sinking-dullness71 occurs, move your mental focus to the topknot and if agitation-excitement72 occurs, move your mental focus to the seat. Also, move the gaze up or down in conjunction with that. If you do that, it will clear the problem. Should there be great distraction of mind, then focus the mind on the in and out movement of breath and just by that the stream of abiding will become lengthened and thereby the abiding aspect will become steady. 2) Once the production of abiding has begun, visualize a white lotus at the heart centre and that a drop is produced from it which exits from the crown point and is ejected into space. Similarly, there is a black lotus that is facing downward and from the centre of it a black drop is produced that exits from the urethra and sits on the boundary of the seat. The mind should be held on each as they are emitted. For the former, the gaze should be raised
+
1) The {{Wiki|legs}} are placed into a [[posture]]. With the hands in the equipoise [[mudrā]], the shoulders are stretched. The spine is straightened. The [[chin]] is hooked in a little. The lips and {{Wiki|teeth}} are left to sit in their [[own]] way. The gaze is directed down the tip of the {{Wiki|nose}}, directly ahead into [[space]]. Having done that, the [[mind]] is left to rest self-settled. If the [[mind]] will not abide when that is done, then, as is explained in the [[King]] of [[Samādhis]] [[Sūtra]], “The [[body]] like the {{Wiki|colour}} of {{Wiki|gold}}, The [[protector]] of the [[world]], more beautiful than all— Whatever [[mental]] placement is done with that as the support The [[bodhisatva]] calls “equipoise”.” Accordingly, [[visualize]] in front of you, on a [[lion throne]], on a seat of [[lotus]] and [[moon]], the truly complete buddha’s70 [[form]] and, setting the [[mind]] one-pointedly on it, do not be distracted from that [[object]] of [[visualization]] to something else. When doing that, if sinking-dullness71 occurs, move your [[mental focus]] to the topknot and if agitation-excitement72 occurs, move your [[mental focus]] to the seat. Also, move the gaze up or down in {{Wiki|conjunction}} with that. If you do that, it will clear the problem. Should there be great [[distraction]] of [[mind]], then focus the [[mind]] on the in and out {{Wiki|movement}} of [[breath]] and just by that the {{Wiki|stream}} of abiding will become lengthened and thereby the abiding aspect will become steady. 2) Once the production of abiding has begun, [[visualize]] a [[white lotus]] at the [[heart centre]] and that a drop is produced from it which exits from the {{Wiki|crown}} point and is ejected into [[space]]. Similarly, there is a black [[lotus]] that is facing downward and from the centre of it a black drop is produced that exits from the urethra and sits on the boundary of the seat. The [[mind]] should be held on each as they are emitted. For the former, the gaze should be raised
  
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
Line 300: Line 300:
 
21
 
21
  
and, when a lot of dead winds have been extracted and removed, the awareness will have been invigorated and you should rest in that. For the latter, the gaze should be lowered and, when you have been persistent at the object of visualization, the mind can be left to self-settle, etc., and the awareness will be as before. 3) Whatever discursive thought comes up in mind because of some object—sight, sound, smell, taste, or touch—there is, so as to prevent it from continuing on to a second thought, the instruction to rest right on that thought itself. When that is done, there is an enhancement to the equipoise. In the beginning, the style of mind wandering from its object is that there are a lot of thoughts being produced and capturing it again with mindfulnessalertness73 is difficult, however, despite the difficulty, you shouldn’t procrastinate! When, compared to that, the wandering has been reduced in intensity, gross discursive thoughts will have been calmed and the movement of subtle ones will be noticed. In the end, the style of the wandering is that discursive thoughts are not able to able to propel the mind at all and there is a calmabiding in which the actual abiding and a following moment74 is the same kind of thing. In that way, a calm-abiding gradually happens.
+
and, when a lot of [[dead]] [[winds]] have been extracted and removed, the [[awareness]] will have been invigorated and you should rest in that. For the [[latter]], the gaze should be lowered and, when you have been persistent at the [[object]] of [[visualization]], the [[mind]] can be left to self-settle, etc., and the [[awareness]] will be as before. 3) Whatever [[discursive thought]] comes up in [[mind]] because of some object—sight, [[sound]], {{Wiki|smell}}, {{Wiki|taste}}, or touch—there is, so as to prevent it from continuing on to a second [[thought]], the instruction to rest right on that [[thought]] itself. When that is done, there is an [[enhancement]] to the equipoise. In the beginning, the style of [[mind wandering]] from its [[object]] is that there are a lot of [[thoughts]] being produced and capturing it again with mindfulnessalertness73 is difficult, however, despite the difficulty, you shouldn’t procrastinate! When, compared to that, the wandering has been reduced in intensity, gross discursive [[thoughts]] will have been [[calmed]] and the {{Wiki|movement}} of {{Wiki|subtle}} ones will be noticed. In the end, the style of the wandering is that discursive [[thoughts]] are not able to able to propel the [[mind]] at all and there is a calmabiding in which the actual abiding and a following moment74 is the same kind of thing. In that way, a calm-abiding gradually happens.
  
B. Insight; the Introduction75 When you are abiding one-pointedly in samādhi, just exactly how is it with this mind that is abiding? What kind of colour does it have while abiding? What kind of shape does it have while abiding? “Well, if I don’t see how it is when abiding, then I should look at it when it is proliferating”. That thought itself also is proliferation; therefore, what kind of colour does it have while proliferating? What kind of shape does it have while proliferating? What kind of essence does the proliferation have? Is it visual form, sound, smell, taste, touch? How is it with this dharma, the opposite of abiding?
+
B. [[Insight]]; the Introduction75 When you are abiding one-pointedly in [[samādhi]], just exactly how is it with this [[mind]] that is abiding? What kind of {{Wiki|colour}} does it have while abiding? What kind of shape does it have while abiding? “Well, if I don’t see how it is when abiding, then I should look at it when it is proliferating”. That [[thought]] itself also is {{Wiki|proliferation}}; therefore, what kind of {{Wiki|colour}} does it have while proliferating? What kind of shape does it have while proliferating? What kind of [[essence]] does the {{Wiki|proliferation}} have? Is it [[visual form]], [[sound]], {{Wiki|smell}}, {{Wiki|taste}}, {{Wiki|touch}}? How is it with this [[dharma]], the opposite of abiding?
  
 
22
 
22
Line 308: Line 308:
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
  
If you do not discover that, then do the following. Where does it arise to begin with? Where does it stay in the interim? Where does it go at the end? You should make a real search for all of these inside and out. If it becomes difficult to see, offer a maṇḍala to the guru and supplicate. Think strongly, “If I do not recognize the essence of mind, I will not be liberated from existence. If I am not liberated from that, the unsatisfactoriness of birth, old age, sickness, and death will be unbearable. Therefore, I will work only at gaining certainty in the recognition of mind”. At all times exert yourself only at staring unwaveringly76 at your own mind; if you do, then you will definitely see it, whatever it is. There is no introduction without one’s own mind seeing one’s own mind; for example, if you don’t see letters how will you be instructed in letters? If you see just a portion of it, then you have just that much of an introduction to it! Having looked at it, if you think it didn’t appear to you, then please look at the looker itself! Just not seeing it does not make it non-existent, as with treasure hidden below the ground Therefore, not seeing it anywhere is the supreme seeing! Henceforth, now that you understand lack of knowing as knowing, lack of consciousness as consciousness, lack of minding as minding, lack of mentation as mentation, lack of comprehending as comprehending, you will understand that as complete distraction! Son of the family, your mind, like the horn of a rabbit, has no basis, has no nature, has no occurrence, has no arising, has no staying, has no disappearance. Your own essence being uncompounded, it is not seen even by the All-Knowing One77. This certain fact sits nicely in your heart, therefore please rest in the state of this lack of mind itself! Please rest in the state of lack of minding! Again, son of the family, whether your mind is female or male, it is just knowing, vividly apparent and comprehending various things; isn’t this amazing? Therefore, no matter
+
If you do not discover that, then do the following. Where does it arise to begin with? Where does it stay in the interim? Where does it go at the end? You should make a real search for all of these inside and out. If it becomes difficult to see, offer a [[maṇḍala]] to the [[guru]] and supplicate. Think strongly, “If I do not [[recognize]] the [[essence of mind]], I will not be {{Wiki|liberated}} from [[existence]]. If I am not {{Wiki|liberated}} from that, the {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} of [[birth]], [[old age]], [[sickness]], and [[death]] will be unbearable. Therefore, I will work only at gaining {{Wiki|certainty}} in the {{Wiki|recognition}} of [[mind]]”. At all times exert yourself only at staring unwaveringly76 at your [[own mind]]; if you do, then you will definitely see it, whatever it is. There is no introduction without one’s [[own mind]] [[seeing]] one’s [[own mind]]; for example, if you don’t see letters how will you be instructed in letters? If you see just a portion of it, then you have just that much of an introduction to it! Having looked at it, if you think it didn’t appear to you, then please look at the looker itself! Just not [[seeing]] it does not make it [[non-existent]], as with [[treasure]] hidden below the ground Therefore, not [[seeing]] it anywhere is the supreme [[seeing]]! Henceforth, now that you understand lack of [[knowing]] as [[knowing]], [[lack of consciousness]] as [[consciousness]], lack of [[minding]] as [[minding]], lack of {{Wiki|mentation}} as {{Wiki|mentation}}, lack of comprehending as comprehending, you will understand that as complete [[distraction]]! Son of the [[family]], your [[mind]], like the horn of a {{Wiki|rabbit}}, has no basis, has no [[nature]], has no occurrence, has no [[arising]], has no staying, has no [[disappearance]]. Your [[own essence]] being uncompounded, it is not seen even by [[the All-Knowing]] One77. This certain fact sits nicely in your [[heart]], therefore please rest in the [[state]] of this lack of [[mind]] itself! Please rest in the [[state]] of lack of [[minding]]! Again, son of the [[family]], whether your [[mind]] is {{Wiki|female}} or {{Wiki|male}}, it is just [[knowing]], vividly apparent and comprehending various things; isn’t this amazing? Therefore, no {{Wiki|matter}}
  
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
Line 314: Line 314:
 
23
 
23
  
how things appear to you, rest in just this itself as it is. Rest in it relaxed. Rest in it nakedly. Son of the family, if you hold to the idea that there is something wrong with appearance and something good about emptiness or something wrong with emptiness and something good about appearance, that is childish: appearance itself is empty, emptiness itself is apparent, so you must see appearance-emptiness as one taste. In short, you should stay in the flatness78 of not grasping at whatever dawns and frolic in the unreality of whatever appears. Everything falls apart into liberation! Agreeable in the non-duality of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa! Misty in the indefiniteness of rigpa! Vivid in coming and going without trace! Brilliant in the non-duality of confusion and liberation! Please nurture the time that you can stay in this, the absence of grasping at realism. This kind of essence of mind is called “uncontrived common awareness”79, “the essence innate to your own mind”, “the actuality that is the innate character of phenomena”, “the way that superfact80, the dharmakāya, sits”. Isn’t your present mind there as something clear, wide-awake, brilliant? Just that is called “the self-arising rigpa essence”. Don’t you have the confidence that “it is just like that”? That is called “wisdom that realizes insight”. In that state, isn’t there something that is unquestionably present? That is called “the door of appearance of calm-abiding samādhi”. Thus, this very saṃsāra is brilliantly evident as nirvāṇa. These sentient beings move about as buddhas. This very confusion falls to pieces in self-liberation. This very affliction is right there as wisdom. This, which has been understood with the name “introduction to the innate dharmakāya” or “communicated” or “finding certainty” or “mastery of expanse” or “the definitive meaning of the authentic”, should be kept in your heart always. And please, for this which needs no habituation to it; please habituate yourself to it! For this meaning that does not need
+
how things appear to you, rest in just this itself as it is. Rest in it [[relaxed]]. Rest in it nakedly. Son of the [[family]], if you hold to the [[idea]] that there is something wrong with [[appearance]] and something good about [[emptiness]] or something wrong with [[emptiness]] and something good about [[appearance]], that is childish: [[appearance]] itself is [[empty]], [[emptiness]] itself is apparent, so you must see [[appearance-emptiness]] as one {{Wiki|taste}}. In short, you should stay in the flatness78 of not [[grasping]] at whatever dawns and frolic in the [[unreality]] of whatever appears. Everything falls apart into [[liberation]]! Agreeable in the [[non-duality]] of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]]! Misty in the indefiniteness of [[rigpa]]! Vivid in coming and going [[without trace]]! Brilliant in the [[non-duality]] of [[confusion]] and [[liberation]]! Please nurture the time that you can stay in this, the absence of [[grasping]] at [[realism]]. This kind of [[essence of mind]] is called “uncontrived common awareness”79, “the [[essence]] innate to your [[own mind]]”, “the [[actuality]] that is the innate [[character]] of [[phenomena]]”, “the way that superfact80, the [[dharmakāya]], sits”. Isn’t your {{Wiki|present}} [[mind]] there as something clear, [[wide-awake]], brilliant? Just that is called “the [[self-arising]] [[rigpa]] [[essence]]”. Don’t you have the [[confidence]] that “it is just like that”? That is called “[[wisdom]] that realizes [[insight]]”. In that [[state]], isn’t there something that is unquestionably {{Wiki|present}}? That is called “the door of [[appearance]] of calm-abiding [[samādhi]]”. Thus, this very [[saṃsāra]] is brilliantly evident as [[nirvāṇa]]. These [[sentient beings]] move about as [[buddhas]]. This very [[confusion]] falls to pieces in [[self-liberation]]. This very [[affliction]] is right there as [[wisdom]]. This, which has been understood with the [[name]] “introduction to the innate [[dharmakāya]]” or “communicated” or “finding {{Wiki|certainty}}” or “[[mastery]] of expanse” or “the [[definitive meaning]] of the [[Wikipedia:Authenticity|authentic]]”, should be kept in your [[heart]] always. And please, for this which needs no habituation to it; please [[habituate]] yourself to it! For this meaning that does not need
  
 
24
 
24
Line 320: Line 320:
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
  
to be preserved; please always preserve it! Because of it, abandon attachment to this life, keep impermanence in mind, always generate a mind of disenchantment, supplicate the lord, whatever he says do as a command, continually wander in mountain places, goad yourself on with perseverance, look at the innate’s own face, keep the introduction in your heart. Give an introduction to the disciples with those or other words that suit the level of their minds. Meditating on Mahāmudrā like that gets to the point concerning ignorance, will pacify the negative forces of nāgas, will bring delusion under control, will liberate from saṃsāra, and causes the wisdom of dharmadhātu to dawn. Therefore, it is important to be assiduous at it; he said, “In the vast open space of mindness, If there is no assurance of the assembled clouds of discursive thought, The planets and stars of the two knowledges81 will not twinkle, So be assiduous at this non-conceptual mind.”
+
to be preserved; please always preserve it! Because of it, abandon [[attachment]] to this [[life]], keep [[impermanence]] in [[mind]], always generate a [[mind]] of disenchantment, supplicate the lord, whatever he says do as a command, continually wander in mountain places, goad yourself on with perseverance, look at the innate’s [[own]] face, keep the introduction in your [[heart]]. Give an introduction to the [[disciples]] with those or other words that suit the level of their [[minds]]. [[Meditating]] on [[Mahāmudrā]] like that gets to the point concerning [[ignorance]], will pacify the negative forces of [[nāgas]], will bring [[delusion]] under control, will {{Wiki|liberate}} from [[saṃsāra]], and [[causes]] the [[wisdom]] of [[dharmadhātu]] to dawn. Therefore, it is important to be assiduous at it; he said, “In the vast open [[space]] of mindness, If there is no assurance of the assembled clouds of [[discursive thought]], The {{Wiki|planets}} and {{Wiki|stars}} of the two knowledges81 will not twinkle, So be assiduous at this [[non-conceptual]] [[mind]].”
  
Part Five, Dedication What is to be dedicated is included in merit and wisdom. Dedication is done on account of non-abiding nirvāṇa, for the purposes of sentient beings. The way of making such dedication is that the dedication is done via prajñā that sees the emptiness of what is to be dedicated, the dedication, and the dedicator. Dedication like that gets to the point concerning jealousy, will pacify the negative forces of nāga tsan82, will bring jealous states under control, will prevent loss of roots of merit, and causes all-accomplishing wisdom to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work assiduously at that; he said,
+
Part Five, [[Dedication]] What is to be dedicated is included in [[merit]] and [[wisdom]]. [[Dedication]] is done on account of [[non-abiding]] [[nirvāṇa]], for the purposes of [[sentient beings]]. The way of making such [[dedication]] is that the [[dedication]] is done via [[prajñā]] that sees the [[emptiness]] of what is to be dedicated, the [[dedication]], and the dedicator. [[Dedication]] like that gets to the point concerning [[jealousy]], will pacify the negative forces of [[nāga]] tsan82, will bring [[jealous]] states under control, will prevent loss of [[roots]] of [[merit]], and [[causes]] [[all-accomplishing wisdom]] to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work {{Wiki|assiduously}} at that; he said,
  
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
 
OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT
Line 328: Line 328:
 
25
 
25
  
“If the wish-fulfilling jewel of the two accumulations, Is not polished with prayers of aspiration, The fruit of your wishes will not appear So be assiduous at the concluding dedication.”
+
“If the [[wish-fulfilling jewel]] of the [[two accumulations]], Is not polished with [[prayers]] of [[aspiration]], The fruit of your wishes will not appear So be assiduous at the concluding [[dedication]].”
  
 
ƒ
 
ƒ
Line 336: Line 336:
 
ƒ
 
ƒ
  
At the point when these things are finalized, all five topics become Mahāmudrā. They become: non-referencing enlightenment mind; the deity’s body of inseparable appearance-emptiness; the play of the guru, saṃsāra-nirvāṇa; the great mudrā of inseparable rigpa-emptiness; and the dedication of the encompassing purity of the three-fold sphere; and so on. And these are respectively called enlightenment-mind Mahāmudrā, deity’s body Mahāmudrā, devotion Mahāmudrā, actuality Mahāmudrā, dedication Mahāmudrā, and so on. And, in terms of what that is equivalent to, they are universally known as “Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. And also, viewed as preparation, main part, and conclusion, they can be taken as the practice to be done in one session and on one seat. ƒ
+
At the point when these things are finalized, all five topics become [[Mahāmudrā]]. They become: non-referencing [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]; the [[deity’s]] [[body]] of [[inseparable]] [[appearance-emptiness]]; the play of the [[guru]], saṃsāra-nirvāṇa; the great [[mudrā]] of [[inseparable]] rigpa-emptiness; and the [[dedication]] of the encompassing [[purity]] of the three-fold [[sphere]]; and so on. And these are respectively called [[enlightenment-mind]] [[Mahāmudrā]], [[deity’s]] [[body]] [[Mahāmudrā]], [[devotion]] [[Mahāmudrā]], [[actuality]] [[Mahāmudrā]], [[dedication]] [[Mahāmudrā]], and so on. And, in terms of what that is {{Wiki|equivalent}} to, they are universally known as “Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]”. And also, viewed as preparation, main part, and conclusion, they can be taken as the practice to be done in one session and on one seat. ƒ
  
 
ƒ
 
ƒ
Line 342: Line 342:
 
ƒ
 
ƒ
  
Urged for a long time by the great Śhākya Elder Yungja Drelwa Rinchen Gon, the one called “Subject of the Jewels” put together this expression of just the important parts of the words of the Protector of Beings, Phagmo Drupa, the words of the Protector of the Three Worlds, Drigungpa, the writings of Glorious Khachopa “Introduction to One’s Own Mind”, and Chokyi Drakpa Yeshe Palzangpo’s “Instructions on the Five Parts”; may the virtue of doing so set all migrators into meditative equilibrium on Mahāmudrā!
+
Urged for a long time by the great Śhākya Elder Yungja [[Drelwa]] Rinchen Gon, the one called “[[Subject]] of the [[Jewels]]” put together this expression of just the important parts of the words of the [[Protector of Beings]], [[Phagmo Drupa]], the words of the [[Protector]] of the [[Three Worlds]], [[Drigungpa]], the writings of Glorious Khachopa “Introduction to One’s [[Own Mind]]”, and Chokyi [[Drakpa]] Yeshe Palzangpo’s “Instructions on the Five Parts”; may the [[virtue]] of doing so set all migrators into [[meditative]] {{Wiki|equilibrium}} on [[Mahāmudrā]]!
  
The Teaching: The Instructions of Phagmo Drupa as Transmitted by All-Knowing Padma Karpo
+
The [[Teaching]]: The Instructions of [[Phagmo Drupa]] as Transmitted by All-Knowing [[Padma Karpo]]
  
All-knowing Padma Karpo
+
All-knowing [[Padma Karpo]]
  
“MIND HARVEST” AN INSTRUCTION ON FIVE-PART MAHAMUDRA BY ALL-KNOWING PADMA KARPO
+
“[[MIND]] HARVEST” AN INSTRUCTION ON FIVE-PART [[MAHAMUDRA]] BY ALL-KNOWING [[PADMA]] KARPO
  
Namo Mahāmudrāya I pay homage to the fathers and sons of Glorious Phagmo Drupa and the Siddha Ling83. I bow to all who lead migrators from the places of becoming, Broadcasters of the message of holy dharma that so nicely shows Emptiness which is freedom from the four extremes not existence, non-existence, both, nor neither— That has a core of compassion. This, which presents nothing that has not been said previously And presents it just as was said previously, without distortion, Was discovered through awakening due to the force of previous training’s blessings, And given as the fruition of vast merit constructed previously. 29
+
[[Namo]] Mahāmudrāya I pay homage to the fathers and sons of Glorious [[Phagmo Drupa]] and the [[Siddha]] Ling83. I [[bow]] to all who lead migrators from the places of becoming, Broadcasters of the message of {{Wiki|holy}} [[dharma]] that so nicely shows [[Emptiness]] which is freedom from the [[four extremes]] not [[existence]], [[non-existence]], both, nor neither— That has a core of [[compassion]]. This, which presents nothing that has not been said previously And presents it just as was said previously, without [[distortion]], Was discovered through [[awakening]] due to the force of previous training’s [[blessings]], And given as the [[fruition]] of vast [[merit]] [[constructed]] previously. 29
  
 
30
 
30
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
The eighty-four thousand-fold dharma heap84 written up clearly in just a few words for the minds of those to be tamed, the oral instructions that lead those who have not yet connected with the certainty of penetration85 that comes from the vajra word empowerment86 to the level of a buddha in one life, the special feature of the precious sugata element87, the instructions of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā, will be explained here in three parts.
+
The eighty-four thousand-fold [[dharma]] heap84 written up clearly in just a few words for the [[minds]] of those to be tamed, the [[oral instructions]] that lead those who have not yet connected with the {{Wiki|certainty}} of penetration85 that comes from the [[vajra]] [[word]] empowerment86 to the level of a [[buddha]] in one [[life]], the special feature of the [[precious]] [[sugata]] element87, the instructions of the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]], will be explained here in three parts.
  
I. THE EXPLANATION OF THE GOODNESS OF THE BEGINNING A. Ordinary Procedures 1. Freedom and connection difficult to gain The cause is discipline so the result, this human body, is difficult to gain. Why? Because the discipline is guarded to a greater or lesser extent. The essence is the eight freedoms and ten connections. Because one is apart from the eight unfree states, they are freedoms. Personal and other connections five each make ten. The human body means the human support. Precious means rare, more valuable, more powerful, and so on in terms of synchronising with dharma. 2. Impermanence Examine your body by looking at each part from the top of the head down to the soles of the feet; which part of it is permanent? Look at the externals of place, house, wealth and property; what do you see that is not transitory, which is truly existing there? Each passing moment brings you closer to death. There is no certainty of the time of death; as the Son of the Conquerors88 Bhadraśhri said,
+
I. THE EXPLANATION OF THE GOODNESS OF THE BEGINNING A. Ordinary Procedures 1. Freedom and [[connection]] difficult to gain The [[cause]] is [[discipline]] so the result, this [[human body]], is difficult to gain. Why? Because the [[discipline]] is guarded to a greater or lesser extent. The [[essence]] is the [[eight freedoms]] and ten connections. Because one is apart from the [[eight unfree states]], they are freedoms. Personal and other connections five each make ten. The [[human body]] means the [[human]] support. [[Precious]] means rare, more valuable, more powerful, and so on in terms of synchronising with [[dharma]]. 2. [[Impermanence]] Examine your [[body]] by [[looking at]] each part from the top of the head down to the soles of the feet; which part of it is [[permanent]]? Look at the externals of place, house, [[wealth]] and property; what do you see that is not transitory, which is truly [[existing]] there? Each passing [[moment]] brings you closer to [[death]]. There is no {{Wiki|certainty}} of the time of [[death]]; as the Son of the Conquerors88 Bhadraśhri said,
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
 
31
 
31
  
“There is no assurance that you will not die even today Yet you live life as though you are here for a permanent stay; Beating your breast with your fist at the point of death is not far away!” Lord Milarepa said, “Years and months rain down. The droplets of fats and food strike. This illusory house of a body is on the verge of collapse. How ready we are for the dotted picture of death— Ready but we have just left it too late...89” 3. Karma and Its Results Cultivating such thoughts of death again and again one then thinks of karma and its results. Performing the ten virtues is the cause temporally of the higher estates and ultimately of buddhahood whereas the ten non-virtues and what goes along with them produce the three bad migrations and, even in the higher estates, only unsatisfactoriness. 4. The Disadvantages of Cyclic Existence No matter where you live it is unsatisfactory; no matter who you associate with it is unsatisfactory; no matter what activity you do it is unsatisfactory; and, moreover, it is only ever the cause of such90, therefore there is not one happy circumstance in it anywhere. The Invincible Guardian91 said it in these words, “Cyclic existence never has even A needle-point’s worth of happiness in it. Definite happiness is nirvāṇa alone.”
+
“There is no assurance that you will not [[die]] even today Yet you live [[life]] as though you are here for a [[permanent]] stay; Beating your {{Wiki|breast}} with your fist at the point of [[death]] is not far away!” Lord [[Milarepa]] said, “Years and months [[rain]] down. The droplets of fats and [[food]] strike. This [[illusory]] house of a [[body]] is on the verge of collapse. How ready we are for the dotted picture of [[death]]— Ready but we have just left it too late...89” 3. [[Karma]] and Its Results [[Cultivating]] such [[thoughts]] of [[death]] again and again one then [[thinks]] of [[karma]] and its results. Performing the [[ten virtues]] is the [[cause]] temporally of the higher estates and ultimately of [[buddhahood]] whereas the [[ten non-virtues]] and what goes along with them produce the three bad migrations and, even in the higher estates, only {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}. 4. The Disadvantages of [[Cyclic Existence]] No {{Wiki|matter}} where you live it is unsatisfactory; no {{Wiki|matter}} who you associate with it is unsatisfactory; no {{Wiki|matter}} what [[activity]] you do it is unsatisfactory; and, moreover, it is only ever the [[cause]] of such90, therefore there is not one [[happy]] circumstance in it anywhere. The [[Invincible]] Guardian91 said it in these words, “[[Cyclic existence]] never has even A needle-point’s worth of [[happiness]] in it. Definite [[happiness]] is [[nirvāṇa]] alone.”
  
 
32
 
32
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
B. Extraordinary Procedures This has the three parts of: arousing the enlightenment mind; meditation of the special deity; and guru-yoga. These three being Mahāmudrā, they are determined to be definitive meaning. That being so, you might say, “Then it does not make sense that they should be explained as preliminaries!”. However, there is no fault. These stages of the yoga to be meditated on are explained beforehand because, being associated with conceptual tokens92, they are connected with provisional meaning; if they are determined as definitive-meaning Mahāmudrā, they are not some meaning other than the main part to be explained. In regard to that, a person who has the preliminaries of the three refuges arouses the mind of enlightenment then works at each of all of the things to be trained in. This way of doing the meditation is what the forefather gurus accepted. 1. Arousing the enlightenment mind You cultivate loving kindness with the thought, “If all sentient beings were to have happiness and the cause of happiness, what would be wrong with that?” In doing so, if you cannot at first produce a very vast thought, then meditate on your mother in front of you and think how it would be “If she were to obtain the happiness of nirvāṇa...” and “If she had the cause of happiness, that is, if she had produced the roots of merit...”. When you have trained well in that, compassion is to be cultivated: for unsatisfactoriness think, “if those inside existence were emancipated from cyclic existence...”; and for the causes of unsatisfactoriness think, “if they were freed from all non-virtues...”. Both of those are done first for one’s mother and then for those who are close to you, whom you hold dear, and then for all sentient beings.93
+
B. [[Extraordinary]] Procedures This has the three parts of: arousing the [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]; [[meditation]] of the special [[deity]]; and [[guru-yoga]]. These three being [[Mahāmudrā]], they are determined to be [[definitive meaning]]. That being so, you might say, “Then it does not make [[sense]] that they should be explained as preliminaries!”. However, there is no fault. These stages of the [[yoga]] to be [[meditated]] on are explained beforehand because, being associated with {{Wiki|conceptual}} tokens92, they are connected with [[provisional meaning]]; if they are determined as definitive-meaning [[Mahāmudrā]], they are not some meaning other than the main part to be explained. In regard to that, a [[person]] who has the preliminaries of the [[three refuges]] arouses the [[mind of enlightenment]] then works at each of all of the things to be trained in. This way of doing the [[meditation]] is what the forefather [[gurus]] accepted. 1. Arousing the [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] You cultivate [[loving kindness]] with the [[thought]], “If all [[sentient beings]] were to have [[happiness]] and the [[cause]] of [[happiness]], what would be wrong with that?” In doing so, if you cannot at first produce a very vast [[thought]], then [[meditate]] on your mother in front of you and think how it would be “If she were to obtain the [[happiness]] of [[nirvāṇa]]...” and “If she had the [[cause]] of [[happiness]], that is, if she had produced the [[roots]] of [[merit]]...”. When you have trained well in that, [[compassion]] is to be cultivated: for {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} think, “if those inside [[existence]] were emancipated from [[cyclic existence]]...”; and for the [[causes]] of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} think, “if they were freed from all [[non-virtues]]...”. Both of those are done first for one’s mother and then for those who are close to you, whom you hold dear, and then for all [[sentient]] beings.93
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
 
33
 
33
  
Compassion is explained as being of three types: in regard to sentient beings, in regard to dharma, and non-referential94. A three-step summary is explained as follows. Engaging in the Middle Way says, “Initially, beings become attached to “I” the self and Produce attachment to “this” thing “of mine”; Then like a water-wheel pushed around, are migrators Without control; homage to what is compassion for them! The pushed-around migrators like the moon in water Move yet are seen to be empty of a nature...” For the first one, think, “Due to permanence, singularity, and independence, these sentient beings have the unsatisfactoriness of permanence, singularity, and independence95; if they were freed of karmic cause and effect...”. For the second one, think, “These sentient beings having a nature of being pushed around by karma; if they were freed from the cause and effect of unsatisfactoriness which is a reflection of being pushed around by karma, what would be wrong with that?”. For the third one, meditate on the thought, “if illusion-like sentient beings were freed from the cause and effect of illusion-like unsatisfactoriness...”. The emptiness of “move yet are ... empty of a nature” is not different from “illusion-like”. In the Vajra Heart Commentary and others, the third step, explained as the character emptiness and the complexion compassion,96 appears by implication under practices to be taken up. Then there is meditation on enlightenment mind through exchange of oneself for other. Think in this way: “All of my happiness is given to others. All of others’ unsatisfactoriness ripens
+
[[Compassion]] is explained as being of three types: in regard to [[sentient beings]], in regard to [[dharma]], and non-referential94. A three-step summary is explained as follows. Engaging in the [[Middle Way]] says, “Initially, [[beings]] become [[attached]] to “I” the [[self]] and Produce [[attachment]] to “this” thing “of mine”; Then like a water-wheel pushed around, are migrators Without control; homage to what is [[compassion]] for them! The pushed-around migrators like the [[moon]] in [[water]] Move yet are seen to be [[empty]] of a [[nature]]...” For the first one, think, “Due to [[permanence]], [[singularity]], and {{Wiki|independence}}, these [[sentient beings]] have the {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} of [[permanence]], [[singularity]], and independence95; if they were freed of [[karmic cause]] and effect...”. For the second one, think, “These [[sentient beings]] having a [[nature]] of being pushed around by [[karma]]; if they were freed from the [[cause and effect]] of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} which is a {{Wiki|reflection}} of being pushed around by [[karma]], what would be wrong with that?”. For the third one, [[meditate]] on the [[thought]], “if illusion-like [[sentient beings]] were freed from the [[cause and effect]] of illusion-like {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}...”. The [[emptiness]] of “move yet are ... [[empty]] of a [[nature]]” is not different from “illusion-like”. In the [[Vajra]] [[Heart]] Commentary and others, the third step, explained as the [[character]] [[emptiness]] and the complexion compassion,96 appears by implication under practices to be taken up. Then there is [[meditation]] on [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] through exchange of oneself for other. Think in this way: “All of my [[happiness]] is given to others. All of others’ {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} ripens
  
 
34
 
34
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
upon me (whereby you think that it is purified in its own place)”. And also, “Whatever pain arises for the body is the liberation of every unsatisfactoriness of others by its ripening on me and may sentient beings have happiness”. 2. Meditation on the special deity Perform the self-visualization of yourself as your own special deity whichever it is. Doing it so that it is fully, completely visualized is the complete clarity. The firm attitude that the enlightened body, speech, and mind of the deity are unalterably your own body speech and mind is firm pride. Knowing that the shape, and so on of the body of that deity is just the play of wisdom of complete purity is the recollection of complete purity. If, after the yoga of that kind of illusory body has been cultivated for a long time, the mind becomes a little weak, turn your effort to the recitation of the mantra as explained for the deity. When finished with that, the containers dissolve into the content, that into the seat, that into oneself, that into the seedsyllable mantra garland, that into the seed-syllable, and from that you enter non-referential luminosity and remain equipoised on that. Then, in post-attainment, visualisation as the illusion-like deity is done like this: whatever appears is taken into awareness as the body; whatever is heard is taken into awareness as the speech; whatever is thought of is taken into awareness as the play of dharmatā. That sort of thing has, moreover, been spoken of like this: “If mental elaboration is made dream-like, Mental elaboration itself makes absence of elaboration.”
+
upon me (whereby you think that it is [[purified]] in its [[own]] place)”. And also, “Whatever [[pain]] arises for the [[body]] is the [[liberation]] of every {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} of others by its ripening on me and may [[sentient beings]] have [[happiness]]”. 2. [[Meditation]] on the special [[deity]] Perform the self-visualization of yourself as your [[own]] special [[deity]] whichever it is. Doing it so that it is fully, completely [[visualized]] is the complete clarity. The firm [[attitude]] that the [[enlightened body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] of the [[deity]] are unalterably your [[own]] [[body]] {{Wiki|speech}} and [[mind]] is firm [[pride]]. [[Knowing]] that the shape, and so on of the [[body]] of that [[deity]] is just the play of [[wisdom]] of complete [[purity]] is the [[recollection]] of complete [[purity]]. If, after the [[yoga]] of that kind of [[illusory body]] has been cultivated for a long time, the [[mind]] becomes a little weak, turn your [[effort]] to the {{Wiki|recitation}} of the [[mantra]] as explained for the [[deity]]. When finished with that, the containers dissolve into the content, that into the seat, that into oneself, that into the seedsyllable [[mantra]] [[garland]], that into the [[seed-syllable]], and from that you enter non-referential [[luminosity]] and remain equipoised on that. Then, in post-attainment, [[visualisation]] as the illusion-like [[deity]] is done like this: whatever appears is taken into [[awareness]] as the [[body]]; whatever is heard is taken into [[awareness]] as the {{Wiki|speech}}; whatever is [[thought]] of is taken into [[awareness]] as the play of [[dharmatā]]. That sort of thing has, moreover, been spoken of like this: “If [[mental]] [[elaboration]] is made dream-like, [[Mental]] [[elaboration]] itself makes absence of [[elaboration]].”
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
 
35
 
35
  
3. Guru yoga Above the crown of oneself visualised as the deity, on top of a perfect throne-seat, the root guru is clearly present as Vajradhara and atop his head the gurus of the lineage are lined up vertically in order. You develop that meditation then produce the attitude that in essence they are the same in dharmatā and in appearance they are a wish-fulfilling jewel that fulfills every single need and wish for those to be tamed. With that attitude, you worship with offerings of the finest things of all the animate and inanimate, and also with secret and suchness offerings. With, “The stage of ripened fruition of the three kāyas, In the Dharma Palace of the place of Akaniṣhṭha...97” and so on, supplicate the line of lineage gurus from your heart, from the depths of your bones. If you want something more abbreviated, meditate on and offer to the guru himself and say this however many times: “All mother sentient beings equivalent to space take refuge in the guru, the Buddha’s dharmakāya; Take refuge in the guru, the saṃbhogakāya; Take refuge in the guru, the compassionate nirmāṇakāya; Take refuge in the guru, the precious buddha...” etcetera. If depression and disenchantment arise and you become withdrawn and the like, if you are no longer glad at heart and your mind, turning away from the practice, no longer wants to stay on its seat, then you should visualize your guru smiling cheerily in the centre of your heart and smile, yourself, too. Whatever you see, whatever appears to you, see as the guru smiling and supplicate him or sing a nice tune, say nice words, relax your mind, be happy and open, and clear your unhappy
+
3. [[Guru yoga]] Above the {{Wiki|crown}} of oneself [[visualised]] as the [[deity]], on top of a {{Wiki|perfect}} throne-seat, the [[root guru]] is clearly {{Wiki|present}} as [[Vajradhara]] and atop his head the [[gurus]] of the [[lineage]] are lined up vertically in order. You develop that [[meditation]] then produce the [[attitude]] that in [[essence]] they are the same in [[dharmatā]] and in [[appearance]] they are a [[wish-fulfilling jewel]] that fulfills every single need and wish for those to be tamed. With that [[attitude]], you {{Wiki|worship}} with [[offerings]] of the finest things of all the animate and [[inanimate]], and also with secret and [[suchness]] [[offerings]]. With, “The stage of ripened [[fruition]] of the [[three kāyas]], In the [[Dharma]] Palace of the place of Akaniṣhṭha...97” and so on, supplicate the line of [[lineage gurus]] from your [[heart]], from the depths of your [[bones]]. If you want something more abbreviated, [[meditate]] on and offer to the [[guru]] himself and say this however many times: “All mother [[sentient beings]] {{Wiki|equivalent}} to [[space]] [[take refuge]] in the [[guru]], the [[Buddha’s]] [[dharmakāya]]; [[Take refuge]] in the [[guru]], the [[saṃbhogakāya]]; [[Take refuge]] in the [[guru]], the [[compassionate]] [[nirmāṇakāya]]; [[Take refuge]] in the [[guru]], the [[precious]] [[buddha]]...” etcetera. If {{Wiki|depression}} and disenchantment arise and you become withdrawn and the like, if you are no longer glad at [[heart]] and your [[mind]], turning away from the practice, no longer wants to stay on its seat, then you should [[visualize]] your [[guru]] smiling cheerily in the centre of your [[heart]] and [[smile]], yourself, too. Whatever you see, whatever appears to you, see as the [[guru]] smiling and supplicate him or sing a nice tune, say nice words, [[relax]] your [[mind]], be [[happy]] and open, and clear your [[unhappy]]
  
 
36
 
36
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
state. If you have a lot of wild, discursive thoughts then, from within that kind of state of mixing your mind with the guru’s mind, rest in an uncontrived way and supplicate and return to being un-distracted.
+
[[state]]. If you have a lot of wild, discursive [[thoughts]] then, from within that kind of [[state]] of mixing your [[mind]] with the [[guru’s]] [[mind]], rest in an uncontrived way and supplicate and return to being un-distracted.
  
II. THE EXPLANATION OF THE GOODNESS OF THE MIDDLE A. The Points of Body The legs are crossed in vajra posture; the hands placed in the mudrā of equipoise; the spine is kept straight like a column of coins; the shoulders are stretched out like the wings of a vulture; for the throat, the chin should be pressed in a little towards the larynx; and the eyes are directed at the tip of the nose. The need for those is that they cause the winds—Downward-Clearing, Fire-Accompanying, Pervader, Upward-Moving, and Life-Holder respectively—to be definitely inserted into the central channel and then the intent of the precious tantra sections is that, from that happening, wisdom is produced.
+
II. THE EXPLANATION OF THE GOODNESS OF THE MIDDLE A. The Points of [[Body]] The {{Wiki|legs}} are crossed in [[vajra posture]]; the hands placed in the [[mudrā]] of equipoise; the spine is kept straight like a column of coins; the shoulders are stretched out like the wings of a [[vulture]]; for the {{Wiki|throat}}, the [[chin]] should be pressed in a little towards the larynx; and the [[eyes]] are directed at the tip of the {{Wiki|nose}}. The need for those is that they [[cause]] the winds—Downward-Clearing, Fire-Accompanying, Pervader, Upward-Moving, and Life-Holder respectively—to be definitely inserted into the [[central channel]] and then the intent of the [[precious]] [[tantra]] [[sections]] is that, from that happening, [[wisdom]] is produced.
  
B. The Points of Speech Dead winds are expelled three times then the in-breath is taken, pushed down below, and held for one possible period. When it cannot be held98, it is let out, and you rest self-settled. Then, speech is silenced.
+
B. The Points of {{Wiki|Speech}} [[Dead]] [[winds]] are expelled three times then the [[in-breath]] is taken, pushed down below, and held for one possible period. When it cannot be held98, it is let out, and you rest self-settled. Then, {{Wiki|speech}} is silenced.
  
C. The Points of Mind 1. The method of resting the mind Saraha said, “Involvement with emptiness separated from compassion
+
C. The Points of [[Mind]] 1. The method of resting the [[mind]] [[Saraha]] said, “Involvement with [[emptiness]] separated from [[compassion]]
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
 
37
 
37
  
Does not gain the supreme path And meditation on compassion alone also Will not obtain a place of emancipation in this saṃsāra. The capability of whatever has the two connected together Brings no dwelling in saṃsāra, no dwelling in nirvāṇa.” This means that meditation is done with prajñā-emptiness and upāya-great compassion unified. The character, emptiness, and the complexion, its shining forth as compassion, is such that when the shining forth takes effect there is emptiness and, equally, when the emptiness takes effect there is shining forth as compassion, so that the two are unalterably inseparable. At this point, beginners should not think about the past, not think about the future, and not analyze the present; they should completely abandon every thought of the type “This is to be meditated on, that is not to be meditated on” and then rest selfsettled, remaining undistractedly in that uncontrived state. Thus, the great siddha Lord Ling said, “If you rest in the freshness of no contrivance, realisation dawns; If you preserve that like the flow of a river, totality will also dawn. Totally abandon all the conceptual tokens of referencing99, Then rest perpetually in equipoise on that, Oh yogin!” In other words, having placed yourself in the way mentioned, if thoughts proliferate and you are not able to stay there, cut them down relentlessly and that will cause them to stop. If you preserve it like that, it will develop greatly. That is knowing the door of appearance of realisation through holding the mind.
+
Does not gain the supreme [[path]] And [[meditation]] on [[compassion]] alone also Will not obtain a place of {{Wiki|emancipation}} in this [[saṃsāra]]. The capability of whatever has the two connected together Brings no dwelling in [[saṃsāra]], no dwelling in [[nirvāṇa]].” This means that [[meditation]] is done with prajñā-emptiness and upāya-great [[compassion]] unified. The [[character]], [[emptiness]], and the complexion, its shining forth as [[compassion]], is such that when the shining forth takes effect there is [[emptiness]] and, equally, when the [[emptiness]] takes effect there is shining forth as [[compassion]], so that the two are unalterably [[inseparable]]. At this point, beginners should not think about the {{Wiki|past}}, not think about the {{Wiki|future}}, and not analyze the {{Wiki|present}}; they should completely abandon every [[thought]] of the type “This is to be [[meditated]] on, that is not to be [[meditated]] on” and then rest selfsettled, remaining undistractedly in that uncontrived [[state]]. Thus, the great [[siddha]] Lord Ling said, “If you rest in the freshness of no contrivance, realisation dawns; If you preserve that like the flow of a [[river]], {{Wiki|totality}} will also dawn. Totally abandon all the {{Wiki|conceptual}} tokens of referencing99, Then rest perpetually in equipoise on that, Oh [[yogin]]!” In other words, having placed yourself in the way mentioned, if [[thoughts]] {{Wiki|proliferate}} and you are not able to stay there, cut them down relentlessly and that will [[cause]] them to stop. If you preserve it like that, it will develop greatly. That is [[knowing]] the door of [[appearance]] of realisation through holding the [[mind]].
  
 
38
 
38
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
The glorious Archer100 said, “If bound, it goes off in the ten directions...” Therefore, the way to place yourself is to let discursive thought do whatever it wants and then to be assiduous at the mindfulness of mere non-distraction; by doing it that way, an abiding without proliferation of concepts will arise. As Saraha said, “If let go, it abides steadily without wandering; I have realised that it is contrary, like a camel.” The intent here concerning the point being discussed in this section, of resting in equilibrium, is that it is the development of the ability to stay on top of whatever appears and without manufacturing anything, which is then used as the place upon which the actual meditation is done. In other words, as was said, “This mindness which is bound in knots will be Liberated if loosened, there is no doubt.” And, from Hevajra, “Whatever unbearable karmas of beings Cause them to be fettered, If it has method with it, then that itself Will liberate from the fetters of becoming.101” Furthermore, it also says, “Concepts themselves purify concepts and...” At the time of doing this meditation, if there is sinking, raise the gaze to clear up the awareness. If there is agitation, relax. If there is dullness, make it stronger by intensifying the strength of knowing. Thus the problems will definitely be dispelled. If the afflicted concepts do not shine forth as purity102, meditate assiduously at the unification of emptiness and compassion explained above.
+
The glorious Archer100 said, “If [[bound]], it goes off in the [[ten directions]]...” Therefore, the way to place yourself is to let [[discursive thought]] do whatever it wants and then to be assiduous at the [[mindfulness]] of mere non-distraction; by doing it that way, an abiding without {{Wiki|proliferation}} of [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] will arise. As [[Saraha]] said, “If let go, it abides steadily without wandering; I have realised that it is contrary, like a {{Wiki|camel}}.” The intent here concerning the point being discussed in this section, of resting in {{Wiki|equilibrium}}, is that it is the [[development]] of the ability to stay on top of whatever appears and without manufacturing anything, which is then used as the place upon which the actual [[meditation]] is done. In other words, as was said, “This mindness which is [[bound]] in knots will be {{Wiki|Liberated}} if loosened, there is no [[doubt]].” And, from [[Hevajra]], “Whatever unbearable [[karmas]] of [[beings]] [[Cause]] them to be [[fettered]], If it has method with it, then that itself Will {{Wiki|liberate}} from the [[fetters]] of becoming.101” Furthermore, it also says, “Concepts themselves {{Wiki|purify}} [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] and...” At the time of doing this [[meditation]], if there is sinking, raise the gaze to clear up the [[awareness]]. If there is [[agitation]], [[relax]]. If there is [[dullness]], make it stronger by intensifying the strength of [[knowing]]. Thus the problems will definitely be dispelled. If the afflicted [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] do not shine forth as purity102, [[meditate]] {{Wiki|assiduously}} at the unification of [[emptiness]] and [[compassion]] explained above.
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
 
39
 
39
  
2. The method of honing in on the mind i. Honing in on the essence of mind Look to see what kind of thing is the essence of the mind which is resting like that? If you ascertain that it is clarity-emptiness, look at the essence of what moves out from it103. And, look to see whether it is a two-fold situation when something comes out from mind or not. If it is two-fold, examine how it is. If it is not two, examine how it moves, how it stays. This so-called “clarity-emptiness” is a subject of self-knowing luminosity and an object known as empty the two of which are not different. Then, if you examine the essence of mind to see whether it is born or stops, is permanent or annihilated, comes or goes, is different or one, you will see that it is beyond being an object of elaboration. If you realise in direct perception what is being described, the gurus of the precious Kagyu, fathers and sons, say “It is treading on the bhūmis of the Great Vehicle”. ii. Honing in on appearance Every appearance is one’s own mind; as is said in the Vajra Dohas, “By that, all the dharmas, every one, Will be realised as one’s own mind.” Generally, in relation to this appearance, on what becomes a single basis very many things come forth: appearances of deep delusion like a dream, an illusion, direct perception; appearances of experience. How, though, could any of them be separate from one’s own mind? They are not! Therefore, although the six classes when looking at water in a bowl see different appearances, in fact those things are not really produced. Similarly, one being seeing another as an enemy produces anger, where relatives produce attachment, and others in between the two see the other only with a neutral tone. All of this is one’s own mind itself
+
2. The method of honing in on the [[mind]] i. Honing in on the [[essence of mind]] Look to see what kind of thing is the [[essence]] of the [[mind]] which is resting like that? If you ascertain that it is clarity-emptiness, look at the [[essence]] of what moves out from it103. And, look to see whether it is a two-fold situation when something comes out from [[mind]] or not. If it is two-fold, examine how it is. If it is not two, examine how it moves, how it stays. This so-called “clarity-emptiness” is a [[subject]] of [[self-knowing]] [[luminosity]] and an [[object]] known as [[empty]] the two of which are not different. Then, if you examine the [[essence of mind]] to see whether it is born or stops, is [[permanent]] or {{Wiki|annihilated}}, comes or goes, is different or one, you will see that it is beyond being an [[object]] of [[elaboration]]. If you realise in direct [[perception]] what is being described, the [[gurus]] of the [[precious]] [[Kagyu]], fathers and sons, say “It is treading on the [[bhūmis]] of the [[Great Vehicle]]”. ii. Honing in on [[appearance]] Every [[appearance]] is one’s [[own mind]]; as is said in the [[Vajra]] [[Dohas]], “By that, all the [[dharmas]], every one, Will be realised as one’s [[own mind]].” Generally, in [[relation]] to this [[appearance]], on what becomes a single basis very many things come forth: [[appearances]] of deep [[delusion]] like a [[dream]], an [[illusion]], direct [[perception]]; [[appearances]] of [[experience]]. How, though, could any of them be separate from one’s [[own mind]]? They are not! Therefore, although the six classes when [[looking at]] [[water]] in a [[bowl]] see different [[appearances]], in fact those things are not really produced. Similarly, one being [[seeing]] another as an enemy produces [[anger]], where relatives produce [[attachment]], and others in between the two see the other only with a [[neutral]] tone. All of this is one’s [[own mind]] itself
  
 
40
 
40
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
producing an exaggerated superfice104. Regarding that, the sovereign of conquerors’ sons Maitripa said, “Dharmas, every one, are one’s own mind. Seen as external facts, they are the confused rational mind. Like a dream, they are empty of essence.” meaning that appearances appear like this but are empty of a selfessence and that that emptiness explained as a non-affirming negation is deludedness over the meaning of suchness. If the object is determined as being without truth, then grasping at truth in the appearances of the subject falls apart. The emptiness which is the hallmark of purification of grasping at truth, the one explained as established in truth, is the thought in regard to the meaning of the way things are that does not fall apart; the way of appearances is not contradictory to the former105. Further to this, the Lord of Yogins, Laughing Vajra106 “From the standpoint of the absolute truth: There are not, let alone blockages, even buddhas themselves—” and, “The skilful ones who realize it so Do not see consciousness, they see wisdom...” and so on. Here, emptiness having the excellence of all aspects and supreme, unchanging great bliss are in unification107.
+
producing an exaggerated superfice104. Regarding that, the sovereign of conquerors’ sons [[Maitripa]] said, “[[Dharmas]], every one, are one’s [[own mind]]. Seen as external facts, they are the confused [[rational]] [[mind]]. Like a [[dream]], they are [[empty]] of [[essence]].” meaning that [[appearances]] appear like this but are [[empty]] of a selfessence and that that [[emptiness]] explained as a non-affirming {{Wiki|negation}} is [[deludedness]] over the meaning of [[suchness]]. If the [[object]] is determined as being without [[truth]], then [[grasping]] at [[truth]] in the [[appearances]] of the [[subject]] falls apart. The [[emptiness]] which is the hallmark of [[purification]] of [[grasping]] at [[truth]], the one explained as established in [[truth]], is the [[thought]] in regard to the meaning of the way things are that does not fall apart; the way of [[appearances]] is not [[contradictory]] to the former105. Further to this, the Lord of [[Yogins]], {{Wiki|Laughing}} Vajra106 “From the standpoint of the [[absolute truth]]: There are not, let alone blockages, even [[buddhas]] themselves—” and, “The [[skilful]] ones who realize it so Do not see [[consciousness]], they see [[wisdom]]...” and so on. Here, [[emptiness]] having the [[excellence]] of all aspects and supreme, [[unchanging]] great [[bliss]] are in unification107.
  
III. THE EXPLANATION OF THE GOODNESS OF THE END Dedication is done by resting in the state free from referencing the three causes—the object of dedication, and so on. The three are explained as “the worldly way of referencing three in pāramitā dedication”. In regard to which: the cause of dedication is the
+
III. THE EXPLANATION OF THE GOODNESS OF THE END [[Dedication]] is done by resting in the [[state]] free from referencing the three causes—the [[object]] of [[dedication]], and so on. The three are explained as “the [[worldly]] way of referencing three in [[pāramitā]] [[dedication]]”. In regard to which: the [[cause]] of [[dedication]] is the
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
 
41
 
41
  
virtue created; the object of dedication is buddhahood on account of sentient beings; the words of dedication are the stainless words of the conquerors so The King of Aspiration Prayers, Excellent Conduct, and so on should be done. Those are to be done at times of arising from a session, and so on. The list of points explained like that, this good explanation that determines the definitive meaning, is not the domain of anyone other than fortunate beings. Therefore, please make a point of keeping it very secret. The speech of the sages in the ways of the profound and vast Realized as it is brings the unhindered definitive meaning; I dedicate the virtue from summing that meaning up into something easy to understand To attainment that is the finalisation of good virtue in toto. From the river of stainless intellect, Those driven by karma act out in contaminated muck; I see this kind of horrendous conduct and, Seeing it, have a special faith in the conquerors and their sons. This vast generosity, the generosity of dharma, Is medicine for all of the migrators produced from it. By it may the rank of the conquerors be obtained And may migrators’ minds be moistened with lucid faith108. At the insistence of Sakyong Dondrub Dorje Palzangpo, a member of the royal caste of Sahora, the Buddhist monk Ngawang Norbu composed this in the great palace at Tagtser and had this to say109,
+
[[virtue]] created; the [[object]] of [[dedication]] is [[buddhahood]] on account of [[sentient beings]]; the words of [[dedication]] are the stainless words of the conquerors so [[The King of Aspiration Prayers]], {{Wiki|Excellent}} Conduct, and so on should be done. Those are to be done at times of [[arising]] from a session, and so on. The list of points explained like that, this good explanation that determines the [[definitive meaning]], is not the domain of anyone other than [[fortunate]] [[beings]]. Therefore, please make a point of keeping it very secret. The {{Wiki|speech}} of the [[sages]] in the ways of the profound and vast [[Realized]] as it is brings the unhindered [[definitive meaning]]; I dedicate the [[virtue]] from summing that meaning up into something easy to understand To [[attainment]] that is the finalisation of good [[virtue]] in toto. From the [[river]] of stainless [[intellect]], Those driven by [[karma]] act out in contaminated muck; I see this kind of horrendous conduct and, [[Seeing]] it, have a special [[faith]] in the conquerors and their sons. This vast [[generosity]], the [[generosity]] of [[dharma]], Is [[medicine]] for all of the migrators produced from it. By it may the rank of the conquerors be obtained And may migrators’ [[minds]] be moistened with lucid faith108. At the insistence of [[Sakyong]] Dondrub [[Dorje]] Palzangpo, a member of the [[royal caste]] of Sahora, the [[Buddhist monk]] [[Ngawang Norbu]] composed this in the great palace at Tagtser and had this to say109,
  
 
42
 
42
  
PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST
+
[[PADMA]] KARPO’S [[MIND]] HARVEST
  
“If you look at the glory of the higher places, you will see that it is the cause of unsatisfactoriness; If you look at the lower places, you will see that there is no liberation once you are in that mire; For the classes in between, this conduct in accord with Dharma Is indeed the force that accumulates hundreds of merits! Involvement in worldly doings only creates more of the same And if you miss doing even one, you are harassed by all! This divine, holy dharma in which all doings are happy ones, I have, by the fortune of previous training, obtained.” Sarva Mangalam
+
“If you look at the glory of the higher places, you will see that it is the [[cause]] of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}; If you look at the lower places, you will see that there is no [[liberation]] once you are in that mire; For the classes in between, this conduct in accord with [[Dharma]] Is indeed the force that accumulates hundreds of [[merits]]! Involvement in [[worldly]] doings only creates more of the same And if you miss doing even one, you are harassed by all! This [[divine]], {{Wiki|holy}} [[dharma]] in which all doings are [[happy]] ones, I have, by the [[fortune]] of previous {{Wiki|training}}, obtained.” [[Sarva Mangalam]]
  
The Teaching: The Instructions of Phagmo Drupa as Transmitted by Situ Chokyi Jungnay
+
The [[Teaching]]: The Instructions of [[Phagmo Drupa]] as Transmitted by [[Situ Chokyi Jungnay]]
  
All-knowing Situ Chokyi Jungnay
+
All-knowing [[Situ Chokyi Jungnay]]
  
A WRITTEN INSTRUCTION ON FIVE-PART MAHAMUDRA BY ALL-KNOWING CHOKYI JUNGNAY
+
A WRITTEN INSTRUCTION ON FIVE-PART [[MAHAMUDRA]] BY ALL-KNOWING CHOKYI JUNGNAY
  
Nama Śhrī Gurave The innumerable plays of becoming and peace Existing changelessly from the outset as Vajrasatva Are the innate, self-settled, uncontrived guru. I bow to that and having done so, write an upadeśha of Mahāmudrā. The preliminaries of training the enlightenment mind, Meditating on the yidam deity and on the guru, and then The main part, staying equipoised in Mahāmudrā, and The conclusion of sealing with dedication all taken together are, Because of being practised as a complete set in any given session, Universally known as “Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. The first of those, training the mind of enlightenment, is Exactly the fictional arousing of mind110 which further is comprised of
+
[[Nama]] Śhrī Gurave The {{Wiki|innumerable}} plays of becoming and [[peace]] [[Existing]] changelessly from the outset as [[Vajrasatva]] Are the innate, self-settled, uncontrived [[guru]]. I [[bow]] to that and having done so, write an upadeśha of [[Mahāmudrā]]. The preliminaries of {{Wiki|training}} the [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], [[Meditating]] on the [[yidam deity]] and on the [[guru]], and then The main part, staying equipoised in [[Mahāmudrā]], and The conclusion of sealing with [[dedication]] all taken together are, Because of being practised as a complete set in any given session, Universally known as “Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]”. The first of those, [[training the mind]] of [[enlightenment]], is Exactly the fictional arousing of mind110 which further is comprised of
  
 
45
 
45
Line 454: Line 454:
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
  
Both aspiring and engaging, as in wanting to go and actually going. The arousing of the aspiring mind is as follows. Migrators in their entirety, none of whom have not been father and mother, Want happiness but, not knowing the methods of happiness, Do only degrading actions, so wander in saṃsāra. Understanding this, one Always cultivates all-embracing loving kindness and compassion towards them, and Aspires from the heart, “For their purposes, I myself will accomplish enlightenment”. The arousing of the engaging mind is as follows. The causes of buddhahood are the six or ten pāramitās which Are included within the two accumulations like this: discipline Is the accumulation of merit; prajñā the accumulation of wisdom; And the concentration of śhamatha belongs to both. The arousing of the engaging mind is one-pointed accomplishment of that With the commitment, “I will accomplish them without laziness”. Second is meditation on one’s body as the yidam deity. Whether you have a particular, special deity or not does not matter; Meditate on the Four-Armed Lokeśhvara and Carry sights, sounds, and what is known onto the path Via deity, mantra, and concentration, and abandon attachment to the ordinary.
+
Both aspiring and engaging, as in wanting to go and actually going. The arousing of the aspiring [[mind]] is as follows. Migrators in their entirety, none of whom have not been father and mother, Want [[happiness]] but, not [[knowing]] the [[methods]] of [[happiness]], Do only degrading [[actions]], so wander in [[saṃsāra]]. [[Understanding]] this, one Always cultivates all-embracing [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]] towards them, and Aspires from the [[heart]], “For their purposes, I myself will accomplish [[enlightenment]]”. The arousing of the engaging [[mind]] is as follows. The [[causes]] of [[buddhahood]] are the six or [[ten pāramitās]] which Are included within the [[two accumulations]] like this: [[discipline]] Is the [[accumulation of merit]]; [[prajñā]] the [[accumulation of wisdom]]; And the [[concentration]] of śhamatha belongs to both. The arousing of the engaging [[mind]] is [[one-pointed]] [[accomplishment]] of that With the commitment, “I will accomplish them without [[laziness]]”. Second is [[meditation]] on one’s [[body]] as the [[yidam deity]]. Whether you have a particular, special [[deity]] or not does not {{Wiki|matter}}; [[Meditate]] on the Four-Armed Lokeśhvara and Carry sights, {{Wiki|sounds}}, and what is known onto the [[path]] Via [[deity]], [[mantra]], and [[concentration]], and abandon [[attachment]] to the ordinary.
  
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
Line 460: Line 460:
 
47
 
47
  
Third, with yourself evident as the deity, visualise atop the crown of your head, Seated on a lotus and moon, your root guru who is Great Vajradhara, the embodiment of all the Jewels, Surrounded by the Kagyu gurus. Now when there is no guru, even the compassionate capabilities Of the conquerors of the three times do not ripen the mindstreams of those to be tamed. And, especially, the power of the conquerors stubs up against The dregs of time when the beings have become totally wild but The guru gets even these beings to produce just one virtuous frame of mind and, From that start, by skilful means brings them incalculable benefit. Therefore, your personal guru is equal to all the buddhas so With an altruistic motivation, supplicate him one-pointedly. Finally, take the empowerments of the three places, after which The guru melts into light and sinks into you at which point Think “His three vajras and my three doors have become inseparable”, Then rest uncontrived, self-settled. Fourth, the main part, meditation on Mahāmudrā, has The two parts of what is to be understood and what is to be practised. For the first: the nature of the dharmas of appearanceexistence saṃsāra-nirvāṇa Is the primordially complete purity, dharma dhatu— Non-dual profundity and clarity, free of extremes, uncompounded. It is called “original buddha” and
+
Third, with yourself evident as the [[deity]], visualise atop the {{Wiki|crown}} of your head, Seated on a [[lotus]] and [[moon]], your [[root guru]] who is Great [[Vajradhara]], the [[embodiment]] of all the [[Jewels]], Surrounded by the [[Kagyu]] [[gurus]]. Now when there is no [[guru]], even the [[compassionate]] capabilities Of the conquerors of the three times do not ripen the [[mindstreams]] of those to be tamed. And, especially, the power of the conquerors stubs up against The dregs of time when the [[beings]] have become totally wild but The [[guru]] gets even these [[beings]] to produce just one [[virtuous frame of mind]] and, From that start, by [[skilful means]] brings them [[incalculable]] [[benefit]]. Therefore, your personal [[guru]] is {{Wiki|equal}} to all the [[buddhas]] so With an {{Wiki|altruistic}} [[motivation]], supplicate him one-pointedly. Finally, take the [[empowerments]] of the three places, after which The [[guru]] melts into {{Wiki|light}} and sinks into you at which point Think “His [[three vajras]] and my [[three doors]] have become [[inseparable]]”, Then rest uncontrived, self-settled. Fourth, the main part, [[meditation]] on [[Mahāmudrā]], has The two parts of what is to be understood and what is to be practised. For the first: the [[nature]] of the [[dharmas]] of appearanceexistence saṃsāra-nirvāṇa Is the [[primordially]] complete [[purity]], [[dharma dhatu]]— [[Non-dual]] profundity and clarity, free of extremes, uncompounded. It is called “original [[buddha]]” and
  
 
48
 
48
Line 466: Line 466:
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
  
“Causal continuum” and “actuality Mahāmudrā” and Is also very well known as “sugatagarbha”. In this space-like expanse whose nature is complete purity, Adventitious discursive thoughts stir and themselves produce Grasping at self and mine—ignorance—and the rest of Dependent relations forward order, the wheel of cyclic existence. Its innate characteristic is introduced to you by the guru then, If the root of cyclic existence, which is grasping at a self, and Its root, which is discursive thought, are known, There is a state of cessation like smoke left after extinguishing a fire, and This meditation on emptiness come from the abandonment of discursive thought Is the supreme path of emancipation. As for the methods of realizing it, In mantra many are taught—development stage, training winds, blazing and dripping, and so on— And in the sūtras innumerable ones are taught—śhamatha’s various referents which are determined with vipaśhyanā, and so on— But all of them are just that111. Why is that so? Because unless emptiness is realized, it is not possible To cross over cyclic existence and become a buddha, Therefore, it was said112 “the dharmas taught by the conqueror are for ascertaining and settling upon emptiness” and “The noble ones113 meditate on emptiness and that higher meditation That liberates them is that meaning”.114 In regard to that sort of abandonment of discursive thought and meditation:
+
“Causal {{Wiki|continuum}}” and “[[actuality]] [[Mahāmudrā]]” and Is also very well known as “[[sugatagarbha]]”. In this {{Wiki|space-like}} expanse whose [[nature]] is complete [[purity]], Adventitious discursive [[thoughts]] stir and themselves produce [[Grasping]] at [[self]] and mine—ignorance—and the rest of Dependent relations forward order, the [[wheel]] of [[cyclic existence]]. Its innate [[characteristic]] is introduced to you by the [[guru]] then, If the [[root]] of [[cyclic existence]], which is [[grasping]] at a [[self]], and Its [[root]], which is [[discursive thought]], are known, There is a [[state]] of [[cessation]] like smoke left after [[extinguishing]] a [[fire]], and This [[meditation on emptiness]] come from the [[abandonment]] of [[discursive thought]] Is the supreme [[path]] of {{Wiki|emancipation}}. As for the [[methods]] of [[realizing]] it, In [[mantra]] many are taught—development stage, {{Wiki|training}} [[winds]], blazing and dripping, and so on— And in the [[sūtras]] {{Wiki|innumerable}} ones are taught—śhamatha’s various referents which are determined with vipaśhyanā, and so on— But all of them are just that111. Why is that so? Because unless [[emptiness]] is [[realized]], it is not possible To cross over [[cyclic existence]] and become a [[buddha]], Therefore, it was said112 “the [[dharmas]] [[taught]] by the conqueror are for ascertaining and settling upon [[emptiness]]” and “The [[noble]] ones113 [[meditate]] on [[emptiness]] and that [[higher meditation]] That [[liberates]] them is that meaning”.114 In regard to that sort of [[abandonment]] of [[discursive thought]] and [[meditation]]:
  
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
Line 472: Line 472:
 
49
 
49
  
It is also thought of by some Tīrthikas as “non-concept, supreme self” And they meditate well on that cognition; And, saying that “it is the non-concept samādhi of Hvashang’s system” It is a place where beginners’ śhamatha becomes stuck; And, in later times, the ones who are very well known are mostly advocating It as a meditation which is a string of discursive thought115; and so on. Putting such stained concentrations totally aside, Instruction is given using an experiential kind of instruction, that is, via the Lineage upadeśhas which are not mere ornaments to the word of the Conqueror, Then the fortunate ones who are instructed that way Gain the experience of unifying samādhi with prajñā And this is what is accepted116 as “sugatagarbha of the path” and “Mindstream of method” and “truth of the path” and “wisdom accumulation”. Further, “samādhi” is śhamatha that abides one-pointedly In non-concept type of concentration. Such freed of concepts, un-confused luminosity-mindness Is the situation117 for all dharmas because of which The entirety of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa shines forth with the deep Certainty of realizing it all as unborn and free from elaboration And this is explained as the meaning of “vipaśhyanā” and “prajñā”. When equipoised in these two, śhamatha and vipaśhyanā, Since they are one entity, it is called “unification” and,
+
It is also [[thought]] of by some Tīrthikas as “non-concept, [[supreme self]]” And they [[meditate]] well on that [[cognition]]; And, saying that “it is the non-concept [[samādhi]] of Hvashang’s system” It is a place where beginners’ śhamatha becomes stuck; And, in later times, the ones who are very well known are mostly advocating It as a [[meditation]] which is a string of discursive thought115; and so on. Putting such stained concentrations totally aside, Instruction is given using an experiential kind of instruction, that is, via the [[Lineage]] upadeśhas which are not mere ornaments to the [[word]] of the Conqueror, Then the [[fortunate]] ones who are instructed that way Gain the [[experience]] of unifying [[samādhi]] with [[prajñā]] And this is what is accepted116 as “[[sugatagarbha]] of the [[path]]” and “[[Mindstream]] of method” and “[[truth of the path]]” and “[[wisdom]] [[accumulation]]”. Further, “[[samādhi]]” is śhamatha that abides one-pointedly In non-concept type of [[concentration]]. Such freed of [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]], un-confused luminosity-mindness Is the situation117 for all [[dharmas]] because of which The entirety of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]] shines forth with the deep Certainty of [[realizing]] it all as {{Wiki|unborn}} and free from [[elaboration]] And this is explained as the meaning of “vipaśhyanā” and “[[prajñā]]”. When equipoised in these two, śhamatha and vipaśhyanā, Since they are one [[entity]], it is called “unification” and,
  
 
50
 
50
Line 478: Line 478:
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
  
For as long as equipoise and post-attainment have not become intermingled, There is post-attainment and in it, analytical prajñā is principal. In sūtra, vipaśhyanā is termed knowing And śhamatha is termed the leg; If there is no knowing by the eye, Then the legs do not know the pathway but, If there were no legs, how could it be traversed? Therefore, it118 states, “having knowing and legs”. By meditating like that, the clouds in the space-like dharmadhātu— Which could have no stains occurring as part of its nature but Which does have cloud-like adventitious stains of afflicted mind— Are gradually cleared away, whereby all the classifications made Of the ten bhūmis and five paths, and the divisions asserted by Śhāntipa Of one-pointedness, freedom from elaboration, one taste, and non-meditation119, And so on are, together with the stains of karmic habits, Finally exhausted, and at that point—which is called “complete buddhahood”, The space-pervading dharmakāya has been manifested so, Like the light of the sun, the two fruition form-kāyas Of merit accumulation arise effortlessly, And this is fully known in this teaching of the Conqueror as “The fruition continuum” and “fruition buddha” and being “Possessed of the two purities of sugatagarbha”.
+
For as long as equipoise and post-attainment have not become intermingled, There is post-attainment and in it, analytical [[prajñā]] is [[principal]]. In [[sūtra]], vipaśhyanā is termed [[knowing]] And śhamatha is termed the leg; If there is no [[knowing]] by the [[eye]], Then the {{Wiki|legs}} do not know the pathway but, If there were no {{Wiki|legs}}, how could it be traversed? Therefore, it118 states, “having [[knowing]] and {{Wiki|legs}}”. By [[meditating]] like that, the clouds in the {{Wiki|space-like}} [[dharmadhātu]]— Which could have no stains occurring as part of its [[nature]] but Which does have cloud-like [[adventitious stains]] of [[afflicted mind]]— Are gradually cleared away, whereby all the classifications made Of the [[ten bhūmis]] and [[five paths]], and the divisions asserted by Śhāntipa Of [[one-pointedness]], freedom from [[elaboration]], one {{Wiki|taste}}, and non-meditation119, And so on are, together with the stains of [[karmic]] [[habits]], Finally exhausted, and at that point—which is called “complete [[buddhahood]]”, The space-pervading [[dharmakāya]] has been [[manifested]] so, Like the {{Wiki|light}} of the {{Wiki|sun}}, the two [[fruition]] form-kāyas Of [[merit]] [[accumulation]] arise effortlessly, And this is fully known in this [[teaching]] of the Conqueror as “The [[fruition]] {{Wiki|continuum}}” and “[[fruition]] [[buddha]]” and being “Possessed of the two purities of [[sugatagarbha]]”.
  
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
Line 484: Line 484:
 
51
 
51
  
Second, in the actual practice there are two methods of setting: The method of setting the body is putting it together with the seven dharmas of Vairochana. The method of setting the mind is that the assemblies of past and Future discursive thoughts are not followed or invited and The present awareness is identified with the unwavering stare then, Without construction-alteration120, you set yourself into relaxation on top of that. If thoughts are elaborated, the elaborator is identified; Not stopping or producing, abandoning or taking up, relax in that state. If a one-pointedness is not obtained, Hold the mind by focussing on whichever support you prefer— A piece of wood, a small object, a deity’s form, a seedsyllable, and so on— And when, through gradual habituation to that, the mind has steadied a little, Do short sessions many times and, at the time of the session, At first, all of the consciousnesses of the six-fold group121 Should be rounded up into one via one-pointed mindfulness then Immediately, like cutting the rope around a stook of straw, And other than just relaxing without distraction, Every focal point of thought concerned with the idea that this is the meditation to do, Such as “There is / is not / exists / does not exist this to meditate on and this meditation”, And “bliss, clarity, and no-thought”, “emptiness”, and so on should be abandoned. In the end, a mindfulness like a crow flying at its target,
+
Second, in the actual practice there are two [[methods]] of setting: The method of setting the [[body]] is putting it together with the seven [[dharmas]] of [[Vairochana]]. The method of setting the [[mind]] is that the assemblies of {{Wiki|past}} and Future discursive [[thoughts]] are not followed or invited and The {{Wiki|present}} [[awareness]] is identified with the unwavering stare then, Without construction-alteration120, you set yourself into [[relaxation]] on top of that. If [[thoughts]] are elaborated, the elaborator is identified; Not stopping or producing, [[abandoning]] or [[taking up]], [[relax]] in that [[state]]. If a [[one-pointedness]] is not obtained, Hold the [[mind]] by focussing on whichever support you prefer— A piece of [[wood]], a small [[object]], a [[deity’s]] [[form]], a seedsyllable, and so on— And when, through [[gradual]] habituation to that, the [[mind]] has steadied a little, Do short sessions many times and, at the time of the session, At first, all of the [[consciousnesses]] of the six-fold group121 Should be rounded up into one via [[one-pointed]] [[mindfulness]] then Immediately, like cutting the rope around a stook of straw, And other than just relaxing without [[distraction]], Every focal point of [[thought]] concerned with the [[idea]] that this is the [[meditation]] to do, Such as “There is / is not / [[exists]] / does not [[exist]] this to [[meditate]] on and this [[meditation]]”, And “[[bliss]], clarity, and [[no-thought]]”, “[[emptiness]]”, and so on should be abandoned. In the end, a [[mindfulness]] like a [[crow]] flying at its target,
  
 
52
 
52
Line 490: Line 490:
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
  
A mindfulness which merely does not lose its stance, Becomes rigpa that does what it pleases without grasping a self. Due to that, the appearing objects of the six-fold group and Discursive thinking about sickness and afflictions Are made into the object of the meditation then mixed with it, and that is the meditation. Those things cause a non-wandering samādhi to grow. In short, at the time of śhamatha concentration meditation, If you relax too much, it will turn to sinking, and If you tighten stringently, it will become agitated and the awareness will not stay in freshness. Consideration of the faults and virtues of tightening upsets the mind— It falls under the control of doubt and one-pointedness is not attained— So with delight and certainty, meditate in balanced relaxation and tightening. No matter which experience of bliss, clarity, or emptiness dawns, If you become attached to it, you will deviate into cyclic existence, so, while not clinging, And without suppressing or producing, preserve an ongoing recognition of oneself. Then, the introduction to vipaśhyanā is given as follows. Guardian Maitreya said in The Ornament of the Sūtra Section, “Understand with rational mind that there is nothing other than mind; Then comprehend that that mind is emptiness; Then with rational mind understand that both do not exist; then Without it, know the presence of dharmadhātu.122”
+
A [[mindfulness]] which merely does not lose its stance, Becomes [[rigpa]] that does what it pleases without [[grasping]] a [[self]]. Due to that, the appearing [[objects]] of the six-fold group and [[Discursive thinking]] about [[sickness]] and [[afflictions]] Are made into the [[object]] of the [[meditation]] then mixed with it, and that is the [[meditation]]. Those things [[cause]] a non-wandering [[samādhi]] to grow. In short, at the time of śhamatha [[concentration meditation]], If you [[relax]] too much, it will turn to sinking, and If you tighten stringently, it will become agitated and the [[awareness]] will not stay in freshness. [[Consideration]] of the faults and [[virtues]] of tightening upsets the [[mind]]— It falls under the control of [[doubt]] and [[one-pointedness]] is not [[attained]]— So with [[delight]] and {{Wiki|certainty}}, [[meditate]] in balanced [[relaxation]] and tightening. No {{Wiki|matter}} which [[experience]] of [[bliss]], clarity, or [[emptiness]] dawns, If you become [[attached]] to it, you will deviate into [[cyclic existence]], so, while not [[clinging]], And without suppressing or producing, preserve an ongoing {{Wiki|recognition}} of oneself. Then, the introduction to vipaśhyanā is given as follows. Guardian [[Maitreya]] said in The Ornament of the [[Sūtra Section]], “Understand with [[rational]] [[mind]] that there is nothing other than [[mind]]; Then comprehend that that [[mind]] is [[emptiness]]; Then with [[rational]] [[mind]] understand that both do not [[exist]]; then Without it, know the presence of dharmadhātu.122”
  
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
Line 496: Line 496:
 
53
 
53
  
Determine it accordingly by the three of scripture, reasoning, And valid experience as follows. First, all appearances, the shifting events of thoughts, Do not exist as anything other than mind alone; For example, they should be known as the objects of a dream. If you think, “How, from unimpeded mind, are these impeding things With attributes of hardness, wetness, warmth, and so on produced?”, then There is the story of the cowherd who meditated on a goat on his crown And ended up manifesting through mind and mantra a naga sprouting from the top of his head; Given that a stable development stage can bring the accomplishment Even in one lifetime of the sight of the yidam deity, and so on, then Why couldn’t there be the production of such things, given Our familiarization with bad karmic habits since beginningless time? In one cup of water, the devas see nectar, Where the pretas see pus and blood, and The beings who live in the ground see a good home Where humans see ordinary earth and stones, and so on, Which is a sign that such is only an appearance of mind with no truth to it. When in that way you have made certain that apparent objects are mind, You must know that the mind also is emptiness. Mind has not so much as an atom’s worth of existence to it. Why? At the time of appearances conditioned by objects of clinging
+
Determine it accordingly by the three of [[scripture]], {{Wiki|reasoning}}, And valid [[experience]] as follows. First, all [[appearances]], the shifting events of [[thoughts]], Do not [[exist]] as anything other than [[mind]] alone; For example, they should be known as the [[objects]] of a [[dream]]. If you think, “How, from unimpeded [[mind]], are these impeding things With [[attributes]] of {{Wiki|hardness}}, {{Wiki|wetness}}, warmth, and so on produced?”, then There is the story of the cowherd who [[meditated]] on a {{Wiki|goat}} on his {{Wiki|crown}} And ended up [[manifesting]] through [[mind]] and [[mantra]] a [[naga]] sprouting from the top of his head; Given that a {{Wiki|stable}} [[development stage]] can bring the [[accomplishment]] Even in one [[lifetime]] of the [[sight]] of the [[yidam deity]], and so on, then Why couldn’t there be the production of such things, given Our familiarization with bad [[karmic]] [[habits]] since [[beginningless]] time? In one cup of [[water]], the [[devas]] see [[nectar]], Where the [[pretas]] see pus and {{Wiki|blood}}, and The [[beings]] who live in the ground see a good home Where [[humans]] see ordinary [[earth]] and stones, and so on, Which is a sign that such is only an [[appearance]] of [[mind]] with no [[truth]] to it. When in that way you have made certain that apparent [[objects]] are [[mind]], You must know that the [[mind]] also is [[emptiness]]. [[Mind]] has not so much as an atom’s worth of [[existence]] to it. Why? At the time of [[appearances]] [[conditioned]] by [[objects]] of [[clinging]]
  
 
54
 
54
Line 502: Line 502:
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
  
They are just known, just flicker on and off, arising and ceasing by the instant. Further, if the individual items of the eight-fold group of consciousness Are, each one, cut at the base, the root is destroyed. The so-called “ālaya” is nothing other than a name. For example, just as a mirage has no water in it but Thirsty animals, confusing it for water, chase after it, So this extreme liar of a mind that grasps to a self then Accumulates bad karmas is more than very confused! Therefore, the Conqueror, in the sūtra section basket, Clearly said, “Do not involve your mind with mind!” If you become without mind, then there is its nature, Which he said, “is luminosity” which clung to is So-called “mind”, the eight-fold group of consciousness, And their nature is confusion, a discursive thought. Mind’s nature called “luminosity” Is non-thought, not-confused self-knowing wisdom. That is not obtained by meditation that newly creates something, Nor is it bestowed by the compassionate activity of the conquerors; Rather, the lineage of the causal mindstream has been beginninglessly present as your nature and It is your accumulation of the accumulations, purification of the obscurations, and force of meditation Combined with the introduction to it made by the blessings of a realized guru That makes you see what you have. Therefore, it was said, “Co-emergence123, that which is not expressed by another, Is not something that can be found anywhere; Rather, it has to be known through reliance on the glorious guru’s method of time
+
They are just known, just flicker on and off, [[arising]] and ceasing by the instant. Further, if the {{Wiki|individual}} items of the eight-fold [[group of consciousness]] Are, each one, cut at the base, the [[root]] is destroyed. The so-called “[[ālaya]]” is nothing other than a [[name]]. For example, just as a [[mirage]] has no [[water]] in it but Thirsty [[animals]], confusing it for [[water]], chase after it, So this extreme liar of a [[mind]] that [[grasps]] to a [[self]] then Accumulates bad [[karmas]] is more than very confused! Therefore, the Conqueror, in the [[sūtra section]] basket, Clearly said, “Do not involve your [[mind]] with [[mind]]!” If you become [[without mind]], then there is its [[nature]], Which he said, “is [[luminosity]]” which clung to is So-called “[[mind]]”, the eight-fold [[group of consciousness]], And their [[nature]] is [[confusion]], a [[discursive thought]]. [[Mind’s]] [[nature]] called “[[luminosity]]” Is non-thought, not-confused [[self-knowing]] [[wisdom]]. That is not obtained by [[meditation]] that newly creates something, Nor is it bestowed by the [[compassionate]] [[activity]] of the conquerors; Rather, the [[lineage]] of the causal [[mindstream]] has been beginninglessly {{Wiki|present}} as your [[nature]] and It is your [[accumulation]] of the [[accumulations]], [[purification]] of the [[obscurations]], and force of [[meditation]] Combined with the introduction to it made by the [[blessings]] of a [[realized]] [[guru]] That makes you see what you have. Therefore, it was said, “Co-emergence123, that which is not expressed by another, Is not something that can be found anywhere; Rather, it has to be known through reliance on the glorious [[guru’s]] method of time
  
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
Line 508: Line 508:
 
55
 
55
  
And through one’s own merit.124” That kind of co-emergence, your nature freed from both The object grasped at and the mind that does the grasping, Which is pure like space and does not fall into sides that have been set up, A unification of śhamatha and vipaśhyanā seeing freedom from elaboration, “Will, if you can stay in equipoise on it for even one moment, Defeat the darkness accumulated during a kalpa” it was said125. That sort of Mahāmudrā with the view of freedom from elaboration Is the heart of the view of both sūtra and tantra. Āchārya Nāgārjuna and others state that “there is no view higher than Madhyamaka” But the Lamp of the Modes states, “same meaning” meaning that the views are the same in meaning126. Therefore, if you take hundreds of unsurpassed tantra’s127 Four empowerments and are empowering others with them, Since the meaning of the fourth empowerment is Mahāmudrā What need is there to raise the issue of your own practice of it? If just the name is heard, the ears are covered, so what Difference is there from the activities of the governor of the desire realm?128 When meditating on that sort of yoga of unification, If you start to cling to129 bliss, clarity, and no-thought, then You deviate into the desire, form, and formless realms130 So it has to be preserved via a non-clinging, non-stopping coming forth of itself131.
+
And through one’s [[own]] merit.124” That kind of co-emergence, your [[nature]] freed from both The [[object]] grasped at and the [[mind]] that does the [[grasping]], Which is [[pure]] like [[space]] and does not fall into sides that have been set up, A unification of śhamatha and vipaśhyanā [[seeing]] freedom from [[elaboration]], “Will, if you can stay in equipoise on it for even one [[moment]], Defeat the {{Wiki|darkness}} [[accumulated]] during a [[kalpa]]” it was said125. That sort of [[Mahāmudrā]] with the view of freedom from [[elaboration]] Is the [[heart]] of the view of both [[sūtra]] and [[tantra]]. [[Āchārya]] [[Nāgārjuna]] and others [[state]] that “there is no view higher than [[Madhyamaka]]” But the [[Lamp]] of the Modes states, “same meaning” meaning that the [[views]] are the same in meaning126. Therefore, if you take hundreds of [[unsurpassed]] tantra’s127 [[Four empowerments]] and are [[empowering]] others with them, Since the meaning of [[the fourth]] [[empowerment]] is [[Mahāmudrā]] What need is there to raise the issue of your [[own]] practice of it? If just the [[name]] is heard, the [[ears]] are covered, so what Difference is there from the [[activities]] of the governor of the [[desire]] realm?128 When [[meditating]] on that sort of [[yoga]] of unification, If you start to [[cling]] to129 [[bliss]], clarity, and [[no-thought]], then You deviate into the [[desire]], [[form]], and [[formless]] realms130 So it has to be preserved via a [[non-clinging]], non-stopping coming forth of itself131.
  
 
56
 
56
Line 514: Line 514:
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
  
Furthermore, discarding all rationally produced tenet systems of sophistry— The conceit that just intellectual understanding is sufficient; Referencing emptiness after the collapse of appearances; Becoming afraid like when peering over the edge of a precipice, When there is a small cessation of discursive thought; Seeing it as faulty whenever discursive thought arises; and so on— You then practise with diligence according to the system Of the oral instructions of practice adorned with experience: The state is preserved by allowing whatever arises to arise and not constructing anything within self-settling; No distraction and no meditation; rest relaxed; and so on. At that time, wisdom shines forth from the heart and exaggerations are cut. Without your wanting them, the signs of the path and good qualities will increase. Like mercury spilled on the ground, drops of the eight dharmas132 Will not mingle with your practice; you will find all of the Enjoyable pastimes of cyclic existence distasteful as poison. Understanding that emptiness and dependent relationship must be unified, If upāya and prajñā are brought together and the two purposes are spontaneously accomplished, Then “virtuous practices have gone to the point”, as is said. In that way, the three preliminaries accumulate merit and The main part accumulates wisdom so the two accumulations’ Fruition, the two or three kāyas, are gained. Further, the point when the two luminosities of ground and path mix,
+
Furthermore, discarding all {{Wiki|rationally}} produced [[tenet]] systems of {{Wiki|sophistry}}— The [[conceit]] that just [[intellectual]] [[understanding]] is sufficient; Referencing [[emptiness]] after the collapse of [[appearances]]; Becoming afraid like when peering over the edge of a precipice, When there is a small [[cessation]] of [[discursive thought]]; [[Seeing]] it as faulty whenever [[discursive thought]] arises; and so on— You then practise with [[diligence]] according to the system Of the [[oral instructions]] of practice adorned with [[experience]]: The [[state]] is preserved by allowing whatever arises to arise and not constructing anything within self-settling; No [[distraction]] and no [[meditation]]; rest [[relaxed]]; and so on. At that time, [[wisdom]] shines forth from the [[heart]] and exaggerations are cut. Without your wanting them, the [[signs]] of the [[path]] and good qualities will increase. Like {{Wiki|mercury}} spilled on the ground, drops of the eight dharmas132 Will not mingle with your practice; you will find all of the [[Enjoyable]] pastimes of [[cyclic existence]] distasteful as [[poison]]. [[Understanding]] that [[emptiness]] and dependent relationship must be unified, If [[upāya]] and [[prajñā]] are brought together and the two purposes are [[spontaneously accomplished]], Then “[[virtuous practices]] have gone to the point”, as is said. In that way, the three preliminaries [[accumulate]] [[merit]] and The main part accumulates [[wisdom]] so the [[two accumulations]]’ [[Fruition]], the two or [[three kāyas]], are gained. Further, the point when the [[two luminosities]] of ground and [[path]] mix,
  
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
Line 520: Line 520:
 
57
 
57
  
Which is known as “the meeting of mother and son”, Is called “complete buddhahood” and at that time: The essence empty, dharmakāya, The nature luminosity, saṃbhogakāya, and The liveliness appearing without stoppage, the universal nirmāṇakāyas, are The totally complete, mahāsukhakāya. The primordial actuality that is the nature of the four kāyas, Is the self-recognized, supreme fruition because of which It was said to be “the fruition divorced from hope and fear”. Fifth, at the conclusion, sealing with dedication. The lines, “In the maṇḍala of self-knowing sugatagarbha, The virtue accumulated of the two accumulations” are saying “All the virtue as much as there is in the three times”. Then, in the state that holds to the view of emptiness Which does not reference the threefold sphere of Action, actor, and object of dedication now drawn together as one, Dedicate one-pointedly so that yourself and others, all migrators, Become quickly released from this cage of cyclic existence, So that they may attain the rank of the Mahāmudrā of unified co-emergent wisdom. Further, no matter how vast the merit that has been accumulated, If the dedication is not held within the view of overall purity of the threefold sphere, then, As the Conqueror said in the Prajñāpāramitā and other sūtras, It will be like a feeble person without eyes and Like eating food mixed with poison.
+
Which is known as “the meeting of mother and son”, Is called “complete [[buddhahood]]” and at that time: The [[essence]] [[empty]], [[dharmakāya]], The [[nature]] [[luminosity]], [[saṃbhogakāya]], and The liveliness appearing without stoppage, the [[universal]] nirmāṇakāyas, are The totally complete, mahāsukhakāya. The [[primordial]] [[actuality]] that is the [[nature]] of the four [[kāyas]], Is the self-recognized, supreme [[fruition]] because of which It was said to be “the [[fruition]] divorced from {{Wiki|hope}} and {{Wiki|fear}}”. Fifth, at the conclusion, sealing with [[dedication]]. The lines, “In the [[maṇḍala]] of [[self-knowing]] [[sugatagarbha]], The [[virtue]] [[accumulated]] of the [[two accumulations]]” are saying “All the [[virtue]] as much as there is in the three times”. Then, in the [[state]] that holds to the view of [[emptiness]] Which does not reference the threefold [[sphere]] of [[Action]], actor, and [[object]] of [[dedication]] now drawn together as one, Dedicate one-pointedly so that yourself and others, all migrators, Become quickly released from this cage of [[cyclic existence]], So that they may attain the rank of the [[Mahāmudrā]] of unified co-emergent [[wisdom]]. Further, no {{Wiki|matter}} how vast the [[merit]] that has been [[accumulated]], If the [[dedication]] is not held within the view of overall [[purity]] of the threefold [[sphere]], then, As the Conqueror said in the [[Prajñāpāramitā]] and other [[sūtras]], It will be like a feeble [[person]] without [[eyes]] and Like eating [[food]] mixed with [[poison]].
  
 
58
 
58
Line 526: Line 526:
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
  
Thus, so that you do not veer from making it into a faultless cause of emancipation, Take care at all times, No matter which virtuous practice of development and completion yogas you do, To make an effort to plant seeds of enlightenment! In that way within one session five branches Are practised as a set, though for beginners When doing the main part—holding the mind and so on— And the meditation and familiarization is going well, It is not necessary to shift to another practice from the unification yoga. Then, as an adjunct to that, the practice can be connected to the time of day. At dawn, there is “the yoga of making wisdom clear”: Immediately on waking, without letting discursive thoughts Get in the way, identify the rigpa of unified luminosityemptiness And rest in equipoise on the innate character. Meditate on strong compassion for All of the migrators who have not realized it, then begin your virtuous practice. That grooms the meditation and provides a good start. It is the upadeśha for getting into the system of virtuous practice. When day arrives, there is the yoga of sealing appearances; It is an upadeśha connected with purifying the confusion of appearances in their entirety. At dusk, there is the yoga of carrying desirables as assistants133:
+
Thus, so that you do not veer from making it into a faultless [[cause]] of {{Wiki|emancipation}}, Take [[care]] at all times, No {{Wiki|matter}} which [[virtuous]] practice of [[development]] and completion [[yogas]] you do, To make an [[effort]] to plant [[seeds]] of [[enlightenment]]! In that way within one session five branches Are practised as a set, though for beginners When doing the main part—holding the [[mind]] and so on— And the [[meditation]] and familiarization is going well, It is not necessary to shift to another practice from the unification [[yoga]]. Then, as an adjunct to that, the practice can be connected to the time of day. At dawn, there is “the [[yoga]] of making [[wisdom]] clear”: Immediately on waking, without letting discursive [[thoughts]] Get in the way, identify the [[rigpa]] of unified luminosityemptiness And rest in equipoise on the innate [[character]]. [[Meditate]] on strong [[compassion]] for All of the migrators who have not [[realized]] it, then begin your [[virtuous]] practice. That grooms the [[meditation]] and provides a good start. It is the upadeśha for getting into the system of [[virtuous]] practice. When day arrives, there is the [[yoga]] of sealing [[appearances]]; It is an upadeśha connected with purifying the [[confusion]] of [[appearances]] in their entirety. At dusk, there is the [[yoga]] of carrying desirables as assistants133:
  
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
Line 532: Line 532:
 
59
 
59
  
Not being overly attached to food, drink, clothes, bedding, and so on But remaining in the state that knows them as empty, Train in them as dharmatā itself sinking into itself. If you are incapable of that level, then train in them As possessions that are offered to the deity and guru. It is the upadeśha for completing the accumulations without being bound by desirables. In the early night, there is the yoga of gathering the sense faculties into the ground: In order to prevent whatever confused thoughts shone forth during the day From continuing further, stare unwaveringly at their essence. It is the upadeśha of remaining within virtuous practice at night. At midnight, there is the yoga of inserting consciousness into the vase: Supplicate the heart maṇḍala134 without meditating on it; Sever discursive thoughts and go to sleep in equipoise On dharmatā free of elaborations. That, at this time and the time of death, Is the oral instruction for mixing mother and son luminosities. At the point of death, the person who performs the yoga of wisdom transparency Severs the clinging of attachment to all things, Lays aside every wrong-doing and downfall of this and all other lives, And, having brought to mind every virtue of self and others,
+
Not being overly [[attached]] to [[food]], drink, [[clothes]], bedding, and so on But remaining in the [[state]] that [[knows]] them as [[empty]], Train in them as [[dharmatā]] itself sinking into itself. If you are incapable of that level, then train in them As possessions that are [[offered]] to the [[deity]] and [[guru]]. It is the upadeśha for completing the [[accumulations]] without being [[bound]] by desirables. In the early night, there is the [[yoga]] of [[gathering]] the [[sense faculties]] into the ground: In order to prevent whatever confused [[thoughts]] shone forth during the day From continuing further, stare unwaveringly at their [[essence]]. It is the upadeśha of remaining within [[virtuous]] practice at night. At midnight, there is the [[yoga]] of inserting [[consciousness]] into the [[vase]]: Supplicate the [[heart]] maṇḍala134 without [[meditating]] on it; Sever discursive [[thoughts]] and go to [[sleep]] in equipoise On [[dharmatā]] free of elaborations. That, at this time and the time of [[death]], Is the [[oral instruction]] for mixing mother and son luminosities. At the point of [[death]], the [[person]] who performs the [[yoga]] of [[wisdom]] transparency Severs the [[clinging]] of [[attachment]] to all things, Lays aside every wrong-doing and downfall of this and all other [[lives]], And, having brought to [[mind]] every [[virtue]] of [[self]] and others,
  
 
60
 
60
Line 538: Line 538:
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
 
SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
  
Rejoices in them and dedicates the merit to the great enlightenment. Especially, if you can manage it, the body should be made into an offering. Having decided that your own mind has no birth or death, Cast off the dissolution stages, and so on, as you can and, Not engaging in many different visualizations, Equipoise yourself in the greater mudrā, self-settled Without an atom of meditation or non-meditation And transfer to the expanse of the transparency dharmakāya. That, which closes the doors to the bad states of the bad migrations And eliminates the confused taking hold of Cyclic existence in general and especially the intermediate state, Is the upadeśha for realizing death as the dharmakāya. The small instruction on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā, A work not so large, was composed after the The Great Sawang of Derge’s personal advisor, Drepo Chosong Lodro, pressed for it verbally. The author, who wrote down whatever came to mind In an outpouring of unrestrained blather, Is named Tsuglag Chokyi Jungnay.
+
Rejoices in them and dedicates the [[merit]] to the great [[enlightenment]]. Especially, if you can manage it, the [[body]] should be made into an [[offering]]. Having decided that your [[own mind]] has no [[birth]] or [[death]], Cast off the dissolution stages, and so on, as you can and, Not engaging in many different [[visualizations]], Equipoise yourself in the greater [[mudrā]], self-settled Without an {{Wiki|atom}} of [[meditation]] or [[non-meditation]] And transfer to the expanse of the transparency [[dharmakāya]]. That, which closes the doors to the bad states of the bad migrations And eliminates the confused taking hold of [[Cyclic existence]] in general and especially the [[intermediate state]], Is the upadeśha for [[realizing]] [[death]] as the [[dharmakāya]]. The small instruction on the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]], A work not so large, was composed after the The Great [[Sawang]] of [[Derge’s]] personal advisor, Drepo Chosong [[Lodro]], pressed for it verbally. The author, who wrote down whatever came to [[mind]] In an outpouring of unrestrained blather, Is named Tsuglag [[Chokyi Jungnay]].
  
PART 2 Benchen Tenga Rinpoche’s Oral Commentary to “The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-Like Instructions on The Five Parts
+
PART 2 Benchen [[Tenga Rinpoche’s]] Oral Commentary to “The Source of the [[Jewels]] of [[Experience]] and [[Realization]], The Ocean-Like Instructions on The Five Parts
  
Benchen Tenga Rinpoche
+
Benchen [[Tenga Rinpoche]]
  
THE ENLIGHTENMENT MIND IS THE MOTIVATION FOR STUDYING THE TEACHING
+
THE [[ENLIGHTENMENT]] [[MIND]] IS THE MOTIVATION FOR STUDYING THE TEACHING
  
The Lord135 has said that any roots of merit, whether worldly or dharmic, done with a motivation connected with virtuous states of mind become meritorious whereas roots of merit done with a motivation influenced by non-virtuous states of mind such as pride, jealousy, aggression, and so on are of little benefit. Therefore, it is necessary to take up a motivation of doing whatever we do for the sake of enlightenment. As the conqueror’s son, Śhāntideva said, “All other virtue is like the plaintain tree; When the fruit has been produced it is exhausted; The living tree of enlightenment mind always, though The fruit is produced, does not end but increases.” This means that whatever roots of merit are planted with a motivation that has enlightenment mind with it grow more and more until enlightenment is reached, like a living tree that only grows larger and larger and improves further and further as its fruits are produced, whereas all roots of merit planted with a motivation that does not have enlightenment mind with it produce their fruit and then, like plaintain trees136, are finished and of no further use. 63
+
The Lord135 has said that any [[roots]] of [[merit]], whether [[worldly]] or [[dharmic]], done with a [[motivation]] connected with [[virtuous]] [[states of mind]] become [[meritorious]] whereas [[roots]] of [[merit]] done with a [[motivation]] influenced by [[non-virtuous]] [[states of mind]] such as [[pride]], [[jealousy]], [[aggression]], and so on are of little [[benefit]]. Therefore, it is necessary to take up a [[motivation]] of doing whatever we do for the [[sake]] of [[enlightenment]]. As the conqueror’s son, Śhāntideva said, “All other [[virtue]] is like the plaintain [[tree]]; When the fruit has been produced it is exhausted; The living [[tree of enlightenment]] [[mind]] always, though The fruit is produced, does not end but increases.” This means that whatever [[roots]] of [[merit]] are planted with a [[motivation]] that has [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] with it grow more and more until [[enlightenment]] is reached, like a living [[tree]] that only grows larger and larger and improves further and further as its {{Wiki|fruits}} are produced, whereas all [[roots]] of [[merit]] planted with a [[motivation]] that does not have [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] with it produce their fruit and then, like plaintain trees136, are finished and of no further use. 63
  
 
64
 
64
Line 552: Line 552:
 
THE MOTIVATION
 
THE MOTIVATION
  
Thus, you should now arouse this enlightenment mind and, in order to do so, should think like this, “All sentient beings equivalent to space, whose nature at present is suffering, who like a blind man do not know the true path, who are always only experiencing unsatisfactoriness, have only ever been my very kind mothers and fathers. In order to lead them to the level of a buddha, I will study the instructions of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. With that kind of thought of enlightenment mind clearly in mind, say the refuge prayer three times: “I take refuge in the Buddha, Dharma, and Supreme Assembly, Until becoming enlightened. By my merit from practising giving and so on, May I accomplish buddhahood for the sake of all migrators.”
+
Thus, you should now arouse this [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] and, in order to do so, should think like this, “All [[sentient beings]] {{Wiki|equivalent}} to [[space]], whose [[nature]] at {{Wiki|present}} is [[suffering]], who like a [[blind]] man do not know the true [[path]], who are always only experiencing {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}, have only ever been my very kind mothers and fathers. In order to lead them to the level of a [[buddha]], I will study the instructions of the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]”. With that kind of [[thought of enlightenment]] [[mind]] clearly in [[mind]], say the [[refuge prayer]] three times: “[[I take refuge in the Buddha]], [[Dharma]], and Supreme Assembly, Until becoming [[enlightened]]. By my [[merit]] from practising giving and so on, May I accomplish [[buddhahood]] for the [[sake]] of all migrators.”
  
 
HOMAGE AND PREAMBLE
 
HOMAGE AND PREAMBLE
  
The text starts out with a homage to the author’s guru, seen as all the buddhas embodied in one person: At the feet of the precious guru, the essence of every one of the buddhas of the three times, I respectfully prostrate and take refuge; grant your blessings! The text continues, Now, for what is known as the “Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. The instructions here are instructions on: Mahāmudrā that comes from meditating on mind as enlightenment mind; Mahāmudrā from meditating on the body as the form of the deity in development stage; Mahāmudrā from meditating on guru-yoga; Mahāmudrā from meditating on calm-abiding and insight; and the concluding Mahāmudrā of dedication. Thus it is a set of instructions of Mahāmudrā in five parts and so is called The FivePart Mahāmudrā. It is a set of instructions which, if practised, brings experience of Mahāmudrā, which is the name in this system for ultimate reality”. How did this teaching come into the world? Here is a short history that shows how this profound teaching appeared in this world and was transmitted from one generation to another. First, our teacher Śhākyamuni, for the sake of complete enlightenment, accumulated merit throughout countless numbers of aeons and then, having gone to the vajra seat at Bodhgaya, manifested truly complete buddhahood. Then the chief of the gods, Kauśhika, requested the Buddha to turn the wheel of dharma and show the eighty-four thousand dharmas. Following his request, the 65
+
The text starts out with a homage to the author’s [[guru]], seen as all the [[buddhas]] [[embodied]] in one [[person]]: At the feet of the [[precious guru]], the [[essence]] of every one of the [[buddhas of the three times]], I respectfully [[prostrate]] and [[take refuge]]; grant your [[blessings]]! The text continues, Now, for what is known as the “Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]”. The instructions here are instructions on: [[Mahāmudrā]] that comes from [[meditating]] on [[mind]] as [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]; [[Mahāmudrā]] from [[meditating]] on the [[body]] as the [[form of the deity]] in [[development stage]]; [[Mahāmudrā]] from [[meditating]] on [[guru-yoga]]; [[Mahāmudrā]] from [[meditating]] on calm-abiding and [[insight]]; and the concluding [[Mahāmudrā]] of [[dedication]]. Thus it is a set of instructions of [[Mahāmudrā]] in five parts and so is called The FivePart [[Mahāmudrā]]. It is a set of instructions which, if practised, brings [[experience]] of [[Mahāmudrā]], which is the [[name]] in this system for [[ultimate reality]]”. How did this [[teaching]] come into the [[world]]? Here is a short history that shows how this profound [[teaching]] appeared in this [[world]] and was transmitted from one generation to another. First, our [[teacher]] Śhākyamuni, for the [[sake]] of [[complete enlightenment]], [[accumulated]] [[merit]] throughout countless numbers of [[aeons]] and then, having gone to the [[vajra seat]] at [[Bodhgaya]], [[manifested]] truly complete [[buddhahood]]. Then the chief of the [[gods]], Kauśhika, requested the [[Buddha]] to turn the [[wheel of dharma]] and show the eighty-four thousand [[dharmas]]. Following his request, the 65
  
 
66
 
66
Line 562: Line 562:
 
HOMAGE AND PREAMBLE
 
HOMAGE AND PREAMBLE
  
Buddha turned the first wheel of the Four Noble Truths at Varaṇasi, the middle wheel of No-Characteristics at Vulture’s Peak Mountain, and the final wheel of Fine Distinctions not at a specific place but at various places. Then, following that, at the request of various individuals, as with King Indrabodhi who requested and was taught the Guhyasamaja tantra, and the bodhisatva Vajragarbha who requested and was taught the Chakrasaṃvara tantra, the Buddha taught the unsurpassed secret mantra section of the four tantra sections by turning what is called the unfathomable wheel of dharma. Many beings practised and gained experience of those teachings of the causal characteristics and the fruition vajra vehicles. Thereby, uncountable numbers of paṇḍits and many siddhas, such as the eighty-four mahāsiddhas, appeared in India. One of the eighty-four mahāsiddhas was the one called Tailopa. From an ultimate perspective, he attained the all the empowerments, instructions, and inner instructions directly from the dharmakāya Vajradhara; as he said himself, “I, Tailopa, have no human gurus; My guru is dharmakāya Vajradhara.” From a conventional perspective he relied on gurus of four lines of transmission: Nāgārjuna, Āchārya Krishnapada, Lavapa, and Ḍākinī Kalwa Zangmo. He requested and received from them the complete empowerments, oral transmissions, and upadeśha of the father tantra Guhyasamaja, the mother tantra Mahāmāya, the essence Hevajra, and the final ascertainer, Chakrasaṃvara. In addition, he obtained all the special instructions that later became known as the Six Teachings of Nāropa, whose four root teachings are Inner Heat, Illusory Body, Dreaming, and Luminosity. When those are put together with the four lines of transmission, they became called the Eight Precepts.
+
[[Buddha]] turned the first [[wheel]] of the [[Four Noble Truths]] at Varaṇasi, the middle [[wheel]] of No-Characteristics at [[Vulture’s Peak]] Mountain, and the final [[wheel]] of Fine Distinctions not at a specific place but at various places. Then, following that, at the request of various {{Wiki|individuals}}, as with [[King]] [[Indrabodhi]] who requested and was [[taught]] the [[Guhyasamaja tantra]], and the [[bodhisatva]] [[Vajragarbha]] who requested and was [[taught]] the [[Chakrasaṃvara]] [[tantra]], the [[Buddha]] [[taught]] the [[unsurpassed]] [[secret mantra]] section of the four [[tantra]] [[sections]] by turning what is called the unfathomable [[wheel of dharma]]. Many [[beings]] practised and gained [[experience]] of those teachings of the causal [[characteristics]] and the [[fruition]] [[vajra vehicles]]. Thereby, uncountable numbers of paṇḍits and many [[siddhas]], such as the [[eighty-four mahāsiddhas]], appeared in [[India]]. One of the [[eighty-four mahāsiddhas]] was the one called [[Tailopa]]. From an [[Wikipedia:Absolute (philosophy)|ultimate]] {{Wiki|perspective}}, he [[attained]] the all the [[empowerments]], instructions, and inner instructions directly from the [[dharmakāya]] [[Vajradhara]]; as he said himself, “I, [[Tailopa]], have no [[human]] [[gurus]]; My [[guru]] is [[dharmakāya]] [[Vajradhara]].” From a [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] {{Wiki|perspective}} he relied on [[gurus]] of four lines of [[transmission]]: [[Nāgārjuna]], [[Āchārya]] [[Krishnapada]], [[Lavapa]], and [[Ḍākinī]] Kalwa [[Zangmo]]. He requested and received from them the complete [[empowerments]], [[oral transmissions]], and upadeśha of the [[father tantra]] [[Guhyasamaja]], the [[mother tantra]] Mahāmāya, the [[essence]] [[Hevajra]], and the final ascertainer, [[Chakrasaṃvara]]. In addition, he obtained all the special instructions that later became known as the [[Six Teachings of Nāropa]], whose four [[root]] teachings are [[Inner Heat]], [[Illusory Body]], [[Dreaming]], and [[Luminosity]]. When those are put together with the four lines of [[transmission]], they became called the [[Eight Precepts]].
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 568: Line 568:
 
67
 
67
  
Then there was Tailopa’s disciple the mahāsiddha Nāropa. Nāropa attended Tailopa, went through twelve trials, and at the end realized all that Tailopa had realized about Mahāmudrā. Then there was Nāropa’s disciple, the Tibetan man called Marpa the Translator. Nāropa gave all of the empowerments and instructions to Marpa and Marpa carried the texts back to Tibet where he translated them into Tibetan. In Tibet, Marpa had many students and four main disciples. Of the four, Marpa gave all the empowerments and instructions to Milarepa. Then, Milarepa had many yogin disciples but there were two especially great son’s—Lord Gampopa was like the sun and Rechungpa was like the moon. Gampopa received all of the instructions from Milarepa then went to Gampo Hills. It is said that he had 51,600 disciples. Of them the most important ones were a group of three men called The Three Men of Kham. They were Khampa GreyHair who later became known as Karmapa Dusum Khyenpa, Khampa Dorgyal who later became known as Sugata Phagmo Drupa, and Saltong Shogom whose incarnations many lifetimes later became known as Traleg Rinpoche. The text says, The Protector of Beings, Phagmo Drupa, summed up the meanings of the three baskets and the four tantra sections into five systems of practice then taught them to a five-thousand strong assembly of the saṅgha of perfection. When Sugata Phagmo Drupa practised his guru’s instructions on Mahāmudrā, he practised them as a set of five instructions. At one time he taught Mahāmudrā to an assembly of five thousand of his students . On that occasion, he summed up all the meanings of Vinaya, Sūtra, and Abhidharma—all the teachings of the eighty-four thousand dharmas—and all the meanings of secret mantra into the set of five, special, oral instructions. That was the beginning of a style of teaching Mahāmudrā that continued and was henceforth generally called “the five-part instructions of Mahāmudrā”.
+
Then there was Tailopa’s [[disciple]] the [[mahāsiddha]] [[Nāropa]]. [[Nāropa]] attended [[Tailopa]], went through twelve trials, and at the end [[realized]] all that [[Tailopa]] had [[realized]] about [[Mahāmudrā]]. Then there was [[Nāropa’s]] [[disciple]], the [[Tibetan]] man called [[Marpa the Translator]]. [[Nāropa]] gave all of the [[empowerments]] and instructions to [[Marpa]] and [[Marpa]] carried the texts back to [[Tibet]] where he translated them into [[Tibetan]]. In [[Tibet]], [[Marpa]] had many students and [[four main disciples]]. Of the four, [[Marpa]] gave all the [[empowerments]] and instructions to [[Milarepa]]. Then, [[Milarepa]] had many [[yogin]] [[disciples]] but there were two especially great son’s—Lord [[Gampopa]] was like the {{Wiki|sun}} and [[Rechungpa]] was like the [[moon]]. [[Gampopa]] received all of the instructions from [[Milarepa]] then went to [[Gampo]] Hills. It is said that he had 51,600 [[disciples]]. Of them the most important ones were a group of three men called The Three Men of [[Kham]]. They were [[Khampa]] GreyHair who later became known as [[Karmapa Dusum Khyenpa]], [[Khampa]] Dorgyal who later became known as [[Sugata]] [[Phagmo Drupa]], and [[Saltong Shogom]] whose [[incarnations]] many lifetimes later became known as [[Traleg Rinpoche]]. The text says, The [[Protector of Beings]], [[Phagmo Drupa]], summed up the meanings of the [[three baskets]] and the four [[tantra]] [[sections]] into five systems of practice then [[taught]] them to a five-thousand strong assembly of the [[saṅgha]] of [[perfection]]. When [[Sugata]] [[Phagmo Drupa]] practised his [[guru’s]] instructions on [[Mahāmudrā]], he practised them as a set of five instructions. At one time he [[taught]] [[Mahāmudrā]] to an assembly of five thousand of his students . On that occasion, he summed up all the meanings of [[Vinaya]], [[Sūtra]], and Abhidharma—all the teachings of the eighty-four thousand dharmas—and all the meanings of [[secret mantra]] into the set of five, special, [[oral instructions]]. That was the beginning of a style of [[teaching]] [[Mahāmudrā]] that continued and was henceforth generally called “the five-part instructions of [[Mahāmudrā]]”.
  
 
68
 
68
Line 574: Line 574:
 
HOMAGE AND PREAMBLE
 
HOMAGE AND PREAMBLE
  
Based on this and for others who had not found certainty in the profound meaning, the Protector of the World, the Drigungpa, who understood the meaning just like a vase filled by the transfer of liquid into it, practised, and through practice, for each part, accomplished the points and pacified the obstacles both temporary and ultimate137, and obtained, in full, every one of the supreme and ordinary qualities. Thus he came to full knowledge of each part. His disciple Drigung Kyobpa Jigten Sumgon was in the assembly and received these teachings in their entirety. He then practised each one and, for each one that he practised, realized the key points associated with it, cleared the obstacles associated with it, obtained all of the ordinary and supreme accomplishments, and so on. By doing it in this way, he obtained very special qualities. Sugata Phagmo Drupa’s actual words were recorded in writing by Jigten Sumgon and the text continues by giving the words of “the precious guru” as it says, meaning the words of Phagmo Drupa himself. This shows how he laid out the five parts: “First, meditate on enlightenment mind; Meditate on the yidam deity; Meditate on the holy guru; Meditate on Mahāmudrā; Afterwards, seal it with dedication.” In that way, he spoke of five things. Of them, the first and last belong to the ordinary vehicle, so the middle three are the practice of the extraordinary secret mantra. This means that, of the five, special instructions in this teaching, the first and the last—meditation on enlightenment mind and sealing with dedication—are dharma instructions that belong to the common vehicle. The remaining three—body as body of the deity through development stage, unification with guru, and Mahāmudrā meditation—are oral instructions of the uncommon secret-mantra vehicle.
+
Based on this and for others who had not found {{Wiki|certainty}} in the [[profound meaning]], the [[Protector]] of the [[World]], the [[Drigungpa]], who understood the meaning just like a [[vase]] filled by the transfer of liquid into it, practised, and through practice, for each part, accomplished the points and pacified the [[obstacles]] both temporary and ultimate137, and obtained, in full, every one of the supreme and ordinary qualities. Thus he came to full [[knowledge]] of each part. His [[disciple]] [[Drigung]] [[Kyobpa Jigten Sumgon]] was in the assembly and received these teachings in their entirety. He then practised each one and, for each one that he practised, [[realized]] the key points associated with it, cleared the [[obstacles]] associated with it, obtained all of the ordinary and supreme accomplishments, and so on. By doing it in this way, he obtained very special qualities. [[Sugata]] [[Phagmo]] Drupa’s actual words were recorded in [[writing]] by [[Jigten Sumgon]] and the text continues by giving the words of “the [[precious guru]]” as it says, meaning the words of [[Phagmo Drupa]] himself. This shows how he laid out the five parts: “First, [[meditate]] on [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]; [[Meditate]] on the [[yidam deity]]; [[Meditate]] on the {{Wiki|holy}} [[guru]]; [[Meditate]] on [[Mahāmudrā]]; Afterwards, {{Wiki|seal}} it with [[dedication]].” In that way, he spoke of five things. Of them, the first and last belong to the ordinary [[vehicle]], so the middle three are the practice of the [[extraordinary]] [[secret mantra]]. This means that, of the five, special instructions in this [[teaching]], the first and the last—meditation on [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] and sealing with dedication—are [[dharma instructions]] that belong to the common [[vehicle]]. The remaining three—body as [[body]] of the [[deity]] through [[development stage]], unification with [[guru]], and [[Mahāmudrā]] meditation—are [[oral instructions]] of the uncommon secret-mantra [[vehicle]].
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 580: Line 580:
 
69
 
69
  
Jigten Sumgon combined those instructions with instructions of his own that came from his specific way of practising his guru’s instructions and that became the set of instructions that are passed on here. These combined instructions of Phagmo Drupa and Jigten Sumgon became the basis for this text, which was written some centuries later, and are the instructions passed on here. In order to enter the secret mantra vehicle, it is necessary to receive an empowerment of secret mantra. The empowerment is the necessary gateway to being able to practice the teaching. The instructions on how to practise are provided after empowerment has been bestowed138.
+
[[Jigten Sumgon]] combined those instructions with instructions of his [[own]] that came from his specific way of practising his [[guru’s]] instructions and that became the set of instructions that are passed on here. These combined instructions of [[Phagmo Drupa]] and [[Jigten Sumgon]] became the basis for this text, which was written some centuries later, and are the instructions passed on here. In order to enter the [[secret mantra vehicle]], it is necessary to receive an [[empowerment]] of [[secret mantra]]. The [[empowerment]] is the necessary gateway to being able to practice the [[teaching]]. The instructions on how to practise are provided after [[empowerment]] has been bestowed138.
  
COMMENTARY TO THE FIRST OF THE FIVE PARTS, ENLIGHTENMENT MIND
+
COMMENTARY TO THE FIRST OF THE FIVE PARTS, [[ENLIGHTENMENT]] [[MIND]]
  
In enlightenment-mind meditation, the reference is all sentient beings. The reason for this is that, generally speaking, throughout all of our successive lives without beginning, every sentient being has been at times our mother and at times our father. As the text says, Throughout my lives without beginning and for an inconceivable number of times, every one of the sentient beings has been mother to me and helped me; they are very kind. When you look at it that way, you learn that all of these beings have really loved us and been exceptionally kind to us however, these same, kind beings have developed wrong attitudes and practices for themselves; as Śhāntideva said, “They want to get rid of unsatisfactoriness but End up just making more unsatisfactoriness. They want happiness but due to delusion Destroy their own happiness as though an enemy.” Sentient beings want to get rid of their problems but, not knowing the right way to go about it, their attempts to do so usually result in bad actions that only ever cause more obscuration for them. And, sentient beings would like to have perfect happiness however, because of their obscurations, they destroy whatever happiness they have just as though it were their enemy. These wrong attitudes and practices make them into an object of compassion. 71
+
In [[enlightenment-mind]] [[meditation]], the reference is all [[sentient beings]]. The [[reason]] for this is that, generally {{Wiki|speaking}}, throughout all of our successive [[lives]] without beginning, every [[sentient being]] has been at times our mother and at times our father. As the text says, Throughout my [[lives]] without beginning and for an [[inconceivable]] number of times, every one of the [[sentient beings]] has been mother to me and helped me; they are very kind. When you look at it that way, you learn that all of these [[beings]] have really loved us and been exceptionally kind to us however, these same, kind [[beings]] have developed wrong attitudes and practices for themselves; as Śhāntideva said, “They want to get rid of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} but End up just making more {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}. They want [[happiness]] but due to [[delusion]] Destroy their [[own]] [[happiness]] as though an enemy.” [[Sentient beings]] want to get rid of their problems but, not [[knowing]] the right way to go about it, their attempts to do so usually result in bad [[actions]] that only ever [[cause]] more {{Wiki|obscuration}} for them. And, [[sentient beings]] would like to have {{Wiki|perfect}} [[happiness]] however, because of their [[obscurations]], they destroy whatever [[happiness]] they have just as though it were their enemy. These wrong attitudes and practices make them into an [[object]] of [[compassion]]. 71
  
 
72
 
72
  
PART ONE: ENLIGHTENMENT MIND
+
PART ONE: [[ENLIGHTENMENT]] [[MIND]]
  
Because of seeing their kindness and because of the compassion that comes for them given their situation, the thought comes that we should act on their behalf so as to benefit all of them. How could we do that? We are people who have obtained a precious human birth, put ourselves under the care of a guru or virtuous spiritual friend, and taken up the various spiritual practices of developing body, speech, and mind. If we were to do our practices with the thought of completely removing the unsatisfactoriness of all these sentient beings currently caught in unsatisfactoriness, then there would be a very great benefit produced for all of them. Thinking like that, that all the roots of merit we accumulate through whatever we do with body, speech, and mind and also with meditation should be done for the purpose of providing complete happiness, both temporary and ultimate, for all these sentient beings, is the very thought needed for the meditation of enlightenment mind. We should think that like again and again. The first lines of the text, as quoted above, are mainly concerned with developing the thought of loving kindness. For the development of compassion, the text says, Think as follows: “When I look at these motherly beings to see whether they have happiness or not right now, I discover that they do not. They live with the causes of unsatisfactoriness, are experiencing the results of that, and do not have the conditions for happiness”. If we meditate on whether sentient beings have happiness or not, we find that they do not and that they have nothing but unsatisfactoriness. If we consider the hellbeings, they only ever have the sufferings of heat or cold; if we consider the pretas, they only ever have the sufferings of hunger and thirst; if we consider the animals they are perpetually caught in servitude. For human sentient beings, the Buddha pointed out many types of suffering. They have what the Buddha called “the four great sufferings” or “the four rivers of suffering”: birth, aging, sickness, and death. Furthermore, as the Buddha said,
+
Because of [[seeing]] their [[kindness]] and because of the [[compassion]] that comes for them given their situation, the [[thought]] comes that we should act on their behalf so as to [[benefit]] all of them. How could we do that? We are [[people]] who have obtained a [[precious human birth]], put ourselves under the [[care]] of a [[guru]] or [[virtuous spiritual friend]], and taken up the various [[spiritual practices]] of developing [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]]. If we were to do our practices with the [[thought]] of completely removing the {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} of all these [[sentient beings]] currently caught in {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}, then there would be a very great [[benefit]] produced for all of them. [[Thinking]] like that, that all the [[roots]] of [[merit]] we [[accumulate]] through whatever we do with [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] and also with [[meditation]] should be done for the {{Wiki|purpose}} of providing complete [[happiness]], both temporary and [[Wikipedia:Absolute (philosophy)|ultimate]], for all these [[sentient beings]], is the very [[thought]] needed for the [[meditation]] of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]. We should think that like again and again. The first lines of the text, as quoted above, are mainly concerned with developing the [[thought]] of [[loving kindness]]. For the [[development of compassion]], the text says, Think as follows: “When I look at these motherly [[beings]] to see whether they have [[happiness]] or not right now, I discover that they do not. They live with the [[causes]] of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}, are experiencing the results of that, and do not have the [[conditions]] for [[happiness]]”. If we [[meditate]] on whether [[sentient beings]] have [[happiness]] or not, we find that they do not and that they have nothing but {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}. If we consider the hellbeings, they only ever have the [[sufferings]] of heat or cold; if we consider the [[pretas]], they only ever have the [[sufferings]] of hunger and [[thirst]]; if we consider the [[animals]] they are perpetually caught in servitude. For [[human]] [[sentient beings]], the [[Buddha]] pointed out many types of [[suffering]]. They have what the [[Buddha]] called “the four great [[sufferings]]” or “the [[four rivers]] of [[suffering]]”: [[birth]], [[aging]], [[sickness]], and [[death]]. Furthermore, as the [[Buddha]] said,
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 596: Line 596:
 
73
 
73
  
they have the eight and three sufferings, and so on. So, even those who take a human birth have suffering. Then, the asuras, because they constantly engage in fights, have the suffering of fear. Then, the gods, although they have a most excellent life while they are alive, have their own specific sufferings of change at the end of that life. In sum, when you examine the six classes of sentient beings, you find that not one of them does not have an unsatisfactory situation. You might wonder, “Well, how is it that these beings perpetually experience suffering?”. It is like this. All sentient beings have delusion. On the basis of that, the poisons of the five afflictions arise in the mind and karmas are accumulated on the mindstream. Based on those karmas, the various types of unsatisfactory existence come about. For example, because of anger and jealousy, karma is accumulated that leads to the experience of the sufferings of the hell realms; because of desire and covetousness, the sufferings of the pretas appear; because of stupidity, the sufferings of the animals appear, and so on. You might wonder, “When did this unsatisfactoriness begin?”. Lord Gampopa said, “Cyclic existence is beginningless”. There is no initial point at which it started; whatever we do, there is always unsatisfactoriness. You might wonder, “Does unsatisfactoriness come to an end of its own accord?”. The answer is no; it does not end by itself. We must make the effort to follow a path of dharma, of reality, so that we reach the level of a buddha. Then we will be relieved of unsatisfactoriness and will not experience it any longer. These beings ignorant of the authentic meaning are like a blind man separated from a guide; how I feel for them! Compassion for each of them!” Meditating that way until you cannot bear it is compassion. These beings are ignorant of the meaning of reality; they do not know of the needs to abandon bad action, to get rid of the obscurations, to accumulate virtue, and to correctly know karma and
+
they have the eight and [[three sufferings]], and so on. So, even those who take a [[human]] [[birth]] have [[suffering]]. Then, the [[asuras]], because they constantly engage in fights, have the [[suffering]] of {{Wiki|fear}}. Then, the [[gods]], although they have a most {{Wiki|excellent}} [[life]] while they are alive, have their [[own]] specific [[sufferings]] of change at the end of that [[life]]. In sum, when you examine the six classes of [[sentient beings]], you find that not one of them does not have an unsatisfactory situation. You might [[wonder]], “Well, how is it that these [[beings]] perpetually [[experience]] [[suffering]]?”. It is like this. All [[sentient beings]] have [[delusion]]. On the basis of that, the [[poisons]] of the [[five afflictions]] arise in the [[mind]] and [[karmas]] are [[accumulated]] on the [[mindstream]]. Based on those [[karmas]], the various types of unsatisfactory [[existence]] come about. For example, because of [[anger]] and [[jealousy]], [[karma]] is [[accumulated]] that leads to the [[experience]] of the [[sufferings]] of the [[hell realms]]; because of [[desire]] and covetousness, the [[sufferings]] of the [[pretas]] appear; because of [[stupidity]], the [[sufferings]] of the [[animals]] appear, and so on. You might [[wonder]], “When did this {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} begin?”. Lord [[Gampopa]] said, “[[Cyclic existence]] is [[beginningless]]”. There is no initial point at which it started; whatever we do, there is always {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}. You might [[wonder]], “Does {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} come to an end of its [[own]] accord?”. The answer is no; it does not end by itself. We must make the [[effort]] to follow a [[path]] of [[dharma]], of [[reality]], so that we reach the level of a [[buddha]]. Then we will be relieved of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} and will not [[experience]] it any longer. These [[beings]] [[ignorant]] of the [[Wikipedia:Authenticity|authentic]] meaning are like a [[blind]] man separated from a guide; how I [[feel]] for them! [[Compassion]] for each of them!” [[Meditating]] that way until you cannot bear it is [[compassion]]. These [[beings]] are [[ignorant]] of the meaning of [[reality]]; they do not know of the needs to abandon bad [[action]], to get rid of the [[obscurations]], to [[accumulate]] [[virtue]], and to correctly know [[karma]] and
  
 
74
 
74
  
PART ONE: ENLIGHTENMENT MIND
+
PART ONE: [[ENLIGHTENMENT]] [[MIND]]
  
its cause and effect. Sentient beings by themselves do not know of the possibility of buddhahood and cannot find their way to it without assistance. They are like blind people who have no guide and hence cannot see their destination and cannot get to it. When you see that sentient beings are like this, compassion arises for them. At this point you will have a stronger kind of thought that you need to liberate, to free, these very kind mother and father sentient beings from the unfathomable sufferings of the six classes of migrators. Because of that, you come to the definite idea that you now need a method to help them to attain a state of perfection. Thus, the text says, In order to free these motherly beings from unsatisfactoriness and set them in happiness, the mind that wants to attain buddhahood dons the great armour then truly and properly takes up the vows of the bodhisatva. In order to do what you have decided to do, first, as Nāgārjuna said, you need to don the great armour of strong determination, the courageous attitude that you will go ahead no matter what it takes. It helps to meditate a little on patience at this point, thinking of the difficulties that you will have to go through while working for all sentient beings, difficulties such as being ridiculed or denigrated by others. Then, with that kind of determined courage and aware of the magnitude of the task, the next step is to commit yourself to the path of the bodhisatva by taking the bodhisatva vows. The vows can be taken in front of a virtuous spiritual friend or otherwise in front of a visualisation of all the buddhas and bodhisatvas. In the latter case, think that you undertake the same commitment as the previous buddhas and bodhisatvas did and then think that you have actually received the vows. The bodhisatva vows should be taken again and again. The person who has entered training on the bodhisatva path maintains the enlightenment mind at all times. The mind of the bodhisatva does not entertain thoughts of its own peace and happiness
+
its [[cause and effect]]. [[Sentient beings]] by themselves do not know of the possibility of [[buddhahood]] and cannot find their way to it without assistance. They are like [[blind]] [[people]] who have no guide and hence cannot see their destination and cannot get to it. When you see that [[sentient beings]] are like this, [[compassion]] arises for them. At this point you will have a stronger kind of [[thought]] that you need to {{Wiki|liberate}}, to free, these very kind mother and father [[sentient beings]] from the unfathomable [[sufferings]] of the six classes of migrators. Because of that, you come to the definite [[idea]] that you now need a method to help them to attain a [[state]] of [[perfection]]. Thus, the text says, In order to free these motherly [[beings]] from {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} and set them in [[happiness]], the [[mind]] that wants to [[attain buddhahood]] dons the great armour then truly and properly takes up the [[vows]] of the [[bodhisatva]]. In order to do what you have decided to do, first, as [[Nāgārjuna]] said, you need to don the great armour of strong [[determination]], the courageous [[attitude]] that you will go ahead no {{Wiki|matter}} what it takes. It helps to [[meditate]] a little on [[patience]] at this point, [[thinking]] of the difficulties that you will have to go through while working for all [[sentient beings]], difficulties such as being ridiculed or denigrated by others. Then, with that kind of determined [[courage]] and {{Wiki|aware}} of the magnitude of the task, the next step is to commit yourself to the [[path]] of the [[bodhisatva]] by taking the [[bodhisatva]] [[vows]]. The [[vows]] can be taken in front of a [[virtuous spiritual friend]] or otherwise in front of a [[visualisation]] of all the [[buddhas]] and [[bodhisatvas]]. In the [[latter]] case, think that you undertake the same commitment as the previous [[buddhas]] and [[bodhisatvas]] did and then think that you have actually received the [[vows]]. The [[bodhisatva]] [[vows]] should be taken again and again. The [[person]] who has entered {{Wiki|training}} on the [[bodhisatva]] [[path]] maintains the [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] at all times. The [[mind]] of the [[bodhisatva]] does not entertain [[thoughts]] of its [[own]] [[peace]] and [[happiness]]
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 608: Line 608:
 
75
 
75
  
even for a moment. On this path, never mix thoughts of doing your practice for a longer life or freedom from illness or great happiness in with your practice. Every application of thought is made for the purpose of others. Your mind should always be taken up with enlightenment mind. Whatever roots of merit you create should be done for the purpose of the migrators in the six realms of existence and should be done as part of furthering the enlightenment mind. There are two types of enlightenment mind, fictional and superfactual, and each has its own, specific training. Thus the text says, For this enlightenment mind, you train in the fictional level in the illusion-like mode and in the superfactual by meditating that you, and sentient beings, and unsatisfactoriness, and purposeful activity, and so on do not exist as a self-continuity but are, from the first, free of the three, production, cessation, and abiding. For the practice of the fictional type of enlightenment mind, the thought of enlightenment mind is developed through the two thoughts of loving kindness and compassion. These correspond to the first two of the four limitless ones. In the first one, we make the prayer, “May all sentient beings have happiness and the cause of happiness.” This is a prayer that all sentient beings will have perfect happiness, temporary and ultimate. Perfect happiness comes about because of having its cause, perfect virtue, so we also pray that sentient beings will travel the path of developing perfect virtue. This wish for their happiness is the thought of loving kindness; meditate on it again and again! Then, in the second of the four immeasurable thoughts, we make the prayer, “May all sentient beings be free from suffering and the cause of suffering.”
+
even for a [[moment]]. On this [[path]], never mix [[thoughts]] of doing your practice for a longer [[life]] or freedom from {{Wiki|illness}} or great [[happiness]] in with your practice. Every application of [[thought]] is made for the {{Wiki|purpose}} of others. Your [[mind]] should always be taken up with [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]. Whatever [[roots]] of [[merit]] you create should be done for the {{Wiki|purpose}} of the migrators in the [[six realms of existence]] and should be done as part of furthering the [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]. There are two types of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], fictional and superfactual, and each has its [[own]], specific {{Wiki|training}}. Thus the text says, For this [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], you train in the fictional level in the illusion-like mode and in the superfactual by [[meditating]] that you, and [[sentient beings]], and {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}, and purposeful [[activity]], and so on do not [[exist]] as a self-continuity but are, from the first, free of the three, production, [[cessation]], and abiding. For the practice of the fictional type of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], the [[thought of enlightenment]] [[mind]] is developed through the two [[thoughts]] of [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]]. These correspond to the first two of the four [[limitless]] ones. In the first one, we make the [[prayer]], “May all [[sentient beings]] have [[happiness]] and the [[cause]] of [[happiness]].” This is a [[prayer]] that all [[sentient beings]] will have {{Wiki|perfect}} [[happiness]], temporary and [[Wikipedia:Absolute (philosophy)|ultimate]]. Perfect [[happiness]] comes about because of having its [[cause]], {{Wiki|perfect}} [[virtue]], so we also pray that [[sentient beings]] will travel the [[path]] of developing {{Wiki|perfect}} [[virtue]]. This wish for their [[happiness]] is the [[thought]] of [[loving kindness]]; [[meditate]] on it again and again! Then, in the second of the [[four immeasurable]] [[thoughts]], we make the [[prayer]], “May all [[sentient beings]] be free from [[suffering]] and the [[cause of suffering]].”
  
 
76
 
76
  
PART ONE: ENLIGHTENMENT MIND
+
PART ONE: [[ENLIGHTENMENT]] [[MIND]]
  
This is a prayer that all sentient beings will be taken beyond their unsatisfactory situations. For that to happen, they need to be freed from the causes of unsatisfactoriness. The wish that they have this is the thought of compassion; meditate on it again and again!139 For the superfactual type of enlightenment mind, the three parts of any activity of enlightenment mind—the meditator; the object of the meditation which is all sentient beings; and the act of meditating on the thoughts that all sentient beings should be freed from suffering and its cause and should have happiness and its cause, and so on—are seen to be from the first not existent. This is done by staying in equipoise on the state in which mind to begin with is not produced, in the interim does not abide, and in the end does not cease. As the text says, Engage in meditation on that for three sessions or more, until a deep-seated certainty is produced. At the end of the instructions for each of the five sections, is a part spoken by Jigten Sumgon himself. He adds his own special instructions to clarify the effects of practising the instructions of the section. The text says, Arousing enlightenment mind like that gets to the point concerning anger, will pacify the negative forces of rgyal ’gong, will bring angry states under control, will fulfill others’ purposes, and causes mirror-like wisdom to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work assiduously at it. If you meditate on loving kindness and compassion like that again and again, it will reduce anger; in other words it becomes an antidote to anger. Furthermore, it causes “others’ purposes”— that is, a mind that concerns itself with fulfilling others’ aims, the aims of all sentient beings—to develop and become very great within you. Furthermore, of the five wisdoms, it causes mirror-like wisdom to dawn within you because the deluded aspect of the energy called anger has been overcome and the wisdom aspect of anger thus revealed is the mirror-like wisdom.
+
This is a [[prayer]] that all [[sentient beings]] will be taken beyond their unsatisfactory situations. For that to happen, they need to be freed from the [[causes]] of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}. The wish that they have this is the [[thought]] of [[compassion]]; [[meditate]] on it again and again!139 For the superfactual type of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], the three parts of any [[activity]] of [[enlightenment]] mind—the [[meditator]]; the [[object]] of the [[meditation]] which is all [[sentient beings]]; and the act of [[meditating]] on the [[thoughts]] that all [[sentient beings]] should be freed from [[suffering]] and its [[cause]] and should have [[happiness]] and its [[cause]], and so on—are seen to be from the first not [[existent]]. This is done by staying in equipoise on the [[state]] in which [[mind]] to begin with is not produced, in the interim does not abide, and in the end does not cease. As the text says, Engage in [[meditation]] on that for three sessions or more, until a deep-seated {{Wiki|certainty}} is produced. At the end of the instructions for each of the [[five sections]], is a part spoken by [[Jigten Sumgon]] himself. He adds his [[own]] special instructions to clarify the effects of practising the instructions of the section. The text says, Arousing [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] like that gets to the point concerning [[anger]], will pacify the negative forces of rgyal ’[[gong]], will bring [[angry]] states under control, will fulfill others’ purposes, and [[causes]] [[mirror-like wisdom]] to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work {{Wiki|assiduously}} at it. If you [[meditate]] on [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]] like that again and again, it will reduce [[anger]]; in other words it becomes an antidote to [[anger]]. Furthermore, it [[causes]] “others’ purposes”— that is, a [[mind]] that concerns itself with fulfilling others’ aims, the aims of all [[sentient]] beings—to develop and become very great within you. Furthermore, of the [[five wisdoms]], it [[causes]] [[mirror-like wisdom]] to dawn within you because the deluded aspect of the [[energy]] called [[anger]] has been overcome and the [[wisdom]] aspect of [[anger]] thus revealed is the [[mirror-like wisdom]].
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 620: Line 620:
 
77
 
77
  
Then, at the end of each section, there is a verse from Phagmo Drupa himself, quoted by Jigten Sumgon, summing up the need for practising the instructions of the section. He said, “If, on the steed of loving kindness and compassion, Others’ benefit does not cut the central thread, In the marketplace, the kind one of gods and men will not arise, So you must be assiduous at this enlightenment mind.” Here, loving kindness and compassion are likened to a steed. A very good, fast steed becomes famous. If you develop the steed of loving kindness and compassion within yourself, you could bring great benefit to all sentient beings and if you do, you will become very famous among gods and men. They will talk about how kind you are to them and news of you will spread throughout their meeting places. In other words, you will become the talk of the town for both gods and men. Therefore, you should work assiduously at the enlightenment mind.
+
Then, at the end of each section, there is a verse from [[Phagmo Drupa]] himself, quoted by [[Jigten Sumgon]], summing up the need for practising the instructions of the section. He said, “If, on the steed of [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]], Others’ [[benefit]] does not cut the central thread, In the marketplace, the kind one of [[gods]] and men will not arise, So you must be assiduous at this [[enlightenment]] [[mind]].” Here, [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]] are likened to a steed. A very good, fast steed becomes famous. If you develop the steed of [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]] within yourself, you could bring great [[benefit]] to all [[sentient beings]] and if you do, you will become very famous among [[gods]] and men. They will talk about how kind you are to them and news of you will spread throughout their meeting places. In other words, you will become the talk of the town for both [[gods]] and men. Therefore, you should work {{Wiki|assiduously}} at the [[enlightenment]] [[mind]].
  
 
COMMENTARY TO THE SECOND OF THE FIVE PARTS, DEVELOPMENT STAGE
 
COMMENTARY TO THE SECOND OF THE FIVE PARTS, DEVELOPMENT STAGE
  
The second of the Five Parts is the development stage meditation of the yidam deity. Overall, the profound, secret mantra path that can lead to enlightenment in this body in one lifetime was presented by the Buddha in two, main parts called development stage and completion stage. Development stage is the practice of meditating on one’s ordinary body as the body of the yidam deity. The Buddha taught many different yidam deities: some appearing in the male form, others in female form; some with one face and two arms, some with one face and six arms; some wrathful and some peaceful. Nonetheless, because they are nothing other than the luminance of the dharmakāya, they are actually the same entity. And because of that, you cannot say that one carries more blessings than another; they are all the same in this respect. That is why it is said that if you practise just one deity until you perfect the practice and actually behold the face of the deity, then at that point you see the faces of all yidam deities. Some practitioners request many different empowerments. They receive the empowerments and the various samaya commitments that go with them, they do the various recitation practices associated with them, and thus realize the various profound 79
+
The second of the Five Parts is the [[development stage]] [[meditation]] of the [[yidam deity]]. Overall, the profound, [[secret mantra]] [[path]] that can lead to [[enlightenment]] in this [[body]] in one [[lifetime]] was presented by the [[Buddha]] in two, main parts called [[development stage]] and [[completion stage]]. [[Development stage]] is the practice of [[meditating]] on one’s ordinary [[body]] as the [[body]] of the [[yidam deity]]. The [[Buddha]] [[taught]] many different [[yidam deities]]: some appearing in the {{Wiki|male}} [[form]], others in {{Wiki|female}} [[form]]; some with one face and two arms, some with one face and six arms; some [[wrathful]] and some [[peaceful]]. Nonetheless, because they are nothing other than the luminance of the [[dharmakāya]], they are actually the same [[entity]]. And because of that, you cannot say that one carries more [[blessings]] than another; they are all the same in this [[respect]]. That is why it is said that if you practise just one [[deity]] until you {{Wiki|perfect}} the practice and actually behold the face of the [[deity]], then at that point you see the faces of all [[yidam deities]]. Some practitioners request many different [[empowerments]]. They receive the [[empowerments]] and the various [[samaya]] [[commitments]] that go with them, they do the various {{Wiki|recitation}} practices associated with them, and thus realize the various profound 79
  
 
80
 
80
Line 630: Line 630:
 
PART TWO: DEVELOPMENT STAGE
 
PART TWO: DEVELOPMENT STAGE
  
features of each of them. Despite that, there is no real difference between doing that and requesting and practising one deity. Why then, if all the deities are one entity from the perspective that they are the luminance of the dharmakāya, were various deities taught? It is because the sentient beings to be tamed through the practice of a yidam deity, the disciples, have their own interests and their own capacities—for example, at the time of practising, they have their varying abilities at opening up to blessings. Thus, various deities with their specific qualities were taught to suit the various disciples with their various capabilities and qualities. Each of the various yidams belongs to a specific tantra and each tantra belongs to one of four main classes of tantra. The classes of tantra and hence the yidams that go with them suit different individuals. For the person who prefers practice in which ritual activities of cleanliness are foremost, the system of Kriyatantra, that is, Activity Tantra, was taught. In the practice of Kriyatantra, there is a great emphasis on external ritual activities in general and of cleanliness in particular. For example, washing is important; alcohol, meat, and other impure foods are rejected. Some people prefer a practice in which meditative concentration is important. For them, the tantras of the Yogatantra class were taught. Some others have faith in both approaches of ritual activities and of meditative concentration. For them, the tantras of Charyatantra, that is, Conduct Tantra, were taught. Then there are some who are Great Vehicle types but who have very great determination and perseverance, and very strong afflictions. For them, the Unsurpassed Yogatantra was taught. The Buddha stated that Unsurpassed Yogatantra has the special feature that a practitioner of it can attain buddhahood in one lifetime, one body. One reason for this is that the system of Unsurpassed Yogatantra has teachings for dealing with the subtle aspects of the body: the channels that the winds travel
+
features of each of them. Despite that, there is no real difference between doing that and requesting and practising one [[deity]]. Why then, if all the [[deities]] are one [[entity]] from the {{Wiki|perspective}} that they are the luminance of the [[dharmakāya]], were various [[deities]] [[taught]]? It is because the [[sentient beings]] to be tamed through the practice of a [[yidam deity]], the [[disciples]], have their [[own]] interests and their [[own]] capacities—for example, at the time of practising, they have their varying {{Wiki|abilities}} at opening up to [[blessings]]. Thus, various [[deities]] with their specific qualities were [[taught]] to suit the various [[disciples]] with their various capabilities and qualities. Each of the various [[yidams]] belongs to a specific [[tantra]] and each [[tantra]] belongs to one of [[four main classes of tantra]]. The classes of [[tantra]] and hence the [[yidams]] that go with them suit different {{Wiki|individuals}}. For the [[person]] who prefers practice in which [[ritual]] [[activities]] of [[cleanliness]] are foremost, the system of [[Kriyatantra]], that is, [[Activity Tantra]], was [[taught]]. In the practice of [[Kriyatantra]], there is a great {{Wiki|emphasis}} on external [[ritual]] [[activities]] in general and of [[cleanliness]] in particular. For example, washing is important; [[alcohol]], meat, and other impure [[foods]] are rejected. Some [[people]] prefer a practice in which [[meditative concentration]] is important. For them, the [[tantras]] of the [[Yogatantra]] class were [[taught]]. Some others have [[faith]] in both approaches of [[ritual]] [[activities]] and of [[meditative concentration]]. For them, the [[tantras]] of [[Charyatantra]], that is, [[Conduct Tantra]], were [[taught]]. Then there are some who are [[Great Vehicle]] types but who have very great [[determination]] and perseverance, and very strong [[afflictions]]. For them, the [[Unsurpassed]] [[Yogatantra]] was [[taught]]. The [[Buddha]] stated that [[Unsurpassed]] [[Yogatantra]] has the special feature that a [[practitioner]] of it can [[attain buddhahood]] in one [[lifetime]], one [[body]]. One [[reason]] for this is that the system of [[Unsurpassed]] [[Yogatantra]] has teachings for dealing with the {{Wiki|subtle}} aspects of the [[body]]: the [[channels]] that the [[winds]] travel
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 636: Line 636:
 
81
 
81
  
through and the drops that are situated within them. Specifically, it has methods for removing the impure aspects and returning them to their primordially pure counterparts, which correspond to enlightenment itself. When we die, the coarse, physical body ends and at the same time, the channels, winds, and drops also end. However, because of karmic habits, they re-appear when we take birth again. These subtle but impure aspects of the body will continually reappear until the karmic habits that cause them have been purified. In terms of the channels, the human body has one major channel and many subsidiary channels. The subsidiary ones branch out and out from the main one in stages, spreading throughout the body; one thousand and seventy-two of them are counted. In the meditation of a deity’s body, only some of these channels are visualized and worked with. These are called “the meditation wind-channels”. They are the main channel which is in the central axis of the body, one major channel to the left of that central channel, and one to the right of it. There are four chakras associated with the central channel. Nonetheless, by using the meditation wind-channels in the practices of the yidam deity, all of the channels and winds are purified in the end and the result of purifying all of them totally is that the actuality of mind, Mahāmudrā, is brought forth into direct perception. In fact, there are three main aspects of the subtle body as mentioned above: the channels are a basis through which the winds move and the winds are the carriers of the drops. When we do these practices connected with the subtle body, the channels, winds, and drops all are purified from their impure situation into their primordial, pure form. For example, in the case of the winds, they are purified from their impure condition as karmic winds into wisdom winds. The collective final purification of the channels, drops, and winds is three vajras of enlightenment. The impure channels, winds, and drops purified into pure channels,
+
through and the drops that are situated within them. Specifically, it has [[methods]] for removing the impure aspects and returning them to their [[primordially pure]] counterparts, which correspond to [[enlightenment]] itself. When we [[die]], the coarse, [[physical body]] ends and at the same time, the [[channels]], [[winds]], and drops also end. However, because of [[karmic]] [[habits]], they re-appear when we take [[birth]] again. These {{Wiki|subtle}} but impure aspects of the [[body]] will continually reappear until the [[karmic]] [[habits]] that [[cause]] them have been [[purified]]. In terms of the [[channels]], the [[human body]] has one major [[channel]] and many subsidiary [[channels]]. The subsidiary ones branch out and out from the main one in stages, spreading throughout the [[body]]; one thousand and seventy-two of them are counted. In the [[meditation]] of a [[deity’s]] [[body]], only some of these [[channels]] are [[visualized]] and worked with. These are called “the [[meditation]] wind-channels”. They are the main [[channel]] which is in the central axis of the [[body]], one major [[channel]] to the left of that [[central channel]], and one to the right of it. There are [[four chakras]] associated with the [[central channel]]. Nonetheless, by using the [[meditation]] wind-channels in the practices of the [[yidam deity]], all of the [[channels and winds]] are [[purified]] in the end and the result of purifying all of them totally is that the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], [[Mahāmudrā]], is brought forth into direct [[perception]]. In fact, there are three main aspects of the [[subtle body]] as mentioned above: the [[channels]] are a basis through which the [[winds]] move and the [[winds]] are the carriers of the drops. When we do these practices connected with the [[subtle body]], the [[channels]], [[winds]], and drops all are [[purified]] from their impure situation into their [[primordial]], [[pure]] [[form]]. For example, in the case of the [[winds]], they are [[purified]] from their impure [[condition]] as [[karmic winds]] into [[wisdom winds]]. The collective final [[purification]] of the [[channels]], drops, and [[winds]] is [[three vajras]] of [[enlightenment]]. The impure [[channels]], [[winds]], and drops [[purified]] into [[pure]] [[channels]],
  
 
82
 
82
Line 642: Line 642:
 
PART TWO: DEVELOPMENT STAGE
 
PART TWO: DEVELOPMENT STAGE
  
winds, and drops results in the nirmāṇakāya, saṃbhogakāya, and dharmakāya of a buddha. What is the basis that supports these channels, winds, and drops? It is our impure physical body. Because of grasping at the body, karmic habits of having a body, attachment to a body, and so on, we go through the process of death and then birth in one of the four ways and so wander in cyclic existence. The Buddha taught four different methods within the development stage to purify the four ways of birth into a body. Meditation on the first, called The Five Manifest Enlightenments, purifies the habit of birth in the womb; meditation on the second, called The Four Vajras, purifies the habits of birth in an egg; meditation on the third, called The Three Rituals, purifies the habits of birth through heat and moisture; and meditation on the fourth, called Instant of Recollection purifies the habits of birth in a miraculous way. The grasping, karmic habits, attachment, and so on that you have in relation to a body will not disappear of themselves. Methods like the ones mentioned must be applied. For example, if you are reborn in the hell realms, you have a kind of body that suffers horribly. It is continually killed and revived only to be killed and revived again. This kind of body comes from karmic habits of a body created by previous bad deeds. And in dreams you meet various dangers and fears, for example, being at the verge of great abysses, at the mercy of floods, eaten by wild animals, and so on; these dream bodies also are the creation of karmic habits that come originally from grasping in relation to a body. And in the intermediate state you develop a subtle body also due to previous karmic habits. When these karmic habits have been purified, the karmically-patterned bodies cease. That is the point of doing these development stage practices. At the time of death, the ground light dawns but if it is not recognized, the mental body of an intermediate-state being
+
[[winds]], and drops results in the [[nirmāṇakāya]], [[saṃbhogakāya]], and [[dharmakāya]] of a [[buddha]]. What is the basis that supports these [[channels]], [[winds]], and drops? It is our impure [[physical body]]. Because of [[grasping]] at the [[body]], [[karmic]] [[habits]] of having a [[body]], [[attachment]] to a [[body]], and so on, we go through the process of [[death]] and then [[birth]] in one of the [[four ways]] and so wander in [[cyclic existence]]. The [[Buddha]] [[taught]] four different [[methods]] within the [[development stage]] to {{Wiki|purify}} the [[four ways]] of [[birth]] into a [[body]]. [[Meditation]] on the first, called The Five [[Manifest]] [[Enlightenments]], purifies the [[Wikipedia:Habit (psychology)|habit]] of [[birth]] in the [[womb]]; [[meditation]] on the second, called The [[Four Vajras]], purifies the [[habits]] of [[birth]] in an egg; [[meditation]] on the third, called The Three [[Rituals]], purifies the [[habits]] of [[birth]] through heat and [[moisture]]; and [[meditation]] on [[the fourth]], called Instant of [[Recollection]] purifies the [[habits]] of [[birth]] in a miraculous way. The [[grasping]], [[karmic]] [[habits]], [[attachment]], and so on that you have in [[relation]] to a [[body]] will not disappear of themselves. [[Methods]] like the ones mentioned must be applied. For example, if you are [[reborn]] in the [[hell realms]], you have a kind of [[body]] that [[suffers]] horribly. It is continually killed and revived only to be killed and revived again. This kind of [[body]] comes from [[karmic]] [[habits]] of a [[body]] created by previous [[bad deeds]]. And in [[dreams]] you meet various dangers and {{Wiki|fears}}, for example, being at the verge of great abysses, at the [[mercy]] of floods, eaten by wild [[animals]], and so on; these [[dream]] [[bodies]] also are the creation of [[karmic]] [[habits]] that come originally from [[grasping]] in [[relation]] to a [[body]]. And in the [[intermediate state]] you develop a [[subtle body]] also due to previous [[karmic]] [[habits]]. When these [[karmic]] [[habits]] have been [[purified]], the karmically-patterned [[bodies]] cease. That is the point of doing these [[development stage]] practices. At the time of [[death]], the ground {{Wiki|light}} dawns but if it is not [[recognized]], the [[mental body]] of an intermediate-state being
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 648: Line 648:
 
83
 
83
  
appears. However, if a yidam-deity has been practised in the preceding life, it is possible that the complexion of luminosity will not come out as the mental body of a intermediate state being but will come out as the maṇḍala of the yidam-deity, and if that happens, it is possible that the person could attain enlightenment in the pure realm of the deity. In the practice of a yidam deity, it is said that one should first do the visualization by the Instant of Recollection method. In one instant, just as one thinks of it, the whole visualization—seat, deity, seed syllables, and so on—appears. This corresponds to, for example, “In an instant, I appear as the co-emergent Heruka”. The effect of producing the visualization with this method is that it purifies the karmic latencies of all four places of birth but especially of miraculous birth. The second style is to produce the visualization with the Three Rituals. In this, the first ritual is the visualization of the seat; the second is the visualization of the seed-syllable on the seat; and the third is the visualization of the deity from that seed-syllable. For example, “On top of a lotus, from a white hrīḥ letter, comes Avalokiteśhvara”. This method purifies the karmic latencies of all four kinds of birth place in general and rebirth from heat and moisture in particular. The third style is to produce the visualization with The Four Vajras. In this, the first vajra is to rest in emptiness for a little; the second is that seat with seed syllable appears from the emptiness; the third is the visualization of the deity fully complete with all attributes; and the fourth is the visualization within the deity’s body of the seed syllables at the crown, throat, and heart centre of enlightened body, speech, and mind and the seed syllable and seat particular to the deity. This method purifies the karmic latencies of all four kinds of birth place in general and rebirth in an egg in particular.
+
appears. However, if a yidam-deity has been practised in the preceding [[life]], it is possible that the complexion of [[luminosity]] will not come out as the [[mental body]] of a [[intermediate state]] being but will come out as the [[maṇḍala]] of the yidam-deity, and if that happens, it is possible that the [[person]] could [[attain enlightenment]] in the [[pure realm]] of the [[deity]]. In the practice of a [[yidam deity]], it is said that one should first do the [[visualization]] by the Instant of [[Recollection]] method. In one instant, just as one [[thinks]] of it, the whole visualization—seat, [[deity]], [[seed syllables]], and so on—appears. This corresponds to, for example, “In an instant, I appear as the co-emergent [[Heruka]]”. The effect of producing the [[visualization]] with this method is that it purifies the [[karmic]] latencies of all four places of [[birth]] but especially of [[miraculous birth]]. The second style is to produce the [[visualization]] with the Three [[Rituals]]. In this, the first [[ritual]] is the [[visualization]] of the seat; the second is the [[visualization]] of the [[seed-syllable]] on the seat; and the third is the [[visualization]] of the [[deity]] from that [[seed-syllable]]. For example, “On top of a [[lotus]], from a white [[hrīḥ]] [[letter]], comes Avalokiteśhvara”. This method purifies the [[karmic]] latencies of all four kinds of [[birth]] place in general and [[rebirth]] from heat and [[moisture]] in particular. The third style is to produce the [[visualization]] with The [[Four Vajras]]. In this, the first [[vajra]] is to rest in [[emptiness]] for a little; the second is that seat with [[seed syllable]] appears from the [[emptiness]]; the third is the [[visualization]] of the [[deity]] fully complete with all [[attributes]]; and [[the fourth]] is the [[visualization]] within the [[deity’s]] [[body]] of the [[seed syllables]] at the {{Wiki|crown}}, {{Wiki|throat}}, and [[heart centre]] of [[enlightened body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] and the [[seed syllable]] and seat particular to the [[deity]]. This method purifies the [[karmic]] latencies of all four kinds of [[birth]] place in general and [[rebirth]] in an egg in particular.
  
 
84
 
84
Line 654: Line 654:
 
PART TWO: DEVELOPMENT STAGE
 
PART TWO: DEVELOPMENT STAGE
  
The fourth style is to produce the visualization with The Five Manifest Enlightenments. In this, the first is to rest in emptiness for a little; the second is the production from the emptiness of a seed-syllable and from that a seat; the third is the visualization of the deity’s seed syllable on the seat; and the fourth is the visualization of light radiating out from the seed syllable to accomplish the two purposes of gathering the blessings of all the buddhas and enlightened beings and purifying the evil deeds and obscurations of all sentient beings; and the fifth is the visualization of the seed syllable transforming into the complete deity. For example in the visualization of Tārā, “From emptiness a paṃ, from that a white lotus, on it a taṃ. From it light goes out to all the buddhas and gathers their blessings and to all of the sentient beings and purifies all of their evil deeds and obscurations. taṃ transforms into the form of the deity, Tārā”. This method purifies the karmic latencies of all four birth kinds of birth place in general and rebirth in a womb in particular. The author of this text, Zhamarpa Konchog Yanlag, gives the description of the visualization of the deity and recitation, etc., using the visualization ritual of Chakrasaṃvara. The text says, Meditating on development stage like that gets to the point concerning desire, will pacify the negative forces of senmo, will bring desire under control, will overpower appearances, and causes individually discriminating wisdom to dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at development stage; he said, “One’s own body is the king of deity forms, But if not taken to the firm stage of changeless foundation, The ḍākinīs will not assemble into a retinue around it, So you must be assiduous at this body, the yidam deity.” The primordial forms of the channels, winds, and drops are within your body but if you do not practise the method for purifying them, they will not be brought forth. Therefore, you must practise development stage.
+
The fourth style is to produce the [[visualization]] with The Five [[Manifest]] [[Enlightenments]]. In this, the first is to rest in [[emptiness]] for a little; the second is the production from the [[emptiness]] of a [[seed-syllable]] and from that a seat; the third is the [[visualization]] of the [[deity’s]] [[seed syllable]] on the seat; and [[the fourth]] is the [[visualization]] of {{Wiki|light}} radiating out from the [[seed syllable]] to accomplish the two purposes of [[gathering]] the [[blessings]] of all the [[buddhas]] and [[enlightened beings]] and purifying the [[evil deeds]] and [[obscurations]] of all [[sentient beings]]; and the fifth is the [[visualization]] of the [[seed syllable]] [[transforming]] into the complete [[deity]]. For example in the [[visualization]] of [[Tārā]], “From [[emptiness]] a paṃ, from that a [[white lotus]], on it a taṃ. From it {{Wiki|light}} goes out to all the [[buddhas]] and gathers their [[blessings]] and to all of the [[sentient beings]] and purifies all of their [[evil deeds]] and [[obscurations]]. taṃ transforms into the [[form of the deity]], [[Tārā]]”. This method purifies the [[karmic]] latencies of all four [[birth]] kinds of [[birth]] place in general and [[rebirth]] in a [[womb]] in particular. The author of this text, [[Zhamarpa]] [[Konchog Yanlag]], gives the description of the [[visualization]] of the [[deity]] and {{Wiki|recitation}}, etc., using the [[visualization]] [[ritual]] of [[Chakrasaṃvara]]. The text says, [[Meditating]] on [[development stage]] like that gets to the point concerning [[desire]], will pacify the negative forces of senmo, will bring [[desire]] under control, will overpower [[appearances]], and [[causes]] individually [[discriminating wisdom]] to dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at [[development stage]]; he said, “One’s [[own]] [[body]] is the [[king]] of [[deity]] [[forms]], But if not taken to the firm stage of changeless foundation, The [[ḍākinīs]] will not assemble into a retinue around it, So you must be assiduous at this [[body]], the [[yidam deity]].” The [[primordial]] [[forms]] of the [[channels]], [[winds]], and drops are within your [[body]] but if you do not practise the method for purifying them, they will not be brought forth. Therefore, you must practise [[development stage]].
  
 
COMMENTARY TO THE THIRD OF THE FIVE PARTS, GURU-YOGA
 
COMMENTARY TO THE THIRD OF THE FIVE PARTS, GURU-YOGA
  
The third of the Five Parts is unification with the guru, called guru-yoga. The text says, The guru is a being inseparable with the wisdom that resides in every one of the buddhas so one has the attitude of certainty that he is the three kāyas and five wisdoms embodied of buddha whose inexhaustible sphere of ornamentation of body, speech, mind performs the ripening and liberating of every sentient being until cyclic existence ends. There are certain attitudes that we need to have in terms of the guru. One is the attitude that your root guru is a being who has become inseparable with the wisdom of the buddhas of the three times and being so, he is the three kāyas and five wisdoms of a buddha embodied, a being who works for the aims of sentient beings in cyclic existence until cyclic existence is emptied. And, you have the attitude that your own mindness is inseparable with the guru because of which all the dharmas of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa are the nature of appearance and emptiness; that attitude is dharmakāya devotion. Resting in equipoise on the guru’s mind and your mind being inseparable is called dharmakāya devotion140. Having merged your mind with the guru’s mind like that, it is possible to take the attitude that all the dharmas of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa are the nature of appearance-emptiness. At that point, you meditate on whatever visual forms you see being the details of the body of the guru, all sounds being the sounds of the guru’s 85
+
The third of the Five Parts is unification with the [[guru]], called [[guru-yoga]]. The text says, The [[guru]] is a being [[inseparable]] with the [[wisdom]] that resides in every one of the [[buddhas]] so one has the [[attitude]] of {{Wiki|certainty}} that he is the [[three kāyas]] and [[five wisdoms]] [[embodied]] of [[buddha]] whose inexhaustible [[sphere]] of ornamentation of [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, [[mind]] performs the ripening and liberating of every [[sentient being]] until [[cyclic existence]] ends. There are certain attitudes that we need to have in terms of the [[guru]]. One is the [[attitude]] that your [[root guru]] is a being who has become [[inseparable]] with the [[wisdom of the buddhas]] of the three times and being so, he is the [[three kāyas]] and [[five wisdoms of a buddha]] [[embodied]], a being who works for the aims of [[sentient beings]] in [[cyclic existence]] until [[cyclic existence]] is emptied. And, you have the [[attitude]] that your [[own]] mindness is [[inseparable]] with the [[guru]] because of which all the [[dharmas]] of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]] are the [[nature]] of [[appearance]] and [[emptiness]]; that [[attitude]] is [[dharmakāya]] [[devotion]]. Resting in equipoise on the [[guru’s]] [[mind]] and your [[mind]] being [[inseparable]] is called [[dharmakāya]] devotion140. Having merged your [[mind]] with the [[guru’s]] [[mind]] like that, it is possible to take the [[attitude]] that all the [[dharmas]] of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]] are the [[nature]] of [[appearance-emptiness]]. At that point, you [[meditate]] on whatever [[visual]] [[forms]] you see being the details of the [[body]] of the [[guru]], all {{Wiki|sounds}} being the {{Wiki|sounds}} of the [[guru’s]] 85
  
 
86
 
86
Line 664: Line 664:
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
  
speech, and all thoughts being the realization of the guru’s mind, the luminosity of the dharmakāya. It is said that there are many qualified gurus in the world teaching their students but there is only one who actually assists us. This means that there are many gurus in the world with great qualities and meditation experience and that they have their own students whom they are teaching. We cannot meet with all of them and cannot get oral instructions from all of them but we can meet with, obtain instructions from, and practise with some of them. We end up practising with the gurus with whom we have a connection. There are two types of connection: one is there but not obvious; the other is there and we are aware of it. Sometimes we meet a guru whom we have met and made a relationship with in a past life. The strength of the past connection leads us to a connection again and again in future lives and, when we meet again, the connection is very clear. For example, there is story of Milarepa. His mother had told him to learn black magic and then take revenge on their relatives who had wronged the family. He did that and successfully caused great harm to his relatives. Milarepa eventually had regret for his evil deeds and sought a spiritual teacher who could help him. He found a teacher called Rongtong Lhaga. Rongytong Lhaga taught him the Dzogchen instructions, however, practising the instructions did not have much effect. Rongtong Lhaga told Milarepa that they did not have such a strong connection and that he should go to another teacher with whom he had a stronger connection. He mentioned Marpa of Lhodrak’s name and, just on hearing it, Milarepa was immediately overwhelmed with strong feelings and knew that he should meet with Marpa. Milarepa headed off to Lhodrak to find Marpa. Marpa knew that one of his important disciples would be arriving that morning so he took beer and went down the road to one of his fields, where he started ploughing the field.
+
{{Wiki|speech}}, and all [[thoughts]] being the [[realization]] of the [[guru’s]] [[mind]], the [[luminosity]] of the [[dharmakāya]]. It is said that there are many qualified [[gurus]] in the [[world]] [[teaching]] their students but there is only one who actually assists us. This means that there are many [[gurus]] in the [[world]] with great qualities and [[meditation]] [[experience]] and that they have their [[own]] students whom they are [[teaching]]. We cannot meet with all of them and cannot get [[oral instructions]] from all of them but we can meet with, obtain instructions from, and practise with some of them. We end up practising with the [[gurus]] with whom we have a [[connection]]. There are two types of [[connection]]: one is there but not obvious; the other is there and we are {{Wiki|aware}} of it. Sometimes we meet a [[guru]] whom we have met and made a relationship with in a [[past life]]. The strength of the {{Wiki|past}} [[connection]] leads us to a [[connection]] again and again in {{Wiki|future}} [[lives]] and, when we meet again, the [[connection]] is very clear. For example, there is story of [[Milarepa]]. His mother had told him to learn [[black magic]] and then take revenge on their relatives who had wronged the [[family]]. He did that and successfully [[caused]] great harm to his relatives. [[Milarepa]] eventually had [[regret]] for his [[evil deeds]] and sought [[a spiritual teacher]] who could help him. He found a [[teacher]] called [[Rongtong]] Lhaga. Rongytong Lhaga [[taught]] him the [[Dzogchen]] instructions, however, practising the instructions did not have much effect. [[Rongtong]] Lhaga told [[Milarepa]] that they did not have such a strong [[connection]] and that he should go to another [[teacher]] with whom he had a stronger [[connection]]. He mentioned [[Marpa]] of Lhodrak’s [[name]] and, just on hearing it, [[Milarepa]] was immediately overwhelmed with strong [[feelings]] and knew that he should meet with [[Marpa]]. [[Milarepa]] headed off to [[Lhodrak]] to find [[Marpa]]. [[Marpa]] knew that one of his important [[disciples]] would be arriving that morning so he took beer and went down the road to one of his fields, where he started {{Wiki|ploughing}} the field.
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 670: Line 670:
 
87
 
87
  
Milarepa arrived and asked if he knew of Marpa. Marpa did not let on who he was but said to him, “Look, plough this field and have some beer, and I will make arrangements for you to meet Marpa”. Milarepa agreed and drank the whole pot of beer in one go. Marpa was very pleased with this because he took it as a sign that in the future Milarepa would be a good vessel for all of the instructions that he could give him. Marpa went off to his house. Sometime later someone else came and took Milarepa up to Marpa’s house, then led him inside where Milarepa found that Marpa was none other than the man who had given the beer and asked him to plough the field. Milarepa was overcome with joy and made prostrations. He said to Marpa, “I am a great sinner. Please teach me the dharma and give me food and clothes”. Marpa replied that he could do one or the other but not both and asked Milarepa which one he wanted. Milarepa replied that he would learn dharma and find food and clothes in some other way. So if this kind of meeting occurs, it is very clear that the guru and disciple have a very strong connection from the past and that they will probably have the same good connection again in this life. It was similar with Milarepa and his main student, Gampopa. Gampopa had heard many Kadampa teachings from his Kadampa master, had become a fully ordained monk, and just by hearing instructions on enlightenment mind and emptiness had excellent meditations. One day Gampopa came across three beggars who were discussing Milarepa and his great qualities. When Gampopa heard Milarepa’s name, great faith arose in him and later he received all of Milarepa’s instructions. If you meet a qualified guru with special qualities, you must create a connection and request instruction from him. If you do not, as the Buddha said, there is effectively no guru and no instruction, and without instruction it is not possible to practise. He said in the Condensed Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra that a student who
+
[[Milarepa]] arrived and asked if he knew of [[Marpa]]. [[Marpa]] did not let on who he was but said to him, “Look, plough this field and have some beer, and I will make arrangements for you to meet [[Marpa]]”. [[Milarepa]] agreed and drank the whole pot of beer in one go. [[Marpa]] was very [[pleased]] with this because he took it as a sign that in the {{Wiki|future}} [[Milarepa]] would be a good vessel for all of the instructions that he could give him. [[Marpa]] went off to his house. Sometime later someone else came and took [[Milarepa]] up to [[Marpa’s]] house, then led him inside where [[Milarepa]] found that [[Marpa]] was none other than the man who had given the beer and asked him to plough the field. [[Milarepa]] was overcome with [[joy]] and made [[prostrations]]. He said to [[Marpa]], “I am a great sinner. Please teach me the [[dharma]] and give me [[food]] and [[clothes]]”. [[Marpa]] replied that he could do one or the other but not both and asked [[Milarepa]] which one he wanted. [[Milarepa]] replied that he would learn [[dharma]] and find [[food]] and [[clothes]] in some other way. So if this kind of meeting occurs, it is very clear that the [[guru]] and [[disciple]] have a very strong [[connection]] from the {{Wiki|past}} and that they will probably have the same good [[connection]] again in this [[life]]. It was similar with [[Milarepa]] and his main [[student]], [[Gampopa]]. [[Gampopa]] had heard many [[Kadampa teachings]] from his [[Kadampa]] [[master]], had become a [[fully ordained monk]], and just by hearing instructions on [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] and [[emptiness]] had {{Wiki|excellent}} [[meditations]]. One day [[Gampopa]] came across three beggars who were discussing [[Milarepa]] and his great qualities. When [[Gampopa]] heard [[Milarepa’s]] [[name]], great [[faith]] arose in him and later he received all of [[Milarepa’s]] instructions. If you meet a qualified [[guru]] with special qualities, you must create a [[connection]] and request instruction from him. If you do not, as the [[Buddha]] said, there is effectively no [[guru]] and no instruction, and without instruction it is not possible to practise. He said in the Condensed [[Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra]] that a [[student]] who
  
 
88
 
88
Line 676: Line 676:
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
  
has a good mind and diligence should attend an authentic and learned guru because in reliance on him, all good qualities and realization can arise. Then he said in the Eight Thousand Verse Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra that, for those who are oriented towards the attainment of enlightenment, it is necessary to attend and rely on a virtuous spiritual friend. When you have the kind of faith that the guru is someone who has the activities of a buddha, who actually does liberate sentient beings from unsatisfactoriness, you also see the guru is as kind as each of the buddhas. It is written in many places that “the guru is the same as buddha” but this instruction is not saying that the guru’s qualities are the same as those of a buddha. A supreme nirmāṇakāya buddha, a world-leading buddha who performs the twelve acts of enlightenment, and so on, has many special qualities that are not shared by anyone less than a buddha of that level. What it is saying is that the guru and a buddha are the same from the perspective of kindness. The Complete Perfect Bhagavat Buddha appeared in the world and turned the unfathomable wheel of dharma, and thus the Buddha’s teaching spread in the world. However, if there were no guru, we would not be able to obtain the empowerments, transmissions, and special oral instructions needed for practice. Since the guru provides these to us, his kindness is equal to the Buddha’s kindness. In India, for example, the Buddha gave all the dharma teachings, sūtra and tantra, and these flourished. Many generations of beings practised them and attained realization. Having attained realization, they passed the meaning onto other beings who then in turn practised them and realized them. The teachings became a great force in India but all of that was in dependence on the gurus who were kind enough to transmit the teachings. Eventually Tibetans came down to India and obtained the instructions and took them back to Tibet where they were translated into the Tibetan language. These teachings have been practised and
+
has a good [[mind]] and [[diligence]] should attend an [[Wikipedia:Authenticity|authentic]] and learned [[guru]] because in reliance on him, all good qualities and [[realization]] can arise. Then he said in the Eight Thousand Verse [[Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra]] that, for those who are oriented towards the [[attainment]] of [[enlightenment]], it is necessary to attend and rely on a [[virtuous spiritual friend]]. When you have the kind of [[faith]] that the [[guru]] is someone who has the [[activities]] of a [[buddha]], who actually does {{Wiki|liberate}} [[sentient beings]] from {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}, you also see the [[guru]] is as kind as each of the [[buddhas]]. It is written in many places that “the [[guru]] is the same as [[buddha]]” but this instruction is not saying that the [[guru’s]] qualities are the same as those of a [[buddha]]. A supreme [[nirmāṇakāya buddha]], a world-leading [[buddha]] who performs the twelve acts of [[enlightenment]], and so on, has many special qualities that are not shared by anyone less than a [[buddha]] of that level. What it is saying is that the [[guru]] and a [[buddha]] are the same from the {{Wiki|perspective}} of [[kindness]]. The Complete Perfect [[Bhagavat]] [[Buddha]] appeared in the [[world]] and turned the unfathomable [[wheel of dharma]], and thus the [[Buddha’s teaching]] spread in the [[world]]. However, if there were no [[guru]], we would not be able to obtain the [[empowerments]], [[transmissions]], and special [[oral instructions]] needed for practice. Since the [[guru]] provides these to us, his [[kindness]] is {{Wiki|equal}} to the [[Buddha’s]] [[kindness]]. In [[India]], for example, the [[Buddha]] gave all the [[dharma]] teachings, [[sūtra]] and [[tantra]], and these flourished. Many generations of [[beings]] practised them and [[attained]] [[realization]]. Having [[attained]] [[realization]], they passed the meaning onto other [[beings]] who then in turn practised them and [[realized]] them. The teachings became a great force in [[India]] but all of that was in [[dependence]] on the [[gurus]] who were kind enough to transmit the teachings. Eventually [[Tibetans]] came down to [[India]] and obtained the instructions and took them back to [[Tibet]] where they were translated into the [[Tibetan language]]. These teachings have been practised and
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 682: Line 682:
 
89
 
89
  
realized and transmitted from guru to disciple up to the present day. In Tibet, four main lines of transmission appeared but they are essentially the same in that they pass on the Buddha’s teaching. Prior to the seventh century A.D., the Buddha’s teaching had not spread in Tibet. Due to the prayers and activities of the buddhas and bodhisatvas, King Songtsen Gampo appeared in Tibet in the early seventh century A.D. and established Buddhism as the state religion of Tibet. About one hundred years later, his descendant King Trisong Deutsen, in order to further the dharma, invited the great guru called Padmasaṃbhava, who later became known in Tibet as the Precious Guru, Guru Rinpoche. Guru Rinpoche was especially instrumental in strengthening and spreading the dharma in Tibet and is regarded by Tibetans as the kindest of gurus to have come to Tibet. The teachings imparted by him are maintained in what is called the Nyingma tradition and all schools of the Nyingma regard him as the source guru for their teachings. In the ninth century, the king called Langdarma purged the Buddhist teachings to the best of his ability and almost destroyed them in Tibet. In the early eleventh century, there was a revival of Buddhism in Tibet. At the beginning of this revival, the great Indian master Atiśha was invited from Nālandā monastic university. He stayed in Tibet for a number of years until his death. The lineage of his teachings became known as the Kadampa tradition and he is regarded as the source guru of those teachings. Later in Tibet in the fifteenth century, an exceptionally brilliant man was born in Amdo. He eventually moved to Lhasa, where he became known as Tsongkhapa. He had over one hundred and fifty gurus, though his principal ones were Kadampa, Sakya, and Kagyu. He established a seat at a place called Ganden Hill and the lineage that developed from him became known as the Gadenpa. They carried on the Kadampa lineage in particular,
+
[[realized]] and transmitted from [[guru]] to [[disciple]] up to the {{Wiki|present}} day. In [[Tibet]], four main lines of [[transmission]] appeared but they are [[essentially]] the same in that they pass on the [[Buddha’s teaching]]. Prior to the seventh century A.D., the [[Buddha’s teaching]] had not spread [[in Tibet]]. Due to the [[prayers]] and [[activities of the buddhas]] and [[bodhisatvas]], [[King Songtsen Gampo]] appeared [[in Tibet]] in the early seventh century A.D. and established [[Buddhism]] as the [[state religion]] of [[Tibet]]. About one hundred years later, his descendant [[King Trisong Deutsen]], in order to further the [[dharma]], invited the great [[guru]] called Padmasaṃbhava, who later became known [[in Tibet]] as the [[Precious Guru]], [[Guru Rinpoche]]. [[Guru Rinpoche]] was especially instrumental in strengthening and spreading the [[dharma]] [[in Tibet]] and is regarded by [[Tibetans]] as the kindest of [[gurus]] to have come to [[Tibet]]. The teachings imparted by him are maintained in what is called the [[Nyingma tradition]] and all schools of the [[Nyingma]] regard him as the source [[guru]] for their teachings. In the ninth century, the [[king]] called [[Langdarma]] purged the [[Buddhist teachings]] to the best of his ability and almost destroyed them [[in Tibet]]. In the early eleventh century, there was a revival of [[Buddhism in Tibet]]. At the beginning of this revival, the great [[Indian master]] Atiśha was invited from [[Nālandā]] [[monastic university]]. He stayed [[in Tibet]] for a number of years until his [[death]]. The [[lineage]] of his teachings became known as the [[Kadampa tradition]] and he is regarded as the source [[guru]] of those teachings. Later [[in Tibet]] in the fifteenth century, an exceptionally brilliant man was born in [[Amdo]]. He eventually moved to [[Lhasa]], where he became known as [[Tsongkhapa]]. He had over one hundred and fifty [[gurus]], though his [[principal]] ones were [[Kadampa]], [[Sakya]], and [[Kagyu]]. He established a seat at a place called [[Ganden]] [[Hill]] and the [[lineage]] that developed from him became known as the Gadenpa. They carried on the [[Kadampa lineage]] in particular,
  
 
90
 
90
Line 688: Line 688:
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
  
and later they became known as the Gelugpa. When the followers of the tradition think of their main guru, they look up to Tsongkhapa as the founding guru of the lineage. In the twelfth century, a man called Drogmi Lotsāwa went down to India a number of times where he met the mahāsiddhas Gayadhara and Virupa and received all of their instructions. Back in Tibet, he translated and transmitted these teachings which consisted principally of Hevajra, and Path and Fruit teachings. He was located in a place called Sakya so the lineage that developed from him became known as the Sakya lineage. Shortly after him came the main holder and Tibetan source of the lineage The Great Sakya, Kunga Nyingpo. Four other great masters and holders of the lineage following him are grouped with him as the main gurus of the lineage; collectively they are called the Five Sakya Forefathers. Also in the twelfth century, the translator Marpa went to India and received all the instructions of mahāsiddha Nāropa. He returned to Tibet and the lineage that developed from him became known as the Kagyu lineage. The Kagyu lineage is considered to start with Tailopa, who passed it to Nāropa, from whom it went to Marpa, then Milarepa, then Gampopa. Gampopa’s three main, secret mantra disciples were the Three Men of Kham as mentioned earlier. One of them was called Grey Hair from Kham. He later became known as Dusum Khyenpa, the first Karmapa, and he is considered to be the founder of the Karma Kagyu lineage. The instructions being passed on here are being passed on through that lineage. Grey Hair from Kham was not an ordinary being. He had already practised for many lifetimes. In a previous lifetime an incalculable amount of time earlier, there was a king called King Yungkhor Jung who had one thousand sons, the youngest of whom was named Great Being Chokyi Lodro. Great Being Chokyi Lodro found cyclic existence to be hollow and aroused renuncia-
+
and later they became known as the [[Gelugpa]]. When the followers of the [[tradition]] think of their main [[guru]], they look up to [[Tsongkhapa]] as the founding [[guru]] of the [[lineage]]. In the twelfth century, a man called [[Drogmi]] [[Lotsāwa]] went down to [[India]] a number of times where he met the [[mahāsiddhas]] [[Gayadhara]] and [[Virupa]] and received all of their instructions. Back [[in Tibet]], he translated and transmitted these teachings which consisted principally of [[Hevajra]], and [[Path and Fruit]] teachings. He was located in a place called [[Sakya]] so the [[lineage]] that developed from him became known as the [[Sakya lineage]]. Shortly after him came the main holder and [[Tibetan]] source of the [[lineage]] The [[Great Sakya]], [[Kunga Nyingpo]]. Four other great [[masters]] and holders of the [[lineage]] following him are grouped with him as the main [[gurus]] of the [[lineage]]; collectively they are called the [[Five Sakya Forefathers]]. Also in the twelfth century, the [[translator]] [[Marpa]] went to [[India]] and received all the instructions of [[mahāsiddha]] [[Nāropa]]. He returned to [[Tibet]] and the [[lineage]] that developed from him became known as the [[Kagyu lineage]]. The [[Kagyu lineage]] is considered to start with [[Tailopa]], who passed it to [[Nāropa]], from whom it went to [[Marpa]], then [[Milarepa]], then [[Gampopa]]. [[Gampopa’s]] three main, [[secret mantra]] [[disciples]] were the Three Men of [[Kham]] as mentioned earlier. One of them was called Grey [[Hair]] from [[Kham]]. He later became known as [[Dusum Khyenpa]], the [[first Karmapa]], and he is considered to be the founder of the [[Karma Kagyu lineage]]. The instructions being passed on here are being passed on through that [[lineage]]. Grey [[Hair]] from [[Kham]] was not an ordinary being. He had already practised for many lifetimes. In a previous [[lifetime]] an [[incalculable]] amount of time earlier, there was a [[king]] called [[King]] Yungkhor {{Wiki|Jung}} who had one thousand sons, the youngest of whom was named [[Great Being]] [[Chokyi Lodro]]. [[Great Being]] [[Chokyi Lodro]] found [[cyclic existence]] to be hollow and aroused renuncia-
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 694: Line 694:
 
91
 
91
  
tion, developed concentration, and directly perceived reality. He was a holder of the Buddhas’ teaching with qualities of great determination and perseverance. All the buddhas empowered him with an empowerment called “the empowerment of the activity of the buddhas”. Because of this, he was known afterwards, for example in our world, in his incarnation as Grey Hair from Kham, as “Karmapa” meaning “the one who performs the activities of the buddhas”. That great being was praised by many beings, including one hundred thousand ḍākinīs. They each took a hair from their heads and used it to weave a black crown which they then presented to him. The hat is always with him and, if your obscurations have been sufficiently purified, can be seen hovering above his head, it is said. In this world, it is said that he was born in India as the Brahmin called Saraha. Saraha was a great siddha who continually showed and taught Mahāmudrā. This was mentioned by Kunkhyen Longchen Rabjam; it is recorded in his biography that he said, “The great siddha Saraha of India, in his later rebirth as the third Karmapa, Karmapa Rangjung Dorje...”. Then, later in Tibet at the time of Guru Rinpoche, it is said that he was one of the twenty-five principal disciples of Guru Rinpoche, a being called Gyalwa Chowang. Later still, he became Grey Hair from Kham, as mentioned above. Karmapa is regarded as the founding father of the Karma Kagyu lineage. Within the Kagyu lineage there are the four great and eight lesser schools of the Kagyu. The four greater ones derive from four principal disciples of Gampopa and the eight lesser ones derive from principal disciples of Phagmo Drupa. Each of these traditions looks to the founder of its lineage as the most important guru of the lineage. For example, Jigten Sumgon is the founder of the Drigung Kagyu and most important guru for that lineage and Tsangpa Gyare, in his incarnations as the Drukchen, is the most important guru for the Drukpa Kagyu tradition.
+
tion, developed [[concentration]], and directly [[perceived reality]]. He was a holder of the [[Buddhas]]’ [[teaching]] with qualities of great [[determination]] and perseverance. All the [[buddhas]] [[empowered]] him with an [[empowerment]] called “the [[empowerment]] of the [[activity]] of the [[buddhas]]”. Because of this, he was known afterwards, for example in our [[world]], in his [[incarnation]] as Grey [[Hair]] from [[Kham]], as “[[Karmapa]]” meaning “the one who performs the [[activities of the buddhas]]”. That [[great being]] was praised by many [[beings]], [[including]] one hundred thousand [[ḍākinīs]]. They each took a [[hair]] from their heads and used it to weave a [[black crown]] which they then presented to him. The hat is always with him and, if your [[obscurations]] have been sufficiently [[purified]], can be seen hovering above his head, it is said. In this [[world]], it is said that he was born in [[India]] as the [[Brahmin]] called [[Saraha]]. [[Saraha]] was a great [[siddha]] who continually showed and [[taught]] [[Mahāmudrā]]. This was mentioned by [[Kunkhyen Longchen Rabjam]]; it is recorded in his {{Wiki|biography}} that he said, “The great [[siddha]] [[Saraha]] of [[India]], in his later [[rebirth]] as the [[third Karmapa]], [[Karmapa Rangjung Dorje]]...”. Then, later [[in Tibet]] at the time of [[Guru Rinpoche]], it is said that he was one of the [[twenty-five principal disciples]] of [[Guru Rinpoche]], a being called [[Gyalwa]] [[Chowang]]. Later still, he became Grey [[Hair]] from [[Kham]], as mentioned above. [[Karmapa]] is regarded as the founding father of the [[Karma Kagyu lineage]]. Within the [[Kagyu lineage]] there are the four great and eight lesser schools of the [[Kagyu]]. The four greater ones derive from four [[principal]] [[disciples]] of [[Gampopa]] and the eight lesser ones derive from [[principal]] [[disciples]] of [[Phagmo Drupa]]. Each of these [[traditions]] looks to the founder of its [[lineage]] as the most important [[guru]] of the [[lineage]]. For example, [[Jigten Sumgon]] is the founder of the [[Drigung Kagyu]] and most important [[guru]] for that [[lineage]] and [[Tsangpa Gyare]], in his [[incarnations]] as the [[Drukchen]], is the most important [[guru]] for the [[Drukpa Kagyu]] [[tradition]].
  
 
92
 
92
Line 700: Line 700:
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
  
Thus, followers of the Karma Kagyu will visualize Karmapa when they do this practice of guru-yoga or do other practices where the principal guru of the lineage must be meditated on. The text gives the following instructions for doing the visualization for practising guru-yoga: For the purpose of making a visualization of the guru, do this. Above the crown of yourself clearly seen as the deity, in space, on a lion throne, on a seat of lotus and moon, the root guru appears in the form which is the embodiment of the Jewels, the summation of the families, Vajradhara. He has a blue body, one face, and two arms, and holds a vajra and bell crossed at his heart. He is adorned with various jewelled ornaments and wears the silken pantaloons. His feet are crossed in vajrāsana. He has a peaceful mood and is surrounded by the lineage gurus, the deity assemblies of the yidam maṇḍalas, and the dharmapālas and guards. Thus, on top of your head, on a throne supported by eight lions, on a thousand-petalled lotus, on sun seat and on a moon seat on top of that, sits the Karmapa, appearing in the form of dharmakāya Vajradhara, holding vajra and bell crossed in front of his chest, and seated in vajra posture. Above him all the lineage gurus, Tailopa, Nāropa, Marpa, and so on, are actually present. In front of him, all the yidams of the Kagyu tradition—Chakrasaṃvara and so on—are actually present. Below him, all of the dharmapālas and guards of the lineage, such as Mahākāla are actually present. This instruction is not the same as the usual one for the preliminary practices. It is a special instruction of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā lineage. Then, supplicate: “Glorious guru great Vajradhara, please bless my body, speech, and mind, all three.” Here, followers of the Karma Kagyu would pray using the mantra “Karmapa khyen no” which has the same meaning in this context as, “Karmapa, we take refuge in you”. Thereby, white, red, and blue light spring one after the other from the crown, throat, and heart-centre of Vajradhara. In sequence, they dissolve into my own three places, purifying the obscurations of the three
+
Thus, followers of the [[Karma Kagyu]] will [[visualize]] [[Karmapa]] when they do this practice of [[guru-yoga]] or do other practices where the [[principal]] [[guru]] of the [[lineage]] must be [[meditated]] on. The text gives the following instructions for doing the [[visualization]] for practising [[guru-yoga]]: For the {{Wiki|purpose}} of making a [[visualization]] of the [[guru]], do this. Above the {{Wiki|crown}} of yourself clearly seen as the [[deity]], in [[space]], on a [[lion throne]], on a seat of [[lotus]] and [[moon]], the [[root guru]] appears in the [[form]] which is the [[embodiment]] of the [[Jewels]], the summation of the families, [[Vajradhara]]. He has a blue [[body]], one face, and two arms, and holds a [[vajra]] and [[bell]] crossed at his [[heart]]. He is adorned with various jewelled ornaments and wears the silken pantaloons. His feet are crossed in [[vajrāsana]]. He has a [[peaceful]] [[mood]] and is surrounded by the [[lineage gurus]], the [[deity]] assemblies of the [[yidam]] [[maṇḍalas]], and the [[dharmapālas]] and guards. Thus, on top of your head, on a [[throne]] supported by eight [[lions]], on a [[thousand-petalled lotus]], on {{Wiki|sun}} seat and on a [[moon]] seat on top of that, sits the [[Karmapa]], appearing in the [[form]] of [[dharmakāya]] [[Vajradhara]], holding [[vajra]] and [[bell]] crossed in front of his {{Wiki|chest}}, and seated in [[vajra posture]]. Above him all the [[lineage gurus]], [[Tailopa]], [[Nāropa]], [[Marpa]], and so on, are actually {{Wiki|present}}. In front of him, all the [[yidams]] of the [[Kagyu]] tradition—Chakrasaṃvara and so on—are actually {{Wiki|present}}. Below him, all of the [[dharmapālas]] and guards of the [[lineage]], such as [[Mahākāla]] are actually {{Wiki|present}}. This instruction is not the same as the usual one for the [[preliminary practices]]. It is a special instruction of the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]] [[lineage]]. Then, supplicate: “Glorious [[guru]] great [[Vajradhara]], please bless my [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]], all three.” Here, followers of the [[Karma Kagyu]] would pray using the [[mantra]] “[[Karmapa]] [[khyen]] no” which has the same meaning in this context as, “[[Karmapa]], we [[take refuge]] in you”. Thereby, white, [[red]], and blue {{Wiki|light}} spring one after the other from the {{Wiki|crown}}, {{Wiki|throat}}, and heart-centre of [[Vajradhara]]. In sequence, they dissolve into my [[own]] three places, purifying the [[obscurations]] of the three
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 706: Line 706:
 
93
 
93
  
doors. Meditate on the thought that you have been made into a fortunate one whose ordinary body, speech, and mind have been manifested as the vajras of enlightened body, speech, and mind. Then, having supplicated Karmapa like that, think that white light radiates from Karmapa’s forehead and dissolves into your crown. “All the evil deeds and obscurations of body have been purified. The blessings of Karmapa’s enlightened body have been received”. Then think that red light radiates from Karmapa’s throat and dissolves into your throat. “All the evil deeds and obscurations of speech have been purified. The blessings of Karmapa’s enlightened speech have been received.”. Then think that blue light radiates from Karmapa’s heart centre and dissolves into your heart centre. “All the evil deeds and obscurations of mind have been purified. The blessings of Karmapa’s enlightened mind have been received.”. Then think that white, red, and blue lights simultaneously radiate from Karmapa’s forehead, throat, and heart centre and dissolve into your three places. “All the combined evil deeds and obscurations of the three doors altogether have been purified. The blessings of Mahāmudrā have been received”. At the close of the session, the retinue dissolves into guru Vajradhara. Then he dissolves into you and your ordinary person now becomes the guru’s enlightened body, speech, and mind inseparable with your own body, speech, and mind. The lineage gurus above guru Vajradhara first melt into light and dissolve into him. Then the yidams in front melt into light and dissolve into him. Then the dharmapālas and guards below melt into light and dissolve into him. Finally, the guru melts into light then dissolves into you, his mind merges with yours, and you rest equipoised in the actuality of mind directly manifest. Meditating on guru-yoga like that gets to the point concerning pride... in other words, from among the five afflictions, it becomes an antidote to pride. ...will pacify the negative force of devapūtra, will bring prideful states under control, will give you the ability to bless
+
doors. [[Meditate]] on the [[thought]] that you have been made into a [[fortunate]] one whose ordinary [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] have been [[manifested]] as the [[vajras]] of [[enlightened body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]]. Then, having supplicated [[Karmapa]] like that, think that [[white light]] radiates from [[Karmapa’s]] {{Wiki|forehead}} and dissolves into your {{Wiki|crown}}. “All the [[evil deeds]] and [[obscurations]] of [[body]] have been [[purified]]. The [[blessings]] of [[Karmapa’s]] [[enlightened body]] have been received”. Then think that [[red light]] radiates from [[Karmapa’s]] {{Wiki|throat}} and dissolves into your {{Wiki|throat}}. “All the [[evil deeds]] and [[obscurations]] of {{Wiki|speech}} have been [[purified]]. The [[blessings]] of [[Karmapa’s]] [[enlightened speech]] have been received.”. Then think that blue {{Wiki|light}} radiates from [[Karmapa’s]] [[heart centre]] and dissolves into your [[heart centre]]. “All the [[evil deeds]] and [[obscurations]] of [[mind]] have been [[purified]]. The [[blessings]] of [[Karmapa’s]] [[enlightened mind]] have been received.”. Then think that white, [[red]], and blue lights simultaneously radiate from [[Karmapa’s]] {{Wiki|forehead}}, {{Wiki|throat}}, and [[heart centre]] and dissolve into your three places. “All the combined [[evil deeds]] and [[obscurations]] of the [[three doors]] altogether have been [[purified]]. The [[blessings]] of [[Mahāmudrā]] have been received”. At the close of the session, the retinue dissolves into [[guru]] [[Vajradhara]]. Then he dissolves into you and your [[ordinary person]] now becomes the [[guru’s]] [[enlightened body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] [[inseparable]] with your [[own]] [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]]. The [[lineage gurus]] above [[guru]] [[Vajradhara]] first melt into {{Wiki|light}} and dissolve into him. Then the [[yidams]] in front melt into {{Wiki|light}} and dissolve into him. Then the [[dharmapālas]] and guards below melt into {{Wiki|light}} and dissolve into him. Finally, the [[guru]] melts into {{Wiki|light}} then dissolves into you, his [[mind]] merges with yours, and you rest equipoised in the [[actuality]] of [[mind]] directly [[manifest]]. [[Meditating]] on [[guru-yoga]] like that gets to the point concerning [[pride]]... in other words, from among the [[five afflictions]], it becomes an antidote to [[pride]]. ...will pacify the negative force of devapūtra, will bring prideful states under control, will give you the ability to bless
  
 
94
 
94
Line 712: Line 712:
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
 
PART THREE: GURU-YOGA
  
others... It will give you the capability of blessing others ... and causes the wisdom of equality to dawn... in other words, from among the five wisdoms, the wisdom of equality will dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at guru-yoga; he said, “If the sun of devotion does not shine On the snow mountain of the guru’s four kāyas, The stream of blessings will not descend, So be assiduous at devotion for mind.” He likens the four enlightened kāyas of the guru to a snow mountain and says that, unless the sunshine of devotion falls upon on that snow mountain, it will not melt and the stream of blessings will not descend, hence being assiduous at devotion is important.
+
others... It will give you the capability of [[blessing]] others ... and [[causes]] the [[wisdom of equality]] to dawn... in other words, from among the [[five wisdoms]], the [[wisdom of equality]] will dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at [[guru-yoga]]; he said, “If the {{Wiki|sun}} of [[devotion]] does not shine On the snow mountain of the [[guru’s]] four [[kāyas]], The {{Wiki|stream}} of [[blessings]] will not descend, So be assiduous at [[devotion]] for [[mind]].” He likens the four [[enlightened]] [[kāyas]] of the [[guru]] to a snow mountain and says that, unless the sunshine of [[devotion]] falls upon on that snow mountain, it will not melt and the {{Wiki|stream}} of [[blessings]] will not descend, hence being assiduous at [[devotion]] is important.
  
COMMENTARY TO THE FOURTH OF THE FIVE PARTS, MAHAMUDRA
+
COMMENTARY TO THE FOURTH OF THE FIVE PARTS, [[MAHAMUDRA]]
  
The fourth oral instruction of the Five Parts is Mahāmudrā. The explanation of Mahāmudrā contains three topics: ground Mahāmudrā, path Mahāmudrā, and fruition Mahāmudrā. Mahāmudrā is a name that refers to reality. Reality is present in our mind streams as its basis. That is the ground Mahāmudrā. Even though it is present in us, it is obscured and has to be brought out, manifested. The way for it to be brought out is called path Mahāmudrā. When it is finally and fully manifested by practising the path, we become buddha and that is called fruition Mahāmudrā. In order to tread the path of Mahāmudrā, we have to do the meditation practice of Mahāmudrā. However, to do that, we first have to determine the view of Mahāmudrā. In other words, we first have to come to a clear understanding of ground Mahāmudrā then it will be possible for our meditation practice to bring the ground Mahāmudrā into manifestation. The view of Mahāmudrā is obtained by looking into the situation of mind and its actuality. In regard to this, the text says, The way that mindness is present within you is something that is not known by the rational mind of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. The mindness of Mahāmudrā comes out 95
+
The fourth [[oral instruction]] of the Five Parts is [[Mahāmudrā]]. The explanation of [[Mahāmudrā]] contains three topics: ground [[Mahāmudrā]], [[path]] [[Mahāmudrā]], and [[fruition]] [[Mahāmudrā]]. [[Mahāmudrā]] is a [[name]] that refers to [[reality]]. [[Reality]] is {{Wiki|present}} in our [[mind streams]] as its basis. That is the ground [[Mahāmudrā]]. Even though it is {{Wiki|present}} in us, it is obscured and has to be brought out, [[manifested]]. The way for it to be brought out is called [[path]] [[Mahāmudrā]]. When it is finally and fully [[manifested]] by practising the [[path]], we become [[buddha]] and that is called [[fruition]] [[Mahāmudrā]]. In order to tread the [[path]] of [[Mahāmudrā]], we have to do the [[meditation practice]] of [[Mahāmudrā]]. However, to do that, we first have to determine the view of [[Mahāmudrā]]. In other words, we first have to come to a [[clear understanding]] of ground [[Mahāmudrā]] then it will be possible for our [[meditation practice]] to bring the ground [[Mahāmudrā]] into [[manifestation]]. The view of [[Mahāmudrā]] is obtained by looking into the situation of [[mind]] and its [[actuality]]. In regard to this, the text says, The way that mindness is {{Wiki|present}} within you is something that is not known by the [[rational]] [[mind]] of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]]. The mindness of [[Mahāmudrā]] comes out 95
  
 
96
 
96
Line 722: Line 722:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
into appearance in one of two ways, which we call saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. When it appears as cyclic existence, it comes out as the appearances of the six types of migrators and the sufferings that they experience. In this case, appearances are the results of karma and latencies that were previously produced by evil deeds and obscurations. If these apparent beings of cyclic existence practise the path, they go from the side of saṃsāra to the side of nirvāṇa. When the mindness of Mahāmudrā appears as nirvāṇa, it comes out as the buddhas with all of their qualities—body, speech, mind, qualities, actions, and so on. In this way, the text teaches that all of the different appearances, those of saṃsāra and those of nirvāṇa, come from the one source; all are appearances coming from mindness. All sentient beings have a mind and they also have an essence of that mind. For all of them, the confusion that they experience comes about only in their mind; for all of them, the essence of mind itself never changes, never becomes confused. This essence of mind itself has two main aspects—an essence of emptiness and a nature of clarity—and these two aspects are primordially unified. When confusion occurs, the clarity becomes ignorant of the unification of the two and a style of grasping at appearances as other than itself develops producing a sense of this and that. Then there is a style of grasping at a solidified self on the basis of the empty factor. The confusion over appearances of the clarity becomes the basis for anger and envy and the confusion over the emptiness, the confusion of grasping at a solidified self, becomes the basis for the afflictions of desire and jealousy. On the basis of this ignorance and the afflictions arising from it, karma is accumulated and a pattern of adventitious obscurations appears. The essence of mind has no obscurations in it but the process of ignorance, afflictions, and karma that has come about is a kind of dualistic movement of mind that has various sorts of adventitious obscurations141. These obscurations cause sentient beings to wander through the six types of existence and experience the
+
into [[appearance]] in one of two ways, which we call [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]]. When it appears as [[cyclic existence]], it comes out as the [[appearances]] of the six types of migrators and the [[sufferings]] that they [[experience]]. In this case, [[appearances]] are the results of [[karma]] and latencies that were previously produced by [[evil deeds]] and [[obscurations]]. If these apparent [[beings]] of [[cyclic existence]] practise the [[path]], they go from the side of [[saṃsāra]] to the side of [[nirvāṇa]]. When the mindness of [[Mahāmudrā]] appears as [[nirvāṇa]], it comes out as the [[buddhas]] with all of their qualities—body, {{Wiki|speech}}, [[mind]], qualities, [[actions]], and so on. In this way, the text teaches that all of the different [[appearances]], those of [[saṃsāra]] and those of [[nirvāṇa]], come from the one source; all are [[appearances]] coming from mindness. All [[sentient beings]] have a [[mind]] and they also have an [[essence]] of that [[mind]]. For all of them, the [[confusion]] that they [[experience]] comes about only in their [[mind]]; for all of them, the [[essence of mind]] itself never changes, never becomes confused. This [[essence of mind]] itself has two main aspects—an [[essence]] of [[emptiness]] and a [[nature]] of clarity—and these two aspects are [[primordially]] unified. When [[confusion]] occurs, the clarity becomes [[ignorant]] of the unification of the two and a style of [[grasping]] at [[appearances]] as other than itself develops producing a [[sense]] of this and that. Then there is a style of [[grasping]] at a solidified [[self]] on the basis of the [[empty]] factor. The [[confusion]] over [[appearances]] of the clarity becomes the basis for [[anger]] and [[envy]] and the [[confusion]] over the [[emptiness]], the [[confusion]] of [[grasping]] at a solidified [[self]], becomes the basis for the [[afflictions]] of [[desire]] and [[jealousy]]. On the basis of this [[ignorance]] and the [[afflictions]] [[arising]] from it, [[karma]] is [[accumulated]] and a pattern of adventitious [[obscurations]] appears. The [[essence of mind]] has no [[obscurations]] in it but the process of [[ignorance]], [[afflictions]], and [[karma]] that has come about is a kind of [[dualistic]] {{Wiki|movement}} of [[mind]] that has various sorts of adventitious obscurations141. These [[obscurations]] [[cause]] [[sentient beings]] to wander through the six types of [[existence]] and [[experience]] the
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 728: Line 728:
 
97
 
97
  
various types of unsatisfactoriness belonging to them. In this way, the entirety of the unsatisfactoriness of cyclic existence comes as an appearance of mind. If we practise the path of profound meditation, we gradually clear off the adventitious obscurations and attain the qualities of the paths and stages as we progress through the bhūmis of a bodhisatva. The qualities of realization of these stages of the path that come from the removal of the adventitious obscurations and purification by practising the path, and all the qualities of buddhahood in the end are things that occur only on the basis of mind. In this way, all of the things of nirvāṇa also only come about as appearances of mind. The text says, It is not known through the exaggerations of appearance and emptiness. It is not the experience of appearance. It is not the experience of emptiness. When considering the mindness which is Mahāmudrā and trying to determine what it is, we might say that it was just the appearance part, the clarity aspect of the essence of mind alone, and that there was no emptiness aspect associated with it, but it is not like that. The clarity aspect does come out into appearance as all the phenomena of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa but that clarity aspect is primordially unified with the emptiness aspect—it is not something by itself. Similarly, we might think that mindness of Mahāmudrā is emptiness, a sort of non-existent thing like the horns of a rabbit, something that has no function but it is also not like that. It is an empty essence however, there is also a clarity nature part because of which all the appearances of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa can appear, all of the pleasures and pains of cyclic existence can be experienced and that is how it is directly known. The text says, It is not the experience of existence. It is not the experience of non-existence. If you were to identify mind as an actual thing that existed, that would not be right. If it were that way, then it would have some particular characteristic such as colour
+
various types of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} belonging to them. In this way, the entirety of the {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} of [[cyclic existence]] comes as an [[appearance]] of [[mind]]. If we practise the [[path]] of profound [[meditation]], we gradually clear off the adventitious [[obscurations]] and attain the qualities of the [[paths and stages]] as we progress through the [[bhūmis]] of a [[bodhisatva]]. The qualities of [[realization]] of these [[stages of the path]] that come from the removal of the adventitious [[obscurations]] and [[purification]] by practising the [[path]], and all the qualities of [[buddhahood]] in the end are things that occur only on the basis of [[mind]]. In this way, all of the things of [[nirvāṇa]] also only come about as [[appearances]] of [[mind]]. The text says, It is not known through the exaggerations of [[appearance]] and [[emptiness]]. It is not the [[experience]] of [[appearance]]. It is not the [[experience]] of [[emptiness]]. When considering the mindness which is [[Mahāmudrā]] and trying to determine what it is, we might say that it was just the [[appearance]] part, the clarity aspect of the [[essence of mind]] alone, and that there was no [[emptiness]] aspect associated with it, but it is not like that. The clarity aspect does come out into [[appearance]] as all the [[phenomena]] of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]] but that clarity aspect is [[primordially]] unified with the [[emptiness]] aspect—it is not something by itself. Similarly, we might think that mindness of [[Mahāmudrā]] is [[emptiness]], a sort of [[non-existent]] thing like the horns of a {{Wiki|rabbit}}, something that has no function but it is also not like that. It is an [[empty essence]] however, there is also a clarity [[nature]] part because of which all the [[appearances]] of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]] can appear, all of the [[pleasures]] and [[pains]] of [[cyclic existence]] can be [[experienced]] and that is how it is directly known. The text says, It is not the [[experience]] of [[existence]]. It is not the [[experience]] of [[non-existence]]. If you were to identify [[mind]] as an actual thing that existed, that would not be right. If it were that way, then it would have some particular [[characteristic]] such as {{Wiki|colour}}
  
 
98
 
98
Line 734: Line 734:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
and shape. However, even the buddhas’ minds have not seen mind with such a colour, shape, or characteristic. Thus, it is not an existent thing. Similarly, it is not a non-existent thing, for it is the basis of everything in saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. The text says, It is not the experience of confusion. It is not the experience of liberation. It is beyond every one of these biassed positions, all of which cut to one side or another. Sentient beings are confused. When they totally clear off the adventitious obscurations, they become liberated as buddhas with all of the various buddhaqualities. In doing so, they do not improve the mind and make it better. Rather, they remove the obscurations that were covering the essence of mind and just by doing that, the dharmakāya with all of its buddha-qualities is revealed. Thus, when a being becomes a buddha, the essence of mind does not change or become better. Similarly, when beings fall into the various states of cyclic existence—for example into the hell realms—with the various attendant experiences of suffering, it is not that the minds of the beings have developed some bad qualities and become worse than before. Rather, the essence of mind of those beings has become obscured and, having become obscured, it manufactures the suffering appearances of cyclic existence experienced by the beings. Thus, when a being falls into cyclic existence, the essence of mind does not change or become worse. Overall, the essence of mind does not ever become better or worse as it experiences saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. The Buddha spoke of this essence of mind which is unified emptiness-appearance as “the lineage element tathāgatagarbha”142 because it is present in all sentient beings mind and is the progenitor of becoming a tathāgata. All of us do have this element in mind, therefore, it is possible for us to become buddhas because of it. The Buddha did not say that just because we have the tathāgatagarbha within us we are buddhas. He said that we have it but only as the potential for future enlightenment. He said
+
and shape. However, even the [[buddhas]]’ [[minds]] have not seen [[mind]] with such a {{Wiki|colour}}, shape, or [[characteristic]]. Thus, it is not an [[existent]] thing. Similarly, it is not a [[non-existent]] thing, for it is the basis of everything in [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]]. The text says, It is not the [[experience]] of [[confusion]]. It is not the [[experience]] of [[liberation]]. It is beyond every one of these biassed positions, all of which cut to one side or another. [[Sentient beings]] are confused. When they totally clear off the adventitious [[obscurations]], they become {{Wiki|liberated}} as [[buddhas]] with all of the various buddhaqualities. In doing so, they do not improve the [[mind]] and make it better. Rather, they remove the [[obscurations]] that were covering the [[essence of mind]] and just by doing that, the [[dharmakāya]] with all of its [[buddha-qualities]] is revealed. Thus, when a being becomes a [[buddha]], the [[essence of mind]] does not change or become better. Similarly, when [[beings]] fall into the various states of cyclic existence—for example into the [[hell]] realms—with the various attendant [[experiences]] of [[suffering]], it is not that the [[minds]] of the [[beings]] have developed some bad qualities and become worse than before. Rather, the [[essence of mind]] of those [[beings]] has become obscured and, having become obscured, it manufactures the [[suffering]] [[appearances]] of [[cyclic existence]] [[experienced]] by the [[beings]]. Thus, when a being falls into [[cyclic existence]], the [[essence of mind]] does not change or become worse. Overall, the [[essence of mind]] does not ever become better or worse as it [[experiences]] [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]]. The [[Buddha]] spoke of this [[essence of mind]] which is unified emptiness-appearance as “the [[lineage]] [[element]] tathāgatagarbha”142 because it is {{Wiki|present}} in all [[sentient beings]] [[mind]] and is the progenitor of becoming a [[tathāgata]]. All of us do have this [[element]] in [[mind]], therefore, it is possible for us to become [[buddhas]] because of it. The [[Buddha]] did not say that just because we have the [[tathāgatagarbha]] within us we are [[buddhas]]. He said that we have it but only as the potential for {{Wiki|future}} [[enlightenment]]. He said
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 740: Line 740:
 
99
 
99
  
that this potential can be cleaned through the practice of meditation and that will turn it into the mind of a buddha. He said that to be able to do that, it is necessary to take birth not just in any human body but in the excellent type of human body called a precious human body. Moreover, just having a precious human body is not sufficient; it is then necessary on top of that to find a virtuous spiritual friend and connect with him. And just finding and being with such a spiritual friend is not enough, it is also necessary to receive instruction from him. Even that is not enough; it is necessary to take those instructions and practise them and through that it will be possible, because of the cause, the lineage element, that is present in the practitioner’s mind, to become a buddha. The text says, The actuality that is the way that your inner disposition is present is called “Ground Mahāmudrā”. At first, in order to explain the meditation of Mahāmudrā, there is an explanation of the ground reality as just given: it is about the actuality of mind that is the essence of mind, which is unified emptiness-appearance, which is the basis from which the two types of appearance—the appearances of cyclic existence and of nirvāṇa—come, which is the cause present in all beings called tathāgatagarbha that allows sentient beings to become buddha if they practise the path. That is called Ground Mahāmudrā. We need to develop a correct understanding of this ground Mahāmudrā and, if we do, that is called the view of Mahāmudrā. However, just having the view is not sufficient. Until ground Mahāmudrā has been fully manifested in the practitioner’s being, that is, until it has been fully realized, it is necessary to practise meditation in order to manifest it, that is, to realize it. The meditation practice needed to realize Mahāmudrā involves two practices: calm-abiding and insight. As the text says, The way of meditating on it has two parts: A) calm-abiding and B) insight.
+
that this potential can be cleaned through the [[practice of meditation]] and that will turn it into the [[mind of a buddha]]. He said that to be able to do that, it is necessary to take [[birth]] not just in any [[human body]] but in the {{Wiki|excellent}} type of [[human body]] called a [[precious human body]]. Moreover, just having a [[precious human body]] is not sufficient; it is then necessary on top of that to find a [[virtuous spiritual friend]] and connect with him. And just finding and being with such a [[spiritual friend]] is not enough, it is also necessary to receive instruction from him. Even that is not enough; it is necessary to take those instructions and practise them and through that it will be possible, because of the [[cause]], the [[lineage]] [[element]], that is {{Wiki|present}} in the practitioner’s [[mind]], to become a [[buddha]]. The text says, The [[actuality]] that is the way that your inner disposition is {{Wiki|present}} is called “Ground [[Mahāmudrā]]”. At first, in order to explain the [[meditation]] of [[Mahāmudrā]], there is an explanation of the ground [[reality]] as just given: it is about the [[actuality]] of [[mind]] that is the [[essence of mind]], which is unified emptiness-appearance, which is the basis from which the two types of appearance—the [[appearances]] of [[cyclic existence]] and of nirvāṇa—come, which is the [[cause]] {{Wiki|present}} in all [[beings]] called [[tathāgatagarbha]] that allows [[sentient beings]] to become [[buddha]] if they practise the [[path]]. That is called Ground [[Mahāmudrā]]. We need to develop a correct [[understanding]] of this ground [[Mahāmudrā]] and, if we do, that is called the view of [[Mahāmudrā]]. However, just having the view is not sufficient. Until ground [[Mahāmudrā]] has been fully [[manifested]] in the practitioner’s being, that is, until it has been fully [[realized]], it is necessary to practise [[meditation]] in order to [[manifest]] it, that is, to realize it. The [[meditation practice]] needed to realize [[Mahāmudrā]] involves two practices: calm-abiding and [[insight]]. As the text says, The way of [[meditating]] on it has two parts: A) calm-abiding and B) [[insight]].
  
 
100
 
100
Line 746: Line 746:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
A. Calm Abiding The text says, There are three parts to this: 1) holding where there is no holding; 2) steadying of the holding; and 3) ways of improving the steadiness. In order to do the calm-abiding meditation, the body is placed in a particular posture called the “Seven Dharmas of Vairochana”. The posture is important because it creates a foundation for the calm-abiding practice. Not being able to assume the posture does not mean that you cannot do the practice. For instance, if you have some sickness or disability that prevents you from sitting in the posture, sit in the posture to the extent that you can, otherwise simply take a posture that is comfortable and do the practice like that. The text says, The legs are placed into a posture. With the hands in the equipoise mudrā, the shoulders are stretched. The spine is straightened. The chin is hooked in a little. The lips and teeth are left to sit in their own way. The gaze is directed down the tip of the nose, directly ahead into space. The posture for the legs is the one called “vajra posture” or vajrāsana. In it, the legs are crossed one on top of the other, right on top of left. The advantage of this posture is that, of the five basic winds of the subtle body, the downward-clearing wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the hands is called the equipoise mudrā. The right palm is placed on top of the left palm and the two thumbs are just touching, raised up over the palms. The advantage of this posture is that the FireAccompanying Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the spine is that the spine should be held straight. The advantage of this posture is that the Pervader Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the shoulders is one in which the shoulders are held up slightly in a particular way. The advantage of this posture is that Upward-Moving Wind
+
A. [[Calm Abiding]] The text says, There are three parts to this: 1) holding where there is no holding; 2) steadying of the holding; and 3) ways of improving the steadiness. In order to do the calm-abiding [[meditation]], the [[body]] is placed in a particular [[posture]] called the “Seven [[Dharmas]] of [[Vairochana]]”. The [[posture]] is important because it creates a foundation for the calm-abiding practice. Not being able to assume the [[posture]] does not mean that you cannot do the practice. For instance, if you have some [[sickness]] or disability that prevents you from sitting in the [[posture]], sit in the [[posture]] to the extent that you can, otherwise simply take a [[posture]] that is comfortable and do the practice like that. The text says, The {{Wiki|legs}} are placed into a [[posture]]. With the hands in the equipoise [[mudrā]], the shoulders are stretched. The spine is straightened. The [[chin]] is hooked in a little. The lips and {{Wiki|teeth}} are left to sit in their [[own]] way. The gaze is directed down the tip of the {{Wiki|nose}}, directly ahead into [[space]]. The [[posture]] for the {{Wiki|legs}} is the one called “[[vajra posture]]” or [[vajrāsana]]. In it, the {{Wiki|legs}} are crossed one on top of the other, right on top of left. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that, of the five basic [[winds]] of the [[subtle body]], the downward-clearing [[wind]] is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The [[posture]] for the hands is called the equipoise [[mudrā]]. The right palm is placed on top of the left palm and the two thumbs are just [[touching]], raised up over the palms. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that the FireAccompanying [[Wind]] is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The [[posture]] for the spine is that the spine should be held straight. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that the Pervader [[Wind]] is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The [[posture]] for the shoulders is one in which the shoulders are held up slightly in a particular way. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that Upward-Moving [[Wind]]
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 752: Line 752:
 
101
 
101
  
is caused to enter the central channel. The neck and chin are held in a particular posture: the neck is drawn up a little and the chin slightly hooked in towards the throat. The advantage of this posture is that the Life-Holder Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The tip of the tongue is joined with the forward part of the palate and the jaws are relaxed, with the teeth and lips allowed to sit normally. The eyes are directed down past the tip of the nose, into space. Placing the gaze in this way keeps the clarity of mind and prevents sinking, agitation, and so on . The text says, Having done that, the mind is left to rest self-settled. Now that the body has been set into the appropriate posture, set your mind into equipoise without the use of an object of meditation—set it into equipoise on emptiness. This is calmabiding meditation because you are setting the mind in one place and, since it is done without a specific object that the mind is being set on, it is calm-abiding without an object. The point of calm-abiding meditation is to develop an abiding mind, a mind that does not have any mental proliferation occurring within it. If, when you do calm-abiding in the way just mentioned—using emptiness as the basis for the resting—no discursive thoughts appear, then it means that you are staying in what is called “abiding”. If, on the other hand, discursive thoughts pop up, then the abiding has been pushed out of the way and replaced by what is called “movement”. When practising calm-abiding, if movement occurs, it is necessary to stop the movement, that is, the discursive thoughts, and return to the abiding. By practising this way, you develop an abiding that is increasingly steady. In general, it is said that beginners who practise Mahāmudrā meditation should do “short sessions many times”. It is said that if you meditate on the actuality of mind in this way, then you will slowly attain stability in the meditation and eventually great qualities will come because of it.
+
is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The neck and [[chin]] are held in a particular [[posture]]: the neck is drawn up a little and the [[chin]] slightly hooked in towards the {{Wiki|throat}}. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that the Life-Holder [[Wind]] is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The tip of the {{Wiki|tongue}} is joined with the forward part of the palate and the jaws are [[relaxed]], with the {{Wiki|teeth}} and lips allowed to sit normally. The [[eyes]] are directed down {{Wiki|past}} the tip of the {{Wiki|nose}}, into [[space]]. Placing the gaze in this way keeps the [[clarity of mind]] and prevents sinking, [[agitation]], and so on . The text says, Having done that, the [[mind]] is left to rest self-settled. Now that the [[body]] has been set into the appropriate [[posture]], set your [[mind]] into equipoise without the use of an [[object]] of meditation—set it into equipoise on [[emptiness]]. This is calmabiding [[meditation]] because you are setting the [[mind]] in one place and, since it is done without a specific [[object]] that the [[mind]] is being set on, it is calm-abiding without an [[object]]. The point of calm-abiding [[meditation]] is to develop an abiding [[mind]], a [[mind]] that does not have any [[mental]] {{Wiki|proliferation}} occurring within it. If, when you do calm-abiding in the way just mentioned—using [[emptiness]] as the basis for the resting—no discursive [[thoughts]] appear, then it means that you are staying in what is called “abiding”. If, on the other hand, discursive [[thoughts]] pop up, then the abiding has been pushed out of the way and replaced by what is called “{{Wiki|movement}}”. When practising calm-abiding, if {{Wiki|movement}} occurs, it is necessary to stop the {{Wiki|movement}}, that is, the discursive [[thoughts]], and return to the abiding. By practising this way, you develop an abiding that is increasingly steady. In general, it is said that beginners who practise [[Mahāmudrā]] [[meditation]] should do “short sessions many times”. It is said that if you [[meditate]] on the [[actuality]] of [[mind]] in this way, then you will slowly attain stability in the [[meditation]] and eventually great qualities will come because of it.
  
 
102
 
102
Line 758: Line 758:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
The text says, If the mind will not abide when that is done, then, as is explained in the King of Samādhis Sūtra, “The body like the colour of gold, The protector of the world, more beautiful than all— Whatever mental placement is done with that as the support The bodhisatva calls “equipoise”.” Accordingly, visualize in front of you, on a lion throne, on a seat of lotus and moon, the Truly Complete Buddha’s form and, setting the mind one-pointedly on it, do not be distracted from that object of visualization to something else. The King of Samādhis Sūtra is a sūtra of the Buddha. The first two lines refer to the kind of body that a buddha has, with the thirty-two marks and eighty signs and so on. If a person were to meditate using that kind of golden body as an object of the calm-abiding meditation then, as it says, a bodhisatva would regard that as what is called “equipoise”. To meditate in this way, visualise before you a throne supported by eight lions, with a lotus on top, with a moon disk on top of that, and Buddha Śhākyamuni on top of that. His body is the colour of refined gold. He has one face and two arms, with the right-hand placed in the earth-touching mudrā and the left in equipoise mudrā. He wears the three dharma robes and his feet are drawn up into full lotus position. You should especially place your attention on the heart-centre of the visualization. The text says, When doing that, if sinking/dullness occurs, move your mental focus to the topknot and if agitation/excitement occurs, move your mental focus to the seat. When doing this kind of meditation, if sinking-dullness of any kind happens, you shift your attention to the crown protuberance of the visualised buddha and meditate with your mind there. On the other hand, if the mind becomes stirred up and gives off a lot of thoughts or very
+
The text says, If the [[mind]] will not abide when that is done, then, as is explained in the [[King]] of [[Samādhis]] [[Sūtra]], “The [[body]] like the {{Wiki|colour}} of {{Wiki|gold}}, The [[protector]] of the [[world]], more beautiful than all— Whatever [[mental]] placement is done with that as the support The [[bodhisatva]] calls “equipoise”.” Accordingly, [[visualize]] in front of you, on a [[lion throne]], on a seat of [[lotus]] and [[moon]], the Truly Complete [[Buddha’s]] [[form]] and, setting the [[mind]] one-pointedly on it, do not be distracted from that [[object]] of [[visualization]] to something else. The [[King]] of [[Samādhis]] [[Sūtra]] is a [[sūtra]] of the [[Buddha]]. The first two lines refer to the kind of [[body]] that a [[buddha]] has, with the [[thirty-two marks]] and eighty [[signs]] and so on. If a [[person]] were to [[meditate]] using that kind of golden [[body]] as an [[object]] of the calm-abiding [[meditation]] then, as it says, a [[bodhisatva]] would regard that as what is called “equipoise”. To [[meditate]] in this way, visualise before you a [[throne]] supported by eight [[lions]], with a [[lotus]] on top, with a [[moon disk]] on top of that, and [[Buddha]] Śhākyamuni on top of that. His [[body]] is the {{Wiki|colour}} of refined {{Wiki|gold}}. He has one face and two arms, with the right-hand placed in the [[earth-touching mudrā]] and the left in equipoise [[mudrā]]. He wears the three [[dharma]] [[robes]] and his feet are drawn up into full [[lotus position]]. You should especially place your [[attention]] on the heart-centre of the [[visualization]]. The text says, When doing that, if sinking/dullness occurs, move your [[mental focus]] to the topknot and if agitation/excitement occurs, move your [[mental focus]] to the seat. When doing this kind of [[meditation]], if sinking-dullness of any kind happens, you shift your [[attention]] to the {{Wiki|crown}} protuberance of the [[visualised]] [[buddha]] and [[meditate]] with your [[mind]] there. On the other hand, if the [[mind]] becomes stirred up and gives off a lot of [[thoughts]] or very
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 764: Line 764:
 
103
 
103
  
intense ones, you shift your attention to the lotus seat and meditate with your mind there. Another way to practise calm-abiding meditation is to use the breath as the object of the meditation. When doing calmabiding this way, the breath is allowed to go out and come in as it normally would without any alteration to the breathing pattern. In general, the attention is focussed on the sensation of the breath going in and out at the tip of the nose. However, in this kind of meditation, it is also possible to practise using the movement of the breath through each of the right and left nostrils. The movement of breath through the right nostril is connected with the movement of the winds of the right channel called the sun winds of prajñā. The movement of breath through the left nostril is connected with the movement of the winds of the left channel called the moon winds of upāya. Through these practices, the practitioner eventually gains control over the moon-like leftchannel winds and the sun-like right channel winds. At that time, the respective winds are captured and inserted into the central channel. When the moon-like winds are captured and brought into the central channel, the practitioner gains control over the five sense faculties. For example, a practitioner who has control over the sense faculties in this way could look at something such as a flower and by moving the eyes could cause the flower to move with the gaze. In a similar way, control is obtained over the other four senses: distant sounds can be heard by the ears; distant smells can be smelled by the nose; tastes can be changed from one to another by the tongue, such as sweet to astringent, and so on; and the sensations of the body can be changed from one to another such as cold to hot, and so on. There is a story about the Indian mahāsiddha called Kriṣhṇa, a Chakrasaṃvara yogin, that illustrates this. Kriṣhṇa came across an orchard guarded by a young woman. He asked for some fruit but she replied, “If you are a yogin with
+
intense ones, you shift your [[attention]] to the [[lotus seat]] and [[meditate]] with your [[mind]] there. Another way to practise calm-abiding [[meditation]] is to use the [[breath]] as the [[object]] of the [[meditation]]. When doing calmabiding this way, the [[breath]] is allowed to go out and come in as it normally would without any [[alteration]] to the [[breathing]] pattern. In general, the [[attention]] is focussed on the [[sensation]] of the [[breath]] going in and out at the tip of the {{Wiki|nose}}. However, in this kind of [[meditation]], it is also possible to practise using the {{Wiki|movement}} of the [[breath]] through each of the right and left nostrils. The {{Wiki|movement}} of [[breath]] through the right nostril is connected with the {{Wiki|movement}} of the [[winds]] of the [[right channel]] called the {{Wiki|sun}} [[winds]] of [[prajñā]]. The {{Wiki|movement}} of [[breath]] through the left nostril is connected with the {{Wiki|movement}} of the [[winds]] of the [[left channel]] called the [[moon]] [[winds]] of [[upāya]]. Through these practices, the [[practitioner]] eventually gains control over the [[moon-like]] leftchannel [[winds]] and the sun-like [[right channel]] [[winds]]. At that time, the respective [[winds]] are captured and inserted into the [[central channel]]. When the [[moon-like]] [[winds]] are captured and brought into the [[central channel]], the [[practitioner]] gains control over the [[five sense faculties]]. For example, a [[practitioner]] who has control over the [[sense faculties]] in this way could look at something such as a [[flower]] and by moving the [[eyes]] could [[cause]] the [[flower]] to move with the gaze. In a similar way, control is obtained over the other four [[senses]]: distant {{Wiki|sounds}} can be heard by the [[ears]]; distant {{Wiki|smells}} can be smelled by the {{Wiki|nose}}; {{Wiki|tastes}} can be changed from one to another by the {{Wiki|tongue}}, such as sweet to [[astringent]], and so on; and the [[sensations]] of the [[body]] can be changed from one to another such as cold to [[hot]], and so on. There is a story about the [[Indian]] [[mahāsiddha]] called Kriṣhṇa, a [[Chakrasaṃvara]] [[yogin]], that illustrates this. Kriṣhṇa came across an orchard guarded by a young woman. He asked for some fruit but she replied, “If you are a [[yogin]] with
  
 
104
 
104
Line 770: Line 770:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
attainment, then bring the fruit down yourself and then you can have it”. So he put his gaze on the fruit, moved his eyes downwards, and the fruit fell to the ground. However, she then put her gaze on the fruit, moved her eyes upwards, and the fruit went back onto the trees! When the sun-like winds are captured and brought into the central channel, the practitioner gains three qualities. When the sun winds are captured, then the moon winds of the left side and the Rāhula winds of the centre are also captured and brought into the central channel. When all three sets of winds have been brought into the central channel, the three poisons of the mind are controlled, reduced, and finally eliminated. Bringing the winds of the right channel into the central channel brings control over anger; bringing the winds of the left channel into the central channel brings control over passion; and bringing the central winds into the central channel brings control over delusion. This is said to be a special method for gaining control over the discursive thoughts of the afflictions. An effect of doing calm-abiding meditation using the breath as the object is that the winds of the body in general are brought into harmony. When the winds are brought into harmony, then, for the body, various types of sicknesses cannot arise and certain kinds of sicknesses, even though they arise, will be alleviated or at least reduced. In addition to this, for the mind, since the activity of mind is based on the movement of the winds, the various experiences of mind such as suffering, fear, unhappiness, and so on, will be reduced or will not happen. Overall, it is said that calm-abiding meditation using the breath has many advantages. In the above, three ways of doing calm-abiding meditation have been explained: without an object; using the Buddha’s form as an object; and using the breath as an object. It is not necessary to do all three of these, rather, find the one that you are comfortable with and use that.
+
[[attainment]], then bring the fruit down yourself and then you can have it”. So he put his gaze on the fruit, moved his [[eyes]] downwards, and the fruit fell to the ground. However, she then put her gaze on the fruit, moved her [[eyes]] upwards, and the fruit went back onto the [[trees]]! When the sun-like [[winds]] are captured and brought into the [[central channel]], the [[practitioner]] gains three qualities. When the {{Wiki|sun}} [[winds]] are captured, then the [[moon]] [[winds]] of the left side and the [[Rāhula]] [[winds]] of the centre are also captured and brought into the [[central channel]]. When all three sets of [[winds]] have been brought into the [[central channel]], the [[three poisons]] of the [[mind]] are controlled, reduced, and finally eliminated. Bringing the [[winds]] of the [[right channel]] into the [[central channel]] brings control over [[anger]]; bringing the [[winds]] of the [[left channel]] into the [[central channel]] brings control over [[passion]]; and bringing the central [[winds]] into the [[central channel]] brings control over [[delusion]]. This is said to be a special method for gaining control over the discursive [[thoughts]] of the [[afflictions]]. An effect of doing calm-abiding [[meditation]] using the [[breath]] as the [[object]] is that the [[winds]] of the [[body]] in general are brought into [[harmony]]. When the [[winds]] are brought into [[harmony]], then, for the [[body]], various types of sicknesses cannot arise and certain kinds of sicknesses, even though they arise, will be alleviated or at least reduced. In addition to this, for the [[mind]], since the [[activity]] of [[mind]] is based on the {{Wiki|movement}} of the [[winds]], the various [[experiences]] of [[mind]] such as [[suffering]], {{Wiki|fear}}, [[unhappiness]], and so on, will be reduced or will not happen. Overall, it is said that calm-abiding [[meditation]] using the [[breath]] has many advantages. In the above, [[three ways]] of doing calm-abiding [[meditation]] have been explained: without an [[object]]; using the [[Buddha’s]] [[form]] as an [[object]]; and using the [[breath]] as an [[object]]. It is not necessary to do all three of these, rather, find the one that you are comfortable with and use that.
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 776: Line 776:
 
105
 
105
  
B. Insight, The Introduction Generally speaking, it is said that those who have been able, in previous lives, to enter the path in general, then to meet the path of blessings, and within that to accumulate merit and purify evil deeds and obscurations, and so become a mantra holder, can in this life be divided into two types: sudden and gradual. The sudden type of person, even though he does not practise calmabiding meditation over and over again, can, on the basis of the guru’s blessings and also sometimes at the time of the four empowerments, be introduced to the actuality of mind and realize it automatically. For this type of person, not practising calmabiding over a long period but starting out immediately with training in insight into the actuality of mind is all right. The gradual type of person first meditates over and again on calmabiding then, once he has some stability in that, moves to insight and is given the introduction; doing it this way makes it is easy for him to realize insight, that is, to receive the introduction. Why is it necessary for the gradual type to practise calmabiding in order to gain the insight that comes with the introduction? Because for him, discursive thoughts occur in an uninterrupted stream, like the waves of an ocean, and this stream of discursive thought partially obscures the essence of mind. The analogy given for this is that, when the surface of an ocean is disturbed by waves, it is not possible to see the rocks and other features of the ocean-bottom, however, when the waves subside, the bottom can be seen clearly. This section of the text called “Insight, the Introduction” is taken from another text, a text by Zhamarpa V, Konchog Yanlag, that instructs about the introduction to the essence of mind. The words of this section of the text show how insight, the introduction, is actually given to the disciple.
+
B. [[Insight]], The Introduction Generally {{Wiki|speaking}}, it is said that those who have been able, in [[previous lives]], to enter the [[path]] in general, then to meet the [[path]] of [[blessings]], and within that to [[accumulate]] [[merit]] and {{Wiki|purify}} [[evil deeds]] and [[obscurations]], and so become a [[mantra]] holder, can in this [[life]] be divided into two types: sudden and [[gradual]]. The sudden type of [[person]], even though he does not practise calmabiding [[meditation]] over and over again, can, on the basis of the [[guru’s]] [[blessings]] and also sometimes at the time of the [[four empowerments]], be introduced to the [[actuality]] of [[mind]] and realize it automatically. For this type of [[person]], not practising calmabiding over a long period but starting out immediately with {{Wiki|training}} in [[insight]] into the [[actuality]] of [[mind]] is all right. The [[gradual]] type of [[person]] first [[meditates]] over and again on calmabiding then, once he has some stability in that, moves to [[insight]] and is given the introduction; doing it this way makes it is easy for him to realize [[insight]], that is, to receive the introduction. Why is it necessary for the [[gradual]] type to practise calmabiding in order to gain the [[insight]] that comes with the introduction? Because for him, discursive [[thoughts]] occur in an uninterrupted {{Wiki|stream}}, like the waves of an ocean, and this {{Wiki|stream}} of [[discursive thought]] partially obscures the [[essence of mind]]. The analogy given for this is that, when the surface of an ocean is disturbed by waves, it is not possible to see the rocks and other features of the ocean-bottom, however, when the waves subside, the bottom can be seen clearly. This section of the text called “[[Insight]], the Introduction” is taken from another text, a text by [[Zhamarpa]] V, [[Konchog Yanlag]], that instructs about the introduction to the [[essence of mind]]. The words of this section of the text show how [[insight]], the introduction, is actually given to the [[disciple]].
  
 
106
 
106
Line 782: Line 782:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
The words that show how to give the introduction start with, When you are abiding one-pointedly in samādhi, just exactly how is it with this mind that is abiding? What kind of colour does it have while abiding? What kind of shape does it have while abiding? According to the Five Parts instruction, you first supplicate for the guru’s blessings, then take the four empowerments from the guru,.then at the end of that, the guru dissolves into you and your mind mixes with the guru’s mind, and finally you rest one-pointedly in that state of mind. Now, while you have that abiding on mind, you examine the abiding mind itself to see whether there is some colour to it or not. If you cannot see any kind of colour to that abiding mind, well, then you examine it to see what kind of shape—for example, a square shape, and so on—it has. Now, you won’t see any colour or shape to the abiding mind, so when you do not see it, meditate by resting in the equipoise of just that not seeing. The text says, “Well, if I don’t see how it is when abiding, then I should look at it when it is proliferating”. Then, a discursive thought will arise while you are abiding in that equipoise of not seeing any shape or colour in the abiding mind. So now, examine that discursive thought to see whether it has any colour or shape to it. Then, if you do not see any colour or shape to it, rest right on that discursive thought of thinking, “I do not see it.” While meditating that way, if you cannot get the point of the abiding mind and the moving mind and so cannot settle into an actual equipoise as mentioned above, then over and over again: offer a maṇḍala to the guru, supplicate for his blessings, take the four empowerments, then meditate on the actuality of mind. The text says, Think strongly, “If I do not recognize the essence of mind, I will not be liberated from existence. If I am not liberated from that, the unsatisfactoriness of birth, old age, sickness, and death will be unbearable. Therefore, I will work only at gaining certainty in the recognition of mind”. Think like this, “If I do not meet with
+
The words that show how to give the introduction start with, When you are abiding one-pointedly in [[samādhi]], just exactly how is it with this [[mind]] that is abiding? What kind of {{Wiki|colour}} does it have while abiding? What kind of shape does it have while abiding? According to the Five Parts instruction, you first supplicate for the [[guru’s]] [[blessings]], then take the [[four empowerments]] from the guru,.then at the end of that, the [[guru]] dissolves into you and your [[mind]] mixes with the [[guru’s]] [[mind]], and finally you rest one-pointedly in that [[state of mind]]. Now, while you have that abiding on [[mind]], you examine the abiding [[mind]] itself to see whether there is some {{Wiki|colour}} to it or not. If you cannot see any kind of {{Wiki|colour}} to that abiding [[mind]], well, then you examine it to see what kind of shape—for example, a square shape, and so on—it has. Now, you won’t see any {{Wiki|colour}} or shape to the abiding [[mind]], so when you do not see it, [[meditate]] by resting in the equipoise of just that not [[seeing]]. The text says, “Well, if I don’t see how it is when abiding, then I should look at it when it is proliferating”. Then, a [[discursive thought]] will arise while you are abiding in that equipoise of not [[seeing]] any shape or {{Wiki|colour}} in the abiding [[mind]]. So now, examine that [[discursive thought]] to see whether it has any {{Wiki|colour}} or shape to it. Then, if you do not see any {{Wiki|colour}} or shape to it, rest right on that [[discursive thought]] of [[thinking]], “I do not see it.” While [[meditating]] that way, if you cannot get the point of the abiding [[mind]] and the [[moving mind]] and so cannot settle into an actual equipoise as mentioned above, then over and over again: offer a [[maṇḍala]] to the [[guru]], supplicate for his [[blessings]], take the [[four empowerments]], then [[meditate]] on the [[actuality]] of [[mind]]. The text says, Think strongly, “If I do not [[recognize]] the [[essence of mind]], I will not be {{Wiki|liberated}} from [[existence]]. If I am not {{Wiki|liberated}} from that, the {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} of [[birth]], [[old age]], [[sickness]], and [[death]] will be unbearable. Therefore, I will work only at gaining {{Wiki|certainty}} in the {{Wiki|recognition}} of [[mind]]”. Think like this, “If I do not meet with
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 788: Line 788:
 
107
 
107
  
the actuality of mind, then I will not be able to liberate myself from cyclic existence. If I am not able to liberate myself from cyclic existence, I will not be able to emancipate myself from its sufferings. Therefore I will meditate again and again on the actuality of mind.” The text says, At all times exert yourself only at staring unwaveringly at your own mind; if you do, then you will definitely see it, whatever it is. When we speak of meditating on Mahāmudrā, there is no other meditation to do except this: look hither143 at your own mind again and again. As Karmapa III, Rangjung Dorje said in his Prayer of Aspiration to Mahāmudrā, “When looking repeatedly at the mind that cannot be looked at, The fact that cannot be seen stands out, vividly. Cutting off doubts about whether the ultimate nature is like this or that, May you recognise your own face un-erringly.” The object you look at, the mind, has no colour, shape, and so on. Even though there is nothing to be looked at, by using your own self-knowing knower and looking with that again and again, it turns out that what you look at has no colour, shape, and so on, yet can definitely be seen, standing out vividly. If you do meditation like this on the actuality of mind and end up having thoughts like “Is this it? Maybe this isn’t it? I think this is it. I don’t think this is it!” then this is a sign that you have not truly seen it. If you truly see the actuality of mind, you exit the realm of doubt and hence have no doubts. Mahāsiddha Tailopa said, “Co-emergence, innate wisdom, Dwells at the core of all migrators but Cannot be realized unless shown by the guru; Like oil in sesame is not seen without pounding.”
+
the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], then I will not be able to {{Wiki|liberate}} myself from [[cyclic existence]]. If I am not able to {{Wiki|liberate}} myself from [[cyclic existence]], I will not be able to emancipate myself from its [[sufferings]]. Therefore I will [[meditate]] again and again on the [[actuality]] of [[mind]].” The text says, At all times exert yourself only at staring unwaveringly at your [[own mind]]; if you do, then you will definitely see it, whatever it is. When we speak of [[meditating]] on [[Mahāmudrā]], there is no other [[meditation]] to do except this: look hither143 at your [[own mind]] again and again. As [[Karmapa III, Rangjung Dorje]] said in his [[Prayer]] of [[Aspiration]] to [[Mahāmudrā]], “When looking repeatedly at the [[mind]] that cannot be looked at, The fact that cannot be seen stands out, vividly. Cutting off [[doubts]] about whether the [[Wikipedia:Absolute (philosophy)|ultimate]] [[nature]] is like this or that, May you recognise your [[own]] face un-erringly.” The [[object]] you look at, the [[mind]], has no {{Wiki|colour}}, shape, and so on. Even though there is nothing to be looked at, by using your [[own]] [[self-knowing]] knower and looking with that again and again, it turns out that what you look at has no {{Wiki|colour}}, shape, and so on, yet can definitely be seen, [[standing]] out vividly. If you do [[meditation]] like this on the [[actuality]] of [[mind]] and end up having [[thoughts]] like “Is this it? Maybe this isn’t it? I think this is it. I don’t think this is it!” then this is a sign that you have not truly seen it. If you truly see the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], you exit the [[realm]] of [[doubt]] and hence have no [[doubts]]. [[Mahāsiddha]] [[Tailopa]] said, “Co-emergence, innate [[wisdom]], Dwells at the core of all migrators but Cannot be [[realized]] unless shown by the [[guru]]; Like oil in sesame is not seen without pounding.”
  
108
+
[[108]]
  
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
Co-emergent wisdom is present in the mind of all sentient beings. However, to realize it, it is necessary first to be introduced to it by the guru and then realize it by practising guru-yoga and the path of secret mantra on the basis of the guru. Except for that, there is no way to realize it. For example, there is oil within sesame seeds but it cannot be obtained unless the sesame seeds are pounded. Then, Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye also spoke of the way of doing this meditation in The Lamp of Certainty of Mahāmudrā, a text which has been translated into English. He said, “When meditating on the actuality of mind, abide without making traces of the past.” meaning that it is not necessary to think of the things that have been done in the past, for instance what you just did, did yesterday, one week ago, one month ago, one year ago, and so on. Then he said, “Abide without traces of the future” meaning that it is not necessary to think, “I need to do this, I need to do that, one month from now I need to do this, one year from now I will have to do this”, and so on. Then he said, “Rest self-settled in the present consciousness” meaning that we should rest selfsettled in our current consciousness, just as it is, without any construction or alteration of it. Then, having rested that way, at some point a discursive thought will suddenly flash out from the equipoise so he says, “Look directly144 at the essence of this discursive thought”. Then he says, “It is also not necessary either to stop the discursive thought or to follow after it”. Thinking, “This discursive thought is an obstacle, an interruption to my abiding” and therefore attempting to stop the thought is unnecessary. Similarly, we should not follow after the thought because that would just produce more thoughts from it. Then, many of the mind instruction texts in the Mahāmudrā system explain the meditation technique called “the three: abiding, moving, and knowing”. Abiding refers to meditating with the mind abiding free of discursive thought and with this, it is neces-
+
Co-emergent [[wisdom]] is {{Wiki|present}} in the [[mind]] of all [[sentient beings]]. However, to realize it, it is necessary first to be introduced to it by the [[guru]] and then realize it by practising [[guru-yoga]] and the [[path]] of [[secret mantra]] on the basis of the [[guru]]. Except for that, there is no way to realize it. For example, there is oil within sesame [[seeds]] but it cannot be obtained unless the sesame [[seeds]] are pounded. Then, [[Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye]] also spoke of the way of doing this [[meditation]] in The [[Lamp]] of Certainty of [[Mahāmudrā]], a text which has been translated into English. He said, “When [[meditating]] on the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], abide without making traces of the {{Wiki|past}}.” meaning that it is not necessary to think of the things that have been done in the {{Wiki|past}}, for instance what you just did, did yesterday, one [[week]] ago, one month ago, one year ago, and so on. Then he said, “Abide without traces of the {{Wiki|future}}” meaning that it is not necessary to think, “I need to do this, I need to do that, one month from now I need to do this, one year from now I will have to do this”, and so on. Then he said, “Rest self-settled in the {{Wiki|present}} [[consciousness]]” meaning that we should rest selfsettled in our current [[consciousness]], just as it is, without any construction or [[alteration]] of it. Then, having rested that way, at some point a [[discursive thought]] will suddenly flash out from the equipoise so he says, “Look directly144 at the [[essence]] of this [[discursive thought]]”. Then he says, “It is also not necessary either to stop the [[discursive thought]] or to follow after it”. [[Thinking]], “This [[discursive thought]] is an [[obstacle]], an interruption to my abiding” and therefore attempting to stop the [[thought]] is unnecessary. Similarly, we should not follow after the [[thought]] because that would just produce more [[thoughts]] from it. Then, many of the [[mind]] instruction texts in the [[Mahāmudrā]] system explain the [[meditation]] technique called “the three: abiding, moving, and [[knowing]]”. Abiding refers to [[meditating]] with the [[mind]] abiding free of [[discursive thought]] and with this, it is neces-
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 800: Line 800:
 
109
 
109
  
sary to know that the mind is actually abiding. Then, from within this state of abiding, discursive thoughts will appear and that is called movement. Again, when a discursive thought arises like this and the mind is moving, it is also necessary to know that it is that way. Thus, at the time of abiding there is abiding and one knows that mind is abiding and at the time of movement there is movement and one knows that mind is moving. Therefore, from this perspective, Mahāmudrā meditation is called “the three: abiding, moving, and knowing”. The previous Dudjom Rinpoche, Jigdrel Yeshe Dorje, wrote a text on mountain dharma called A Summary of Mountain Dharma. In it, he said, “If all the meanings of sūtra and tantra are rolled up into one and explained...” meaning that there are many techniques of meditation but if all them are summed up into one and the meaning is shown, it is like this: “When past thoughts have ceased and future thoughts have not appeared, if you rest selfsettled in the actuality of mind, then there is something there that is clearly knowing, an awareness which is nakedly and distinctly evident, isn’t there?!” And when you are resting self-settled in that clear-empty state, he says, “At that time of no discursive thought, just exactly that itself is rigpa’s way of being.” In other words, you are staying within the un-fabricated actuality of mind. He continues, “Now that abiding will turn into non-authentic abiding, that is, a discursive thought will suddenly flash out from within it” meaning that you will not be able to stay permanently in a true abiding but at some point discursive thoughts will appear. He says, “That is the rigpa’s self-clarity” in other words, that is the luminosity of the rigpa itself. He continues, “Discursive thoughts are allowed to arise and, except for just recognizing them, do not create further traces. If they are left recognized right on themselves, then discursive thoughts will wander about in liberation into the open space of dharmakāya.” With that he means that there is nothing else to do when discursive thoughts arise but to recognize them and then, having looked at them rest
+
sary to know that the [[mind]] is actually abiding. Then, from within this [[state]] of abiding, discursive [[thoughts]] will appear and that is called {{Wiki|movement}}. Again, when a [[discursive thought]] arises like this and the [[mind]] is moving, it is also necessary to know that it is that way. Thus, at the time of abiding there is abiding and one [[knows]] that [[mind]] is abiding and at the time of {{Wiki|movement}} there is {{Wiki|movement}} and one [[knows]] that [[mind]] is moving. Therefore, from this {{Wiki|perspective}}, [[Mahāmudrā]] [[meditation]] is called “the three: abiding, moving, and [[knowing]]”. The previous [[Dudjom Rinpoche]], [[Jigdrel Yeshe Dorje]], wrote a text on [[mountain dharma]] called A Summary of [[Mountain Dharma]]. In it, he said, “If all the meanings of [[sūtra]] and [[tantra]] are rolled up into one and explained...” meaning that there are many [[techniques]] of [[meditation]] but if all them are summed up into one and the meaning is shown, it is like this: “When {{Wiki|past}} [[thoughts]] have ceased and {{Wiki|future}} [[thoughts]] have not appeared, if you rest selfsettled in the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], then there is something there that is clearly [[knowing]], an [[awareness]] which is nakedly and distinctly evident, isn’t there?!” And when you are resting self-settled in that clear-empty [[state]], he says, “At that time of no [[discursive thought]], just exactly that itself is [[rigpa’s]] way of being.” In other words, you are staying within the un-fabricated [[actuality]] of [[mind]]. He continues, “Now that abiding will turn into non-authentic abiding, that is, a [[discursive thought]] will suddenly flash out from within it” meaning that you will not be able to stay permanently in a true abiding but at some point discursive [[thoughts]] will appear. He says, “That is the [[rigpa’s]] self-clarity” in other words, that is the [[luminosity]] of the [[rigpa]] itself. He continues, “Discursive [[thoughts]] are allowed to arise and, except for just [[recognizing]] them, do not create further traces. If they are left [[recognized]] right on themselves, then discursive [[thoughts]] will wander about in [[liberation]] into the open [[space]] of [[dharmakāya]].” With that he means that there is nothing else to do when discursive [[thoughts]] arise but to [[recognize]] them and then, having looked at them rest
  
 
110
 
110
Line 806: Line 806:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
in just that. If you do it that way, one discursive thought will not lead onto another one, creating further traces. If you do it that way over and again, discursive thoughts will go on to be liberated into dharmakāya. He goes on to say, “If you meditate like that, it is exactly the single instruction of the Great Completion. It is the main practice, that of view and meditation combined into one”. Then also, the great practitioner from the Karma Kamtsang lineage, Khenpo Tashi Ozer, said, “Since this is the root of meditation Look at mind with mind!” meaning “The root of all our meditations is this Mahāmudrā meditation. How does one do Mahāmudrā meditation? You have to look at mind with mind” Then he said, “When mind looks at mind, If there is nothing whatsoever to be seen, Then meditate in that state!” meaning that when mind looks at mind there is nothing to be seen—no colour, shape, and so on—so if you see nothing, then you must rest in equipoise on that state. Then he said, “If a blizzard of different thoughts appears Look hither at the essence of the thinking! If past thoughts have dissolved, Then rest in that essence!” meaning that sometimes many different discursive thought will rise and when that happens look right at their essence. When you do that, they will dissolve away. When they have, meditate in equipoise on that. That is the way to meditate on Mahāmudrā! For myself, I think that the practise is fairly easy when you do it by following what the forefather gurus have said and join that with the thought
+
in just that. If you do it that way, one [[discursive thought]] will not lead onto another one, creating further traces. If you do it that way over and again, discursive [[thoughts]] will go on to be {{Wiki|liberated}} into [[dharmakāya]]. He goes on to say, “If you [[meditate]] like that, it is exactly the single instruction of the [[Great Completion]]. It is the main practice, that of view and [[meditation]] combined into one”. Then also, the great [[practitioner]] from the [[Karma Kamtsang]] [[lineage]], [[Khenpo]] [[Tashi Ozer]], said, “Since this is the [[root of meditation]] Look at [[mind]] with [[mind]]!” meaning “The [[root]] of all our [[meditations]] is this [[Mahāmudrā]] [[meditation]]. How does one do [[Mahāmudrā]] [[meditation]]? You have to look at [[mind]] with [[mind]]” Then he said, “When [[mind]] looks at [[mind]], If there is nothing whatsoever to be seen, Then [[meditate]] in that [[state]]!” meaning that when [[mind]] looks at [[mind]] there is nothing to be seen—no {{Wiki|colour}}, shape, and so on—so if you see nothing, then you must rest in equipoise on that [[state]]. Then he said, “If a blizzard of different [[thoughts]] appears Look hither at the [[essence]] of the [[thinking]]! If {{Wiki|past}} [[thoughts]] have dissolved, Then rest in that [[essence]]!” meaning that sometimes many different [[discursive thought]] will rise and when that happens look right at their [[essence]]. When you do that, they will dissolve away. When they have, [[meditate]] in equipoise on that. That is the way to [[meditate]] on [[Mahāmudrā]]! For myself, I think that the practise is fairly easy when you do it by following what the forefather [[gurus]] have said and join that with the [[thought]]
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 812: Line 812:
 
111
 
111
  
of all sentient beings. You do, however, need perseverance! You do need to meditate on it again and again. You cannot realize Mahāmudrā through intellectual understanding alone, so you must apply yourself to the practice! Having obtained the instructions on it, you must practise, at least a little. Generally speaking, there are many different oral instructions from the forefathers of the past. However, even though their names might be different, the meditation that they point at is the same. There is a teaching that says, “Co-emergence, Amulet Box; Five Part, Equalization of Taste; Four Letters; The Pacifier, Cutting; Great Completion; Middle Way Instruction on the View; and so on— There are many, each with their own name, but Their key points, scriptures, and reasonings Are just differing circumstances, and these are Understood by an experienced yogi as the same.” Gampopa’s instructions on Mahāmudrā, as passed on from the Indian tradition, in general are called Co-emergence. Khyungpo Naljor was a great master who went to India, where he stayed for a long time and received all the instructions of Niguma and the mahāsiddha Sukhasiddhi; these were distilled into the text called Mahāmudrā’s Amulet Box, which belongs to the Shangpa Kagyu tradition. Gampopa’s disciple Phagmo Drupa gave his disciple Drigung Kyobpa Jigten Sumgon the instruction on the Five Parts, which was recorded in the text being explained here, The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts. Phagmo Drupa gave his disciple Lingje Repa the Mahāmudrā instruction called “Equalization of Taste” and he passed it to his principal disciple Tsangpa Gyare, the first incarnation of the Drukchen incarnations. Milarepa’s principal disciple Rechungpa went to India and requested many teachings which were later put together and called “Rechung
+
of all [[sentient beings]]. You do, however, need perseverance! You do need to [[meditate]] on it again and again. You cannot realize [[Mahāmudrā]] through [[intellectual]] [[understanding]] alone, so you must apply yourself to the practice! Having obtained the instructions on it, you must practise, at least a little. Generally {{Wiki|speaking}}, there are many different [[oral instructions]] from the forefathers of the {{Wiki|past}}. However, even though their names might be different, the [[meditation]] that they point at is the same. There is a [[teaching]] that says, “Co-emergence, [[Amulet]] Box; Five Part, Equalization of {{Wiki|Taste}}; Four Letters; The Pacifier, Cutting; [[Great Completion]]; [[Middle Way]] Instruction on the View; and so on— There are many, each with their [[own]] [[name]], but Their key points, [[scriptures]], and reasonings Are just differing circumstances, and these are Understood by an [[experienced]] [[yogi]] as the same.” [[Gampopa’s]] instructions on [[Mahāmudrā]], as passed on from the [[Indian tradition]], in general are called Co-emergence. [[Khyungpo Naljor]] was a [[great master]] who went to [[India]], where he stayed for a long time and received all the instructions of [[Niguma]] and the [[mahāsiddha]] [[Sukhasiddhi]]; these were distilled into the text called Mahāmudrā’s [[Amulet]] Box, which belongs to the [[Shangpa Kagyu tradition]]. [[Gampopa’s]] [[disciple]] [[Phagmo Drupa]] gave his [[disciple]] [[Drigung]] [[Kyobpa Jigten Sumgon]] the instruction on the Five Parts, which was recorded in the text being explained here, The Source of the [[Jewels]] of [[Experience]] and [[Realization]], The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts. [[Phagmo Drupa]] gave his [[disciple]] [[Lingje Repa]] the [[Mahāmudrā]] instruction called “Equalization of {{Wiki|Taste}}” and he passed it to his [[principal]] [[disciple]] [[Tsangpa Gyare]], the first [[incarnation]] of the [[Drukchen]] [[incarnations]]. [[Milarepa’s]] [[principal]] [[disciple]] [[Rechungpa]] went to [[India]] and requested many teachings which were later put together and called “[[Rechung]]
  
 
112
 
112
Line 818: Line 818:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
Hearing Lineage”; one of them was The Four Letters of Mahāmudrā. The Indian master Phadampa Sangyay obtained the instructions of one hundred and fifty Indian masters and later went to Tibet three times; within Tibet, his instructions became known as “The Pacifier, Cutting”. Guru Rinpoche went to Tibet at the request of King Trisong Deutsen; his special instructions become known in Tibet as “The Great Completion”. Ārya Nāgārjuna and Ārya Asaṅga and the others in their lineages gave rise to the system of “The Great Middle Way”; in it there are many texts such as the collections of texts called The Collection of Reasoning. Thus there are many, differing, names for the dharma that has come through these systems. However, an expert yogin— meaning one who is expert in the sense of having actual experience of the meaning through meditation—who examines their key points, scriptures, and reasonings using overall decision will see that they all have the same intent. He will understand that in the end one is not better or worse than the others, and that none of them contradicts the others. There is a text that presents the view and practice of the meditation that is special to the Great Completion tradition. It was written by Dza Patrul and is called Three Phrases That Hit The Key Points145. The text explains the practice by expanding on the three lines that were spoken by the first human of the Great Completion lineage, Vidyādhara Garab Dorje. Garab Dorje at the time of going to his nirvāṇa, returned from death and appeared in a mass of light to his disciple Mañjuśhrīmitra. He spoke the three lines as oral instructions for his disciple and these have been kept as special oral instructions for the practice of Great Completion. The first of Garab Dorje’s three lines was “Recognition on oneself” and Three Lines That Hit The Key Points expands on it with,
+
Hearing [[Lineage]]”; one of them was The Four Letters of [[Mahāmudrā]]. The [[Indian master]] [[Phadampa]] Sangyay obtained the instructions of one hundred and fifty [[Indian masters]] and later went to [[Tibet]] three times; within [[Tibet]], his instructions became known as “The Pacifier, Cutting”. [[Guru Rinpoche]] went to [[Tibet]] at the request of [[King Trisong Deutsen]]; his special instructions become known [[in Tibet]] as “The [[Great Completion]]”. [[Ārya]] [[Nāgārjuna]] and [[Ārya]] [[Asaṅga]] and the others in their [[lineages]] gave rise to the system of “The [[Great Middle Way]]”; in it there are many texts such as the collections of texts called The Collection of {{Wiki|Reasoning}}. Thus there are many, differing, names for the [[dharma]] that has come through these systems. However, an expert [[yogin]]— meaning one who is expert in the [[sense]] of having actual [[experience]] of the meaning through meditation—who examines their key points, [[scriptures]], and reasonings using overall [[decision]] will see that they all have the same intent. He will understand that in the end one is not better or worse than the others, and that none of them contradicts the others. There is a text that presents the view and practice of the [[meditation]] that is special to the [[Great Completion]] [[tradition]]. It was written by [[Dza Patrul]] and is called Three Phrases That Hit The Key Points145. The text explains the practice by expanding on the three lines that were spoken by the first [[human]] of the [[Great Completion]] [[lineage]], [[Vidyādhara]] [[Garab Dorje]]. [[Garab Dorje]] at the time of going to his [[nirvāṇa]], [[returned from death]] and appeared in a {{Wiki|mass}} of {{Wiki|light}} to his [[disciple]] Mañjuśhrīmitra. He spoke the three lines as [[oral instructions]] for his [[disciple]] and these have been kept as special [[oral instructions]] for the practice of [[Great Completion]]. The first of [[Garab Dorje’s]] three lines was “{{Wiki|Recognition}} on oneself” and Three Lines That Hit The Key Points expands on it with,
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 824: Line 824:
 
113
 
113
  
“Nothing whatsoever blankness; Blankness has transparency; The transparency’s inexpressible. Identify the dharmakāya rigpa!” “Nothing whatsoever blankness” refers to leaving the mind selfsettled in the state in which, since all past and future discursive thoughts have stopped, there is nothing at all. Then,“The transparency’s inexpressible” means that when you are resting self-settled in that state, there is no way that you could describe the state to others using words. Then, when he says, “Identify the Dharmakāya rigpa”, he means that you should take that empty blankness that has transparency and is expressible as the thing to be meditated on when meditating on the essence of mind. The second of Garab Dorje’s three lines was “Decision on one” and the Three Lines That Hit The Key Points expands on it with: “Then, whether there is proliferation or dwelling... At all times and in every circumstance... Preserve the one dharmakāya’s shifting events. Decide that there is nothing other than that.” Sometimes very strong anger comes to us. Still, it should be brought to the path by putting it into the expanse of meditation. Similarly, no matter what affliction arises, no matter what discursive thought arises—pride, jealousy, passion—it should be carried onto the path by putting it into the state. You might think, for example, “Well, if very strong anger arises, how is that carried into the state of meditation?” To that, Dza Patrul says elsewhere that you should always maintain virtue in relation to the other. In the case of anger, you do not follow the thought and get involved in fights either physically or verbally, and so on. Instead, if the angry thought is allowed to remain in the state, as it is called146, of the practice, it will subside itself into what it is in
+
“Nothing whatsoever blankness; Blankness has transparency; The transparency’s inexpressible. Identify the [[dharmakāya]] [[rigpa]]!” “Nothing whatsoever blankness” refers to leaving the [[mind]] selfsettled in the [[state]] in which, since all {{Wiki|past}} and {{Wiki|future}} discursive [[thoughts]] have stopped, there is nothing at all. Then,“The transparency’s inexpressible” means that when you are resting self-settled in that [[state]], there is no way that you could describe the [[state]] to others using words. Then, when he says, “Identify the [[Dharmakāya]] [[rigpa]]”, he means that you should take that [[empty]] blankness that has transparency and is expressible as the thing to be [[meditated]] on when [[meditating]] on the [[essence of mind]]. The second of [[Garab Dorje’s]] three lines was “[[Decision]] on one” and the Three Lines That Hit The Key Points expands on it with: “Then, whether there is {{Wiki|proliferation}} or dwelling... At all times and in every circumstance... Preserve the one dharmakāya’s shifting events. Decide that there is nothing other than that.” Sometimes very strong [[anger]] comes to us. Still, it should be brought to the [[path]] by putting it into the expanse of [[meditation]]. Similarly, no {{Wiki|matter}} what [[affliction]] arises, no {{Wiki|matter}} what [[discursive thought]] arises—pride, [[jealousy]], passion—it should be carried onto the [[path]] by putting it into the [[state]]. You might think, for example, “Well, if very strong [[anger]] arises, how is that carried into the [[state]] of [[meditation]]?” To that, [[Dza Patrul]] says elsewhere that you should always maintain [[virtue]] in [[relation]] to the other. In the case of [[anger]], you do not follow the [[thought]] and get involved in fights either {{Wiki|physically}} or verbally, and so on. Instead, if the [[angry thought]] is allowed to remain in the [[state]], as it is called146, of the practice, it will subside itself into what it is in
  
 
114
 
114
Line 830: Line 830:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
essence, which is Mirror-like Wisdom. Similarly for passion, pride, jealousy, and so on—all of them are treated in the same way and return to their own wisdoms in the same way. Now when you practise this way, sometimes happy or good circumstances will arise. The discursive thought associated with that, of happiness, and so on, should also be dealt with in the same way; it should be brought onto the path by putting it into the state. At times, unpleasant or suffering experiences will happen. For example, the body will become ill or sometimes relatives or friends will have problems and you will suffer because of it; there are many kinds of suffering like this. When that happens, the concepts of the suffering should be mixed in with and made one with the state of practice. By putting them into the equipoise of practice like that, you can carry them into the dharmakāya Then there are the last two lines, “Preserve the one dharmakāya’s shifting events. Decide that there is nothing other than that”. All of the various afflictions and sufferings that arise in mind come from the confused aspect of mind. If they are purified using the antidote of meditation on Mahāmudrā or Great Completion, then they are carried into the path and turned into the dharmakāya, and no other method is needed to deal with them at all. It is necessary to decide firmly that that is so and then follow that decision. The third of Garab Dorje’s three lines was “Assurance on liberation” and the Three Lines That Hit The Key Points expands on it with, “Every single one of the adventitious discursive thoughts Are self-recognized in the state without ensuing trace... The way of shining forth being like before compared to
+
[[essence]], which is [[Mirror-like Wisdom]]. Similarly for [[passion]], [[pride]], [[jealousy]], and so on—all of them are treated in the same way and return to their [[own]] [[wisdoms]] in the same way. Now when you practise this way, sometimes [[happy]] or good circumstances will arise. The [[discursive thought]] associated with that, of [[happiness]], and so on, should also be dealt with in the same way; it should be brought onto the [[path]] by putting it into the [[state]]. At times, [[unpleasant]] or [[suffering]] [[experiences]] will happen. For example, the [[body]] will become ill or sometimes relatives or friends will have problems and you will [[suffer]] because of it; there are many kinds of [[suffering]] like this. When that happens, the [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] of the [[suffering]] should be mixed in with and made one with the [[state]] of practice. By putting them into the equipoise of practice like that, you can carry them into the [[dharmakāya]] Then there are the last two lines, “Preserve the one dharmakāya’s shifting events. Decide that there is nothing other than that”. All of the various [[afflictions]] and [[sufferings]] that arise in [[mind]] come from the confused aspect of [[mind]]. If they are [[purified]] using the antidote of [[meditation]] on [[Mahāmudrā]] or [[Great Completion]], then they are carried into the [[path]] and turned into the [[dharmakāya]], and no other method is needed to deal with them at all. It is necessary to decide firmly that that is so and then follow that [[decision]]. The third of [[Garab Dorje’s]] three lines was “Assurance on [[liberation]]” and the Three Lines That Hit The Key Points expands on it with, “Every single one of the adventitious discursive [[thoughts]] Are self-recognized in the [[state]] without ensuing trace... The way of shining forth being like before compared to
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 836: Line 836:
 
115
 
115
  
The way of liberation being distinct is a major key point.” No matter what adventitious discursive thought arises, it is selfrecognized and together with that goes on to liberation. In that case, no karma is accumulated and the thought does not go onto a second thought. In this way of practice, the way that discursive thoughts arise is the same for the practitioner as for all other sentient beings. However, there is one very big difference: For the practitioner who understands how to do it, the way the thoughts are liberated is very different from the way the thoughts subside for ordinary beings. For the practitioner, thoughts arise but, together with their arising, go on to liberation and that is the difference. Then the Mahāsiddha Saraha said, “If you rest in uncontrived freshness, realization pervades; If you train in a continuous stream, it will appear constantly. Totally abandoning every logic that depends on reference Perpetually rest in equipose, Oh yogin!” This has the following meaning. When you meditate on Mahāmudrā you need to be without hopes that “My meditation will be a good meditation; I need that” and similarly without fears that “My meditation is not correct, I am following the wrong path”. If you rest self-settled free from hope and fear, free from needs for success and non-failure, then you will be in uncontrived freshness. If you are resting self-settled in uncontrived freshness like this, then, at the time when you are free of discursive thoughts you are seated on the actuality of the essence of mind and then, when discursive thoughts come off from that, they are the selfluminosity of the dharmakāya. These discursive thoughts neither have to be abandoned nor followed; when you rest right on the
+
The way of [[liberation]] being {{Wiki|distinct}} is a major key point.” No {{Wiki|matter}} what adventitious [[discursive thought]] arises, it is selfrecognized and together with that goes on to [[liberation]]. In that case, no [[karma]] is [[accumulated]] and the [[thought]] does not go onto a second [[thought]]. In this way of practice, the way that discursive [[thoughts]] arise is the same for the [[practitioner]] as for all other [[sentient beings]]. However, there is one very big difference: For the [[practitioner]] who [[understands]] how to do it, the way the [[thoughts]] are {{Wiki|liberated}} is very different from the way the [[thoughts]] subside for [[ordinary beings]]. For the [[practitioner]], [[thoughts]] arise but, together with their [[arising]], go on to [[liberation]] and that is the difference. Then the [[Mahāsiddha]] [[Saraha]] said, “If you rest in uncontrived freshness, [[realization]] pervades; If you train in a continuous {{Wiki|stream}}, it will appear constantly. Totally [[abandoning]] every [[logic]] that depends on reference Perpetually rest in equipose, Oh [[yogin]]!” This has the following meaning. When you [[meditate]] on [[Mahāmudrā]] you need to be without [[Wikipedia:Hope|hopes]] that “My [[meditation]] will be a good [[meditation]]; I need that” and similarly without {{Wiki|fears}} that “My [[meditation]] is not correct, I am following the wrong [[path]]”. If you rest self-settled free from {{Wiki|hope}} and {{Wiki|fear}}, free from needs for [[success]] and non-failure, then you will be in uncontrived freshness. If you are resting self-settled in uncontrived freshness like this, then, at the time when you are free of discursive [[thoughts]] you are seated on the [[actuality]] of the [[essence of mind]] and then, when discursive [[thoughts]] come off from that, they are the selfluminosity of the [[dharmakāya]]. These discursive [[thoughts]] neither have to be abandoned nor followed; when you rest right on the
  
 
116
 
116
Line 842: Line 842:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
discursive thought in this way, the discursive thoughts dissolve away and the dharmakāya itself is there. That is the way to do the meditation. However, if you just meditate like this once or twice, you will not be able to bring forth the actuality of mind, therefore you have to meditate at all times on the actuality of mind, like the continuous flow of a river. Now, some people claim that mind actually exists and the outside world is produced by it, and so on; if you think like that, then you have developed a view of permanence. Others claim that there is no mind whatsoever, no karma with cause and effect, and so on; if you think like that, then you have developed a view of nihilism. Abandoning all such ideas, the yogin should always stay in, meditate in, the equipoise of uncontrived freshness. Now, and as it says in the instruction on the Five Parts, This ... the definitive meaning of the authentic”, should be kept in your heart always. And please, for this which needs no habituation to it; please habituate yourself to it! So, please keep it in your heart always. Even though there is nothing to be meditated on, please meditate on it again and again! Then it says, keep impermanence in mind, so always think of impermanence. Then it says, always generate a mind of disenchantment, so always keep the thought in mind that you should gain emancipation from the sufferings of cyclic existence. Then it says, supplicate the lord147. Then the text says, Meditating on Mahāmudrā like that gets to the point concerning ignorance meaning that practising Mahāmudrā like this is the antidote to ignorance; through it, ignorance will collapse. By bringing ignorance to an end, that arises as the wisdom of the dharmadhātu. So the text continues ... will pacify the negative forces of nāgas, will bring delusion under control, will liberate from saṃsāra, and causes the wisdom of dharmadhātu to dawn. Therefore, it is important to be assiduous at it; he said,
+
[[discursive thought]] in this way, the discursive [[thoughts]] dissolve away and the [[dharmakāya]] itself is there. That is the way to do the [[meditation]]. However, if you just [[meditate]] like this once or twice, you will not be able to bring forth the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], therefore you have to [[meditate]] at all times on the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], like the continuous flow of a [[river]]. Now, some [[people]] claim that [[mind]] actually [[exists]] and the outside [[world]] is produced by it, and so on; if you think like that, then you have developed a view of [[permanence]]. Others claim that there is [[no mind]] whatsoever, no [[karma]] with [[cause and effect]], and so on; if you think like that, then you have developed a view of [[nihilism]]. [[Abandoning]] all such [[ideas]], the [[yogin]] should always stay in, [[meditate]] in, the equipoise of uncontrived freshness. Now, and as it says in the instruction on the Five Parts, This ... the [[definitive meaning]] of the [[Wikipedia:Authenticity|authentic]]”, should be kept in your [[heart]] always. And please, for this which needs no habituation to it; please [[habituate]] yourself to it! So, please keep it in your [[heart]] always. Even though there is nothing to be [[meditated]] on, please [[meditate]] on it again and again! Then it says, keep [[impermanence]] in [[mind]], so always think of [[impermanence]]. Then it says, always generate a [[mind]] of disenchantment, so always keep the [[thought]] in [[mind]] that you should gain {{Wiki|emancipation}} from the [[sufferings]] of [[cyclic existence]]. Then it says, supplicate the lord147. Then the text says, [[Meditating]] on [[Mahāmudrā]] like that gets to the point concerning [[ignorance]] meaning that practising [[Mahāmudrā]] like this is the antidote to [[ignorance]]; through it, [[ignorance]] will collapse. By bringing [[ignorance]] to an end, that arises as the [[wisdom]] of the [[dharmadhātu]]. So the text continues ... will pacify the negative forces of [[nāgas]], will bring [[delusion]] under control, will {{Wiki|liberate}} from [[saṃsāra]], and [[causes]] the [[wisdom]] of [[dharmadhātu]] to dawn. Therefore, it is important to be assiduous at it; he said,
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 848: Line 848:
 
117
 
117
  
“In the vast open space of mindness, If there is no assurance of the assembled clouds of discursive thought, The planets and stars of the two knowledges will not twinkle, So be assiduous at this non-conceptual mind.” He says that discursive thoughts are like clouds in the sky; they obscure the two knowledges of buddhahood that are present within us so that they do not shine forth, just as clouds obscure the planets and stars that are present in the sky and prevent their brilliance from shining forth. Unless you gain assurance in discursive thoughts148, the two knowledges of a buddha—the knowledge of things in their depth and things in their extent—will not shine forth, so you must be assiduous in your practice! When you practise the instructions as given above, you are engaged in path Mahāmudrā. As you practise the path of Mahāmudrā and progress, you pass through what are called the four yogas of Mahāmudrā, which are four, successive levels of attainment of Mahāmudrā—they are called The Yoga of Onepointedness, The Yoga of Freedom from Elaboration, The Yoga of One Taste, and The Yoga of Non-meditation. Roughly speaking, the attainment of the Yoga of One-pointedness is the attainment of calm-abiding; the attainment of the Yoga of Freedom from Elaboration is the attainment of insight; and the attainment of the remaining two paths is the attainment of increasing levels of unification of calm-abiding and insight. At the end, having completed all of those levels, you achieve the result of the practice of the path, which is fruition Mahāmudrā. At that point, you will have completely purified all of the obscurations of mind. At that point, you will have attained the fruition of your own purposes, which is the full manifestation of the dharmakāya and will have attained the fruition of others’ purposes which is the
+
“In the vast open [[space]] of mindness, If there is no assurance of the assembled clouds of [[discursive thought]], The {{Wiki|planets}} and {{Wiki|stars}} of the [[two knowledges]] will not twinkle, So be assiduous at this [[non-conceptual]] [[mind]].” He says that discursive [[thoughts]] are like clouds in the sky; they obscure the [[two knowledges]] of [[buddhahood]] that are {{Wiki|present}} within us so that they do not shine forth, just as clouds obscure the {{Wiki|planets}} and {{Wiki|stars}} that are {{Wiki|present}} in the sky and prevent their [[brilliance]] from shining forth. Unless you gain assurance in discursive thoughts148, the [[two knowledges]] of a buddha—the [[knowledge]] of things in their depth and things in their extent—will not shine forth, so you must be assiduous in your practice! When you practise the instructions as given above, you are engaged in [[path]] [[Mahāmudrā]]. As you practise the [[path]] of [[Mahāmudrā]] and progress, you pass through what are called the [[four yogas of Mahāmudrā]], which are four, successive [[levels of attainment]] of Mahāmudrā—they are called The [[Yoga]] of Onepointedness, The [[Yoga]] of Freedom from [[Elaboration]], The [[Yoga]] of One {{Wiki|Taste}}, and The [[Yoga]] of [[Non-meditation]]. Roughly {{Wiki|speaking}}, the [[attainment]] of the [[Yoga]] of [[One-pointedness]] is the [[attainment]] of calm-abiding; the [[attainment]] of the [[Yoga]] of Freedom from [[Elaboration]] is the [[attainment]] of [[insight]]; and the [[attainment]] of the remaining [[two paths]] is the [[attainment]] of increasing levels of unification of calm-abiding and [[insight]]. At the end, having completed all of those levels, you achieve the result of the practice of the [[path]], which is [[fruition]] [[Mahāmudrā]]. At that point, you will have completely [[purified]] all of the [[obscurations]] of [[mind]]. At that point, you will have [[attained]] the [[fruition]] of your [[own]] purposes, which is the full [[manifestation]] of the [[dharmakāya]] and will have [[attained]] the [[fruition]] of others’ purposes which is the
  
 
118
 
118
Line 854: Line 854:
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
 
PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ
  
emanation, for the sake of sentient beings and for as long as cyclic existence exists, of the saṃbhogakāyas and nirmāṇakāyas.
+
[[emanation]], for the [[sake]] of [[sentient beings]] and for as long as [[cyclic existence]] [[exists]], of the saṃbhogakāyas and nirmāṇakāyas.
  
 
COMMENTARY TO THE FIFTH OF THE FIVE PARTS, DEDICATION
 
COMMENTARY TO THE FIFTH OF THE FIVE PARTS, DEDICATION
  
“Dedication” means to dedicate all of whatever virtue has been produced through body, speech, and mind to the end that all sentient beings will achieve buddhahood. This is usually done with the recitation of prayers for the purpose. The text says, The way of making such dedication is that the dedication is done via prajñā that sees the emptiness of what is to be dedicated, the dedication, and dedicator. For someone who has practised meditation on the actuality of mind, the truth of the dharmatā, and truly seen it, dedication can be done in the way called dedication with the threefold sphere of emptiness. In it, all three parts of the action of dedication (what is dedicated—the virtue; the act of dedication itself; and the person doing the dedication) are sealed with emptiness, the Prajñāpāramitā. For someone who cannot do that level of dedication, a dedication is done using the words of a prayer. For example: “Warrior Mañjuśhrī knows as it is, And Samantabhadra does too; I train following them fully and Like them fully dedicate all these virtues.”
+
“[[Dedication]]” means to dedicate all of whatever [[virtue]] has been produced through [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] to the end that all [[sentient beings]] will achieve [[buddhahood]]. This is usually done with the {{Wiki|recitation}} of [[prayers]] for the {{Wiki|purpose}}. The text says, The way of making such [[dedication]] is that the [[dedication]] is done via [[prajñā]] that sees the [[emptiness]] of what is to be dedicated, the [[dedication]], and dedicator. For someone who has practised [[meditation]] on the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], the [[truth]] of the [[dharmatā]], and truly seen it, [[dedication]] can be done in the way called [[dedication]] with the threefold [[sphere]] of [[emptiness]]. In it, all three parts of the [[action]] of [[dedication]] (what is dedicated—the [[virtue]]; the act of [[dedication]] itself; and the [[person]] doing the [[dedication]]) are sealed with [[emptiness]], the [[Prajñāpāramitā]]. For someone who cannot do that level of [[dedication]], a [[dedication]] is done using the words of a [[prayer]]. For example: “[[Warrior]] Mañjuśhrī [[knows]] as it is, And [[Samantabhadra]] does too; I train following them fully and Like them fully dedicate all these [[virtues]].”
  
 
119
 
119
Line 866: Line 866:
 
PART FIVE: DEDICATION
 
PART FIVE: DEDICATION
  
Thinking that you will make a dedication in the same way as the great bodhisatvas Mañjuśhrī, Samantabhadra, Avalokiteśhvara, and so on, repeat the words of the above and that will be sufficient. You might wonder what will happen if you do not dedicate the merit for the benefit of sentient beings? The conqueror’s son Śhāntideva said, “Whatever goodness has been accumulated through Thousands of aeons by giving, offering to the tathāgatas, And so on, is destroyed, all of it, By a moment of anger.” If we accumulate roots of merit with body, speech, and mind through thousands of aeons—or could also think of many, many years—but do not dedicate it, then it is said that a moment of any strong affliction—anger, pride, and so on—will cause the virtue to be eliminated. So, the special feature of dedication is that it prevents the roots of merit that we have accumulated from being destroyed later by afflictions. Moreover, prayers of dedication are the source of great qualities. In the Sūtra Requested by Sagaramati, “Just as a drop of water placed into an ocean Will not be spent for as long as the ocean is not spent, So the roots of virtue dedicated to enlightenment also Will not be spent for as long as enlightenment is not obtained.” This uses the example of a drop of water placed into a vast ocean. Just as the drop will remain and not become spent for as long the ocean stays and does not become spent, so the roots of virtue that we dedicate with the attitude of enlightenment mind will stay and not be spent until we have attained enlightenment.
+
[[Thinking]] that you will make a [[dedication]] in the same way as the great [[bodhisatvas]] Mañjuśhrī, [[Samantabhadra]], Avalokiteśhvara, and so on, repeat the words of the above and that will be sufficient. You might [[wonder]] what will happen if you do not dedicate the [[merit]] for the [[benefit]] of [[sentient beings]]? The conqueror’s son Śhāntideva said, “Whatever [[goodness]] has been [[accumulated]] through Thousands of [[aeons]] by giving, [[offering]] to the [[tathāgatas]], And so on, is destroyed, all of it, By a [[moment]] of [[anger]].” If we [[accumulate]] [[roots]] of [[merit]] with [[body]], {{Wiki|speech}}, and [[mind]] through thousands of aeons—or could also think of many, many years—but do not dedicate it, then it is said that a [[moment]] of any strong affliction—anger, [[pride]], and so on—will [[cause]] the [[virtue]] to be eliminated. So, the special feature of [[dedication]] is that it prevents the [[roots]] of [[merit]] that we have [[accumulated]] from being destroyed later by [[afflictions]]. Moreover, [[prayers]] of [[dedication]] are the source of great qualities. In the [[Sūtra]] Requested by [[Sagaramati]], “Just as a drop of [[water]] placed into an ocean Will not be spent for as long as the ocean is not spent, So the [[roots of virtue]] dedicated to [[enlightenment]] also Will not be spent for as long as [[enlightenment]] is not obtained.” This uses the example of a drop of [[water]] placed into a vast ocean. Just as the drop will remain and not become spent for as long the ocean stays and does not become spent, so the [[roots of virtue]] that we dedicate with the [[attitude]] of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] will stay and not be spent until we have [[attained enlightenment]].
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS 121
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS 121
  
Then Jigten Sumgon said, Dedication like that gets to the point concerning jealousy... meaning that it becomes an antidote for jealousy. As a result, of the five wisdoms, jealousy turns into the all-accomplishing wisdom ... and causes all-accomplishing wisdom to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work assiduously at that; he said, “If the wish-fulfilling jewel of the two accumulations, Is not polished with prayers of aspiration, The fruit of your wishes will not appear So be assiduous at the concluding dedication.” Here, he likens the two accumulations—the referential accumulation of merit and the non-referential accumulation of wisdom—to a wish-fulfilling jewel. The jewel needs to be rubbed and polished with vast prayers of aspiration for, if it is not, whatever it is that we want will not come about at all. Therefore, it is important to be very assiduous at making great prayers of aspiration.
+
Then [[Jigten Sumgon]] said, [[Dedication]] like that gets to the point concerning [[jealousy]]... meaning that it becomes an antidote for [[jealousy]]. As a result, of the [[five wisdoms]], [[jealousy]] turns into the [[all-accomplishing wisdom]] ... and [[causes]] [[all-accomplishing wisdom]] to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work {{Wiki|assiduously}} at that; he said, “If the [[wish-fulfilling jewel]] of the [[two accumulations]], Is not polished with [[prayers]] of [[aspiration]], The fruit of your wishes will not appear So be assiduous at the concluding [[dedication]].” Here, he likens the two accumulations—the referential [[accumulation of merit]] and the non-referential [[accumulation]] of wisdom—to a [[wish-fulfilling jewel]]. The [[jewel]] needs to be rubbed and polished with vast [[prayers]] of [[aspiration]] for, if it is not, whatever it is that we want will not come about at all. Therefore, it is important to be very assiduous at making great [[prayers]] of [[aspiration]].
  
 
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THOSE WHO HAVE ENGAGED IN PRACTICE
 
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THOSE WHO HAVE ENGAGED IN PRACTICE
  
People who have found a virtuous spiritual friend or guru and are involved with the practice of meditation need some further instruction. Practitioners will have various afflictions—desire, aggression, pride, and so on—and problems arise so they need instruction on how to bring them to the path of practice. For the beginner, the methods of the bodhisatva vehicle are an easy way to carry afflictions, sufferings, and so forth onto the path. When very strong afflictions arise, you can think, “Sentient beings have even stronger afflictions than this. Because of it, they accumulate karma and there is no possible end to their wandering in saṃsāra. May all of their afflictions dissolve into the afflictions that I am experiencing now!” Having thought that, develop the certainty, “All of their afflictions have been removed by that!” and then make the prayer “May they go to the level of a sugata!” That kind of mind can be joined with the sending and taking practice as follows. On the in-breath, take in all of the afflictions of sentient beings in the form of black smoke and think that it dissolves into yourself. Then, on the out-breath, put all of your virtues together as white light and send it out to all sentient beings; the light dissolves into them to produce all good qualities of mind 123
+
[[People]] who have found a [[virtuous spiritual friend]] or [[guru]] and are involved with the [[practice of meditation]] need some further instruction. Practitioners will have various afflictions—desire, [[aggression]], [[pride]], and so on—and problems arise so they need instruction on how to bring them to the [[path of practice]]. For the beginner, the [[methods]] of the [[bodhisatva]] [[vehicle]] are an easy way to carry [[afflictions]], [[sufferings]], and so forth onto the [[path]]. When very strong [[afflictions]] arise, you can think, “[[Sentient beings]] have even stronger [[afflictions]] than this. Because of it, they [[accumulate]] [[karma]] and there is no possible end to their wandering in [[saṃsāra]]. May all of their [[afflictions]] dissolve into the [[afflictions]] that I am experiencing now!” Having [[thought]] that, develop the {{Wiki|certainty}}, “All of their [[afflictions]] have been removed by that!” and then make the [[prayer]] “May they go to the level of a [[sugata]]!” That kind of [[mind]] can be joined with the sending and taking practice as follows. On the [[in-breath]], take in all of the [[afflictions]] of [[sentient beings]] in the [[form]] of black smoke and think that it dissolves into yourself. Then, on the [[out-breath]], put all of your [[virtues]] together as [[white light]] and send it out to all [[sentient beings]]; the {{Wiki|light}} dissolves into them to produce all good qualities of [[mind]] 123
  
 
124
 
124
Line 880: Line 880:
 
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS
 
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS
  
in them. If you cultivate that over and again, you will be able to turn afflictions that happen to you into the bodhisatva path. There is no difference in the treatment given to any of the five afflictions in this method; they are all treated in the same way. Sometimes we might become ill. At that time, you can remember that the suffering of pain and sickness of the beings in the lower realms, especially of those in the hell-realms, is far more acute than the pain or discomfort associated with whatever illness you are experiencing. When a genuine feeling of that arises, you can wish that all of their pain and discomfort dissolves into your pain and discomfort and that they are thereby completely relieved of it. If you cultivate that kind of thought, it becomes possible to carry the illness onto the path of enlightenment. For example, it is mentioned in the biography of Khenchen Tashi Ozer that he went to Lhasa at one time and, having arrived there, had some severe head pains. He went to see various people but was not able to cure the illness. Realizing that nothing else could be done, he applied the practice of sending and taking to it and over a period of days the sickness was reduced and finally cleared. Taken overall, there are different types of illness. One type is of the sort mentioned above; it comes from the full ripening of karma alone and doctors can do nothing to cure it. Another sort is karmic but is based in local conditions, for example, catching a cold due to a change in weather; this can be treated by medication. The first kind, karmic illness, is stated to be of three types in the Tibetan medical system and these correspond to the three main afflictions: wind-related diseases are due to desire, bile-related diseases are due to anger, and phlegm-related diseases are due to delusion. These kinds of sicknesses can be alleviated to a greater or lesser extent by the practices described here of taking adverse circumstances onto the path of enlightenment. That is so because disease comes from the ripening of karmic latencies that have been imprinted on the mind stream
+
in them. If you cultivate that over and again, you will be able to turn [[afflictions]] that happen to you into the [[bodhisatva]] [[path]]. There is no difference in the treatment given to any of the [[five afflictions]] in this method; they are all treated in the same way. Sometimes we might become ill. At that time, you can remember that the [[suffering]] of [[pain]] and [[sickness]] of the [[beings]] in the [[lower realms]], especially of those in the hell-realms, is far more acute than the [[pain]] or discomfort associated with whatever {{Wiki|illness}} you are experiencing. When a genuine [[feeling]] of that arises, you can wish that all of their [[pain]] and discomfort dissolves into your [[pain]] and discomfort and that they are thereby completely relieved of it. If you cultivate that kind of [[thought]], it becomes possible to carry the {{Wiki|illness}} onto the [[path of enlightenment]]. For example, it is mentioned in the {{Wiki|biography}} of [[Khenchen Tashi Ozer]] that he went to [[Lhasa]] at one time and, having arrived there, had some severe head [[pains]]. He went to see various [[people]] but was not able to cure the {{Wiki|illness}}. [[Realizing]] that nothing else could be done, he applied the practice of sending and taking to it and over a period of days the [[sickness]] was reduced and finally cleared. Taken overall, there are different types of {{Wiki|illness}}. One type is of the sort mentioned above; it comes from the full ripening of [[karma]] alone and [[doctors]] can do nothing to cure it. Another sort is [[karmic]] but is based in local [[conditions]], for example, catching a cold due to a change in weather; this can be treated by medication. The first kind, [[karmic]] {{Wiki|illness}}, is stated to be of three types in the [[Tibetan medical]] system and these correspond to the three main [[afflictions]]: wind-related {{Wiki|diseases}} are due to [[desire]], bile-related {{Wiki|diseases}} are due to [[anger]], and phlegm-related {{Wiki|diseases}} are due to [[delusion]]. These kinds of sicknesses can be alleviated to a greater or lesser extent by the practices described here of taking adverse circumstances onto the [[path of enlightenment]]. That is so because {{Wiki|disease}} comes from the ripening of [[karmic]] latencies that have been imprinted on the [[mind stream]]
  
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
 
ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT
Line 886: Line 886:
 
125
 
125
  
by bad deeds done in the past and because the enlightenment mind, which is developed by the sending and taking practice, is the very best of methods for overcoming the karmic imprints of bad actions. The power of the practices of loving kindness, compassion, and enlightenment mind are shown in the following story. Many years ago, the Indian master. Asaṅga went to stay in a mountain cave near Bodhgaya in order to practice the guru-yoga of Maitreya, the coming buddha. After three years, nothing had happened and he became disgruntled and left. As he was leaving, he met an old man who was rubbing an iron rod with a cloth. He asked the man why he would do such a thing. The man replied that he needed a needle and if he polished the iron rod enough, it would eventually wear down to a needle. Asaṅga was impressed by this display of patience and returned to his cave to meditate again. After another three years, still nothing had happened and he became disgruntled again and left. This time on the way out he saw how birds near the cave had worn down the rocks with the flapping of their wings as they went in and out of their nest. This impressed him again and he returned to his cave once more. After another three years still nothing had happened and he left again. Once again he saw something that impressed on him the need for perseverance and once again he returned to the cave. After another three years, now a total of twelve years, still nothing had happened and this time he left the cave, determined that he was now done with it. When he arrived in a nearby village, he saw a badly under-nourished dog with sores all over its body. The sores were badly infected and maggots were living in them. The dog was almost a corpse. Asaṅga was overcome with a feeling of compassion for the dog. However, he was equally concerned for the maggots. So he got down on his knees, closed his eyes, and went to gently lick the maggots out of the wounds with his tongue. However, to his surprise, his tongue contacted the ground. He opened his eyes to find that the dog had disappeared
+
by [[bad deeds]] done in the {{Wiki|past}} and because the [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], which is developed by the sending and taking practice, is the very best of [[methods]] for [[overcoming]] the [[karmic imprints]] of bad [[actions]]. The power of the practices of [[loving kindness]], [[compassion]], and [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] are shown in the following story. Many years ago, the [[Indian master]]. [[Asaṅga]] went to stay in a mountain [[cave]] near [[Bodhgaya]] in order to practice the [[guru-yoga]] of [[Maitreya]], the [[coming buddha]]. After three years, nothing had happened and he became disgruntled and left. As he was leaving, he met an old man who was rubbing an {{Wiki|iron}} rod with a cloth. He asked the man why he would do such a thing. The man replied that he needed a needle and if he polished the {{Wiki|iron}} rod enough, it would eventually wear down to a needle. [[Asaṅga]] was impressed by this display of [[patience]] and returned to his [[cave]] to [[meditate]] again. After another three years, still nothing had happened and he became disgruntled again and left. This time on the way out he saw how birds near the [[cave]] had worn down the rocks with the flapping of their wings as they went in and out of their nest. This impressed him again and he returned to his [[cave]] once more. After another three years still nothing had happened and he left again. Once again he saw something that impressed on him the need for perseverance and once again he returned to the [[cave]]. After another three years, now a total of twelve years, still nothing had happened and this time he left the [[cave]], determined that he was now done with it. When he arrived in a nearby village, he saw a badly under-nourished {{Wiki|dog}} with sores all over its [[body]]. The sores were badly infected and maggots were living in them. The {{Wiki|dog}} was almost a corpse. [[Asaṅga]] was overcome with a [[feeling]] of [[compassion]] for the {{Wiki|dog}}. However, he was equally concerned for the maggots. So he got down on his knees, closed his [[eyes]], and went to gently lick the maggots out of the wounds with his {{Wiki|tongue}}. However, to his surprise, his {{Wiki|tongue}} contacted the ground. He opened his [[eyes]] to find that the {{Wiki|dog}} had disappeared
  
 
126
 
126
Line 892: Line 892:
 
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS
 
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS
  
and that Maitreya was before him. Asaṅga asked him where he had been all the time. Maitreya told him that he had been with him right from the beginning, however, due to Asanga’s great obscurations produced from former bad actions, Asaṅga had not been able to see him. Asaṅga’s production of genuine loving kindness and compassion had overcome all of his obscurations and now he could see Maitreya. At various times we will experience fears, pains, or other difficulties. However, all such things can be successfully dealt with by the one method of bringing it onto the path with enlightenment mind.
+
and that [[Maitreya]] was before him. [[Asaṅga]] asked him where he had been all the time. [[Maitreya]] told him that he had been with him right from the beginning, however, due to [[Asanga’s]] great [[obscurations]] produced from former bad [[actions]], [[Asaṅga]] had not been able to see him. [[Asaṅga’s]] production of genuine [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]] had overcome all of his [[obscurations]] and now he could see [[Maitreya]]. At various times we will [[experience]] {{Wiki|fears}}, [[pains]], or other difficulties. However, all such things can be successfully dealt with by the one method of bringing it onto the [[path]] with [[enlightenment]] [[mind]].
  
OTHER RESOURCES: PADMA KARPO PUBLICATIONS
+
OTHER RESOURCES: [[PADMA]] KARPO PUBLICATIONS
  
The Tibetan Texts in This Book The Tibetan texts included in this book are available in electronic form for free download from our web-site. The texts are provided in our TibetD software format so that they can not only be read but can be searched and used as apart of a reference library. Furthermore, the texts in this format can be used in conjunction with our Illuminator Dictionary as a very convenient way of studying the texts. Full details about using our software and texts provided are on the web-site.
+
The [[Tibetan Texts]] in This [[Book]] The [[Tibetan texts]] included in this [[book]] are available in electronic [[form]] for free download from our web-site. The texts are provided in our TibetD {{Wiki|software}} format so that they can not only be read but can be searched and used as apart of a reference library. Furthermore, the texts in this format can be used in {{Wiki|conjunction}} with our Illuminator {{Wiki|Dictionary}} as a very convenient way of studying the texts. Full details about using our {{Wiki|software}} and texts provided are on the web-site.
  
The Illuminator Tibetan-English Dictionary The comprehensive Illuminator Dictionary is very handy and useful in terms of providing clear explanations of dharma terminology. The dictionary is electronic and massive in size. It is a mine of information.
+
The Illuminator Tibetan-English {{Wiki|Dictionary}} The comprehensive Illuminator {{Wiki|Dictionary}} is very handy and useful in terms of providing clear explanations of [[dharma]] {{Wiki|terminology}}. The {{Wiki|dictionary}} is electronic and massive in size. It is a mine of [[information]].
  
The Three Lines That Hit the Key Points and Commentary Tenga Rinpoche gave a very abbreviated commentary on Patrul Rinpoche’s Three Lines That Hit The Key Points. This is a key text for beginners in the Great Completion practice of 127
+
The Three Lines That Hit the Key Points and Commentary [[Tenga Rinpoche]] gave a very abbreviated commentary on [[Patrul Rinpoche’s]] Three Lines That Hit The Key Points. This is a key text for beginners in the [[Great Completion]] practice of 127
  
 
128
 
128
Line 906: Line 906:
 
OTHER RESOURCES
 
OTHER RESOURCES
  
Thorough Cut. A fine translation of the text and Patrul Rinpoche’s own commentary on it is available from Padma Karpo Translations. The book includes table of contents, translations of both texts, Tibetan of both texts, notes, glossary, and index. 62 pages.
+
Thorough Cut. A fine translation of the text and [[Patrul Rinpoche’s]] [[own]] commentary on it is available from [[Padma Karpo]] Translations. The [[book]] includes table of contents, translations of both texts, [[Tibetan]] of both texts, notes, glossary, and index. 62 pages.
  
Other Translations and Publications We have an ever increasing variety of translations of Tibetan Buddhist texts available on our web-site and through our distributors. Some of the translations on our web-site are free and can be downloaded on the spot for example: • Tsongkhapa’s chapter on interdependent origination from his Great Stages of the Path to Enlightenment. • Padma Karpo’s commentary to the first chapter of Shantideva’s Entering the Bodhisatva’s Conduct. Note that even the free ones are fully typeset and have been prepared as though for commercial publication. Some of the ones for purchase are: • The Condensed Chronicles of Padma by Padmasambhava himself. • Empowerment and Atiyoga a compilation of key empowerment texts of the Nyingma tradition with full explanations of the texts and the meanings of empowerment. • Various texts connected with the Choggyur Lingpa lineage, such as the guru yoga of Tulku Ugyen with commentary and more. See our website at http://www.tibet.dk/pktc/
+
Other Translations and Publications We have an ever increasing variety of translations of [[Tibetan Buddhist]] texts available on our web-site and through our distributors. Some of the translations on our web-site are free and can be downloaded on the spot for example: • [[Tsongkhapa’s]] [[chapter]] on [[interdependent origination]] from his Great [[Stages of the Path to Enlightenment]]. • [[Padma]] Karpo’s commentary to the first [[chapter]] of [[Shantideva’s]] Entering the Bodhisatva’s Conduct. Note that even the free ones are fully typeset and have been prepared as though for commercial publication. Some of the ones for purchase are: • The Condensed Chronicles of [[Padma]] by [[Padmasambhava]] himself. • [[Empowerment]] and [[Atiyoga]] a compilation of key [[empowerment]] texts of the [[Nyingma tradition]] with full explanations of the texts and the meanings of [[empowerment]]. • Various texts connected with the [[Choggyur Lingpa]] [[lineage]], such as the [[guru yoga]] of [[Tulku]] [[Ugyen]] with commentary and more. See our website at http://www.tibet.dk/pktc/
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
  
1. He is also known as Tilo, Telo, Tailo and each also with a “pa” on the end in Tibetan. In earlier Tibetan literature at least, he is usually called Tailopa not Tilopa. 2. Phagdru is the common abbreviation for Phagmo Drupa 3.See the section Other Resources on page 63. 4. This is exactly the meaning of the original Sanskrit “mudrā” in this case—a sign that is displayed and by being displayed conveys meaning. 5. Throughout this book “mind” translates the Tibetan term “sems” and the Sanskrit “chitta”. It specifically means the type of mind that beings in saṃsāra—cyclic existence—have. Mind is a complex process based on ignorance. It has a lot of paraphernalia that goes with it; the conceptual baggage of dualism. However, mind also has a core that is not ignorant of reality. This core has many names: a few used in this book are “mindness” (see note 23), “essence of mind”, “nature of mind”, and so on. Mindness is the working basis of the tantric path. Its very existence is the reason it is possible to shed the excess baggage of mind and return to wisdom which is the type of mind that buddhas have and which is mindness in its purest form. 6. From the text The Questions of Phagmo Drupa in the collected works of Gampopa. The European system of quoting page numbers and volumes of a source does not fit well with the Tibetan system of publishing texts. There are often different printings of the same edition, each with its own pagination and, since it is impossible to predict which version a reader might obtain, there is no point in quoting page and volume numbers. Tibetans themselves simply to quote the source and that is what I have done.
+
1. He is also known as Tilo, Telo, Tailo and each also with a “pa” on the end in [[Tibetan]]. In earlier [[Tibetan literature]] at least, he is usually called [[Tailopa]] not [[Tilopa]]. 2. [[Phagdru]] is the common abbreviation for [[Phagmo Drupa]] 3.See the section Other Resources on page 63. 4. This is exactly the meaning of the original [[Sanskrit]] “[[mudrā]]” in this case—a sign that is displayed and by being displayed conveys meaning. 5. Throughout this [[book]] “[[mind]]” translates the [[Tibetan]] term “[[sems]]” and the [[Sanskrit]] “[[chitta]]”. It specifically means the type of [[mind]] that [[beings]] in saṃsāra—cyclic existence—have. [[Mind]] is a complex process based on [[ignorance]]. It has a lot of {{Wiki|paraphernalia}} that goes with it; the {{Wiki|conceptual}} baggage of [[dualism]]. However, [[mind]] also has a core that is not [[ignorant]] of [[reality]]. This core has many names: a few used in this [[book]] are “mindness” (see note 23), “[[essence of mind]]”, “[[nature of mind]]”, and so on. Mindness is the working basis of the [[tantric path]]. Its very [[existence]] is the [[reason]] it is possible to shed the excess baggage of [[mind]] and return to [[wisdom]] which is the type of [[mind]] that [[buddhas]] have and which is mindness in its purest [[form]]. 6. From the text The Questions of [[Phagmo Drupa]] in the collected works of [[Gampopa]]. The {{Wiki|European}} system of quoting page numbers and volumes of a source does not fit well with the [[Tibetan]] system of publishing texts. There are often different printings of the same edition, each with its [[own]] pagination and, since it is impossible to predict which version a reader might obtain, there is no point in quoting page and volume numbers. [[Tibetans]] themselves simply to quote the source and that is what I have done.
  
 
130
 
130
Line 918: Line 918:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
7. From the same text as the previous quotation. 8. Tib. gdams ngag. There are several types of oral instruction used in Buddhism. What is meant here is oral instruction in general. It should not be confused with the very special oral instruction called upadeśha, see note 11. 9. Skt. bodhichitta, Tib. byang chub sems. The term does not merely mean “mind for enlightenment” or “enlightened attitude” as it is sometimes translated; in some contexts it also means “mind of enlightenment”. Thus enlightenment mind, which translates the Sanskrit and Tibetan exactly, is correct. 10. Tib. ngo sprod (transitive verb and noun) and ngo ’phrod (intransitive verb). A common term in Tibetan language meaning “to give / be given an introduction”. It is the standard term used when one person introduces another person to a third person or thing that they have not met before or do not remember. The term is used in the vajra vehicle in exactly the same way it is used in ordinary life but in a specific context. In the vajra vehicle it is used to indicate that the guru gives the disciple an introduction to the core of his or her own conventional mind. In this case, the guru introduces a person, quite literally, to the essence of his own mind. It is popular these days to translate the vajra vehicle usage as “pointing out” but that is not what the term says. The term does mean and is used to mean “an introduction given so that, once introduced, you now know the thing or person introduced”. Furthermore, there is another phrase in Tibetan used for difference purposes which does exactly mean “pointing out” and the two can conflict, thus it really is an error to translate this term as “pointing out”. A proper understanding and use of this term is crucial to a proper understanding of the vajra vehicle system, so the mistaken “pointing out” has not been used in this book. 11. Skt. Upadeśha, Tib. man ngag. One of several types of oral instruction. The term literally means “prime” or “foremost” type of “instruction” and conveys the sense of the best way of all possible ways of instruction for conveying a meaning to another person. This type of instruction comes out of direct personal experience and has great power to transform the mind of the listener, much more so
+
7. From the same text as the previous quotation. 8. Tib. [[gdams ngag]]. There are several types of [[oral instruction]] used in [[Buddhism]]. What is meant here is [[oral instruction]] in general. It should not be confused with the very special [[oral instruction]] called upadeśha, see note 11. 9. Skt. [[bodhichitta]], Tib. [[byang chub sems]]. The term does not merely mean “[[mind]] for [[enlightenment]]” or “[[enlightened attitude]]” as it is sometimes translated; in some contexts it also means “[[mind of enlightenment]]”. Thus [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], which translates the [[Sanskrit]] and [[Tibetan]] exactly, is correct. 10. Tib. [[ngo sprod]] (transitive verb and {{Wiki|noun}}) and [[ngo ’phrod]] (intransitive verb). A common term in [[Tibetan language]] meaning “to give / be given an introduction”. It is the standard term used when one [[person]] introduces another [[person]] to a third [[person]] or thing that they have not met before or do not remember. The term is used in the [[vajra vehicle]] in exactly the same way it is used in ordinary [[life]] but in a specific context. In the [[vajra vehicle]] it is used to indicate that the [[guru]] gives the [[disciple]] an introduction to the core of his or her [[own]] [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] [[mind]]. In this case, the [[guru]] introduces a [[person]], quite literally, to the [[essence]] of his [[own mind]]. It is popular these days to translate the [[vajra vehicle]] usage as “pointing out” but that is not what the term says. The term does mean and is used to mean “an introduction given so that, once introduced, you now know the thing or [[person]] introduced”. Furthermore, there is another [[phrase]] in [[Tibetan]] used for difference purposes which does exactly mean “pointing out” and the two can conflict, thus it really is an error to translate this term as “pointing out”. A proper [[understanding]] and use of this term is crucial to a proper [[understanding]] of the [[vajra vehicle]] system, so the mistaken “pointing out” has not been used in this [[book]]. 11. Skt. Upadeśha, Tib. [[man ngag]]. One of several types of [[oral instruction]]. The term literally means “prime” or “foremost” type of “instruction” and conveys the [[sense]] of the best way of all possible ways of instruction for conveying a meaning to another [[person]]. This type of instruction comes out of direct personal [[experience]] and has great power to [[transform]] the [[mind]] of the listener, much more so
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 924: Line 924:
 
131
 
131
  
than any other type of instruction. It is of crucial in the tantras. For example, the highest system of tantra, Great Completion, is also known as “the Upadeśha section” because at the highest level, upadeśha is the most direct way to get the student to realize things as they are. The importance of this type of oral instruction, and hence why its name needs to be clearly distinguished from the names of the many other types of oral instruction, can be understood from Situ Chokyi Jungnay’s text. He says that the instructions used to impart the realization of Mahāmudrā to students cannot be just any type of oral instruction but must be the type that is “an experiential kind of instruction ... which are not mere ornaments to the word of the Conqueror”. With this, he is saying that upadeśha are not the usual type of oral instruction used to clarify the words of the Buddha (and other great teachers) that operate simply by adding more to the meaning till it is clear; they are much more than that. Upadeśha are a special type of instruction that incorporate the power of personal experience and realization of either the teacher himself or the teacher’s teachers. These words are usually kept very private and, because of that, have a lot of power when they are used, much more so than ordinary types of oral instruction. Unfortunately, this term is usually translated in a way that does not allow the reader to distinguish it from the several other types of oral instruction, causing a serious loss of meaning. For this reason, I have kept the Sanskrit term. 12. Tib ras pa. A repa was a yogin who wore only a thin cotton cloth called a “re”. Repas could do this, even in the extreme cold of the snowy mountains of Tibet because of their yogic practice that produced warmth in the body. 13.Tib. rdzogs chen. Often referred to by the Tibetan name “Dzogchen” and often poorly translated as “Great Perfection”, the actual meaning of the term is “Great Completion”. 14. Introduction has the meaning of introduction has described in note 130. Dharmatā in this case is not very technical, it is a way of saying “reality”. 15. Sanskrit vidya, Tib. rig pa. One of the most important terms of Buddhism and especially of the tantras, it is often translated as
+
than any other type of instruction. It is of crucial in the [[tantras]]. For example, the [[highest]] system of [[tantra]], [[Great Completion]], is also known as “the Upadeśha section” because at the [[highest]] level, upadeśha is the most direct way to get the [[student]] to realize things as they are. The importance of this type of [[oral instruction]], and hence why its [[name]] needs to be clearly {{Wiki|distinguished}} from the names of the many other types of [[oral instruction]], can be understood from Situ Chokyi Jungnay’s text. He says that the instructions used to impart the [[realization]] of [[Mahāmudrā]] to students cannot be just any type of [[oral instruction]] but must be the type that is “an experiential kind of instruction ... which are not mere ornaments to the [[word]] of the Conqueror”. With this, he is saying that upadeśha are not the usual type of [[oral instruction]] used to clarify the [[words of the Buddha]] (and other great [[teachers]]) that operate simply by adding more to the meaning till it is clear; they are much more than that. Upadeśha are a special type of instruction that incorporate the power of personal [[experience]] and [[realization]] of either the [[teacher]] himself or the [[teacher’s]] [[teachers]]. These words are usually kept very private and, because of that, have a lot of power when they are used, much more so than ordinary types of [[oral instruction]]. Unfortunately, this term is usually translated in a way that does not allow the reader to distinguish it from the several other types of [[oral instruction]], causing a serious loss of meaning. For this [[reason]], I have kept the [[Sanskrit]] term. 12. Tib ras pa. A [[repa]] was a [[yogin]] who wore only a thin cotton cloth called a “re”. Repas could do this, even in the extreme cold of the snowy [[mountains]] of [[Tibet]] because of their [[yogic practice]] that produced warmth in the [[body]]. 13.Tib. [[rdzogs chen]]. Often referred to by the [[Tibetan]] [[name]] “[[Dzogchen]]” and often poorly translated as “[[Great Perfection]]”, the actual meaning of the term is “[[Great Completion]]”. 14. Introduction has the meaning of introduction has described in note 130. [[Dharmatā]] in this case is not very technical, it is a way of saying “[[reality]]”. 15. [[Sanskrit]] [[vidya]], Tib. [[rig pa]]. One of the most important terms of [[Buddhism]] and especially of the [[tantras]], it is often translated as
  
 
132
 
132
Line 930: Line 930:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
“awareness” these days but that fails to convey the meaning. The Sanskrit, which becomes the root of English words like “video”, “vision”, and the like, implies an active knowing, in which things are clearly seen. It has a sense of “sight of”, “the seeing of”, and in some cases “insight into”. In Sanskrit and Tibetan it is has both noun and verb forms and both are frequently used. Unfortunately the verb usage has been lost on translators and it is usually translated as a noun, often with loss of key meaning. For example, the “ignorance” we usually speak of in English when talking about Buddhist view actually means “not rig-ing”; it is a loss of sight, failure to see reality—and that meaning is very evident in Sanskrit and Tibetan. The opposite of ignorance is “to rig” the reality, in which case one is either reversing out of loss of sight of reality or has gained full insight into it, and has become a buddha. As Gampopa says, there are only two sides to existence. The side of those who have sight of reality—that is, the side in which there is “rigging” of reality or there is possession of rigpa of the reality—and the side of those who do not have sight of reality—that is, the side in which there is “no rigging” of reality or there is possession of “not having rigpa”. This rigpa, which is direct sight and knowledge of something, is an exceptionally important term and does not have an adequate English equivalent. Therefore, I am sticking my neck out and using the Tibetan term both as a noun (rigpa) and as a verb (to rig). Sanskrit usually works better than Tibetan for English audiences because Sanskrit has more ties with English. However, “rigpa” and “to rig” seem easier than variations on the Sanskrit “vid-” at the moment. Let us see what happens. Whatever else happens, we have to come up with a unique term in English for this term of terms in Buddhist thought. The word “awareness” that is so often used as the translation for rigpa is totally inadequate. 16. Gampopa’s expression sounds much more like a Dzogchen presentation than a Mahamudra presentation and it is noteworthy that, in his collected works, he frequently uses this kind of expression. Here., hee is saying to his disciples that you either have sight of reality or not and, if you do, that is where buddhahood lies, so he
+
“[[awareness]]” these days but that fails to convey the meaning. The [[Sanskrit]], which becomes the [[root]] of English words like “video”, “[[vision]]”, and the like, implies an active [[knowing]], in which things are clearly seen. It has a [[sense]] of “[[sight]] of”, “the [[seeing]] of”, and in some cases “[[insight]] into”. In [[Sanskrit]] and [[Tibetan]] it is has both {{Wiki|noun}} and verb [[forms]] and both are frequently used. Unfortunately the verb usage has been lost on [[translators]] and it is usually translated as a {{Wiki|noun}}, often with loss of key meaning. For example, the “[[ignorance]]” we usually speak of in English when talking about [[Buddhist view]] actually means “not rig-ing”; it is a loss of [[sight]], failure to see reality—and that meaning is very evident in [[Sanskrit]] and [[Tibetan]]. The opposite of [[ignorance]] is “to rig” the [[reality]], in which case one is either reversing out of loss of [[sight]] of [[reality]] or has gained full [[insight]] into it, and has become a [[buddha]]. As [[Gampopa]] says, there are only two sides to [[existence]]. The side of those who have [[sight]] of reality—that is, the side in which there is “rigging” of [[reality]] or there is possession of [[rigpa]] of the reality—and the side of those who do not have [[sight]] of reality—that is, the side in which there is “no rigging” of [[reality]] or there is possession of “not having [[rigpa]]”. This [[rigpa]], which is direct [[sight]] and [[knowledge]] of something, is an exceptionally important term and does not have an adequate English {{Wiki|equivalent}}. Therefore, I am sticking my neck out and using the [[Tibetan]] term both as a {{Wiki|noun}} ([[rigpa]]) and as a verb (to rig). [[Sanskrit]] usually works better than [[Tibetan]] for English audiences because [[Sanskrit]] has more ties with English. However, “[[rigpa]]” and “to rig” seem easier than variations on the [[Sanskrit]] “vid-” at the [[moment]]. Let us see what happens. Whatever else happens, we have to come up with a unique term in English for this term of terms in [[Buddhist]] [[thought]]. The [[word]] “[[awareness]]” that is so often used as the translation for [[rigpa]] is totally inadequate. 16. [[Gampopa’s]] expression {{Wiki|sounds}} much more like a [[Dzogchen]] presentation than a [[Mahamudra]] presentation and it is noteworthy that, in his collected works, he frequently uses this kind of expression. Here., hee is saying to his [[disciples]] that you either have [[sight]] of [[reality]] or not and, if you do, that is where [[buddhahood]] lies, so he
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 936: Line 936:
 
133
 
133
  
is going to give the requested introduction to buddhahood on the basis of rigpa. I will publish more from Gampopa’s collected works in the near future and explore his ways of presentation. 17. “Arouse the mind” is the term used in Mahāyanā literature to mean “arouse enlightenment mind”. This is the first instruction of the five parts. 18. The second of the five parts. 19. The third of the five parts. 20. The fourth of the five parts. From here, Gampopa continued on to give Phagmo Drupa and the other yogins present a lengthy instruction on the main practice, Mahāmudrā. The fifth the five parts is not mentioned explicitly in this interchange but Gampopa makes it clear in other places that dedication is the fifth part. 21. Of the Kagyu lineage 22. “Introducing” here refers to giving the introduction as described in note . 23. Skt. chittata, Tib. sems nyid. Mindness is a specific term of the tantras. It is one of many terms meaning the essence of mind or the nature of mind. It conveys the sense of “what mind is at its very core”. It has sometimes been translated as “mind itself” but that is a misunderstanding of the Tibetan word “nyid”. The term does not mean “that thing mind” where mind, as already explained refers to dualistic mind. Rather, it means the means the very core of dualistic mind, what mind is at root, without all of the dualistic baggage. A further point in choosing “mindness” for the translation is that it is an unmistakable term. This corresponds to the situation in both Sanskrit and Tibetan literature where the term stands out and cannot be mistaken for anything else. This should be compared with translations used up to now, such as “mind itself” which do not immediately signal a special term with specific meaning. Readers usually thinks that “mind itself” is just another reference to mind. “Actuality of mind” is a ground term. It is used to describe the ground situation. It refers to the reality which is the inner core of mind as it actually is, regardless of whether you are a practitioner
+
is going to give the requested introduction to [[buddhahood]] on the basis of [[rigpa]]. I will publish more from [[Gampopa’s]] collected works in the near {{Wiki|future}} and explore his ways of presentation. 17. “Arouse the [[mind]]” is the term used in [[Mahāyanā]] {{Wiki|literature}} to mean “arouse [[enlightenment]] [[mind]]”. This is the first instruction of the five parts. 18. The second of the five parts. 19. The third of the five parts. 20. The fourth of the five parts. From here, [[Gampopa]] continued on to give [[Phagmo Drupa]] and the other [[yogins]] {{Wiki|present}} a lengthy instruction on the main practice, [[Mahāmudrā]]. The fifth the five parts is not mentioned explicitly in this interchange but [[Gampopa]] makes it clear in other places that [[dedication]] is the fifth part. 21. Of the [[Kagyu lineage]] 22. “Introducing” here refers to giving the introduction as described in note . 23. Skt. chittata, Tib. [[sems nyid]]. Mindness is a specific term of the [[tantras]]. It is one of many terms meaning the [[essence of mind]] or the [[nature of mind]]. It conveys the [[sense]] of “what [[mind]] is at its very core”. It has sometimes been translated as “[[mind]] itself” but that is a {{Wiki|misunderstanding}} of the [[Tibetan]] [[word]] “[[nyid]]”. The term does not mean “that thing [[mind]]” where [[mind]], as already explained refers to [[dualistic mind]]. Rather, it means the means the very core of [[dualistic mind]], what [[mind]] is at [[root]], without all of the [[dualistic]] baggage. A further point in choosing “mindness” for the translation is that it is an unmistakable term. This corresponds to the situation in both [[Sanskrit]] and [[Tibetan literature]] where the term stands out and cannot be mistaken for anything else. This should be compared with translations used up to now, such as “[[mind]] itself” which do not immediately signal a special term with specific meaning. Readers usually [[thinks]] that “[[mind]] itself” is just another reference to [[mind]]. “[[Actuality]] of [[mind]]” is a ground term. It is used to describe the ground situation. It refers to the [[reality]] which is the inner core of [[mind]] as it actually is, regardless of whether you are a [[practitioner]]
  
 
134
 
134
Line 942: Line 942:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
or not, a buddha or not. “Mindness” on the other hand is a path term. It refers to exactly the same thing as actuality of mind but does so from the practitioner’s perspective. It conveys the sense to a practitioner that he might still have baggage of dualistic mind that has not been purified yet but there is a core to that mind that he can work with. Here, the guru gives the disciple an introduction to the actuality of mind. That actuality of mind is the inner nature of dualistic mind that will, when fully uncovered, become the mind of a buddha. The disciple experiences that as mindness and that gives the disciple the basis needed for proceeding with the practice. The practice is to purify all the obscurations so that mindness becomes fully uncovered. When it is fully uncovered, the disciple has reached the end of the path. At that time, the previously covered-over mindness is completely uncovered and is the mind of a buddha. At that point it is called “dharmakāya” where “dharmakāya” is one of several fruition terms that correspond to the ground and path terms indicated above. 24. That is, repeating one of the many prayers that arouses the two types of enlightenment mind, aspiring and entering. 25. Of the deity’s mantra. 26. The actuality of mind can be introduced at the more superficial level of the innate mind without fabrication of thoughts. This corresponds in essence to the practice of calm-abiding taught in the sūtras. Unfabricated in this case means that mind is just left alone, without any modification or alteration to its nature. It does not refer to the term meaning “unelaborated” (Tib. spros bral) which unfortunately is also sometimes translated as un-fabricated but which refers to putting an end to conceptual views altogether. 27. The last three sentences go together. Coming to rest completely requires that all states opposite to calm-abiding, which are summed up in the sūtras as sinking and agitation, are removed. In the Mahāmudrā way of doing things, it also requires the removal of certain wrong ideas, the doings of rational mind, which are summed up in the Mahāmudrā teachings in what are called the four points of straying and the three deviations. The removal of these in this way is the removal of the obstacles to wisdom waking itself up, not the actual waking
+
or not, a [[buddha]] or not. “Mindness” on the other hand is a [[path]] term. It refers to exactly the same thing as [[actuality]] of [[mind]] but does so from the practitioner’s {{Wiki|perspective}}. It conveys the [[sense]] to a [[practitioner]] that he might still have baggage of [[dualistic mind]] that has not been [[purified]] yet but there is a core to that [[mind]] that he can work with. Here, the [[guru]] gives the [[disciple]] an introduction to the [[actuality]] of [[mind]]. That [[actuality]] of [[mind]] is the inner [[nature]] of [[dualistic mind]] that will, when fully uncovered, become the [[mind of a buddha]]. The [[disciple]] [[experiences]] that as mindness and that gives the [[disciple]] the basis needed for proceeding with the practice. The practice is to {{Wiki|purify}} all the [[obscurations]] so that mindness becomes fully uncovered. When it is fully uncovered, the [[disciple]] has reached the end of the [[path]]. At that time, the previously covered-over mindness is completely uncovered and is the [[mind of a buddha]]. At that point it is called “[[dharmakāya]]” where “[[dharmakāya]]” is one of several [[fruition]] terms that correspond to the ground and [[path]] terms indicated above. 24. That is, repeating one of the many [[prayers]] that arouses the two types of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], aspiring and entering. 25. Of the [[deity’s]] [[mantra]]. 26. The [[actuality]] of [[mind]] can be introduced at the more [[superficial]] level of the innate [[mind]] without [[fabrication]] of [[thoughts]]. This corresponds in [[essence]] to the practice of calm-abiding [[taught]] in the [[sūtras]]. Unfabricated in this case means that [[mind]] is just left alone, without any modification or [[alteration]] to its [[nature]]. It does not refer to the term meaning “unelaborated” (Tib. [[spros bral]]) which unfortunately is also sometimes translated as un-fabricated but which refers to putting an end to {{Wiki|conceptual}} [[views]] altogether. 27. The last three sentences go together. Coming to rest completely requires that all states opposite to calm-abiding, which are summed up in the [[sūtras]] as sinking and [[agitation]], are removed. In the [[Mahāmudrā]] way of doing things, it also requires the removal of certain wrong [[ideas]], the doings of [[rational]] [[mind]], which are summed up in the [[Mahāmudrā]] teachings in what are called the four points of straying and the three deviations. The removal of these in this way is the removal of the [[obstacles]] to [[wisdom]] waking itself up, not the actual waking
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 948: Line 948:
 
135
 
135
  
up. In other words, the instruction here is saying that appearances are usually manifestations of dualistic mind however, if used properly, they can become the means for removing the energy that tends to make them manifestations of dualistic mind. Once that has happened, appearances can be further introduced as the innate reality itself manifesting. From that kind of introduction, appearances can be practised as the innate reality of mahamudra itself. When that has been accomplished, even appearances become the innate reality. One of the key points here is that the Mahāmudrā approach to reality uses appearances of the five senses—sights, sounds, and so on—as the doorway to the reality called Mahāmudrā. This differs from the approach of the other main teaching on reality, Mahāti, in which appearances are not the gateway to reality, rather, the luminosity of the innate mind itself is the gateway. In the end, the two systems come to the same point, though there is this subtle but crucial distinction between the two approaches. Mahāmudrā instructions do not discuss this because the whole system just depends on the use of appearances as the gateway. These instructions are very pithy and sum up a very large body of teaching. More of the meaning is contained in the other texts and explanations presented here. Full clarification must be obtained from a teacher, in person. 28. The state is a technical term of very great significance in Mahāmudrā. The term is used throughout the book, mainly with this specific meaning. See the glossary entries “state” and “preserving the state”. 29. At this point, the practitioner has developed some ability to rest in the state of the innate nature without fabrications. While the practitioner is resting in that state, thoughts will flash forth. Direct recognition of the nature of the thoughts is the direct recognition of the dharmakāya, as Gampopa taught. In that kind of process, dharmakāya liberates itself with no other antidote needed, thus, the thoughts, produced on the basis of the various doors of consciousness, are now turned into wisdom waking itself up. The practitioner habituates himself to this and, by doing so, his mindness is increasingly cleared of obscurations until it eventually becomes the dharmakāya of a buddha. This section corresponds to what is called vipaśhyanā, meaning the practice of insight, in the sūtra system.
+
up. In other words, the instruction here is saying that [[appearances]] are usually [[manifestations]] of [[dualistic mind]] however, if used properly, they can become the means for removing the [[energy]] that tends to make them [[manifestations]] of [[dualistic mind]]. Once that has happened, [[appearances]] can be further introduced as the innate [[reality]] itself [[manifesting]]. From that kind of introduction, [[appearances]] can be practised as the innate [[reality]] of [[mahamudra]] itself. When that has been accomplished, even [[appearances]] become the innate [[reality]]. One of the key points here is that the [[Mahāmudrā]] approach to [[reality]] uses [[appearances]] of the five senses—sights, {{Wiki|sounds}}, and so on—as the doorway to the [[reality]] called [[Mahāmudrā]]. This differs from the approach of the other main [[teaching]] on [[reality]], [[Mahāti]], in which [[appearances]] are not the gateway to [[reality]], rather, the [[luminosity]] of the innate [[mind]] itself is the gateway. In the end, the two systems come to the same point, though there is this {{Wiki|subtle}} but crucial {{Wiki|distinction}} between the two approaches. [[Mahāmudrā]] instructions do not discuss this because the whole system just depends on the use of [[appearances]] as the gateway. These instructions are very pithy and sum up a very large [[body of teaching]]. More of the meaning is contained in the other texts and explanations presented here. Full clarification must be obtained from a [[teacher]], in [[person]]. 28. The [[state]] is a technical term of very great significance in [[Mahāmudrā]]. The term is used throughout the [[book]], mainly with this specific meaning. See the glossary entries “[[state]]” and “preserving the [[state]]”. 29. At this point, the [[practitioner]] has developed some ability to rest in the [[state]] of the [[innate nature]] without [[fabrications]]. While the [[practitioner]] is resting in that [[state]], [[thoughts]] will flash forth. Direct {{Wiki|recognition}} of the [[nature]] of the [[thoughts]] is the direct {{Wiki|recognition}} of the [[dharmakāya]], as [[Gampopa]] [[taught]]. In that kind of process, [[dharmakāya]] [[liberates]] itself with no other antidote needed, thus, the [[thoughts]], produced on the basis of the various doors of [[consciousness]], are now turned into [[wisdom]] waking itself up. The [[practitioner]] habituates himself to this and, by doing so, his mindness is increasingly cleared of [[obscurations]] until it eventually becomes the [[dharmakāya]] of a [[buddha]]. This section corresponds to what is called vipaśhyanā, meaning the [[practice of insight]], in the [[sūtra]] system.
  
 
136
 
136
Line 954: Line 954:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
30. Here he is making a play on the Tibetan way of glossing the Tibetan word for buddha which consists of two parts. The first, “wakefulness” refers to the fruition of the dharmakāya, and the second, “expansion” to the fruition of the form kāyas. 31. In other words, the five parts include both practices that accumulate merit and practices that accumulate wisdom. Since there are both types of accumulation in the practice, there are, correspondingly, two types of dedication to be made. Each type of accumulation has to be dedicated according to its own way of being produced, which is that merit is dedicated within a conceptual framework and wisdom is dedicated within a non-conceptual framework. The next text and its commentary give more information about this. 32. Tib. ’gro ba. “Migrator” is one of several common terms meaning “sentient being”. Sentient beings are constantly forced to go here and there from one rebirth to another by the power of their karma. They are like flies caught in a jar, constantly buzzing back and forth. 33. The name has some poetry included. In the Indian literary tradition and the Tibetan literary tradition copying it, the ocean is regarded as the source of jewels because it is the dwelling place of the nāgas who hoard jewels. These ocean-like instructions are a source of the jewels of experience and realization. Experience means the experiences of the path which come from practice but are temporary in nature. As the path is practised, experience increases and eventually becomes realization which is final and does not change. 34. The three baskets of the sūtra teachings of the Buddha. 35. An assembly of the Vajra Vehicle saṅgha 36. The founder of the Drigung Kagyu, Jigten Sumgon. 37. A Tibetan phrase used to indicate that a disciple has attained the entire realization of his guru as though the disciple was an empty vase into which the whole realization of the guru was just poured in, filling the disciple totally. 38. This explains how Jigten Sumgon laid out the text. He showed each of the five parts, one by one. This explanation overall includes all the instructions of the Great Vehicle—that is, contains all the key
+
30. Here he is making a play on the [[Tibetan]] way of glossing the [[Tibetan]] [[word]] for [[buddha]] which consists of two parts. The first, “wakefulness” refers to the [[fruition]] of the [[dharmakāya]], and the second, “expansion” to the [[fruition]] of the [[form]] [[kāyas]]. 31. In other words, the five parts include both practices that [[accumulate]] [[merit]] and practices that [[accumulate]] [[wisdom]]. Since there are both types of [[accumulation]] in the practice, there are, correspondingly, two types of [[dedication]] to be made. Each type of [[accumulation]] has to be dedicated according to its [[own]] way of being produced, which is that [[merit]] is dedicated within a {{Wiki|conceptual}} framework and [[wisdom]] is dedicated within a [[non-conceptual]] framework. The next text and its commentary give more [[information]] about this. 32. Tib. ’gro ba. “Migrator” is one of several common terms meaning “[[sentient being]]”. [[Sentient beings]] are constantly forced to go here and there from one [[rebirth]] to another by the power of their [[karma]]. They are like flies caught in a jar, constantly buzzing back and forth. 33. The [[name]] has some [[poetry]] included. In the [[Indian]] {{Wiki|literary}} [[tradition]] and the [[Tibetan]] {{Wiki|literary}} [[tradition]] copying it, the ocean is regarded as the source of [[jewels]] because it is the dwelling place of the [[nāgas]] who hoard [[jewels]]. These ocean-like instructions are a source of the [[jewels]] of [[experience]] and [[realization]]. [[Experience]] means the [[experiences]] of the [[path]] which come from practice but are [[temporary in nature]]. As the [[path]] is practised, [[experience]] increases and eventually becomes [[realization]] which is final and does not change. 34. The [[three baskets]] of the [[sūtra]] [[teachings of the Buddha]]. 35. An assembly of the [[Vajra Vehicle]] [[saṅgha]] 36. The founder of the [[Drigung Kagyu]], [[Jigten Sumgon]]. 37. A [[Tibetan]] [[phrase]] used to indicate that a [[disciple]] has [[attained]] the entire [[realization]] of his [[guru]] as though the [[disciple]] was an [[empty]] [[vase]] into which the whole [[realization]] of the [[guru]] was just poured in, filling the [[disciple]] totally. 38. This explains how [[Jigten Sumgon]] laid out the text. He showed each of the five parts, one by one. This explanation overall includes all the instructions of the Great Vehicle—that is, contains all the key
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 960: Line 960:
 
137
 
137
  
points of both pāramitā and vajra vehicles. In addition he added a teaching called the Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas to the basic fivepart instructions. He did this by adding a summation containing the relevant portion of the Ten Dharmas, Three dharmas, teaching at the end of each of the five parts. These two aspects can be seen further on in this text. Thus the text is a great treasury of the speech of his guru, the Dharma Lord Phagmo Drupa, in the style of a text on the five parts. 39. Karmapa Mikyo Dorje 40. The first line instructs the practitioner which meditation posture to assume for the practice. The second line instructs the practitioner to develop enlightened mind through the uncommon yogic practices of wind and channels. The five part system does not use these esoteric instructions but transmits the exoteric instructions which immediately follow. The author uses this quote, even though it might not seem fitting, because he is giving his readers, assumed to be Kagyu practitioners, a hint about inner possibilities. 41. According to all texts of the Tibetan tradition, the correct spelling is bodhisatva, with a single “t”. This is seen as far back as the ninth century, such as in the writings of the greatest translator of the time, Kawa Paltsheg. The previous incarnation of Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche verified that this was correct and explained why there is a difference between satva and sattva. 42. The texts of Prajñāpāramitā, which is where enlightenment mind is explained by the Buddha, say that the training in fictional enlightenment mind is done in the manner of seeing all things as illusory. See next note for the explanation of fictional. 43. “Fictional” and “superfactual” are much better translations of a key pair of Buddhist terms that have usually been translated mostly as “relative” and “absolute” respectively. The Sanskrit term behind “fictional”, saṃvṛiti, is a common word that was used in ordinary language. It means “a fiction”, “a deliberate coverup”. This word was used in a variety of Indian religions, including Buddhism, to refer to the reality of ordinary beings, ones who are not spiritually advanced. The reality that these beings experience
+
points of both [[pāramitā]] and [[vajra vehicles]]. In addition he added a [[teaching]] called the [[Ten Dharmas]], [[Three Dharmas]] to the basic fivepart instructions. He did this by adding a summation containing the relevant portion of the [[Ten Dharmas]], [[Three dharmas]], [[teaching]] at the end of each of the five parts. These two aspects can be seen further on in this text. Thus the text is a great treasury of the {{Wiki|speech}} of his [[guru]], the [[Dharma Lord]] [[Phagmo Drupa]], in the style of a text on the five parts. 39. [[Karmapa]] [[Mikyo Dorje]] 40. The first line instructs the [[practitioner]] which [[meditation posture]] to assume for the practice. The second line instructs the [[practitioner]] to develop [[enlightened mind]] through the uncommon [[yogic practices]] of [[wind]] and [[channels]]. The five part system does not use these [[esoteric]] instructions but transmits the [[exoteric]] instructions which immediately follow. The author uses this quote, even though it might not seem fitting, because he is giving his readers, assumed to be [[Kagyu]] practitioners, a hint about inner possibilities. 41. According to all texts of the [[Tibetan tradition]], the correct spelling is [[bodhisatva]], with a single “t”. This is seen as far back as the ninth century, such as in the writings of the greatest [[translator]] of the time, [[Kawa]] Paltsheg. The previous [[incarnation]] of [[Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche]] verified that this was correct and explained why there is a difference between satva and [[sattva]]. 42. The texts of [[Prajñāpāramitā]], which is where [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] is explained by the [[Buddha]], say that the {{Wiki|training}} in fictional [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] is done in the manner of [[seeing]] all things as [[illusory]]. See next note for the explanation of fictional. 43. “Fictional” and “superfactual” are much better translations of a key pair of [[Buddhist]] terms that have usually been translated mostly as “[[relative]]” and “[[absolute]]” respectively. The [[Sanskrit]] term behind “fictional”, saṃvṛiti, is a common [[word]] that was used in [[ordinary language]]. It means “a {{Wiki|fiction}}”, “a deliberate coverup”. This [[word]] was used in a variety of [[Indian religions]], [[including]] [[Buddhism]], to refer to the [[reality]] of [[ordinary beings]], ones who are not [[spiritually]] advanced. The [[reality]] that these [[beings]] [[experience]]
  
 
138
 
138
Line 966: Line 966:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
is a trumped up one, a big fiction, made up by their delusion. The term fictional was paired with another term that was also widely used amongst Indian religions. This other term was used for talking about the reality of beings who are spiritually advanced enough to see things as they really are. The term, “paramārtha”, means “the spiritually superior (parama) fact known by mind (artha)”. This is the fact of how things are. In other words, it refers to the superior level of reality to the fictional one made up by sentient beings, a level which is known by spiritually advanced beings, and which is simply a fact—reality without any fictions. There is no equivalent for this in English so I have coined the new term “superfactual”, which is not only a very accurate translation of both the Sanskrit and Tibetan terms but also conveys the meaning correctly, as shown in this paragraph. The two terms “fictional” and “superfactual” are used in any discussion of the two levels of reality that exist for beings as a whole: the fictional level of reality that sentient beings create for themselves by means of their delusion and the superior, factual level of reality that undeluded beings know as a fact. The terms “relative” and “absolute” sound nice but do not convey either the meanings of the original words nor the meanings that the Buddha gave to them when explaining these two levels of reality. The terms fictional and superfactual not only translate the original terms accurately but also convey the sense of the terms as used by the Buddha. Note the difference in feeling that you get when you use “fictional” and “superfactual” as opposed to relative and absolute. 44. Each of the five sections ends first with a statement like this about the how the particular practice gets to the points of the practice and then with a quoted verse. The statement is the relevant part of Jigten Sumgon’s additional Ten Dharmas, Three dharmas material and the verse quotes what Jigten Sumgon heard from Phagmo Drupa when he heard the instructions on the Five Parts. 45. Tib. rgyal ’gong. A type of male, negative force (Tib. gdon) always connected with anger. 46. The central thread is our normal, selfish mind, which is the backbone of an ordinary person’s being. If you cut this thread using
+
is a trumped up one, a big {{Wiki|fiction}}, made up by their [[delusion]]. The term fictional was paired with another term that was also widely used amongst [[Indian religions]]. This other term was used for talking about the [[reality]] of [[beings]] who are [[spiritually]] advanced enough to see things as they really are. The term, “[[paramārtha]]”, means “the [[spiritually]] {{Wiki|superior}} ([[parama]]) fact known by [[mind]] ([[artha]])”. This is the fact of how things are. In other words, it refers to the {{Wiki|superior}} level of [[reality]] to the fictional one made up by [[sentient beings]], a level which is known by [[spiritually]] advanced [[beings]], and which is simply a fact—reality without any fictions. There is no {{Wiki|equivalent}} for this in English so I have coined the new term “superfactual”, which is not only a very accurate translation of both the [[Sanskrit]] and [[Tibetan]] terms but also conveys the meaning correctly, as shown in this paragraph. The two terms “fictional” and “superfactual” are used in any [[discussion]] of the two levels of [[reality]] that [[exist]] for [[beings]] as a whole: the fictional level of [[reality]] that [[sentient beings]] create for themselves by means of their [[delusion]] and the {{Wiki|superior}}, {{Wiki|factual}} level of [[reality]] that undeluded [[beings]] know as a fact. The terms “[[relative]]” and “[[absolute]]” [[sound]] nice but do not convey either the meanings of the original words nor the meanings that the [[Buddha]] gave to them when explaining these two levels of [[reality]]. The terms fictional and superfactual not only translate the original terms accurately but also convey the [[sense]] of the terms as used by the [[Buddha]]. Note the difference in [[feeling]] that you get when you use “fictional” and “superfactual” as opposed to [[relative]] and [[absolute]]. 44. Each of the [[five sections]] ends first with a statement like this about the how the particular practice gets to the points of the practice and then with a quoted verse. The statement is the relevant part of Jigten Sumgon’s additional [[Ten Dharmas]], [[Three dharmas]] material and the verse quotes what [[Jigten Sumgon]] heard from [[Phagmo Drupa]] when he heard the instructions on the Five Parts. 45. Tib. rgyal ’[[gong]]. A type of {{Wiki|male}}, negative force (Tib. gdon) always connected with [[anger]]. 46. The central thread is our normal, [[selfish]] [[mind]], which is the {{Wiki|backbone}} of an ordinary person’s being. If you cut this thread using
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 972: Line 972:
 
139
 
139
  
love and compassion, then you will become famous amongst all the rest of the people, gods and men, for your kindness. If you do not, then you remain an ordinary person who is nothing special. 47. This is the special instruction from the Hearing Lineage, not the normal, outer instruction. 48. “Armours” is shorthand for armour deities. 49. These are two of the various mantras of Chakrasaṃvara. 50. The container worlds and the sentient beings contained within them. 51. Deity’s form. 52. Tib. bsen mo. A type of female, negative force (Tib. gdon) always connected with desire. 53. This is a second kind of devotion, the one that results in direct perception of the dharmakāya for the practitioner. 54. See note 44. 55. Devaputra is one of the four māras. It is the personification of evil forces which cause attraction to sense objects. 56. Skt. buddhi, Tib. blo. Rational mind is a specific aspect of dualistic mind. It is that part of mind that deals in the rational thought of this as opposed to that. It is a pejorative term in this kind of literature. You will see it used throughout the texts translated here to refer to the agent that keeps a person in duality. Here, “the rational mind of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa” means the rational type of mind that keeps up the dichotomy of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. This mind, as with all other things, sees saṃsāra and nirvāṇa as a pair of opposites instead of directly knowing their equality. 57. The exaggerations of appearance and emptiness are the concepts of appearance and emptiness produced by the rational mind. They are exaggerations because they add more than what is actually there. 58. Tib. ’khrul pa. This term specifically means the confusion of taking what is not as what is. It is the mis-take of taking deluded reality as reality. It is paired here with its opposite, liberation.
+
[[love]] and [[compassion]], then you will become famous amongst all the rest of the [[people]], [[gods]] and men, for your [[kindness]]. If you do not, then you remain an [[ordinary person]] who is [[nothing special]]. 47. This is the special instruction from the Hearing [[Lineage]], not the normal, outer instruction. 48. “Armours” is shorthand for armour [[deities]]. 49. These are two of the various [[mantras]] of [[Chakrasaṃvara]]. 50. The container [[worlds]] and the [[sentient beings]] contained within them. 51. [[Deity’s]] [[form]]. 52. Tib. bsen mo. A type of {{Wiki|female}}, negative force (Tib. gdon) always connected with [[desire]]. 53. This is a second kind of [[devotion]], the one that results in direct [[perception]] of the [[dharmakāya]] for the [[practitioner]]. 54. See note 44. 55. [[Devaputra]] is one of the four [[māras]]. It is the {{Wiki|personification}} of [[evil]] forces which [[cause]] [[attraction]] to [[sense objects]]. 56. Skt. [[buddhi]], Tib. blo. [[Rational]] [[mind]] is a specific aspect of [[dualistic mind]]. It is that part of [[mind]] that deals in the [[rational thought]] of this as opposed to that. It is a pejorative term in this kind of {{Wiki|literature}}. You will see it used throughout the texts translated here to refer to the agent that keeps a [[person]] in [[duality]]. Here, “the [[rational]] [[mind]] of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]]” means the [[rational]] type of [[mind]] that keeps up the {{Wiki|dichotomy}} of [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]]. This [[mind]], as with all other things, sees [[saṃsāra]] and [[nirvāṇa]] as a pair of opposites instead of directly [[knowing]] their equality. 57. The exaggerations of [[appearance]] and [[emptiness]] are the [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] of [[appearance]] and [[emptiness]] produced by the [[rational]] [[mind]]. They are exaggerations because they add more than what is actually there. 58. Tib. ’khrul pa. This term specifically means the [[confusion]] of taking what is not as what is. It is the mis-take of taking deluded [[reality]] as [[reality]]. It is paired here with its opposite, [[liberation]].
  
 
140
 
140
Line 978: Line 978:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
59. Tib. mkhyen pa gnyis. The two all-knowing knowledges of a buddha: the knowledge of things as they are, and things in their extent. 60. Tib. gnas lugs. The actuality of anything is the way it really is. The actuality of mind is found in its innermost nature. That actuality is reality, one word for which is Mahāmudrā. This term is often translated as “natural state” which is far removed from what it actually means. The term simply means how something actually sits, how it actually is as opposed to other mistaken possibilities. Thus, there is mind, which is a mistaken possibility and there is mindness, which is the actuality of mind, and that in turn is none other than reality, which is also called Mahāmudrā. 61. Tib. dus thabs. Method of time is a specific style of introducing actuality. It does not mean “timely method” as is often translated. 62. That is, the core of mind, which is called “tathāgatagarbha” in the sūtras and “mindness” or “nature of mind” or “essence of mind” in the tantras. 63. Tib. gsal ba. The Tibetan term “gsal ba” and its Sanskrit equivalent “vara” here translated as “clarity” are actually simply abbreviations of the Tibetan ’od gsal and its Sanskrit equivalent “prabhasvara”, meaning “luminosity”. The abbreviation in every case carries exactly the same meaning as the full word and does not represent another meaning or nuance. This is an important point because these days, it seems, people do not realize that one is no more than an abbreviation of the other and then come to the conclusion that there are two similar but slightly different things in the core of mind, one called clarity and one called luminosity. Luminosity and its abbreviation clarity are simply metaphors for the fundamental knowing quality of mind. 64. That is, there will none of the dualistic process whereby mind conducts its own recital, using the voice of concepts and the names that go with it, saying, “This is this, this is that, this is what is happening”, and so on. 65. That is, the mindness experienced by the practitioner is the actual functioning of Mahāmudrā on the path. In other words, it is path Mahāmudrā.
+
59. Tib. [[mkhyen pa gnyis]]. The two all-knowing [[knowledges]] of a [[buddha]]: the [[knowledge]] of things as they are, and things in their extent. 60. Tib. [[gnas lugs]]. The [[actuality]] of anything is the way it really is. The [[actuality]] of [[mind]] is found in its innermost [[nature]]. That [[actuality]] is [[reality]], one [[word]] for which is [[Mahāmudrā]]. This term is often translated as “natural [[state]]” which is far removed from what it actually means. The term simply means how something actually sits, how it actually is as opposed to other mistaken possibilities. Thus, there is [[mind]], which is a mistaken possibility and there is mindness, which is the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], and that in turn is none other than [[reality]], which is also called [[Mahāmudrā]]. 61. Tib. dus [[thabs]]. Method of time is a specific style of introducing [[actuality]]. It does not mean “timely method” as is often translated. 62. That is, the core of [[mind]], which is called “[[tathāgatagarbha]]” in the [[sūtras]] and “mindness” or “[[nature of mind]]” or “[[essence of mind]]” in the [[tantras]]. 63. Tib. [[gsal ba]]. The [[Tibetan]] term “[[gsal ba]]” and its [[Sanskrit]] {{Wiki|equivalent}} “vara” here translated as “clarity” are actually simply abbreviations of the [[Tibetan]] ’[[od gsal]] and its [[Sanskrit]] {{Wiki|equivalent}} “[[prabhasvara]]”, meaning “[[luminosity]]”. The abbreviation in every case carries exactly the same meaning as the full [[word]] and does not represent another meaning or {{Wiki|nuance}}. This is an important point because these days, it seems, [[people]] do not realize that one is no more than an abbreviation of the other and then come to the conclusion that there are two similar but slightly different things in the core of [[mind]], one called clarity and one called [[luminosity]]. [[Luminosity]] and its abbreviation clarity are simply {{Wiki|metaphors}} for the fundamental [[knowing]] [[quality]] of [[mind]]. 64. That is, there will none of the [[dualistic]] process whereby [[mind]] conducts its [[own]] recital, using the {{Wiki|voice}} of [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] and the names that go with it, saying, “This is this, this is that, this is what is happening”, and so on. 65. That is, the mindness [[experienced]] by the [[practitioner]] is the actual functioning of [[Mahāmudrā]] on the [[path]]. In other words, it is [[path]] [[Mahāmudrā]].
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 984: Line 984:
 
141
 
141
  
66. This paragraph presents ground, path, and fruition Mahāmudrā in sequence. It defines ground Mahāmudrā, which is the basis upon which an introduction to one’s own mind is made. It then states how the introduction is done. Introduction by a guru depends on two things: the blessings of the guru which can convey his own realization of Mahāmudrā, and the method of time mentioned in note 61. The paragraph explains how the introduction is done and how the disciple recognizes and thus has certainty in what has been introduced. After that, the disciple nurtures the state that has been recognized. At that point, the disciple is established on the path of Mahāmudrā. Path Mahāmudrā is the functioning of mindness as it is actually known to the practitioner. When that is brought to finality, there is only Mahāmudrā, which is the fruition state. 67. Tib. tha mal gyi shes pa. This is often translated as “ordinary mind” but that is not the meaning. Padma Karpo clearly explains that “tha mal” does not mean ordinary in the sense of common, nothing special, but means common to all, that everyone has it. It is another path term for the essence of mind. 68. Skt. śhamatha and vipaśhyanā. Tib. gzhi gnas and lhag mthong. 69. In other words, the practice of calm abiding at first when there is no abiding of mind, then after that when there is some abiding, and then methods for enhancing the abiding. 70. Skt. samyaksaṃbuddha. A buddha who is a truly complete buddha as opposed to an arhat type of buddha, who is not a truly complete buddha. 71. A pair of terms in Tibetan which are related but each of which has its own meaning. These are the two enemies of concentration on the side of mind being under-active. 72. A pair of terms in Tibetan which are related but each of which has its own meaning. These are the two enemies of concentration on the side of mind being over-active. 73. A pair of terms in Tibetan which are related but each of which has its own meaning. These are the two factors of mind needed for the development of any state of concentration.
+
66. This paragraph presents [[ground, path, and fruition]] [[Mahāmudrā]] in sequence. It defines ground [[Mahāmudrā]], which is the basis upon which an introduction to one’s [[own mind]] is made. It then states how the introduction is done. Introduction by a [[guru]] depends on two things: the [[blessings]] of the [[guru]] which can convey his [[own]] [[realization]] of [[Mahāmudrā]], and the method of time mentioned in note 61. The paragraph explains how the introduction is done and how the [[disciple]] [[recognizes]] and thus has {{Wiki|certainty}} in what has been introduced. After that, the [[disciple]] nurtures the [[state]] that has been [[recognized]]. At that point, the [[disciple]] is established on the [[path]] of [[Mahāmudrā]]. [[Path]] [[Mahāmudrā]] is the functioning of mindness as it is actually known to the [[practitioner]]. When that is brought to finality, there is only [[Mahāmudrā]], which is the [[fruition]] [[state]]. 67. Tib. [[tha mal gyi shes pa]]. This is often translated as “[[ordinary mind]]” but that is not the meaning. [[Padma Karpo]] clearly explains that “tha mal” does not mean ordinary in the [[sense]] of common, [[nothing special]], but means common to all, that everyone has it. It is another [[path]] term for the [[essence of mind]]. 68. Skt. śhamatha and vipaśhyanā. Tib. [[gzhi]] [[gnas]] and [[lhag mthong]]. 69. In other words, the practice of [[calm abiding]] at first when there is no abiding of [[mind]], then after that when there is some abiding, and then [[methods]] for enhancing the abiding. 70. Skt. [[samyaksaṃbuddha]]. A [[buddha]] who is a truly complete [[buddha]] as opposed to an [[arhat]] type of [[buddha]], who is not a truly complete [[buddha]]. 71. A pair of terms in [[Tibetan]] which are related but each of which has its [[own]] meaning. These are the two enemies of [[concentration]] on the side of [[mind]] being under-active. 72. A pair of terms in [[Tibetan]] which are related but each of which has its [[own]] meaning. These are the two enemies of [[concentration]] on the side of [[mind]] being over-active. 73. A pair of terms in [[Tibetan]] which are related but each of which has its [[own]] meaning. These are the two factors of [[mind]] needed for the [[development]] of any [[state of concentration]].
  
 
142
 
142
Line 990: Line 990:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
74. ...which was heading towards being a discursive thought. That would normally mean that the abiding was lost but, in this case, the discursive thought gets captured by the abiding as it was starting to pop up, hence the moment following the abiding also becomes a moment of abiding, rather than a moment of distraction into discursive thought. 75. When a person is introduced to the actuality of mind, if the introduction works, then vipaśhyanā or insight, automatically occurs. 76. Tib. cher cher. A specific term for how to look. It means to look directly, intently, and unwaveringly at something. In this context, practice it means staring intently right at the mind. 77. The Buddha. 78. An experiential term for emptiness that means a blank, unending, even space. 79. Tib. ma bcos pa’i tha mal gyi shes pa. 80. See note 43 on fictional and superfactual truth. 81. See note 59 on two knowledges of a buddha. 82. Tib. klu btsan. A nāga-type troublesome spirit connected with jealousy and hoarding. 83. The lineage of the Drukpa Kagyu starting from Phagmo Drupa, going through Tsangpa Gyare, and then on through Lingje Repa. 84. Tib, brgyad khri bzhi stong chos kyi phung po. The teaching of the Buddha’s dharma contains eight-four thousand individual dharma teachings. As a whole it is called “the heap of eighty-four thousand dharmas”. It is not “the eight-four thousand heaps of dharma” as is sometimes incorrectly translated.. 85. That is, penetration of the nature of reality. 86. The fourth empowerment of the empowerment system of the vajra vehicle is called the word empowerment. Of the four empowerments in the system, this one most directly introduces a person to the actuality of his own mind. It is an elegant way here of saying “introduction to the nature of mind”.
+
74. ...which was heading towards being a [[discursive thought]]. That would normally mean that the abiding was lost but, in this case, the [[discursive thought]] gets captured by the abiding as it was starting to pop up, hence the [[moment]] following the abiding also becomes a [[moment]] of abiding, rather than a [[moment]] of [[distraction]] into [[discursive thought]]. 75. When a [[person]] is introduced to the [[actuality]] of [[mind]], if the introduction works, then vipaśhyanā or [[insight]], automatically occurs. 76. Tib. cher cher. A specific term for how to look. It means to look directly, intently, and unwaveringly at something. In this context, practice it means staring intently right at the [[mind]]. 77. The [[Buddha]]. 78. An experiential term for [[emptiness]] that means a blank, unending, even [[space]]. 79. Tib. [[ma bcos]] pa’i [[tha mal gyi shes pa]]. 80. See note 43 on fictional and superfactual [[truth]]. 81. See note 59 on [[two knowledges]] of a [[buddha]]. 82. Tib. [[klu btsan]]. A nāga-type troublesome [[spirit]] connected with [[jealousy]] and hoarding. 83. The [[lineage]] of the [[Drukpa Kagyu]] starting from [[Phagmo Drupa]], going through [[Tsangpa Gyare]], and then on through [[Lingje Repa]]. 84. Tib, brgyad khri bzhi stong [[chos kyi]] [[phung po]]. The [[teaching]] of the [[Buddha’s]] [[dharma]] contains eight-four thousand {{Wiki|individual}} [[dharma]] teachings. As a whole it is called “the heap of eighty-four thousand [[dharmas]]”. It is not “the eight-four thousand heaps of [[dharma]]” as is sometimes incorrectly translated.. 85. That is, [[penetration]] of [[the nature of reality]]. 86. The [[fourth empowerment]] of the [[empowerment]] system of the [[vajra vehicle]] is called the [[word empowerment]]. Of the [[four empowerments]] in the system, this one most directly introduces a [[person]] to the [[actuality]] of his [[own mind]]. It is an elegant way here of saying “introduction to the [[nature of mind]]”.
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 996: Line 996:
 
143
 
143
  
87. Tib bde bar gshegs pa’i khams. “Element of the sugatas”. One of many names for the tathāgatagarbha or buddha nature. It is the element of being that allows a person to become a sugata or buddha. When uncovered fully, it is naked reality, and that reality is called Mahāmudrā in this system. The term “element of the sugatas” is used when practice is being discussed compared to the term “element of the tathāgatas” which is used when theory is being discussed. 88. Son of the conquerors is an epithet for bodhisatvas in general. 89. Milarepa’s clever play on words is hard to understand in English. A picture, for example like in a lithograph, is made up of lots of dots. So there are rain drops in the first line, droplets of fat in the second, all of which are connected with this illusory body of a house, about to collapse. All these dots or drops make up the dots of the picture, which in the end is death. 90. The teaching on unsatisfactoriness, the First Truth of the Noble Ones, points out that there are two kinds of unsatisfactoriness. There is the result, which is what we experience at any given moment, and which we tend to think is the unsatisfactoriness being talked about in that first truth. However, in addition to that, there is the fact the current unsatisfactoriness is nearly always the seed of a future result of more unsatisfactoriness. When you realize the depth of this selfperpetuating cycle of unsatisfactoriness, it is horrifying. And that is the point at which renunciation comes. 91. An epithet of Maitreya. 92. See note 99. 93. He is explaining how to develop each of the four parts of the first two immeasurable thoughts. The first thought has the two parts of wishing that all sentient beings have happiness and its cause. The second part similarly has the two parts of wishing that all sentient beings have freedom from unsatisfactoriness and its cause. The FivePart teaching explains the development of enlightenment mind through the four immeasurable thoughts; see for example Tenga Rinpoche’s commentary starting on page 61.
+
87. Tib [[bde]] bar gshegs pa’i [[khams]]. “[[Element]] of the [[sugatas]]”. One of many names for the [[tathāgatagarbha]] or [[buddha nature]]. It is the [[element]] of being that allows a [[person]] to become a [[sugata]] or [[buddha]]. When uncovered fully, it is naked [[reality]], and that [[reality]] is called [[Mahāmudrā]] in this system. The term “[[element]] of the [[sugatas]]” is used when practice is being discussed compared to the term “[[element]] of the [[tathāgatas]]” which is used when {{Wiki|theory}} is being discussed. 88. Son of the conquerors is an [[epithet]] for [[bodhisatvas]] in general. 89. [[Milarepa’s]] clever play on words is hard to understand in English. A picture, for example like in a lithograph, is made up of lots of dots. So there are [[rain]] drops in the first line, droplets of fat in the second, all of which are connected with this [[illusory body]] of a house, about to collapse. All these dots or drops make up the dots of the picture, which in the end is [[death]]. 90. The [[teaching]] on {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}, the [[First Truth]] of the [[Noble Ones]], points out that there are two kinds of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}. There is the result, which is what we [[experience]] at any given [[moment]], and which we tend to think is the {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} being talked about in that [[first truth]]. However, in addition to that, there is the fact the current {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} is nearly always the seed of a {{Wiki|future}} result of more {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}. When you realize the depth of this selfperpetuating cycle of {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}}, it is horrifying. And that is the point at which [[renunciation]] comes. 91. An [[epithet]] of [[Maitreya]]. 92. See note 99. 93. He is explaining how to develop each of the [[four parts]] of the first two [[immeasurable]] [[thoughts]]. The first [[thought]] has the two parts of wishing that all [[sentient beings]] have [[happiness]] and its [[cause]]. The second part similarly has the two parts of wishing that all [[sentient beings]] have freedom from {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} and its [[cause]]. The FivePart [[teaching]] explains the [[development]] of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] through the [[four immeasurable]] [[thoughts]]; see for example [[Tenga Rinpoche’s]] commentary starting on page 61.
  
 
144
 
144
Line 1,002: Line 1,002:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
94. The three types of compassion are explained in the following paragraphs, though the explanations depend on implication. Compassion in relation to sentient beings is compassion that sees the suffering position of sentient beings in general. Compassion in relation to dharma is compassion that arises for those beings based on understanding various aspects of profound dharma other than emptiness, for example, understanding how they are caught in the process of interdependent arising. Compassion in relation to non-referencing is compassion for sentient beings when they are seen through a mind that is not referencing them dualistically. The explanation in the text refers to it as compassion in relation to emptiness, which is saying the same thing. The first two compassions are referential, that is, they are compassion that is created in dualistic mind. The third is beyond that, it is compassion that is naturally present in non-dualistic wisdom.. 95. This is a basic teaching the Buddha gave in the first turning of the wheel of dharma. It leads a person to understand that there is no personal self in anything. It does that by pointing out that “normal” people take things to be permanent, single, and independent, things whereas inspection shows that things are actually impermanent, composed of many parts, and arise as interdependent phenomena. Seeing this breaks down clinging to a self. 96. Emptiness is the basic character of mindness. The complexion of that emptiness is compassion. Complexion (Tib. mdangs) is sometimes translated as “radiance” but that is not the meaning. The phrase “basic character and its complexion” describes a basic thing and its complexion; like a polished wooden table and the shine that appears just at its surface. 97. A lineage supplication prayer popular in Drukpa Kagyu. 98. This does not mean “cannot be held any longer”, exactly. You must have the oral instructions in order to do this practice. 99. Tib. dmigs pa’i mtshan ma. “Conceptual tokens”. Dualistic mind works by using tokens to reference any object instead of referencing the object itself. These tokens are small, conceptual structures that are the operational stuff of dualistic mind’s perceptual process. They
+
94. The three types of [[compassion]] are explained in the following paragraphs, though the explanations depend on implication. [[Compassion]] in [[relation]] to [[sentient beings]] is [[compassion]] that sees the [[suffering]] position of [[sentient beings]] in general. [[Compassion]] in [[relation]] to [[dharma]] is [[compassion]] that arises for those [[beings]] based on [[understanding]] various aspects of profound [[dharma]] other than [[emptiness]], for example, [[understanding]] how they are caught in the process of [[interdependent arising]]. [[Compassion]] in [[relation]] to non-referencing is [[compassion]] for [[sentient beings]] when they are seen through a [[mind]] that is not referencing them [[dualistically]]. The explanation in the text refers to it as [[compassion]] in [[relation]] to [[emptiness]], which is saying the same thing. The first two compassions are referential, that is, they are [[compassion]] that is created in [[dualistic mind]]. The third is beyond that, it is [[compassion]] that is naturally {{Wiki|present}} in [[non-dualistic]] [[wisdom]].. 95. This is a basic [[teaching]] the [[Buddha]] gave in [[the first turning]] of the [[wheel of dharma]]. It leads a [[person]] to understand that there is no personal [[self]] in anything. It does that by pointing out that “normal” [[people]] take things to be [[permanent]], single, and {{Wiki|independent}}, things whereas inspection shows that things are actually [[impermanent]], composed of many parts, and arise as [[interdependent]] [[phenomena]]. [[Seeing]] this breaks down [[clinging]] to a [[self]]. 96. [[Emptiness]] is the basic [[character]] of mindness. The complexion of that [[emptiness]] is [[compassion]]. Complexion (Tib. [[mdangs]]) is sometimes translated as “radiance” but that is not the meaning. The [[phrase]] “basic [[character]] and its complexion” describes a basic thing and its complexion; like a polished wooden table and the shine that appears just at its surface. 97. A [[lineage]] supplication [[prayer]] popular in [[Drukpa Kagyu]]. 98. This does not mean “cannot be held any longer”, exactly. You must have the [[oral instructions]] in order to do this practice. 99. Tib. dmigs pa’i [[mtshan ma]]. “{{Wiki|Conceptual}} tokens”. [[Dualistic mind]] works by using tokens to reference any [[object]] instead of referencing the [[object]] itself. These tokens are small, {{Wiki|conceptual}} structures that are the operational stuff of [[dualistic]] [[mind’s]] {{Wiki|perceptual}} process. They
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 1,008: Line 1,008:
 
145
 
145
  
are used as the basis of the process of referencing which is the process in which dualistic mind references an actual object by using a conceptual token instead of the actual object. In other words, whenever an object is known in dualistic mind, it is always referenced with a concept that stands as a taken for the actual thing. 100. Glorious Archer is an epithet of the Indian Mahasiddha, Saraha. The first line of the quote here continues on directly to the two lines just below. 101. If the very thing that causes the fetters of sentient beings merely has the right method put together with it, then the fetters themselves become the way to release the fetters. 102. The self-purity of the afflictions is none other than the innate purity of mind, the mindness already mentioned. 103. You know the abiding state. Now, if thoughts move out from it, what is their nature? 104. The superficies are the individual items experienced by the senses of a person in fictional reality. They are exaggerations, per the earlier note. 105. This sentence reflects the Tibetan exactly and the Tibetan is not straightforward. Padma Karpo here sums up what would take perhaps a whole book to explain. It is not crucial to the greater meaning of the book, so I will not attempt to explain it here. 106. Milarepa. 107. Emptiness and great bliss are in unification. 108. Lucid faith is one of three types of faith. Lucid faith is one in which one has a very clear appreciation of the qualities of the thing and so has faith in it for that reason. 109. It is not uncommon for a guru to make a comment to the people around him at the conclusion of some work, such as the completion of dictating of a text. These comments were sometimes preserved at the end of a text, as was done here.
+
are used as the basis of the process of referencing which is the process in which [[dualistic mind]] references an actual [[object]] by using a {{Wiki|conceptual}} token instead of the actual [[object]]. In other words, whenever an [[object]] is known in [[dualistic mind]], it is always referenced with a {{Wiki|concept}} that stands as a taken for the actual thing. 100. Glorious Archer is an [[epithet]] of the [[Indian]] [[Mahasiddha]], [[Saraha]]. The first line of the quote here continues on directly to the two lines just below. 101. If the very thing that [[causes]] the [[fetters]] of [[sentient beings]] merely has the right method put together with it, then the [[fetters]] themselves become the way to [[release]] the [[fetters]]. 102. The self-purity of the [[afflictions]] is none other than the [[innate purity of mind]], the mindness already mentioned. 103. You know the abiding [[state]]. Now, if [[thoughts]] move out from it, what is their [[nature]]? 104. The superficies are the {{Wiki|individual}} items [[experienced]] by the [[senses]] of a [[person]] in fictional [[reality]]. They are exaggerations, per the earlier note. 105. This sentence reflects the [[Tibetan]] exactly and the [[Tibetan]] is not straightforward. [[Padma Karpo]] here sums up what would take perhaps a whole [[book]] to explain. It is not crucial to the greater meaning of the [[book]], so I will not attempt to explain it here. 106. [[Milarepa]]. 107. [[Emptiness]] and great [[bliss]] are in unification. [[108]]. Lucid [[faith]] is one of three types of [[faith]]. Lucid [[faith]] is one in which one has a very clear [[appreciation]] of the qualities of the thing and so has [[faith]] in it for that [[reason]]. 109. It is not uncommon for a [[guru]] to make a comment to the [[people]] around him at the conclusion of some work, such as the completion of dictating of a text. These comments were sometimes preserved at the end of a text, as was done here.
  
 
146
 
146
Line 1,014: Line 1,014:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
110. There are two trainings in enlightenment mind corresponding to the two levels of reality, fictional and superfactual, which were discussed in an earlier note. 111. They are methods for realizing emptiness. 112. By the Buddha 113. Skt. ārya, Tib. ’phags pa. “Noble One” in Buddhism has a special meaning. It does not mean just anyone who is a good or fine person. It specifically refers to those who are superior to ordinary beings still wandering in cyclic existence because, having seen emptiness directly, they have left cyclic existence. They are the noble ones and the ordinary beings are the commoners, is how it is usually described. 114. In other words, the Buddha said that his teachings were given so that others could seek and arrive at the meaning of emptiness and that the higher type of meditation of his followers who had achieved the rank of a noble one, a meditation which brought about their liberation, was a meditation on the fact of emptiness. 115. He is referring to the Gelugpa school which is criticized by the Kagyus and Nyingmas for mistaking an endless string of analytical minds (and which can be pejoratively referred to as a string of discursive thoughts) for actual direct insight into emptiness. 116. Tib. bzhes pa. “Accepted” specifically means the way that the masters of the lineage have decided upon it and assert it to others, they being the ones who are in a position to make such declarations that such and such is this way or that. 117. Just as we would say, “the situation in the world today is” so here it is saying that “the situation that all dharmas now find themselves in is...”. 118. In the sūtras. 119. The Indian master Śhantipa formulated the four yogas of Mahāmudrā as a sequence of stages of the practice, and that is being referred to here. 120. Tib. bzos bcos. A pair of terms that work together to give the full meaning of leaving something just as it is. The first term of the
+
110. There are two trainings in [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] [[corresponding]] to the two levels of [[reality]], fictional and superfactual, which were discussed in an earlier note. 111. They are [[methods]] for [[realizing]] [[emptiness]]. 112. By the [[Buddha]] 113. Skt. [[ārya]], Tib. [[’phags pa]]. “[[Noble One]]” in [[Buddhism]] has a special meaning. It does not mean just anyone who is a good or fine [[person]]. It specifically refers to those who are {{Wiki|superior}} to [[ordinary beings]] still wandering in [[cyclic existence]] because, having seen [[emptiness]] directly, they have left [[cyclic existence]]. They are the [[noble ones]] and the [[ordinary beings]] are the commoners, is how it is usually described. 114. In other words, the [[Buddha]] said that his teachings were given so that others could seek and arrive at the meaning of [[emptiness]] and that the higher type of [[meditation]] of his followers who had achieved the rank of a [[noble one]], a [[meditation]] which brought about their [[liberation]], was a [[meditation]] on the fact of [[emptiness]]. 115. He is referring to the [[Gelugpa school]] which is criticized by the [[Kagyus]] and [[Nyingmas]] for mistaking an [[endless]] string of analytical [[minds]] (and which can be pejoratively referred to as a string of discursive [[thoughts]]) for actual direct [[insight]] into [[emptiness]]. 116. Tib. bzhes pa. “Accepted” specifically means the way that the [[masters of the lineage]] have decided upon it and assert it to others, they being the ones who are in a position to make such declarations that such and such is this way or that. 117. Just as we would say, “the situation in the [[world]] today is” so here it is saying that “the situation that all [[dharmas]] now find themselves in is...”. 118. In the [[sūtras]]. 119. The [[Indian master]] Śhantipa formulated the [[four yogas of Mahāmudrā]] as a sequence of stages of the practice, and that is being referred to here. 120. Tib. bzos bcos. A pair of terms that work together to give the full meaning of leaving something just as it is. The first term of the
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 1,020: Line 1,020:
 
147
 
147
  
pair, “construction”, means to create something new that was not already there. The second, “alteration”, means to make a modification to something that is already there. Altogether it means neither to create something newly nor to alter what is already there, in other words to leave the situation just as it is, untouched, unmodified. 121. Tib. tshogs drug. “Tshogs” means a group, a single collection. “Tshogs drug” means the six different consciousnesses, taken as a group, of beings in this human realm; the six-fold group. This has been translated as “six collections of consciousness” but that is incorrect There is a second description of the consciousnesses given by the Buddha in which he explains eight consciousnesses, and these taken as one group are correspondingly called “the eight-fold group”. 122. These four steps to the realization of reality through non-dual mind are very well known. The first three are rational and hence dualistic approaches, the last is non-dual. 123. Co-emergence is the name for reality according to the Sahajayoga (Co-emergence Yoga) system of Mahāmudrā that came down through Saraha. 124. A verse from the Hevajra tantra which is commonly quoted throughout the Kagyu schools. You will see it mentioned in the other texts, too. 125. By Tailopa. 126. Those expounding the sūtras say that the Middle Way— Madhyamaka—is the highest view, but when the matter is carefully examined, that view and the view of Mahāmudrā are not different, as mentioned in a number of tantric texts, such as the well-known Lamp of the Modes. 127. Unsurpassed Yogatantra. 128. The person bestowing the empowerment, which is none other than Mahāmudrā, must be able, through his own practice of it, to make the actual meaning dawn in the minds of the disciples requesting the empowerment. If people hear the fancy-sounding name “Mahāmudrā” but do not have the experience of it dawn in their minds, then they might as well have had their ears covered. And if their ears were
+
pair, “construction”, means to create something new that was not already there. The second, “[[alteration]]”, means to make a modification to something that is already there. Altogether it means neither to create something newly nor to alter what is already there, in other words to leave the situation just as it is, untouched, unmodified. 121. Tib. [[tshogs drug]]. “[[Tshogs]]” means a group, a single collection. “[[Tshogs drug]]” means the six different [[consciousnesses]], taken as a group, of [[beings]] in this [[human realm]]; the six-fold group. This has been translated as “six collections of [[consciousness]]” but that is incorrect There is a second description of the [[consciousnesses]] given by the [[Buddha]] in which he explains [[eight consciousnesses]], and these taken as one group are correspondingly called “the eight-fold group”. 122. These four steps to the [[realization]] of [[reality]] through [[non-dual]] [[mind]] are very well known. The first three are [[rational]] and hence [[dualistic]] approaches, the last is [[non-dual]]. 123. Co-emergence is the [[name]] for [[reality]] according to the [[Sahajayoga]] (Co-emergence [[Yoga]]) system of [[Mahāmudrā]] that came down through [[Saraha]]. 124. A verse from the [[Hevajra tantra]] which is commonly quoted throughout the [[Kagyu schools]]. You will see it mentioned in the other texts, too. 125. By [[Tailopa]]. 126. Those expounding the [[sūtras]] say that the [[Middle Way]]— Madhyamaka—is the [[highest]] view, but when the {{Wiki|matter}} is carefully examined, that view and the view of [[Mahāmudrā]] are not different, as mentioned in a number of [[tantric]] texts, such as the well-known [[Lamp]] of the Modes. 127. [[Unsurpassed]] [[Yogatantra]]. 128. The [[person]] bestowing the [[empowerment]], which is none other than [[Mahāmudrā]], must be able, through his [[own]] practice of it, to make the actual meaning dawn in the [[minds]] of the [[disciples]] requesting the [[empowerment]]. If [[people]] hear the fancy-sounding [[name]] “[[Mahāmudrā]]” but do not have the [[experience]] of it dawn in their [[minds]], then they might as well have had their [[ears]] covered. And if their [[ears]] were
  
 
148
 
148
Line 1,026: Line 1,026:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
covered and they were did not hear the instructions that would open their minds to Mahāmudrā, then what difference would there be between their activity in taking the empowerment and their normal activities, driven by dualistic mind, given that dualistic mind is the governor who creates and maintains this desire realm they live in? 129. The experiences of... 130. Each of the three temporary experiences creates a possibility of birth in a corresponding place. The three places respectively correspond to the deviations as listed. 131. The only way to nurture the state of unification is to not try to make it into something. Trying to make it into something happens through one style of clinging or another. Thus here, one nurtures by letting go of clinging and allowing it to come forth of itself. Stoppages is a technical term of non-dual meditation. It refers to leaving the continuous flow of the state of unification—stopping off— and thereby getting stuck in this or that extreme. The point is to stay in the state of unification continuously and the one thing that you can do in order to do that is not to stop off into concepts, that is, non-unification. For example, if you cling to one of the three main experiences in meditation, you stop off in the dualistic experience corresponding to it and hence lose the continuity of the unification, the non-duality. 132. Mercury that has been spilled breaks into little droplets that do not mix with anything. Let the poisonous little bits of the eight worldly dharmas scatter and not mix in with your practice. 133. Carrying desirables onto the path as assistants. 134. The maṇḍala of the heart chakra, which is the home of luminosity. 135. That is, the Buddha. 136. The Plaintain tree grows a trunk that produces fruit once then dies. This is just how karma made with normal, saṃsāric mind works. However, karma made with enlightenment mind is like a standard fruit tree that lives on, producing fruit on the same branches over and over again.
+
covered and they were did not hear the instructions that would open their [[minds]] to [[Mahāmudrā]], then what difference would there be between their [[activity]] in taking the [[empowerment]] and their normal [[activities]], driven by [[dualistic mind]], given that [[dualistic mind]] is the governor who creates and maintains this [[desire realm]] they live in? 129. The [[experiences]] of... 130. Each of the three temporary [[experiences]] creates a possibility of [[birth]] in a [[corresponding]] place. The three places respectively correspond to the deviations as listed. 131. The only way to nurture the [[state]] of unification is to not try to make it into something. Trying to make it into something happens through one style of [[clinging]] or another. Thus here, one nurtures by [[letting go]] of [[clinging]] and allowing it to come forth of itself. Stoppages is a technical term of [[non-dual]] [[meditation]]. It refers to leaving the continuous flow of the [[state]] of unification—stopping off— and thereby getting stuck in this or that extreme. The point is to stay in the [[state]] of unification continuously and the one thing that you can do in order to do that is not to stop off into [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]], that is, non-unification. For example, if you [[cling]] to one of the three main [[experiences]] in [[meditation]], you stop off in the [[dualistic]] [[experience]] [[corresponding]] to it and hence lose the continuity of the unification, the [[non-duality]]. 132. {{Wiki|Mercury}} that has been spilled breaks into little droplets that do not mix with anything. Let the {{Wiki|poisonous}} little bits of the [[eight worldly dharmas]] scatter and not mix in with your practice. 133. Carrying desirables onto the [[path]] as assistants. 134. The [[maṇḍala]] of the [[heart chakra]], which is the home of [[luminosity]]. 135. That is, the [[Buddha]]. 136. The Plaintain [[tree]] grows a trunk that produces fruit once then [[dies]]. This is just how [[karma]] made with normal, [[saṃsāric]] [[mind]] works. However, [[karma]] made with [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] is like a standard fruit [[tree]] that [[lives]] on, producing fruit on the same branches over and over again.
  
 
ENDNOTES
 
ENDNOTES
Line 1,032: Line 1,032:
 
149
 
149
  
137. Ultimate obstacles are those that get in the way of realization of the ultimate; temporary obstacles are the more general obstacles experienced on the way. 138. It is clearly stated in the tantras that a ripening empowerment must be given to the disciples first before the liberating instructions are bestowed and also, before they can be realized. Accordingly, if you want to do these practices and have not had a proper empowerment, you should seek a teacher, obtain an empowerment, then receive the instructions on the practice. This book can then serve as a support for your guru’s instructions. 139. These are the instructions on the development of loving kindness and compassion that go with the Five-Part Mahāmudrā. There is a second set of instructions for developing loving kindness and compassion; it is taught in the system called Mind Training that was brought to Tibet by Atiśha. In that system, loving kindness and compassion are developed using a five-fold practice which includes the meditation called “Sending and Taking”. 140. This is the formal way of saying that the practitioner mixes his own mind with the mind of the guru and, as he remains in the state (as it is called, Tib. ngang la bzhag), all appearances are practised as being inseparable appearance-emptiness. Ultimately, just by this kind of devotion, it is possible to go directly to unified appearanceemptiness. 141. Tib. glo bur gyi dri ma. “Adventitious obscurations” are the movements of dualistic mind that suddenly appear on the surface of the essence of mind. They do obscure it. However, they are not part of it so they can be eliminated. 142. Tib. rigs khams de bzhin shegs pa’i snying po. “The lineage element tathāgatagarbha” is that essential part of mind that is the lineage of buddhahood, the core of our being which eventually produces a tathāgata as its descendant. It is also called the buddha nature. 143. Tib tshur blta. This means that, instead of looking outward at dualistic appearances as mind usually does, we should look hither, towards ourselves, towards our actual being. This is experiential talk.
+
137. {{Wiki|Ultimate}} [[obstacles]] are those that get in the way of [[realization]] of the [[Wikipedia:Absolute (philosophy)|ultimate]]; temporary [[obstacles]] are the more general [[obstacles]] [[experienced]] on the way. 138. It is clearly stated in the [[tantras]] that a ripening [[empowerment]] must be given to the [[disciples]] first before the liberating instructions are bestowed and also, before they can be [[realized]]. Accordingly, if you want to do these practices and have not had a proper [[empowerment]], you should seek a [[teacher]], obtain an [[empowerment]], then receive the instructions on the practice. This [[book]] can then serve as a support for your [[guru’s]] instructions. 139. These are the instructions on the [[development]] of [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]] that go with the Five-Part [[Mahāmudrā]]. There is a second set of instructions for developing [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]]; it is [[taught]] in the system called [[Mind Training]] that was brought to [[Tibet]] by Atiśha. In that system, [[loving kindness]] and [[compassion]] are developed using a five-fold practice which includes the [[meditation]] called “Sending and Taking”. 140. This is the formal way of saying that the [[practitioner]] mixes his [[own mind]] with the [[mind]] of the [[guru]] and, as he remains in the [[state]] (as it is called, Tib. [[ngang]] la [[bzhag]]), all [[appearances]] are practised as being [[inseparable]] [[appearance-emptiness]]. Ultimately, just by this kind of [[devotion]], it is possible to go directly to unified appearanceemptiness. 141. Tib. [[glo bur gyi dri ma]]. “Adventitious [[obscurations]]” are the movements of [[dualistic mind]] that suddenly appear on the surface of the [[essence of mind]]. They do obscure it. However, they are not part of it so they can be eliminated. 142. Tib. [[rigs]] [[khams]] de bzhin shegs pa’i [[snying po]]. “The [[lineage]] [[element]] [[tathāgatagarbha]]” is that [[essential]] part of [[mind]] that is the [[lineage]] of [[buddhahood]], the core of our being which eventually produces a [[tathāgata]] as its descendant. It is also called the [[buddha nature]]. 143. Tib tshur blta. This means that, instead of looking outward at [[dualistic]] [[appearances]] as [[mind]] usually does, we should look hither, towards ourselves, towards our actual being. This is experiential talk.
  
 
150
 
150
Line 1,038: Line 1,038:
 
END NOTES
 
END NOTES
  
144. Tib. hri ge. This term has the sense of looking directly and penetratingly at something. 145. See the section Other Resources on page 63. 146. See the glossary for state and also see the glossary for preserve the state, an explanation that applies here. 147. That is, supplicate the lord guru. 148. That is, the assurance of the innate liberation that belongs to discursive thoughts or the assurance of the essence of thoughts which is the dharmakāya.
+
144. Tib. hri ge. This term has the [[sense]] of looking directly and penetratingly at something. 145. See the section Other Resources on page 63. 146. See the glossary for [[state]] and also see the glossary for preserve the [[state]], an explanation that applies here. 147. That is, supplicate the lord [[guru]]. 148. That is, the assurance of the innate [[liberation]] that belongs to discursive [[thoughts]] or the assurance of the [[essence]] of [[thoughts]] which is the [[dharmakāya]].
  
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
  
Actuality, gnas lugs: A key term in the Vajra Vehicle in general. It is one of a pair of terms, the other being snang lugs. This term means how any given situation actually is and its counterpart means how something appears. In short, something could appear in many different ways, depending on the circumstances at the time and on the being perceiving it. However, regardless of circumstances, it will always have its own actuality, its own situation of how it really is. You could also think of this pair of terms as meaning “a thing’s reality and its surface appearance”. Note that this term also gets special use in Great Completion. In that case there is less sense of it being part of the pair and a much stronger sense of it talking about a reality that is present and which actually is that way. Affliction, nyon mongs: this term is usually translated as emotion or disturbing emotion etcetera. However, the Buddha was much more specific about the meaning of this word. The Buddha said that passion, aggression, ignorance, and so on, are afflictions, that is, they were something that afflicted you. Buddha did not talk about “emotion” meaning a movement of mind but specifically used the term “affliction”. This is one of many terms that has lost most of its meaning by its common mistranslation. Alaya, kun gzhi: this term, if translated, is usually translated as all-base or thereabouts. It means a range that underlies something else; an underlying basis for something else. It is used in several different ways in the Buddhist teaching and changes to a different meaning in case. All in all, it means a space of mind that underlies many other minds that come from it. 151
+
[[Actuality]], [[gnas lugs]]: A key term in the [[Vajra Vehicle]] in general. It is one of a pair of terms, the other being [[snang]] [[lugs]]. This term means how any given situation actually is and its counterpart means how something appears. In short, something could appear in many different ways, depending on the circumstances at the time and on the being perceiving it. However, regardless of circumstances, it will always have its [[own]] [[actuality]], its [[own]] situation of how it really is. You could also think of this pair of terms as meaning “a thing’s [[reality]] and its surface [[appearance]]”. Note that this term also gets special use in [[Great Completion]]. In that case there is less [[sense]] of it being part of the pair and a much stronger [[sense]] of it talking about a [[reality]] that is {{Wiki|present}} and which actually is that way. [[Affliction]], [[nyon mongs]]: this term is usually translated as [[emotion]] or {{Wiki|disturbing}} [[emotion]] etcetera. However, the [[Buddha]] was much more specific about the meaning of this [[word]]. The [[Buddha]] said that [[passion]], [[aggression]], [[ignorance]], and so on, are [[afflictions]], that is, they were something that afflicted you. [[Buddha]] did not talk about “[[emotion]]” meaning a {{Wiki|movement}} of [[mind]] but specifically used the term “[[affliction]]”. This is one of many terms that has lost most of its meaning by its common mistranslation. [[Alaya]], [[kun gzhi]]: this term, if translated, is usually translated as all-base or thereabouts. It means a range that underlies something else; an underlying basis for something else. It is used in several different ways in the [[Buddhist teaching]] and changes to a different meaning in case. All in all, it means a [[space]] of [[mind]] that underlies many other [[minds]] that come from it. 151
  
 
152
 
152
Line 1,048: Line 1,048:
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
  
Alteration, altered, same as contrivance q.v. Assurance, gdeng: often translated as confidence, this term means more than confidence. This term has the full meaning of assurance with the extra meaning that that contains compared to confidence. A bird, as it flies in space, has the assurance that it will not fall to the ground because of knowing that it has wings and the training it obtained in how to fly as a fledgling; the person who can liberate the afflictions because of his direct perceptions of the essence of mind has the assurance of liberation. Bliss, clarity, and no-thought, bde gsal mi rtog pa: mentioned in this text as three temporary experiences that practitioners invariably meet in meditation. Bliss is ease of the body and/or mind, clarity is the experience of extraordinary clarity of mind, and no-thought is the experience literally of no thoughts happening in the mind. There is another understanding of these three not as temporary experiences to be eschewed but final experiences of realization. Clarity, gsal ba: when you see this term, it should be understood as an abbreviation of ’od gsal ba, luminosity. It is not another factor of mind distinct from luminosity but is merely a convenient abbreviation in both Indian and Tibetan dharma language for the longer term, luminosity. See “Luminosity” in this glossary for more. Clinging, zhen pa: dualistic mind that takes things that are not true, not pure, as being true, pure, etcetera and then, because of seeing them as highly desirable attaches itself or clings to those things. It acts as a kind of glue that keeps you with the things of cyclic existence, such as thoughts. Complexion, mdangs: a special term of Great Completion. It is related to the more general term “offput” used in both Mahāmudrā and Great Completion q.v. However, it is a refined term of Great Completion alone. It conveys not just the sense of what is given off by the emptiness factor of mind but adds the sense of the complexion of the emptiness or, you could also say, its lustre.
+
[[Alteration]], altered, same as contrivance q.v. Assurance, [[gdeng]]: often translated as [[confidence]], this term means more than [[confidence]]. This term has the full meaning of assurance with the extra meaning that that contains compared to [[confidence]]. A bird, as it flies in [[space]], has the assurance that it will not fall to the ground because of [[knowing]] that it has wings and the {{Wiki|training}} it obtained in how to fly as a fledgling; the [[person]] who can {{Wiki|liberate}} the [[afflictions]] because of his direct [[perceptions]] of the [[essence of mind]] has the assurance of [[liberation]]. [[Bliss]], clarity, and [[no-thought]], [[bde gsal mi rtog pa]]: mentioned in this text as three temporary [[experiences]] that practitioners invariably meet in [[meditation]]. [[Bliss]] is ease of the [[body]] and/or [[mind]], clarity is the [[experience]] of [[extraordinary]] [[clarity of mind]], and [[no-thought]] is the [[experience]] literally of no [[thoughts]] happening in the [[mind]]. There is another [[understanding]] of these three not as temporary [[experiences]] to be eschewed but final [[experiences]] of [[realization]]. Clarity, [[gsal ba]]: when you see this term, it should be understood as an abbreviation of ’[[od gsal ba]], [[luminosity]]. It is not another factor of [[mind]] {{Wiki|distinct}} from [[luminosity]] but is merely a convenient abbreviation in both [[Indian]] and [[Tibetan]] [[dharma language]] for the longer term, [[luminosity]]. See “[[Luminosity]]” in this glossary for more. [[Clinging]], [[zhen pa]]: [[dualistic mind]] that takes things that are not true, not [[pure]], as being true, [[pure]], etcetera and then, because of [[seeing]] them as highly desirable attaches itself or clings to those things. It acts as a kind of [[glue]] that keeps you with the things of [[cyclic existence]], such as [[thoughts]]. Complexion, [[mdangs]]: a special term of [[Great Completion]]. It is related to the more general term “offput” used in both [[Mahāmudrā]] and [[Great Completion]] q.v. However, it is a refined term of [[Great Completion]] alone. It conveys not just the [[sense]] of what is given off by the [[emptiness]] factor of [[mind]] but adds the [[sense]] of the complexion of the [[emptiness]] or, you could also say, its lustre.
  
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
Line 1,054: Line 1,054:
 
153
 
153
  
Confusion, ’khrul pa: the Tibetan term means fundamental delusion’s confusion of taking things the wrong way. This is not the other meaning in English of having lots of thoughts and being confused about it. It is much more fundamental than that. The definition in Tibetan is “confusion is the appearance to rational mind of something being present when it is not” and refers for example to seeing any object, such as a table, as being truly present when in fact it is present only as mere appearance which has occurred in a process of interdependent arising. Contrivance, contrived, bcos pa: something which has been altered from its native state or the process of making that alteration. Cyclic existence, Skt. saṃsāra, Tib. ’khor ba: the type of existence that sentient beings have which is that they continue on from one existence to another, always within the enclosure of births that are produced by ignorance and experienced as unsatisfactory. Dharmakaya, chos sku: the mind aspect of a buddha which, in the Thorough Cut system, is the fruition level of the direct perception of the essence of mind. Dharmata, chos nyid: literally dharma-ness. A dharma is a phenomenon so, what it is at core, its actual reality, is its dharma-ness, or its isness. Discursive thought, rnam rtog: this means more than just the superficial thought that is heard as a voice in the head. It includes the entirety of conceptual process that arises due to mind contacting any object of any of the senses. Discursive thought here translates from the Sanskrit original where the meaning is “conceptual thought that arises from the mind wandering among the various superficies perceived in the doors of the senses”. Elaboration, spro ba: to be producing thoughts. Entity, ngo bo: see under Essence in this glossary. Enlightenment Mind, Skt. bodhicitta, Tib. byang chub sems: A key term of the Great Vehicle. The term refers to the mind connected with the enlightenment of a truly complete buddha (as opposed to an arhat). As such, it is a mind that is concerned
+
[[Confusion]], ’khrul pa: the [[Tibetan]] term means fundamental delusion’s [[confusion]] of taking things the wrong way. This is not the other meaning in English of having lots of [[thoughts]] and being confused about it. It is much more fundamental than that. The [[definition]] in [[Tibetan]] is “[[confusion]] is the [[appearance]] to [[rational]] [[mind]] of something being {{Wiki|present}} when it is not” and refers for example to [[seeing]] any [[object]], such as a table, as being truly {{Wiki|present}} when in fact it is {{Wiki|present}} only as mere [[appearance]] which has occurred in a process of [[interdependent arising]]. Contrivance, contrived, bcos pa: something which has been altered from its native [[state]] or the process of making that [[alteration]]. [[Cyclic existence]], Skt. [[saṃsāra]], Tib. [[’khor]] ba: the type of [[existence]] that [[sentient beings]] have which is that they continue on from one [[existence]] to another, always within the enclosure of [[births]] that are produced by [[ignorance]] and [[experienced]] as unsatisfactory. [[Dharmakaya]], [[chos sku]]: the [[mind aspect]] of a [[buddha]] which, in the Thorough Cut system, is the [[fruition]] level of the direct [[perception]] of the [[essence of mind]]. [[Dharmata]], [[chos nyid]]: literally [[dharma-ness]]. A [[dharma]] is a [[phenomenon]] so, what it is at core, its actual [[reality]], is its [[dharma-ness]], or its isness. [[Discursive thought]], [[rnam rtog]]: this means more than just the [[superficial]] [[thought]] that is heard as a {{Wiki|voice}} in the head. It includes the entirety of {{Wiki|conceptual}} process that arises due to [[mind]] contacting any [[object]] of any of the [[senses]]. [[Discursive thought]] here translates from the [[Sanskrit]] original where the meaning is “[[conceptual thought]] that arises from the [[mind wandering]] among the various superficies [[perceived]] in the doors of the [[senses]]”. [[Elaboration]], spro ba: to be producing [[thoughts]]. [[Entity]], [[ngo bo]]: see under [[Essence]] in this glossary. [[Enlightenment]] [[Mind]], Skt. [[bodhicitta]], Tib. [[byang chub sems]]: A key term of the [[Great Vehicle]]. The term refers to the [[mind]] connected with the [[enlightenment]] of a truly complete [[buddha]] (as opposed to an [[arhat]]). As such, it is a [[mind]] that is concerned
  
 
154
 
154
Line 1,060: Line 1,060:
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
  
with bringing all sentient beings to that same level of buddhahood. It refers both to the mind of a person on the path and to the mind of a buddha who has completed the path, therefore it is not “mind striving for enlightenment” as is so often translated but enlightenment mind, that kind of mind which is connected with the full enlightenment of a truly complete buddha. The term is used in the conventional Great Vehicle and also in the Vajra Vehicle. When Tsoknyi Rinpoche uses the term in this book, he is mainly talking about it in relation to the Vajra Vehicle understanding of the term which is a less dualistic understanding than the one of the conventional Great Vehicle. Equipoise and post-attainment, mnyam bzhag and rjes thob: often mistranslated as meditation and post-meditation, “equipoise and post-attainment” is a correct rendering. There is great meaning in the words and that meaning is lost by the looser translation. Note that equipoise and post-attainment are used throughout the three vehicles and that they have a very different meaning in Great Completion than in lower vehicles. Essence, ngo bo: a key term used throughout Buddhist theory. The original in Sanskrit and the term in Tibetan, too, has both meanings of “essence” and “entity”. In some situations the term has more the first meaning and in others, the second. For example, when speaking of mind and mind’s essence, it is referring to the core or essential part within mind. On the other hand, when speaking of fire or some other thing, there is the entity, fire, and so on, and its characteristics, such as heat, and so on; in this case, it is not an essence but an entity. Expanse, Skt. dhātu, Tib. dbyings: A Sanskrit term with over twenty meanings in Sanskrit and many of those meanings also in the Tibetan. In this book, it is used in one specific sense of the Vajra Vehicle teachings where it is the practical term for the experience of emptiness. In this sense, it means a whole “range” the whole extent of possible experience because that entire extent is covered by emptiness. Where emptiness is a very dry term, this term gives the sense of the full extent of experience that is known as the basic space within which all phenomena appear.
+
with bringing all [[sentient beings]] to that same level of [[buddhahood]]. It refers both to the [[mind]] of a [[person]] on the [[path]] and to the [[mind of a buddha]] who has completed the [[path]], therefore it is not “[[mind]] striving for [[enlightenment]]” as is so often translated but [[enlightenment]] [[mind]], that kind of [[mind]] which is connected with the [[full enlightenment]] of a truly complete [[buddha]]. The term is used in the [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] [[Great Vehicle]] and also in the [[Vajra Vehicle]]. When [[Tsoknyi Rinpoche]] uses the term in this [[book]], he is mainly talking about it in [[relation]] to the [[Vajra Vehicle]] [[understanding]] of the term which is a less [[dualistic]] [[understanding]] than the one of the [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] [[Great Vehicle]]. Equipoise and post-attainment, [[mnyam bzhag]] and [[rjes thob]]: often mistranslated as [[meditation]] and [[post-meditation]], “equipoise and post-attainment” is a correct rendering. There is great meaning in the words and that meaning is lost by the looser translation. Note that equipoise and post-attainment are used throughout the [[three vehicles]] and that they have a very different meaning in [[Great Completion]] than in lower vehicles. [[Essence]], [[ngo bo]]: a key term used throughout [[Buddhist]] {{Wiki|theory}}. The original in [[Sanskrit]] and the term in [[Tibetan]], too, has both meanings of “[[essence]]” and “[[entity]]”. In some situations the term has more the first meaning and in others, the second. For example, when {{Wiki|speaking}} of [[mind]] and [[mind’s]] [[essence]], it is referring to the core or [[essential]] part within [[mind]]. On the other hand, when {{Wiki|speaking}} of [[fire]] or some other thing, there is the [[entity]], [[fire]], and so on, and its [[characteristics]], such as heat, and so on; in this case, it is not an [[essence]] but an [[entity]]. Expanse, Skt. [[dhātu]], Tib. [[dbyings]]: A [[Sanskrit]] term with over twenty meanings in [[Sanskrit]] and many of those meanings also in the [[Tibetan]]. In this [[book]], it is used in one specific [[sense]] of the [[Vajra Vehicle]] teachings where it is the {{Wiki|practical}} term for the [[experience]] of [[emptiness]]. In this [[sense]], it means a whole “range” the whole extent of possible [[experience]] because that entire extent is covered by [[emptiness]]. Where [[emptiness]] is a very dry term, this term gives the [[sense]] of the full extent of [[experience]] that is known as the [[basic space]] within which all [[phenomena]] appear.
  
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
Line 1,066: Line 1,066:
 
155
 
155
  
Fictional Truth, kun rdzob bden pa: one of a pair of terms; the other is Superfactual Truth, q.v. The usual translation as “relative truth” is not the meaning at all of this key term. The term means the level of reality (truth) made up by the obscuration of an ordinary person’s mind. Because this is an obscured version of actual truth it is fictional. However, it is true for the beings who make it up, so it is still called truth. There is a good discussion of fictional and superfactual truth in note 43. Fictional Truth Enlightenment Mind, kun rdzob bden pa’i byang chub sems: One of a pair of terms; the other is Superfactual Truth Enlightenment Mind. See under Fictional and Superfactual truth for information about those terms. Enlightenment mind is defined as two types. The fictional type is the conventional type. It is explained as consisting of love and great compassion within the framework of an intention to obtain truly complete enlightenment for the sake of all sentient beings. The superfactual truth type is the ultimate type. It is explained as the enlightenment mind that is directly perceiving emptiness. These explanations belong to the conventional Great Vehicle. Ground, gzhi: the first member of the formulation of ground, path, and fruition. Ground, path, and fruition is the way that the teachings of the path of oral instruction belonging to the Vajra Vehicle are presented to students. Ground refers to the basic situation as it is. Great Vehicle, Skt. mahāyāna, Tib. theg pa chen po: The Buddha’s teachings as a whole can be summed up into three vehicles where a vehicle is defined as that which can carry you to a certain destination. The first vehicle, called the Lesser Vehicle, contains the teachings designed to get an individual moving on the spiritual path through showing the unsatisfactory state of cyclic existence and an emancipation from that. The path shown though is only concerned with a personal emancipation and fails to take account of all of the beings that there are in existence. There used to be eighteen schools of Lesser Vehicle in India but the only one surviving these days is the Theravada of southeast Asia. The Greater Vehicle is a step up from that. The
+
Fictional [[Truth]], [[kun rdzob bden pa]]: one of a pair of terms; the other is Superfactual [[Truth]], q.v. The usual translation as “[[relative truth]]” is not the meaning at all of this key term. The term means the level of [[reality]] ([[truth]]) made up by the {{Wiki|obscuration}} of an ordinary person’s [[mind]]. Because this is an obscured version of actual [[truth]] it is fictional. However, it is true for the [[beings]] who make it up, so it is still called [[truth]]. There is a good [[discussion]] of fictional and superfactual [[truth]] in note 43. Fictional [[Truth]] [[Enlightenment]] [[Mind]], [[kun rdzob]] [[bden]] pa’i [[byang chub sems]]: One of a pair of terms; the other is Superfactual [[Truth]] [[Enlightenment]] [[Mind]]. See under Fictional and Superfactual [[truth]] for [[information]] about those terms. [[Enlightenment]] [[mind]] is defined as two types. The fictional type is the [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] type. It is explained as consisting of [[love]] and [[great compassion]] within the framework of an [[intention]] to obtain truly [[complete enlightenment]] for the [[sake]] of all [[sentient beings]]. The superfactual [[truth]] type is the [[Wikipedia:Absolute (philosophy)|ultimate]] type. It is explained as the [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] that is directly perceiving [[emptiness]]. These explanations belong to the [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] [[Great Vehicle]]. Ground, [[gzhi]]: the first member of the formulation of [[ground, path, and fruition]]. [[Ground, path, and fruition]] is the way that the teachings of the [[path]] of [[oral instruction]] belonging to the [[Vajra Vehicle]] are presented to students. Ground refers to the basic situation as it is. [[Great Vehicle]], Skt. [[mahāyāna]], Tib. [[theg pa chen po]]: The [[Buddha’s teachings]] as a whole can be summed up into [[three vehicles]] where a [[vehicle]] is defined as that which can carry you to a certain destination. The first [[vehicle]], called the [[Lesser Vehicle]], contains the teachings designed to get an {{Wiki|individual}} moving on the [[spiritual path]] through showing the unsatisfactory [[state]] of [[cyclic existence]] and an {{Wiki|emancipation}} from that. The [[path]] shown though is only concerned with a personal {{Wiki|emancipation}} and fails to take account of all of the [[beings]] that there are in [[existence]]. There used to be [[eighteen schools]] of [[Lesser Vehicle]] in [[India]] but the only one surviving these days is the [[Theravada]] of [[southeast]] {{Wiki|Asia}}. The [[Greater Vehicle]] is a step up from that. The
  
 
156
 
156
Line 1,072: Line 1,072:
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
  
Buddha explained that it was great in comparison to the Lesser Vehicle for seven reasons. The first of those is that it is concerned with truly complete enlightenment of a truly complete buddha for the sake of every sentient being where the Lesser Vehicle is only concerned with a personal liberation that is not truly complete enlightenment and which is only achieved for the sake of that practitioner. The Great Vehicle has two divisions. There is a conventional Great Vehicle in which the path is taught in a logical, conventional way. There is also an unconventional Great Vehicle in which the path is taught in an unconventional and very direct way. This latter vehicle is called the Vajra Vehicle because it relies on showing the innermost, indestructible (vajra) fact of reality of one’s own mind. The teachings in this book, while they do go through the Lesser and conventional Great Vehicles are principally concerned with the Vajra Vehicle. Introduction and To Introduce; ngos sprad and ngos sprod pa respectively:This pair of terms is usually translated in the U.S.A. these days as “pointing out” “and “to point out” but this is yet another common mistake that has become, unfortunately, entrenched. The terms are the standard terms used in day to day life for the situation in which one person introduces another person to someone or something. They are the exact same words as our English “introduction” and “to introduce”. In the Vajra Vehicle, these terms are specifically used for the situation in which one person introduces another to the nature of the person’s own mind. As a matter of interest, there is another term in Tibetan for “pointing out”. That term is never used for the purpose here because here, no-one points out anything. Rather, a person is introduced by another to a part of that person that he has forgotten about. There is a further problem here which is that, if “pointing out” is used for this term, when the actual Tibetan term for “pointing out” is used, there will be confusion over the terms. Isness: a translation of dharmatā, q.v.
+
[[Buddha]] explained that it was great in comparison to the [[Lesser Vehicle]] for seven [[reasons]]. The first of those is that it is concerned with truly [[complete enlightenment]] of a truly complete [[buddha]] for the [[sake]] of every [[sentient being]] where the [[Lesser Vehicle]] is only concerned with a [[personal liberation]] that is not truly [[complete enlightenment]] and which is only achieved for the [[sake]] of that [[practitioner]]. The [[Great Vehicle]] has two divisions. There is a [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] [[Great Vehicle]] in which the [[path]] is [[taught]] in a [[logical]], [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] way. There is also an unconventional [[Great Vehicle]] in which the [[path]] is [[taught]] in an unconventional and very direct way. This [[latter]] [[vehicle]] is called the [[Vajra Vehicle]] because it relies on showing the innermost, [[indestructible]] ([[vajra]]) fact of [[reality]] of one’s [[own mind]]. The teachings in this [[book]], while they do go through the Lesser and [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] Great Vehicles are principally concerned with the [[Vajra Vehicle]]. Introduction and To Introduce; ngos sprad and ngos sprod pa respectively:This pair of terms is usually translated in the {{Wiki|U.S.A}}. these days as “pointing out” “and “to point out” but this is yet another common mistake that has become, unfortunately, entrenched. The terms are the standard terms used in day to day [[life]] for the situation in which one [[person]] introduces another [[person]] to someone or something. They are the exact same words as our English “introduction” and “to introduce”. In the [[Vajra Vehicle]], these terms are specifically used for the situation in which one [[person]] introduces another to the [[nature]] of the person’s [[own mind]]. As a {{Wiki|matter}} of [[interest]], there is another term in [[Tibetan]] for “pointing out”. That term is never used for the {{Wiki|purpose}} here because here, no-one points out anything. Rather, a [[person]] is introduced by another to a part of that [[person]] that he has forgotten about. There is a further problem here which is that, if “pointing out” is used for this term, when the actual [[Tibetan]] term for “pointing out” is used, there will be [[confusion]] over the terms. Isness: a translation of [[dharmatā]], q.v.
  
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
Line 1,078: Line 1,078:
 
157
 
157
  
Key points, gnad: it is not apparent from the wording but a “key point” is not a point of understanding that you have conceptually in your mind and take to meditation practice but is an issue belonging to the actual process of meditation itself. Meditation as a process has key points or issues within it and instructions such as the “Three Lines” are given so that the practitioner can connect a correct understanding which is derived from those instructions with those issues as they are actually present in the meditation itself. This is worth thinking over because the common understanding in English of “key point” is an instruction to be applied but that is quite incorrect; the instructions are applied to your meditation in order to work the key points that are present as issues in the meditation itself. They are the buttons existing in the meditation for you to be press using the instructions, such as the Three Lines, that allow you to hit the buttons. Liveliness, rtsal: another key term in Mahāmudrā and Great Completion. The term means the potential that something contains for it to produce or display some kind of expression. For example, a baby horse has the innate ability that will later come out as its liveliness of galloping and prancing as a steed. However, the term also is used in situations where the energy is actually happening, that is, it is not mere potential any more but is the energy at the time of its expression. The term that seems to fit correctly in English is “spunk”, unfortunately not many people know this word well. It is the potential and the expression of dynamic display that something has within it. Luminosity, ’od gsal ba: the core of mind, called mind’s essence, has two aspects, parts, or factors as they are called. One is emptiness and the other is knowing. Luminosity is a metaphor for the fundamental knowing quality of the essence of mind. It is sometimes translated as“clear light” but that is a mistake that comes from not understanding how the words of the Tibetan go together. It does not refer to a light that is clear but refers to the illuminative property which is the hallmark of mind. Mind knows, that is what it does. Thus, it has the property of luminosity which knows its own content. Both in Sanskrit and Tibetan
+
Key points, gnad: it is not apparent from the wording but a “key point” is not a point of [[understanding]] that you have conceptually in your [[mind]] and take to [[meditation practice]] but is an issue belonging to the actual process of [[meditation]] itself. [[Meditation]] as a process has key points or issues within it and instructions such as the “Three Lines” are given so that the [[practitioner]] can connect a correct [[understanding]] which is derived from those instructions with those issues as they are actually {{Wiki|present}} in the [[meditation]] itself. This is worth [[thinking]] over because the common [[understanding]] in English of “key point” is an instruction to be applied but that is quite incorrect; the instructions are applied to your [[meditation]] in order to work the key points that are {{Wiki|present}} as issues in the [[meditation]] itself. They are the buttons [[existing]] in the [[meditation]] for you to be press using the instructions, such as the Three Lines, that allow you to hit the buttons. Liveliness, [[rtsal]]: another key term in [[Mahāmudrā]] and [[Great Completion]]. The term means the potential that something contains for it to produce or display some kind of expression. For example, a baby [[horse]] has the innate ability that will later come out as its liveliness of galloping and prancing as a steed. However, the term also is used in situations where the [[energy]] is actually happening, that is, it is not mere potential any more but is the [[energy]] at the time of its expression. The term that seems to fit correctly in English is “spunk”, unfortunately not many [[people]] know this [[word]] well. It is the potential and the expression of dynamic display that something has within it. [[Luminosity]], ’[[od gsal ba]]: the core of [[mind]], called [[mind’s]] [[essence]], has two aspects, parts, or factors as they are called. One is [[emptiness]] and the other is [[knowing]]. [[Luminosity]] is a {{Wiki|metaphor}} for the fundamental [[knowing]] [[quality]] of the [[essence of mind]]. It is sometimes translated as“clear {{Wiki|light}}” but that is a mistake that comes from not [[understanding]] how the words of the [[Tibetan]] go together. It does not refer to a {{Wiki|light}} that is clear but refers to the illuminative property which is the hallmark of [[mind]]. [[Mind]] [[knows]], that is what it does. Thus, it has the property of [[luminosity]] which [[knows]] its [[own]] content. Both in [[Sanskrit]] and [[Tibetan]]
  
 
158
 
158
Line 1,084: Line 1,084:
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
  
Buddhist literature, the term is frequently abbreviated just to gsal ba, “clarity”, with the same meaning. Lesser Vehicle, Skt. Hīnayāna, Tib. theg pa dman pa: see under Great Vehicle. Mind, sems: conventional minding which occurs because there is ignorance. Mindfulness, dran pa: the ability to keep mind on an object of the senses. With alertness, it is one of the two causes of developing śhamatha. Offput, gdangs: A general Tibetan term meaning that which is given off by something else, for example, the sound that comes from a loudspeaker. In Mahāmudrā and Great Completion, it the general term used to refer to what is given off by the emptiness factor of the essence of mind. Emptiness is the empty condition of the essence of mind, like space. However, that emptiness has liveliness and liveliness comes off it as compassion, and all the other qualities of enlightened mind, and, equally, all the apparatus of dualistic mind. All of this is called its offput. Note that the Great Completion teachings have a special word that is a more refined version of this term. See “complexion” for that. Post-attainment: see equipoise. Prajña, shes rab: a name for a state of mind that makes precise distinctions between this and that. Although it is sometimes translated as “wisdom”, that is not correct because it is, generally speaking, a mental event belonging to dualistic mind. Preserve, skyong ba: an important term in Thorough Cut. It means to keep something as it is, to nurture something in the sense of keeping it just so and not losing it. In the case of Thorough Cut, it specifically means that you are not using any rational process or effort to keep it in place, rather you are following the instructions received from your guru on allowing it to be as it is. This is also always applied to the state, q.v. and the
+
[[Buddhist literature]], the term is frequently abbreviated just to [[gsal ba]], “clarity”, with the same meaning. [[Lesser Vehicle]], Skt. [[Hīnayāna]], Tib. [[theg pa dman pa]]: see under [[Great Vehicle]]. [[Mind]], [[sems]]: [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] [[minding]] which occurs because there is [[ignorance]]. [[Mindfulness]], [[dran pa]]: the ability to keep [[mind]] on an [[object]] of the [[senses]]. With [[alertness]], it is one of the two [[causes]] of developing śhamatha. Offput, [[gdangs]]: A general [[Tibetan]] term meaning that which is given off by something else, for example, the [[sound]] that comes from a loudspeaker. In [[Mahāmudrā]] and [[Great Completion]], it the general term used to refer to what is given off by the [[emptiness]] factor of the [[essence of mind]]. [[Emptiness]] is the [[empty]] [[condition]] of the [[essence of mind]], like [[space]]. However, that [[emptiness]] has liveliness and liveliness comes off it as [[compassion]], and all the other qualities of [[enlightened mind]], and, equally, all the apparatus of [[dualistic mind]]. All of this is called its offput. Note that the [[Great Completion]] teachings have a special [[word]] that is a more refined version of this term. See “complexion” for that. Post-attainment: see equipoise. [[Prajña]], [[shes rab]]: a [[name]] for a [[state of mind]] that makes precise {{Wiki|distinctions}} between this and that. Although it is sometimes translated as “[[wisdom]]”, that is not correct because it is, generally {{Wiki|speaking}}, a {{Wiki|mental event}} belonging to [[dualistic mind]]. Preserve, skyong ba: an important term in Thorough Cut. It means to keep something as it is, to nurture something in the [[sense]] of keeping it just so and not losing it. In the case of Thorough Cut, it specifically means that you are not using any [[rational]] process or [[effort]] to keep it in place, rather you are following the instructions received from your [[guru]] on allowing it to be as it is. This is also always applied to the [[state]], q.v. and the
  
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
Line 1,090: Line 1,090:
 
159
 
159
  
phrase “preserve the state” is a key oral instruction in the Thorough Cut system. Rational mind, blo: the Kagyu and Nyingma traditions use this term pejoratively for the most part. In the Great Completion tradition, blo is the dualistic mind and hence is the villain so to speak which needs to be removed from the equation in order to obtain enlightenment. This term is consistently translated as rational mind throughout this text since merely translating it as mind, which is the common approach these days, utterly loses the importance of the word. This is not just mind but this is the mind that creates the situation of this and that (ratio in Latin) and which is always at the root of all sentient beings problems and which is the very opposite of the essence of mind. This is a key term and it should be noted and not just glossed over as “mind”. Rigpa, rig pa: the key words of key words in the system of the Thorough Cut. The equivalent in the Mahāmudrā system is “Tha mal gyi shaypa” q.v. Rigpa literally means to know in the sense of “I see!”. It is used at all levels of meaning from the coarsest everyday sense of knowing something to the deepest sense of knowing something as presented in the system of Thorough Cut. The system of Thorough Cut uses this term in a very special sense, though it still retains its basic meaning of “to know”. To translate it as “awareness” which is common practice these days is a poor practice; there are many kinds of awareness but there is only one rigpa and besides, rigpa is substantially more than just awareness. Since this is such an important term and since it lacks an equivalent in English, I choose not to translate it. However, it will be helpful in reading the text to understanding the meaning as just given. Secret Mantra, gsang sngags: the name for the second of the two parts of the Mahāyāna school, that is, the vajrayāna. Seven Dharmas of Vairochana rnam par snang mdzad chos bdun: are the seven aspects of Vairochana’s posture which used for formal meditation practice. The posture for the legs is the one called “vajra posture” or vajrāsana. In it, the legs are crossed one on
+
[[phrase]] “preserve the [[state]]” is a key [[oral instruction]] in the Thorough Cut system. [[Rational]] [[mind]], blo: the [[Kagyu]] and [[Nyingma traditions]] use this term pejoratively for the most part. In the [[Great Completion]] [[tradition]], blo is the [[dualistic mind]] and hence is the villain so to speak which needs to be removed from the equation in order to obtain [[enlightenment]]. This term is consistently translated as [[rational]] [[mind]] throughout this text since merely translating it as [[mind]], which is the common approach these days, utterly loses the importance of the [[word]]. This is not just [[mind]] but this is the [[mind]] that creates the situation of this and that (ratio in {{Wiki|Latin}}) and which is always at the [[root]] of all [[sentient beings]] problems and which is the very opposite of the [[essence of mind]]. This is a key term and it should be noted and not just glossed over as “[[mind]]”. [[Rigpa]], [[rig pa]]: the key words of key words in the system of the Thorough Cut. The {{Wiki|equivalent}} in the [[Mahāmudrā]] system is “Tha mal gyi shaypa” q.v. [[Rigpa]] literally means to know in the [[sense]] of “I see!”. It is used at all levels of meaning from the coarsest everyday [[sense]] of [[knowing]] something to the deepest [[sense]] of [[knowing]] something as presented in the system of Thorough Cut. The system of Thorough Cut uses this term in a very special [[sense]], though it still retains its basic meaning of “to know”. To translate it as “[[awareness]]” which is common practice these days is a poor practice; there are many kinds of [[awareness]] but there is only one [[rigpa]] and besides, [[rigpa]] is substantially more than just [[awareness]]. Since this is such an important term and since it lacks an {{Wiki|equivalent}} in English, I choose not to translate it. However, it will be helpful in reading the text to [[understanding]] the meaning as just given. [[Secret Mantra]], [[gsang sngags]]: the [[name]] for the second of the two parts of the [[Mahāyāna school]], that is, the [[vajrayāna]]. Seven [[Dharmas]] of [[Vairochana]] [[rnam par snang mdzad]] [[chos]] [[bdun]]: are the seven aspects of [[Vairochana’s]] [[posture]] which used for formal [[meditation practice]]. The [[posture]] for the {{Wiki|legs}} is the one called “[[vajra posture]]” or [[vajrāsana]]. In it, the {{Wiki|legs}} are crossed one on
  
 
160
 
160
Line 1,096: Line 1,096:
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
  
top of the other, right on top of left. The advantage of this posture is that, of the five basic winds of the subtle body, the downward-clearing wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the hands is called the equipoise mudrā. The right palm is placed on top of the left palm and the two thumbs are just touching, raised up over the palms. The advantage of this posture is that the Fire-Accompanying Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the spine is that the spine should be held straight. The advantage of this posture is that the Pervader Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the shoulders is one in which the shoulders are held up slightly in a particular way. The advantage of this posture is that Upward-Moving Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The neck and chin are held in a particular posture: the neck is drawn up a little and the chin slightly hooked in towards the throat. The advantage of this posture is that the Life-Holder Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The tip of the tongue is joined with the forward part of the palate and the jaws are relaxed, with the teeth and lips allowed to sit normally. The eyes are directed down past the tip of the nose, into space. Placing the gaze in this way keeps the clarity of mind and prevents sinking, agitation, and so on. Shamatha, gzhi gnas: one of the two main practices of meditation required in the Buddhist system for gaining insight into reality. It develops one-pointedness of mind. The completion of the practice is a mind that sits stably on its object without any effort. Essentially, it allows the other practice, vipaśhyanā, to focus on its object unwaveringly. State, ngang: this is a key term in Mahāmudrā and Great Completion. Unfortunately it is often not translated and in so doing much meaning is lost. Alternatively, it is often translated as “within” which also is incorrect. The term means a “state”. A state is an ongoing situation and that is exactly what the Tibetan is referring to. It has the full sense of “a particular state that the practitioner is in”. There are many states on the path. In Great Completion, the word is often used in the Thorough Cut without
+
top of the other, right on top of left. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that, of the five basic [[winds]] of the [[subtle body]], the downward-clearing [[wind]] is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The [[posture]] for the hands is called the equipoise [[mudrā]]. The right palm is placed on top of the left palm and the two thumbs are just [[touching]], raised up over the palms. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that the Fire-Accompanying [[Wind]] is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The [[posture]] for the spine is that the spine should be held straight. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that the Pervader [[Wind]] is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The [[posture]] for the shoulders is one in which the shoulders are held up slightly in a particular way. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that Upward-Moving [[Wind]] is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The neck and [[chin]] are held in a particular [[posture]]: the neck is drawn up a little and the [[chin]] slightly hooked in towards the {{Wiki|throat}}. The advantage of this [[posture]] is that the Life-Holder [[Wind]] is [[caused]] to enter the [[central channel]]. The tip of the {{Wiki|tongue}} is joined with the forward part of the palate and the jaws are [[relaxed]], with the {{Wiki|teeth}} and lips allowed to sit normally. The [[eyes]] are directed down {{Wiki|past}} the tip of the {{Wiki|nose}}, into [[space]]. Placing the gaze in this way keeps the [[clarity of mind]] and prevents sinking, [[agitation]], and so on. [[Shamatha]], [[gzhi]] [[gnas]]: one of the two main [[practices of meditation]] required in the [[Buddhist]] system for gaining [[insight]] into [[reality]]. It develops [[one-pointedness of mind]]. The completion of the practice is a [[mind]] that sits stably on its [[object]] without any [[effort]]. [[Essentially]], it allows the other practice, vipaśhyanā, to focus on its [[object]] unwaveringly. [[State]], [[ngang]]: this is a key term in [[Mahāmudrā]] and [[Great Completion]]. Unfortunately it is often not translated and in so doing much meaning is lost. Alternatively, it is often translated as “within” which also is incorrect. The term means a “[[state]]”. A [[state]] is an ongoing situation and that is exactly what the [[Tibetan]] is referring to. It has the full [[sense]] of “a particular [[state]] that the [[practitioner]] is in”. There are many states on the [[path]]. In [[Great Completion]], the [[word]] is often used in the Thorough Cut without
  
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
Line 1,102: Line 1,102:
 
161
 
161
  
adjective to refer to the all-important experience of the essence of mind, whatever that might be at the time. Hence “the state”, “preserving the state”, etc. See also “Preserve”. Stoppageless, ’gag pa med pa: A key term of Mahāmudrā and Great Completion that is usually mis-translated. It is usually translated as “unceasing”. However, this is a different verb. It refers to the situation in which one thing is not being stopped by another thing. It means “not stopped”, “without stoppage”, “not blocked and prevented by something else” that is, stoppageless. The verb form associated with it is “not stopped” q.v. Superfactual Truth, don dam bden pa: one of a pair of terms; the other is Fictional Truth, q.v. The usual translation as “absolute truth” is not the meaning at all of this key term. The term means the level of reality(truth) which is superior to the ordinary person’s mistaken kind of reality and which is factual compared to the fictional reality of the ordinary person. Superfice, superficies, rnam pa: in discussions of mind, a distinction is made between the entity of mind which is a mere knower and the superficial things that appear on its surface and which are known by it. In other words, the superficies are the various things which pass over the surface of mind but which are not mind. Superficies are all the specifics that constitute appearance, for example, the colour white within a moment of visual consciousness, the vroom of a motorbike within an ear consciousness, and so on. Temporary experience, nyams: when one practises meditation, various experiences occur which are simply part of the path and are not realizations, per se. These experiences are thus temporary experiences. Tha mal gyi shaypa, tha mal gyi shes pa: the path term used in the Mahāmudrā tradition to indicate mind’s essence. In Dzogchen, the equivalent term is “rigpa”. Both words are used by practitioners as a sort of code word for their own, personal experience of the essence of mind. These words are secret because of the power they are connected and should be kept that way.
+
{{Wiki|adjective}} to refer to the all-important [[experience]] of the [[essence of mind]], whatever that might be at the time. Hence “the [[state]]”, “preserving the [[state]]”, etc. See also “Preserve”. Stoppageless, [[’gag]] pa [[med pa]]: A key term of [[Mahāmudrā]] and [[Great Completion]] that is usually mis-translated. It is usually translated as “unceasing”. However, this is a different verb. It refers to the situation in which one thing is not being stopped by another thing. It means “not stopped”, “without stoppage”, “not blocked and prevented by something else” that is, stoppageless. The verb [[form]] associated with it is “not stopped” q.v. Superfactual [[Truth]], [[don dam bden pa]]: one of a pair of terms; the other is Fictional [[Truth]], q.v. The usual translation as “[[absolute truth]]” is not the meaning at all of this key term. The term means the level of reality(truth) which is {{Wiki|superior}} to the ordinary person’s mistaken kind of [[reality]] and which is {{Wiki|factual}} compared to the fictional [[reality]] of the [[ordinary person]]. Superfice, superficies, [[rnam pa]]: in discussions of [[mind]], a {{Wiki|distinction}} is made between the [[entity]] of [[mind]] which is a mere knower and the [[superficial]] things that appear on its surface and which are known by it. In other words, the superficies are the various things which pass over the surface of [[mind]] but which are not [[mind]]. Superficies are all the specifics that constitute [[appearance]], for example, the {{Wiki|colour}} white within a [[moment]] of [[visual consciousness]], the vroom of a motorbike within an [[ear consciousness]], and so on. Temporary [[experience]], [[nyams]]: when one practises [[meditation]], various [[experiences]] occur which are simply part of the [[path]] and are not realizations, [[per se]]. These [[experiences]] are thus temporary [[experiences]]. Tha mal gyi shaypa, [[tha mal gyi shes pa]]: the [[path]] term used in the [[Mahāmudrā tradition]] to indicate [[mind’s]] [[essence]]. In [[Dzogchen]], the {{Wiki|equivalent}} term is “[[rigpa]]”. Both words are used by practitioners as a sort of code [[word]] for their [[own]], personal [[experience]] of the [[essence of mind]]. These words are secret because of the power they are connected and should be kept that way.
  
 
162
 
162
Line 1,108: Line 1,108:
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
  
Tha mal gyi shaypa is often referred to as “ordinary mind”, a term that was established by Chogyam Trungpa Rinpoche for his students. However, there are two problems with that word. Firstly, “tha mal” does not mean “ordinary”. It means “common”, something that is common to everyone. This is well attested to in the writings of the Kagyu forefathers. Secondly, this is not mind, given that mind is used throughout this book to mean the dualistic mind of beings in cyclic existence. Rather this is “shes pa”, the most general term for all kinds of awareness or knower. In short, it is the kind of non-dualistic knower that is common to everyone. From a practitioner’s perspective, there is little difference between the two terms. However, as Tsoknyi Rinpoche points out, “There is a deep point concerning what is explained in the extraordinary levels of Dzogchen as the complexion aspect of the rigpa1 and what is explained in Mahāmudrā as the luminosity aspect2. Dzogchen says that real rigpa is to bring forth the deep state which is the luminosity part without the slightest bit of compartmentalizing— the actual original, naked dharmakāya—and there is a slight point of discussion over that. “There is that sort of discussion when these things are being explained but, from the perspective of an individual receiving the instructions and meditating, the instructions on Mahāmudrā could become the accomplishment of Dzogchen and vice-versa. That difference is explained in the texts but in fact it depends on the individual.”” Thorough Cut, mkhregs chod: one of the two practices of the innermost level of Great Completion practice. The other is Direct Cross-
+
Tha mal gyi shaypa is often referred to as “[[ordinary mind]]”, a term that was established by [[Chogyam Trungpa Rinpoche]] for his students. However, there are two problems with that [[word]]. Firstly, “tha mal” does not mean “ordinary”. It means “common”, something that is common to everyone. This is well attested to in the writings of the [[Kagyu]] forefathers. Secondly, this is not [[mind]], given that [[mind]] is used throughout this [[book]] to mean the [[dualistic mind]] of [[beings]] in [[cyclic existence]]. Rather this is “[[shes pa]]”, the most general term for all kinds of [[awareness]] or knower. In short, it is the kind of [[non-dualistic]] knower that is common to everyone. From a practitioner’s {{Wiki|perspective}}, there is little difference between the two terms. However, as [[Tsoknyi Rinpoche]] points out, “There is a deep point concerning what is explained in the [[extraordinary]] levels of [[Dzogchen]] as the complexion aspect of the rigpa1 and what is explained in [[Mahāmudrā]] as the [[luminosity]] aspect2. [[Dzogchen]] says that real [[rigpa]] is to bring forth the deep [[state]] which is the [[luminosity]] part without the slightest bit of compartmentalizing— the actual original, naked dharmakāya—and there is a slight point of [[discussion]] over that. “There is that sort of [[discussion]] when these things are being explained but, from the {{Wiki|perspective}} of an {{Wiki|individual}} receiving the instructions and [[meditating]], the instructions on [[Mahāmudrā]] could become the [[accomplishment]] of [[Dzogchen]] and vice-versa. That difference is explained in the texts but in fact it depends on the {{Wiki|individual}}.”” Thorough Cut, mkhregs [[chod]]: one of the two practices of the innermost level of [[Great Completion]] practice. The other is Direct Cross-
  
 
1
 
1
  
Tib. rig pa’i mdangs cha
+
Tib. rig pa’i [[mdangs]] cha
  
 
2
 
2
  
Tib. gsal cha
+
Tib. [[gsal]] cha
  
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
Line 1,122: Line 1,122:
 
163
 
163
  
ing. Thorough Cut is a practice in which the main point is to cut decisively through to Alpha Purity. Transparency, zang thal: perhaps this term would be better not translated. The term is a special term of experience used in both Mahāmudrā and Dzogchen. It means that, because expanse and the knower—described as rigpa in Dzogchen—are unified, there is the experience of total unimpededness. The practitioner is outside the normal constraints of impure appearances and experiences this as a totally open transparency of what is experienced. Unaltered or uncontrived, ma bcos pa: the opposite of “altered” and “contrived”. Something which has not been altered from its native state; something which has been left just as it is. Vajra Vehicle, Skt. vajrayāna, Tib. rdo rje’i theg pa: see under Great Vehicle. Vipashyana, lhag mthong: one of the two main practices of meditation required in the Buddhist system for gaining insight into reality. It is the insight that directly sees reality. It is aided by śhamatha which keeps it focussed on the reality. Wisdom, ye shes: this terms translates the original Sanskrit, jñāna. Jñāna has many meanings but overall has the sense of just knowing. In the Buddhist usage it is very literal, meaning the most basic sense we have of knowing which is the knowing that is there from the beginning in the core of mind. Because of this meaning, the Tibetans translated it as “the particular awareness which has been there from the beginning”. This has been translated into English in various ways but, as long as the meaning just mentioned is understood, that will be enough. In the tantras, there are many methods for bringing the students to this primordial awareness. Some of them bring the student first to something which is similar to the wisdom so there is the term, simile wisdom3; this is often translated as example wisdom but that is being literal to the extent of losing the meaning. The 3
+
ing. Thorough Cut is a practice in which the main point is to cut decisively through to Alpha [[Purity]]. Transparency, [[zang thal]]: perhaps this term would be better not translated. The term is a special term of [[experience]] used in both [[Mahāmudrā]] and [[Dzogchen]]. It means that, because expanse and the knower—described as [[rigpa]] in Dzogchen—are unified, there is the [[experience]] of total unimpededness. The [[practitioner]] is outside the normal constraints of impure [[appearances]] and [[experiences]] this as a totally open transparency of what is [[experienced]]. [[Unaltered]] or uncontrived, [[ma bcos pa]]: the opposite of “altered” and “contrived”. Something which has not been altered from its native [[state]]; something which has been left just as it is. [[Vajra Vehicle]], Skt. [[vajrayāna]], Tib. rdo rje’i [[theg pa]]: see under [[Great Vehicle]]. [[Vipashyana]], [[lhag mthong]]: one of the two main [[practices of meditation]] required in the [[Buddhist]] system for gaining [[insight]] into [[reality]]. It is the [[insight]] that directly sees [[reality]]. It is aided by śhamatha which keeps it focussed on the [[reality]]. [[Wisdom]], [[ye shes]]: this terms translates the original [[Sanskrit]], [[jñāna]]. [[Jñāna]] has many meanings but overall has the [[sense]] of just [[knowing]]. In the [[Buddhist]] usage it is very literal, meaning the most basic [[sense]] we have of [[knowing]] which is the [[knowing]] that is there from the beginning in the core of [[mind]]. Because of this meaning, the [[Tibetans]] translated it as “the particular [[awareness]] which has been there from the beginning”. This has been translated into English in various ways but, as long as the meaning just mentioned is understood, that will be enough. In the [[tantras]], there are many [[methods]] for bringing the students to this [[primordial awareness]]. Some of them bring the [[student]] first to something which is similar to the [[wisdom]] so there is the term, simile wisdom3; this is often translated as example [[wisdom]] but that is being literal to the extent of losing the meaning. The 3
  
Tib. dpe’i ye shes
+
Tib. dpe’i [[ye shes]]
  
 
164
 
164
Line 1,130: Line 1,130:
 
GLOSSARY
 
GLOSSARY
  
simile wisdom is a similitude of the real wisdom, the actual wisdom which is shown in various ways, including by the fourth empowerment. Real wisdom4 is the opposite of simile wisdom; it is wisdom in fact, not the one which is just a similitude of the real wisdom.
+
simile [[wisdom]] is a similitude of the real [[wisdom]], the actual [[wisdom]] which is shown in various ways, [[including]] by [[the fourth]] [[empowerment]]. Real wisdom4 is the opposite of simile [[wisdom]]; it is [[wisdom]] in fact, not the one which is just a similitude of the real [[wisdom]].
  
 
4
 
4
  
Tib. don gyi ye shes
+
Tib. [[don gyi ye shes]]
  
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
A Summary of Mountain Dharma . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 abiding . . . 8, 13, 19-21, 23, 24, 38, 39, 65, 75, 99-106, 108, 109, 117 abiding mind . . . . . . . 101, 106 accumulation . . . 8, 46, 50, 54, 121 of merit . . . . . . . . 8, 46, 121 of wisdom . . . . . . . . . . 8, 46 Āchārya Krishnapada, . . . . . 66 actuality . . 7, 8, 19, 21, 23, 25, 30, 57, 81, 93, 95, 99, 101, 105-109, 115, 116, 119, 155 actuality Mahāmudrā . . . . . . 25 actuality of mind . 7, 8, 19, 21, 81, 93, 99, 101, 105-109, 116, 119 adventitious discursive thoughts . . . . 48, 114 obscurations . . . . . . . 96-98 stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 affliction . . . . . . . . 23, 113, 155 agitation . . 8, 20, 38, 101, 102, 164
+
A Summary of [[Mountain Dharma]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 abiding . . . 8, 13, 19-21, 23, 24, 38, 39, 65, 75, 99-106, [[108]], 109, 117 abiding [[mind]] . . . . . . . 101, 106 [[accumulation]] . . . 8, 46, 50, 54, 121 of [[merit]] . . . . . . . . 8, 46, 121 of [[wisdom]] . . . . . . . . . . 8, 46 [[Āchārya]] [[Krishnapada]], . . . . . 66 [[actuality]] . . 7, 8, 19, 21, 23, 25, 30, 57, 81, 93, 95, 99, 101, 105-109, 115, 116, 119, 155 [[actuality]] [[Mahāmudrā]] . . . . . . 25 [[actuality]] of [[mind]] . 7, 8, 19, 21, 81, 93, 99, 101, 105-109, 116, 119 adventitious discursive [[thoughts]] . . . . 48, 114 [[obscurations]] . . . . . . . 96-98 stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 [[affliction]] . . . . . . . . 23, 113, 155 [[agitation]] . . 8, 20, 38, 101, 102, 164
  
agitation/excitement . . . . . 102 all-knowing . iii, iv, 18, 22, 27, 29, 43, 45 Padma Karpo . . . iii, 27, 29 Situ Chokyi Jungnay . . . iv, 43 all-accomplishing wisdom . 24, 121 anger . 13, 39, 73, 76, 96, 104, 113, 120, 124 animals . . . . . . . . 54, 72, 73, 82 appearance and emptiness . ix, x, 17, 18, 85, 97 part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 arhat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 158 arouse the mind . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ārya Asaṅga . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 aspiring and engaging . . . . 46 asuras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Atiśha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 89 Avalokiteśhvara . . . . . . . . . 120 becoming and peace . . . . . 45 Benchen Tenga Rinpoche . . 1, 2, iv, xvii, xxi, 61 bile-related diseases . . . . . . 124 birth in a miraculous way . 82
+
agitation/excitement . . . . . 102 all-knowing . iii, iv, 18, 22, 27, 29, 43, 45 [[Padma Karpo]] . . . iii, 27, 29 [[Situ Chokyi Jungnay]] . . . iv, 43 [[all-accomplishing wisdom]] . 24, 121 [[anger]] . 13, 39, 73, 76, 96, 104, 113, 120, 124 [[animals]] . . . . . . . . 54, 72, 73, 82 [[appearance]] and [[emptiness]] . ix, x, 17, 18, 85, 97 part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 [[arhat]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 158 arouse the [[mind]] . . . . . . . . . . 3 [[Ārya]] [[Asaṅga]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 aspiring and engaging . . . . 46 [[asuras]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Atiśha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 89 Avalokiteśhvara . . . . . . . . . 120 becoming and [[peace]] . . . . . 45 Benchen [[Tenga Rinpoche]] . . 1, 2, iv, xvii, xxi, 61 bile-related {{Wiki|diseases}} . . . . . . 124 [[birth]] in a miraculous way . 82
  
 
165
 
165
Line 1,148: Line 1,148:
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
birth in an egg . . . . . . . . . . 82 birth in the womb . . . . . . . 82 birth through heat and moisture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 birth, old age, sickness, and death . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 106 blankness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 blessings of the guru . . . . . . 19 bliss . . . . . . . . . 40, 52, 55, 156 bliss, clarity, and no-thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 156 Bodhgaya . . . . . . . . . . 65, 125 bodhicitta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 bodhisatva . 13, 20, 66, 74, 97, 102, 123, 124 bodhisatva path . . . . . 74, 124 bodhisatva Vajragarbha . . . 66 bodhisatva vehicle . . . . . . 123 bodhisatva vows . . . . . . . . . 74 buddha . ix, xvii, 3, 7, 8, 11, 13, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 30, 33, 35, 48, 51, 63-66, 72, 73, 79, 80, 82, 85, 87, 88, 95, 98, 99, 102, 125, 155, 157, 158, 160 buddha nature . . . . . . . 30, 98 buddhahood . . 3, 8, 13, 31, 41, 46, 64, 65, 74, 80, 97, 98, 117, 119, 158 buddhahood in one lifetime, one body . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Ḍākinī Kalwa Zangmo . . . . 66 calm-abiding . . . 8, 19, 21, 23, 65, 99-105, 117 calm-abiding and insight . . 65, 99, 117
+
[[birth]] in an egg . . . . . . . . . . 82 [[birth]] in the [[womb]] . . . . . . . 82 [[birth]] through heat and [[moisture]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 [[birth]], [[old age]], [[sickness]], and [[death]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 106 blankness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 [[blessings]] of the [[guru]] . . . . . . 19 [[bliss]] . . . . . . . . . 40, 52, 55, 156 [[bliss]], clarity, and [[no-thought]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 156 [[Bodhgaya]] . . . . . . . . . . 65, 125 [[bodhicitta]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 [[bodhisatva]] . 13, 20, 66, 74, 97, 102, 123, 124 [[bodhisatva]] [[path]] . . . . . 74, 124 [[bodhisatva]] [[Vajragarbha]] . . . 66 [[bodhisatva]] [[vehicle]] . . . . . . 123 [[bodhisatva]] [[vows]] . . . . . . . . . 74 [[buddha]] . ix, xvii, 3, 7, 8, 11, 13, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 30, 33, 35, 48, 51, 63-66, 72, 73, 79, 80, 82, 85, 87, 88, 95, 98, 99, 102, 125, 155, 157, 158, 160 [[buddha nature]] . . . . . . . 30, 98 [[buddhahood]] . . 3, 8, 13, 31, 41, 46, 64, 65, 74, 80, 97, 98, 117, 119, 158 [[buddhahood]] in one [[lifetime]], one [[body]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 [[Ḍākinī]] Kalwa [[Zangmo]] . . . . 66 calm-abiding . . . 8, 19, 21, 23, 65, 99-105, 117 calm-abiding and [[insight]] . . 65, 99, 117
  
central channel . . . 36, 81, 100, 101, 103, 104, 164 Chakrasaṃvara . . . . 14, 16, 66, 84, 103 channels . . xii, 7, 12, 80-82, 84 channels, winds, and drops . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 82, 84 clarity . . . 4, 15, 19, 34, 39, 47, 51, 52, 55, 96, 97, 101, 156, 164 clarity aspect . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 colour or shape . . . . . . . . . 106 common awareness . . . . . . 19 compassion . . 7, 12, 13, 16, 29, 32, 33, 36-38, 46, 58, 7177, 125, 126, 159, 162 complete buddhahood . . . . 65 complete enlightenment . . . 7, 65, 159, 160 complete purity . . . 34, 47, 48 completion stage . . . . . xiv, 79 complexion . . . 33, 37, 83, 156, 157, 166 confused thoughts . . . . . . . 59 confusion . . 18, 23, 54, 58, 96, 98, 157, 160 conqueror . . . . . . 48-50, 54, 57 consciousness . . . 8, 22, 40, 54, 59, 108, 165 container world . . . . . . . . . 14 Co-emergence . . x-xiii, 54, 55, 107, 111 Co-emergence Yoga . . . . x-xiii, 54 co-emergence, innate wisdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 co-emergent wisdom . 57, 108
+
[[central channel]] . . . 36, 81, 100, 101, 103, 104, 164 [[Chakrasaṃvara]] . . . . 14, 16, 66, 84, 103 [[channels]] . . xii, 7, 12, 80-82, 84 [[channels]], [[winds]], and drops . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 82, 84 clarity . . . 4, 15, 19, 34, 39, 47, 51, 52, 55, 96, 97, 101, 156, 164 clarity aspect . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 {{Wiki|colour}} or shape . . . . . . . . . 106 common [[awareness]] . . . . . . 19 [[compassion]] . . 7, 12, 13, 16, 29, 32, 33, 36-38, 46, 58, 7177, 125, 126, 159, 162 complete [[buddhahood]] . . . . 65 [[complete enlightenment]] . . . 7, 65, 159, 160 complete [[purity]] . . . 34, 47, 48 [[completion stage]] . . . . . xiv, 79 complexion . . . 33, 37, 83, 156, 157, 166 confused [[thoughts]] . . . . . . . 59 [[confusion]] . . 18, 23, 54, 58, 96, 98, 157, 160 conqueror . . . . . . 48-50, 54, 57 [[consciousness]] . . . 8, 22, 40, 54, 59, [[108]], 165 container [[world]] . . . . . . . . . 14 Co-emergence . . x-xiii, 54, 55, 107, 111 Co-emergence [[Yoga]] . . . . x-xiii, 54 co-emergence, innate [[wisdom]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 co-emergent [[wisdom]] . 57, [[108]]
  
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
cyclic existence 17, 31, 32, 48, 52, 56, 57, 60, 82, 85, 90, 96-99, 107, 116, 118, 156, 157, 159, 166 dead winds . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 36 death . . 22, 30, 31, 59, 60, 72, 82, 89, 106, 112 dedication . iv, xiv, xv, 4, 8, 12, 24, 25, 40, 41, 45, 57, 65, 68, 119-121 definitive meaning . 23, 32, 41, 116 deity . . x, xi, xiv, xxvii, 3, 7, 12, 14-17, 32, 34, 35, 45-47, 53, 59, 65, 68, 79-81, 83, 84, 92 delusion . . . 13, 24, 39, 71, 73, 104, 116, 124 desire . . 16, 55, 73, 84, 96, 124 desire, form, and formless realms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 devapūtra . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 93 development stage . . iv, 16, 53, 65, 68, 79, 82, 84 devotion . . . xiv, 17, 18, 25, 85, 94 dharmadhātu . . . . . 24, 52, 116 dharmakāya . 8, 17, 23, 35, 50, 57, 60, 66, 79, 80, 82, 85, 86, 92, 98, 109, 110, 113117 dharmakāya devotion . . . 17, 85 dharmakāya rigpa . . . . . . . 113 dharmakāya’s shifting events . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114 dharmatā . . 3, 34, 35, 59, 119, 161
+
[[cyclic existence]] 17, 31, 32, 48, 52, 56, 57, 60, 82, 85, 90, 96-99, 107, 116, 118, 156, 157, 159, 166 [[dead]] [[winds]] . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 36 [[death]] . . 22, 30, 31, 59, 60, 72, 82, 89, 106, 112 [[dedication]] . iv, xiv, xv, 4, 8, 12, 24, 25, 40, 41, 45, 57, 65, 68, 119-121 [[definitive meaning]] . 23, 32, 41, 116 [[deity]] . . x, xi, xiv, xxvii, 3, 7, 12, 14-17, 32, 34, 35, 45-47, 53, 59, 65, 68, 79-81, 83, 84, 92 [[delusion]] . . . 13, 24, 39, 71, 73, 104, 116, 124 [[desire]] . . 16, 55, 73, 84, 96, 124 [[desire]], [[form]], and [[formless realms]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 devapūtra . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 93 [[development stage]] . . iv, 16, 53, 65, 68, 79, 82, 84 [[devotion]] . . . xiv, 17, 18, 25, 85, 94 [[dharmadhātu]] . . . . . 24, 52, 116 [[dharmakāya]] . 8, 17, 23, 35, 50, 57, 60, 66, 79, 80, 82, 85, 86, 92, 98, 109, 110, 113117 [[dharmakāya]] [[devotion]] . . . 17, 85 [[dharmakāya]] [[rigpa]] . . . . . . . 113 dharmakāya’s shifting events . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114 [[dharmatā]] . . 3, 34, 35, 59, 119, 161
  
 
167
 
167
  
discard and realization . . . . 18 discursive thinking . . . . . . . . 52 discursive thought . . 8, 21, 24, 38, 48, 49, 54, 56, 105, 106, 108-110, 113-117, 157 disease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 diseases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 dissolution stages . . . . . . . . . 60 downward-clearing . . 100, 164 downward-clearing wind . 100, 164 dream . . . . . . 34, 39, 40, 53, 82 Dreaming . . . . . . . . . . . . x, 66 Drigung . . 1, iii, vii, xvi, xix, xx, xxvi, 9, 11, 68, 91, 111 Drigung Kagyu . . . iii, vii, xvi, xix, xx, 11, 91 Drigung Kyobpa . . xvi, xix, xx, xxvi, 9, 68, 111 Drogmi Lotsāwa . . . . . . . . . 90 drops . . . . . . 31, 56, 81, 82, 84 Drukchen . . . xvii, xxiii, 91, 111 Drukpa . . . 1, iii, vii, xvii, xxii, xxiii, xxv, xxvi, 29, 35, 91 Drukpa Kagyu . . . iii, xvii, xxii, xxiii, xxv, xxvi, 29, 35, 91 dualistic mind 7, 8, 18, 33, 37, 55, 96, 156, 162, 163, 166 dualistic movement of mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 dullness . . . . . . . . . 20, 38, 102 Dza Patrul . . . . . . . . . 112, 113 Dzogchen . . . . 3, 86, 165-167 eight freedoms . . . . . . . . . . . 30
+
discard and [[realization]] . . . . 18 [[discursive thinking]] . . . . . . . . 52 [[discursive thought]] . . 8, 21, 24, 38, 48, 49, 54, 56, 105, 106, 108-110, 113-117, 157 {{Wiki|disease}} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 {{Wiki|diseases}} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 dissolution stages . . . . . . . . . 60 downward-clearing . . 100, 164 downward-clearing [[wind]] . 100, 164 [[dream]] . . . . . . 34, 39, 40, 53, 82 [[Dreaming]] . . . . . . . . . . . . x, 66 [[Drigung]] . . 1, iii, vii, xvi, xix, xx, xxvi, 9, 11, 68, 91, 111 [[Drigung Kagyu]] . . . iii, vii, xvi, xix, xx, 11, 91 [[Drigung]] Kyobpa . . xvi, xix, xx, xxvi, 9, 68, 111 [[Drogmi]] [[Lotsāwa]] . . . . . . . . . 90 drops . . . . . . 31, 56, 81, 82, 84 [[Drukchen]] . . . xvii, xxiii, 91, 111 [[Drukpa]] . . . 1, iii, vii, xvii, xxii, xxiii, xxv, xxvi, 29, 35, 91 [[Drukpa Kagyu]] . . . iii, xvii, xxii, xxiii, xxv, xxvi, 29, 35, 91 [[dualistic mind]] 7, 8, 18, 33, 37, 55, 96, 156, 162, 163, 166 [[dualistic]] {{Wiki|movement}} of [[mind]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 [[dullness]] . . . . . . . . . 20, 38, 102 [[Dza Patrul]] . . . . . . . . . 112, 113 [[Dzogchen]] . . . . 3, 86, 165-167 [[eight freedoms]] . . . . . . . . . . . 30
  
 
168
 
168
Line 1,164: Line 1,164:
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
Eight Lesser Lineages . vi, vii, xvii, xix Eight Lesser Lineages of the Kagyu . . . . . . . xvii, xix eight unfree states . . . . . . . 30 eight-fold group . . . . . . . . . 54 element . . . . . . . . . . 30, 98, 99 empowerment xxv, 30, 55, 69, 91, 128, 168 emptiness . ix, x, 16-18, 23-25, 29, 33, 36-40, 48, 49, 52, 53, 56-58, 83-85, 87, 9699, 101, 119, 156-159, 161, 162 emptiness aspect . . . . . . . . . 97 emptiness having the excellence of all aspects . . . . . . . 40 empty factor . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Engaging in the Middle Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 enlightenment . . iv, xi, xii, xiv, xxiv, 3, 7, 12, 13, 25, 32, 33, 45, 58, 60, 63-65, 68, 71, 72, 74-77, 79, 81, 83, 87, 88, 98, 120, 124-126, 128, 157-160, 163 enlightenment mind . . . . iv, xii, xiv, xxiv, 7, 12, 13, 25, 32, 33, 45, 63-65, 68, 72, 7477, 87, 120, 125, 126, 157-159 Equalization of Taste . . . . 111 equipoise . . . 7, 20, 21, 36, 37, 50, 55, 58-60, 76, 85, 100-102, 106, 108, 110, 114, 116, 158, 162, 164
+
Eight Lesser [[Lineages]] . vi, vii, xvii, xix Eight Lesser [[Lineages]] of the [[Kagyu]] . . . . . . . xvii, xix [[eight unfree states]] . . . . . . . 30 eight-fold group . . . . . . . . . 54 [[element]] . . . . . . . . . . 30, 98, 99 [[empowerment]] xxv, 30, 55, 69, 91, 128, 168 [[emptiness]] . ix, x, 16-18, 23-25, 29, 33, 36-40, 48, 49, 52, 53, 56-58, 83-85, 87, 9699, 101, 119, 156-159, 161, 162 [[emptiness]] aspect . . . . . . . . . 97 [[emptiness]] having the [[excellence]] of all aspects . . . . . . . 40 [[empty]] factor . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Engaging in the [[Middle Way]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 [[enlightenment]] . . iv, xi, xii, xiv, xxiv, 3, 7, 12, 13, 25, 32, 33, 45, 58, 60, 63-65, 68, 71, 72, 74-77, 79, 81, 83, 87, 88, 98, 120, 124-126, 128, 157-160, 163 [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] . . . . iv, xii, xiv, xxiv, 7, 12, 13, 25, 32, 33, 45, 63-65, 68, 72, 7477, 87, 120, 125, 126, 157-159 Equalization of {{Wiki|Taste}} . . . . 111 equipoise . . . 7, 20, 21, 36, 37, 50, 55, 58-60, 76, 85, 100-102, 106, [[108]], 110, 114, 116, 158, 162, 164
  
equipoise and post-attainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 158 equipoise mudrā . . . 7, 20, 100, 102, 164 essence of mind . 7, 19, 22, 23, 39, 96-99, 105, 106, 113, 115, 156, 157, 161-163, 165, 166 evil deeds and obscurations . . . . . . . 84, 93, 96, 105 exaggerations . . 18, 40, 56, 97 experience and realization . iii, iv, xii, xvii, xix, 11, 61, 111 extremes of peace or existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 fictional . . . 13, 23, 40, 45, 75, 159, 165 fire-accompanying . . . 36, 100, 164 fire-accompanying wind . . 100, 164 five afflictions . . . . 73, 93, 124 Five Manifest Enlightenments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 84 five paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Five Sakya Forefathers . . . . 90 five sense faculties . . . . . . 103 five wisdoms . . . 17, 76, 85, 94, 121 Five-part . . 1, iii, iv, vi, vii, xiiixx, xxii, xxiii, xxv, 1, 7, 11, 12, 29, 30, 32, 45, 60, 64, 65, 67, 76, 92 five-part format . . . . . . . . . . vi Five-part Mahamudra . . . 1, 1, 29, 45
+
equipoise and post-attainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 158 equipoise [[mudrā]] . . . 7, 20, 100, 102, 164 [[essence of mind]] . 7, 19, 22, 23, 39, 96-99, 105, 106, 113, 115, 156, 157, 161-163, 165, 166 [[evil deeds]] and [[obscurations]] . . . . . . . 84, 93, 96, 105 exaggerations . . 18, 40, 56, 97 [[experience]] and [[realization]] . iii, iv, xii, xvii, xix, 11, 61, 111 extremes of [[peace]] or [[existence]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 fictional . . . 13, 23, 40, 45, 75, 159, 165 fire-accompanying . . . 36, 100, 164 fire-accompanying [[wind]] . . 100, 164 [[five afflictions]] . . . . 73, 93, 124 Five [[Manifest]] [[Enlightenments]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 84 [[five paths]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 [[Five Sakya Forefathers]] . . . . 90 [[five sense faculties]] . . . . . . 103 [[five wisdoms]] . . . 17, 76, 85, 94, 121 Five-part . . 1, iii, iv, vi, vii, xiiixx, xxii, xxiii, xxv, 1, 7, 11, 12, 29, 30, 32, 45, 60, 64, 65, 67, 76, 92 five-part format . . . . . . . . . . vi Five-part [[Mahamudra]] . . . 1, 1, 29, 45
  
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
four chakras . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 four extremes . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Four Greater Lineages . . . . vi Four Greater Lineages of the Kagyu . . . . . . . . . . . . vi four immeasurable thoughts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 75 four kāyas . . . . . . . . . 18, 57, 94 four points of straying . . . . . 8 four tantra sections . . . 11, 66, 67 four yogas of Mahāmudrā . 50, 117 fourth empowerment . . 30, 55, 168 freedom from elaboration, 50, 55, 117 fruition Mahāmudrā . . 19, 95, 117 functioning of Mahāmudrā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Gampopa . . 1, 2, v-vii, x-xvi, 1, 3, 4, 8, 67, 73, 87, 90, 91 Garab Dorje . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Gayadhara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 gaze . . . . 20, 21, 38, 100, 101, 103, 104, 164 Gelugpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 90 glorious Archer . . . . . . . . . . 38 gods . . . . . . . . . . 13, 65, 73, 77 gradual type of person . . . 105 grasping a self . . . . . . . . . . 52 grasping at a self . . . . . . . . 48 Great Completion . . . vii, xvii, xxvii, 110-112, 114, 127, 155, 156, 158, 161-165, 167
+
[[four chakras]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 [[four extremes]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Four Greater [[Lineages]] . . . . vi Four Greater [[Lineages]] of the [[Kagyu]] . . . . . . . . . . . . vi [[four immeasurable]] [[thoughts]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 75 four [[kāyas]] . . . . . . . . . 18, 57, 94 four points of straying . . . . . 8 four [[tantra]] [[sections]] . . . 11, 66, 67 [[four yogas of Mahāmudrā]] . 50, 117 [[fourth empowerment]] . . 30, 55, 168 freedom from [[elaboration]], 50, 55, 117 [[fruition]] [[Mahāmudrā]] . . 19, 95, 117 functioning of [[Mahāmudrā]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 [[Gampopa]] . . 1, 2, v-vii, x-xvi, 1, 3, 4, 8, 67, 73, 87, 90, 91 [[Garab Dorje]] . . . . . . . . . . . 112 [[Gayadhara]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 gaze . . . . 20, 21, 38, 100, 101, 103, 104, 164 [[Gelugpa]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 90 glorious Archer . . . . . . . . . . 38 [[gods]] . . . . . . . . . . 13, 65, 73, 77 [[gradual]] type of [[person]] . . . 105 [[grasping]] a [[self]] . . . . . . . . . . 52 [[grasping]] at a [[self]] . . . . . . . . 48 [[Great Completion]] . . . vii, xvii, xxvii, 110-112, 114, 127, 155, 156, 158, 161-165, 167
  
 
169
 
169
  
great imprint . . . . . . . . . . . viii Great Seal . . . . . . . . . . . vii, ix great stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x Great Vehicle . . . 80, 157-160, 162, 167 Grey Hair from Kham . . . 90, 91 ground Mahāmudrā . . . 19, 95, 99 group of consciousness . . . 54 Guhyasamaja . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Guhyasamaja tantra . . . . . . . 66 guru . . . iv, xi-xiv, xix, xx, xxvii, xxviii, 3, 7, 11, 12, 17-19, 22, 25, 32, 35, 41, 45, 47, 48, 54, 59, 65, 66, 68, 72, 85-94, 106-108, 112, 116, 123, 125, 128, 162 Guru Rinpoche . . . 89, 91, 112 guru yoga . . . . . . . . . . . iv, 128 guru’s blessings . . . . . 105, 106 guru-yoga xiv, xxvii, 7, 18, 32, 65, 85, 92-94, 108, 125 hell-beings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Hevajra . . . . . . . 38, 55, 66, 90 higher estates . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 hope and fear . . . . . . . . . . 115 horn of a rabbit . . . . . . . . . 22 human body . . . . . . . 30, 81, 99 ignorance . . . ix, 3, 24, 96, 116, 155, 157, 162 illusion-like sentient beings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Illusory Body . . . . x, 31, 34, 66 immeasurable mansion . . . . 14 impermanence . . . . . . . 24, 116
+
great imprint . . . . . . . . . . . viii [[Great Seal]] . . . . . . . . . . . vii, ix great stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x [[Great Vehicle]] . . . 80, 157-160, 162, 167 Grey [[Hair]] from [[Kham]] . . . 90, 91 ground [[Mahāmudrā]] . . . 19, 95, 99 [[group of consciousness]] . . . 54 [[Guhyasamaja]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 [[Guhyasamaja tantra]] . . . . . . . 66 [[guru]] . . . iv, xi-xiv, xix, xx, xxvii, xxviii, 3, 7, 11, 12, 17-19, 22, 25, 32, 35, 41, 45, 47, 48, 54, 59, 65, 66, 68, 72, 85-94, 106-108, 112, 116, 123, 125, 128, 162 [[Guru Rinpoche]] . . . 89, 91, 112 [[guru yoga]] . . . . . . . . . . . iv, 128 [[guru’s]] [[blessings]] . . . . . 105, 106 [[guru-yoga]] xiv, xxvii, 7, 18, 32, 65, 85, 92-94, [[108]], 125 [[hell-beings]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 [[Hevajra]] . . . . . . . 38, 55, 66, 90 higher estates . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 {{Wiki|hope}} and {{Wiki|fear}} . . . . . . . . . . 115 horn of a {{Wiki|rabbit}} . . . . . . . . . 22 [[human body]] . . . . . . . 30, 81, 99 [[ignorance]] . . . ix, 3, 24, 96, 116, 155, 157, 162 illusion-like [[sentient beings]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 [[Illusory Body]] . . . . x, 31, 34, 66 [[immeasurable]] mansion . . . . 14 [[impermanence]] . . . . . . . 24, 116
  
 
170
 
170
Line 1,180: Line 1,180:
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
individually discriminating wisdom . . . . . . . 16, 84 Indrabodhi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 inexhaustible sphere of ornamentation . . 17, 85 Inner Heat . . . . . . . . xi, xii, 66 insight . . . . 3, 8, 19, 21, 49, 65, 99, 105, 117, 164, 167 Instant of Recollection . . . . 82, 83 intellectual understanding . 56, 111 Intermediate State . . x, 60, 82, 83 introduction . . . . xii, xiii, xxvixxviii, 3, 7, 8, 19, 21, 22, 24, 52, 54, 105, 106, 160 introduction to one’s own mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii, 108 Jampay Pal . . . . . . . . iii, xvii, 5 jaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 164 jealousy . . . 24, 63, 73, 96, 113, 114, 121 Jigten Sumgon . iii, vii, xix, xxi, 9, 11, 13, 68, 69, 76, 77, 91, 111, 121 jñāna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix, 167 Kadampa . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 89 Kagyu lineage . . v, vi, xvi-xviii, xx, xxiv, xxv, 7, 90, 91 karma . 1, iii, iv, vi, vii, xv, xvii, xx-xxii, xxiv, 8, 31, 33, 41, 63, 73, 90-92, 96, 110, 115, 116, 123, 124 karma and its results . . . . . . 31
+
individually [[discriminating wisdom]] . . . . . . . 16, 84 [[Indrabodhi]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 inexhaustible [[sphere]] of ornamentation . . 17, 85 [[Inner Heat]] . . . . . . . . xi, xii, 66 [[insight]] . . . . 3, 8, 19, 21, 49, 65, 99, 105, 117, 164, 167 Instant of [[Recollection]] . . . . 82, 83 [[intellectual]] [[understanding]] . 56, 111 [[Intermediate State]] . . x, 60, 82, 83 introduction . . . . xii, xiii, xxvixxviii, 3, 7, 8, 19, 21, 22, 24, 52, 54, 105, 106, 160 introduction to one’s [[own mind]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 [[Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye]] . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii, [[108]] Jampay Pal . . . . . . . . iii, xvii, 5 jaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 164 [[jealousy]] . . . 24, 63, 73, 96, 113, 114, 121 [[Jigten Sumgon]] . iii, vii, xix, xxi, 9, 11, 13, 68, 69, 76, 77, 91, 111, 121 [[jñāna]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix, 167 [[Kadampa]] . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 89 [[Kagyu lineage]] . . v, vi, xvi-xviii, xx, xxiv, xxv, 7, 90, 91 [[karma]] . 1, iii, iv, vi, vii, xv, xvii, xx-xxii, xxiv, 8, 31, 33, 41, 63, 73, 90-92, 96, 110, 115, 116, 123, 124 [[karma]] and its results . . . . . . 31
  
Karma Kagyu . 1, iii, iv, vii, xvi, xvii, xx-xxii, xxiv, 90-92 Karma Kamtsang . . . . . . . 110 Karmapa . . vi, xxi, xxiv, 12, 67, 90-93, 107 Karmapa Dusum Khyenpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Karmapa Rangjung Dorje . 91 karmic habits . . 50, 53, 81, 82 karmic latencies . . 83, 84, 124 Kauśhika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Khampa Dorgyal . . . . . . vi, 67 Khyungpo Naljor . . . . . . . 111 King of Samādhis Sūtra . . . 20, 102 Kriṣhṇa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Kriyatantra . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Langdarma . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Laughing Vajra . . . . . . . . . . 40 Lavapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 left channel . . . . . . . . 103, 104 life-holder . . . . . . 36, 101, 164 life-holder wind . . . . 101, 164 Lingje Repa . . . . . xxii, 29, 111 liveliness . . . . . . . 57, 161, 162 Lokeśhvara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Lorepa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv loving kindness . . 7, 12, 13, 32, 46, 72, 75-77, 125, 126 loving kindness and compassio . . n7, 13, 46, 75-77, 126 luminosities of ground and path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 luminosity . . . . x, xiii, 8, 19, 34, 39, 49, 57-59, 66, 83, 86, 109, 115, 156, 161, 162, 166
+
[[Karma Kagyu]] . 1, iii, iv, vii, xvi, xvii, xx-xxii, xxiv, 90-92 [[Karma Kamtsang]] . . . . . . . 110 [[Karmapa]] . . vi, xxi, xxiv, 12, 67, 90-93, 107 [[Karmapa Dusum Khyenpa]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 [[Karmapa Rangjung Dorje]] . 91 [[karmic]] [[habits]] . . 50, 53, 81, 82 [[karmic]] latencies . . 83, 84, 124 Kauśhika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 [[Khampa]] Dorgyal . . . . . . vi, 67 [[Khyungpo Naljor]] . . . . . . . 111 [[King]] of [[Samādhis]] [[Sūtra]] . . . 20, 102 Kriṣhṇa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 [[Kriyatantra]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 [[Langdarma]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 {{Wiki|Laughing}} [[Vajra]] . . . . . . . . . . 40 [[Lavapa]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 [[left channel]] . . . . . . . . 103, 104 life-holder . . . . . . 36, 101, 164 life-holder [[wind]] . . . . 101, 164 [[Lingje Repa]] . . . . . xxii, 29, 111 liveliness . . . . . . . 57, 161, 162 Lokeśhvara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 [[Lorepa]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv [[loving kindness]] . . 7, 12, 13, 32, 46, 72, 75-77, 125, 126 [[loving kindness]] and compassio . . n7, 13, 46, 75-77, 126 luminosities of ground and [[path]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 [[luminosity]] . . . . x, xiii, 8, 19, 34, 39, 49, 57-59, 66, 83, 86, 109, 115, 156, 161, 162, 166
  
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
luminosity-emptiness . . . . . 58 Mahā Ati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Mahāmāya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Mahāmudrā . iii-viii, x-xx, xxii, xxiii, xxv-xxviii, 4, 7, 8, 12, 19, 24, 25, 30, 32, 45, 47, 50, 54, 55, 57, 60, 65, 67, 68, 76, 81, 91-93, 9597, 99, 101, 107-112, 114-117, 156, 161-167 Mahāmudrā’s Amulet Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 maṇḍala . 7, 14, 17, 22, 57, 59, 83, 106 Maitripa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Mañjuśhrī . . . . . . . . . 119, 120 Mañjuśhrīmitra . . . . . . . . . 112 Marpa . . . v, 67, 86, 87, 90, 92 Marpa the Translator . . . . . 67 merit . 7, 8, 24, 29, 32, 46, 50, 55-57, 60, 63-65, 72, 75, 105, 120, 121 method of time . . . . . . . 19, 54 migrators . . . 8, 25, 29, 33, 41, 46, 57, 58, 64, 74, 75, 96, 107 Milarepa . . . v, xi, xviii, 31, 40, 67, 86, 87, 90 mind of disenchantment . . 24, 116 Mind Training . . . . . . . . xi, 76 mindness . . ix, 7, 8, 17-19, 24, 33, 38, 49, 85, 95-97, 117 mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 127 mirror-like wisdom . . . 13, 76, 114
+
luminosity-emptiness . . . . . 58 [[Mahā]] Ati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Mahāmāya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 [[Mahāmudrā]] . iii-viii, x-xx, xxii, xxiii, xxv-xxviii, 4, 7, 8, 12, 19, 24, 25, 30, 32, 45, 47, 50, 54, 55, 57, 60, 65, 67, 68, 76, 81, 91-93, 9597, 99, 101, 107-112, 114-117, 156, 161-167 Mahāmudrā’s [[Amulet]] Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 [[maṇḍala]] . 7, 14, 17, 22, 57, 59, 83, 106 [[Maitripa]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Mañjuśhrī . . . . . . . . . 119, 120 Mañjuśhrīmitra . . . . . . . . . 112 [[Marpa]] . . . v, 67, 86, 87, 90, 92 [[Marpa the Translator]] . . . . . 67 [[merit]] . 7, 8, 24, 29, 32, 46, 50, 55-57, 60, 63-65, 72, 75, 105, 120, 121 method of time . . . . . . . 19, 54 migrators . . . 8, 25, 29, 33, 41, 46, 57, 58, 64, 74, 75, 96, 107 [[Milarepa]] . . . v, xi, xviii, 31, 40, 67, 86, 87, 90 [[mind]] of disenchantment . . 24, 116 [[Mind Training]] . . . . . . . . xi, 76 mindness . . ix, 7, 8, 17-19, 24, 33, 38, 49, 85, 95-97, 117 mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 127 [[mirror-like wisdom]] . . . 13, 76, 114
  
 
171
 
171
  
mistaken form . . . . . . . . . . . ix mistaken mind . . . . . . . . . ix, x mistaken solidity . . . . . . . . . . x moon winds of upāya . . . . 103 mother . 12, 32, 35, 46, 57, 59, 66, 71, 74, 86 mother and son luminosities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 motivation . . . . . . . . iv, 47, 63 movement . . . 20, 21, 96, 101, 103, 104, 109, 155 moving mind . . . . . . . . . . . 106 mudrā . 7, 20, 25, 36, 60, 100, 102, 164 Nāgārjuna . . . . 55, 66, 74, 112 nāgas . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 24, 116 Nāro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii Nāropa . . v, x, xi, xiii, 7, 66, 67, 90, 92 nature . . . . xiii, xxvi-xxviii, 7, 8, 11, 16, 17, 19, 22, 30, 33, 39, 47, 48, 50, 54, 55, 57, 64, 85, 96-98, 107, 160 nature of mind . . . . . . xiii, xxvi, xxviii, 7 neck and chin . . . . . . . 101, 164 Niguma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 nirmāṇakāya . . . . . . 35, 82, 88 nirvāṇa . . . 3, 17, 18, 23-25, 31, 32, 37, 47, 49, 85, 95-98, 112 non-affirming negation . . . . 40 non-meditation . . . 50, 60, 117 non-virtuous . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 not seeing . . . . . . . . . . 22, 106 nothing whatsoever blankness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
+
mistaken [[form]] . . . . . . . . . . . ix mistaken [[mind]] . . . . . . . . . ix, x mistaken {{Wiki|solidity}} . . . . . . . . . . x [[moon]] [[winds]] of [[upāya]] . . . . 103 mother . 12, 32, 35, 46, 57, 59, 66, 71, 74, 86 mother and son luminosities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 [[motivation]] . . . . . . . . iv, 47, 63 {{Wiki|movement}} . . . 20, 21, 96, 101, 103, 104, 109, 155 [[moving mind]] . . . . . . . . . . . 106 [[mudrā]] . 7, 20, 25, 36, 60, 100, 102, 164 [[Nāgārjuna]] . . . . 55, 66, 74, 112 [[nāgas]] . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 24, 116 [[Nāro]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii [[Nāropa]] . . v, x, xi, xiii, 7, 66, 67, 90, 92 [[nature]] . . . . xiii, xxvi-xxviii, 7, 8, 11, 16, 17, 19, 22, 30, 33, 39, 47, 48, 50, 54, 55, 57, 64, 85, 96-98, 107, 160 [[nature of mind]] . . . . . . xiii, xxvi, xxviii, 7 neck and [[chin]] . . . . . . . 101, 164 [[Niguma]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 [[nirmāṇakāya ]]. . . . . . 35, 82, 88 [[nirvāṇa]] . . . 3, 17, 18, 23-25, 31, 32, 37, 47, 49, 85, 95-98, 112 non-affirming {{Wiki|negation}} . . . . 40 [[non-meditation]] . . . 50, 60, 117 [[non-virtuous]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 not [[seeing]] . . . . . . . . . . 22, 106 nothing whatsoever blankness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
  
 
172
 
172
Line 1,196: Line 1,196:
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
Nub Jampay Pal . . . . . . . . xvii Nyingma . . . . . . 89, 128, 163 obscuration . . . . . . . . . 71, 159 One Hundred Upadeśhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii, 8 one taste . . . . . . . . 23, 50, 117 one-pointedness, . . . . 50, 117 oral instructions . xviii, xx, xxv, xxvii, 30, 36, 56, 67, 68, 86, 88, 111, 112 others’ aims . . . . . . . . . xii, 76 others’ benefit . . . . . . . 13, 77 overall decision . . . . . . . . . 112 Padma Karpo . 1-iv, xvii, xxiiixxvi, 19, 27, 40, 127, 128 Padmasaṃbhava . . . . . . . . . 89 palate . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 164 palms . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 164 pāramitā . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 40 path Mahāmudrā . 19, 95, 117 path of blessings . . . . . . . . 105 permanence, singularity, and independence . . . . . . 33 perseverance . . 24, 80, 91, 111, 125 pervader . . . . . . . 36, 100, 164 pervader wind . . . . . . 100, 164 Phadampa Sangyay . . . . . 112 Phagdru . . . . . . . vi, vii, xv, xvi Phagdru Kagyu . . . . . . . . . . vi Phagmo Drupa . 1-iii, vi, x-xiv, xvi, xviii-xx, xxii, 1, 3-5, 9, 11, 13, 25, 27, 29, 43, 6769, 77, 91, 111 phenomenon . . . . viii, ix, 157 phlegm-related diseases . . 124 plaintain tree . . . . . . . . . . . 63
+
Nub Jampay Pal . . . . . . . . xvii [[Nyingma]] . . . . . . 89, 128, 163 {{Wiki|obscuration}} . . . . . . . . . 71, 159 One Hundred Upadeśhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii, 8 one {{Wiki|taste}} . . . . . . . . 23, 50, 117 [[one-pointedness]], . . . . 50, 117 [[oral instructions]] . xviii, xx, xxv, xxvii, 30, 36, 56, 67, 68, 86, 88, 111, 112 others’ aims . . . . . . . . . xii, 76 others’ [[benefit]] . . . . . . . 13, 77 overall [[decision]] . . . . . . . . . 112 [[Padma Karpo]] . 1-iv, xvii, xxiiixxvi, 19, 27, 40, 127, 128 Padmasaṃbhava . . . . . . . . . 89 palate . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 164 palms . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 164 [[pāramitā]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 40 [[path]] [[Mahāmudrā]] . 19, 95, 117 [[path]] of [[blessings]] . . . . . . . . 105 [[permanence]], [[singularity]], and {{Wiki|independence}} . . . . . . 33 perseverance . . 24, 80, 91, 111, 125 pervader . . . . . . . 36, 100, 164 pervader [[wind]] . . . . . . 100, 164 [[Phadampa]] Sangyay . . . . . 112 [[Phagdru]] . . . . . . . vi, vii, xv, xvi [[Phagdru Kagyu]] . . . . . . . . . . vi [[Phagmo Drupa]] . 1-iii, vi, x-xiv, xvi, xviii-xx, xxii, 1, 3-5, 9, 11, 13, 25, 27, 29, 43, 6769, 77, 91, 111 [[phenomenon]] . . . . viii, ix, 157 phlegm-related {{Wiki|diseases}} . . 124 plaintain [[tree]] . . . . . . . . . . . 63
  
Prajñāpāramitā . 13, 57, 87, 88, 119 Prayer of Aspiration to Mahāmudrā . . . . . . 107 precious human birth . . . . . 72 pretas . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 72, 73 pride . . . . 7, 15, 18, 34, 63, 93, 114, 120, 123 primordial actuality . . . . . . 57 provisional meaning . . . . . . 32 rational mind . . . 8, 18, 19, 40, 52, 95, 157, 163 reality . . vii-xi, xiii, xiv, 3, 7, 8, 13, 18, 19, 30, 40, 45, 52, 54, 73, 91, 95, 99, 155, 157, 159, 160, 164, 165, 167 Rechungpa . . . . . . . . . 67, 111 referential accumulation of merit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 repa . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii, 29, 111 rgyal ’gong . . . . . . . . . . 13, 76 right channel . . . . . . 103, 104 rigpa . . . 3, 23, 25, 52, 58, 109, 113, 163, 166, 167 rigpa’s way of being . . . . . 109 Rinchen Pal . . . . . . . . . . . . xix Rinpoche Gyaltsa . . . . . . . xvii ripening and liberating . . . . 17, 85 Rongtong Lhaga . . . . . . . . 86 root guru . . . 7, 17, 35, 47, 85, 92 roots of merit . 7, 8, 24, 32, 63, 72, 75, 120 Sahajayoga . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 saṃbhogakāya . . . . 35, 57, 82
+
[[Prajñāpāramitā]] . 13, 57, 87, 88, 119 [[Prayer]] of [[Aspiration]] to [[Mahāmudrā]] . . . . . . 107 [[precious human birth]] . . . . . 72 [[pretas]] . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 72, 73 [[pride]] . . . . 7, 15, 18, 34, 63, 93, 114, 120, 123 [[primordial]] [[actuality]] . . . . . . 57 [[provisional meaning]] . . . . . . 32 [[rational]] [[mind]] . . . 8, 18, 19, 40, 52, 95, 157, 163 [[reality]] . . vii-xi, xiii, xiv, 3, 7, 8, 13, 18, 19, 30, 40, 45, 52, 54, 73, 91, 95, 99, 155, 157, 159, 160, 164, 165, 167 [[Rechungpa]] . . . . . . . . . 67, 111 referential [[accumulation of merit]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 [[repa]] . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii, 29, 111 rgyal ’[[gong]] . . . . . . . . . . 13, 76 [[right channel]] . . . . . . 103, 104 [[rigpa]] . . . 3, 23, 25, 52, 58, 109, 113, 163, 166, 167 [[rigpa’s]] way of being . . . . . 109 [[Rinchen Pal]] . . . . . . . . . . . . xix [[Rinpoche]] [[Gyaltsa]] . . . . . . . xvii ripening and liberating . . . . 17, 85 [[Rongtong]] Lhaga . . . . . . . . 86 [[root guru]] . . . 7, 17, 35, 47, 85, 92 [[roots]] of [[merit]] . 7, 8, 24, 32, 63, 72, 75, 120 [[Sahajayoga]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 [[saṃbhogakāya]] . . . . 35, 57, 82
  
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
saṃsāra . . 3, 17, 18, 23-25, 37, 46, 47, 49, 85, 95-98, 116, 123, 157 Sakya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 90 Saltong Shogom . . . . . . vi, 67 samādhi . . . . . . 21, 49, 52, 106 Samantabhadra . . . . . 119, 120 Saraha . . . . 36, 38, 54, 91, 115 sealing with dedication . . . 45, 57 secret mantra . . vi, xiv, 12, 6669, 79, 90, 108, 163 seed syllable . . . . . . . . . . 83, 84 self . . . 8, 13, 19-21, 23, 31, 33, 34, 36-40, 45, 47, 48, 52, 54, 56, 57, 59, 60, 75, 96, 101, 107-109, 113-115 self-liberation . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 self-recognized, supreme fruition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 self-settled . 19, 20, 36, 37, 45, 47, 60, 101, 108, 109, 113, 115 Sending and Taking . . 123-125 senmo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 84 sentient being . . . . 17, 71, 85, 160 sentient beings . . . 3, 8, 12-14, 16, 18, 23, 24, 32-35, 38, 41, 64, 71-77, 80, 84, 85, 88, 96, 98, 99, 108, 111, 115, 118-120, 123, 157159, 163 seven dharmas of Vairochana . . . . . . . . . . 12, 51, 163 shamatha . . . . . . . . . . xxv, 164 Shangpa Kagyu . . . . . . . . . 111
+
[[saṃsāra]] . . 3, 17, 18, 23-25, 37, 46, 47, 49, 85, 95-98, 116, 123, 157 [[Sakya]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 90 [[Saltong Shogom]] . . . . . . vi, 67 [[samādhi]] . . . . . . 21, 49, 52, 106 [[Samantabhadra]] . . . . . 119, 120 [[Saraha]] . . . . 36, 38, 54, 91, 115 sealing with [[dedication]] . . . 45, 57 [[secret mantra]] . . vi, xiv, 12, 6669, 79, 90, [[108]], 163 [[seed syllable]] . . . . . . . . . . 83, 84 [[self]] . . . 8, 13, 19-21, 23, 31, 33, 34, 36-40, 45, 47, 48, 52, 54, 56, 57, 59, 60, 75, 96, 101, 107-109, 113-115 [[self-liberation]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 self-recognized, supreme [[fruition]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 self-settled . 19, 20, 36, 37, 45, 47, 60, 101, [[108]], 109, 113, 115 Sending and Taking . . 123-125 senmo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 84 [[sentient being]] . . . . 17, 71, 85, 160 [[sentient beings]] . . . 3, 8, 12-14, 16, 18, 23, 24, 32-35, 38, 41, 64, 71-77, 80, 84, 85, 88, 96, 98, 99, [[108]], 111, 115, 118-120, 123, 157159, 163 seven [[dharmas]] of [[Vairochana]] . . . . . . . . . . 12, 51, 163 [[shamatha]] . . . . . . . . . . xxv, 164 [[Shangpa Kagyu]] . . . . . . . . . 111
  
 
173
 
173
  
short sessions many times . 51 shoulders . . . . 15, 20, 36, 100, 164 sinking . 8, 20, 38, 52, 59, 101, 102, 164 sinking/dullness . . . . . . . . . 102 Situ Chokyi Jungnay . . iv, xxiv, 43 Situ Rinpoche . . xvii, xxi, xxiv, xxv six classes . . . . . . . . . 39, 73, 74 Six Teachings of Nāropa . x, xi, xiii, 66 six types of existence . . . . . 96 six-fold group . . . . . . . . 51, 52 skandhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 solidified self . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Songtsen Gampo . . . . . . . . . 89 spine . . . . . . . 20, 36, 100, 164 staring unwaveringly . . 22, 107 style of grasping . . . . . . . . . 96 subsidiary channels . . . . . . . 81 sudden type of person . . . 105 sugata element . . . . . . . . . . . 30 sugatagarbha . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Sukhasiddhi . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 sun winds of prajñā . . . . . 103 superfactual . . . 13, 23, 45, 75, 76, 159, 165 superfice . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 165 supreme nirmāṇakāya buddha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 sūtra . 8, 11, 20, 50, 52, 54, 55, 67, 87, 88, 102, 109, 120 Sūtra Requested by Sagaramati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
+
short sessions many times . 51 shoulders . . . . 15, 20, 36, 100, 164 sinking . 8, 20, 38, 52, 59, 101, 102, 164 sinking/dullness . . . . . . . . . 102 [[Situ Chokyi Jungnay]] . . iv, xxiv, 43 [[Situ Rinpoche]] . . xvii, xxi, xxiv, xxv six classes . . . . . . . . . 39, 73, 74 [[Six Teachings of Nāropa]] . x, xi, xiii, 66 six types of [[existence]] . . . . . 96 six-fold group . . . . . . . . 51, 52 [[skandhas]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 solidified [[self]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 [[Songtsen Gampo]] . . . . . . . . . 89 spine . . . . . . . 20, 36, 100, 164 staring unwaveringly . . 22, 107 style of [[grasping]] . . . . . . . . . 96 subsidiary [[channels]] . . . . . . . 81 sudden type of [[person]] . . . 105 [[sugata]] [[element]] . . . . . . . . . . . 30 [[sugatagarbha]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 [[Sukhasiddhi]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 {{Wiki|sun}} [[winds]] of [[prajñā]] . . . . . 103 superfactual . . . 13, 23, 45, 75, 76, 159, 165 superfice . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 165 supreme [[nirmāṇakāya buddha]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 [[sūtra]] . 8, 11, 20, 50, 52, 54, 55, 67, 87, 88, 102, 109, 120 [[Sūtra]] Requested by [[Sagaramati]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
  
 
174
 
174
Line 1,212: Line 1,212:
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
Tailopa . . v, xiii, 55, 66, 67, 90, 92, 107 tantra . xvii, 11, 36, 55, 66, 67, 80, 88, 109 Tārā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Tashi Ozer . . . . . . . . 110, 124 tathāgatagarbha . . . 30, 98, 99 Telo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v ten bhūmis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ten connections . . . . . . . . . 30 Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas . . . . . . . . . . . . xx, 11, 13 ten non-virtues . . . . . . . . . . 31 ten virtues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Tenga Rinpoche . . 1, 2, iv, xvii, xxi, xxii, xxvii, 61, 127 Tīrthikas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 tha mal gyi shes pa . . . . 19, 23, 165 the eighty-four mahāsiddhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 the essence empty . . . . . . . . 57 The Four Letters of Mahāmudrā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 The Four Vajras . . . . . . 82, 83 the innate . . . 8, 19, 23, 38, 45, 58, 117, 161 the innate character . . . 23, 58 The King of Aspiration Prayers, Excellent Conduct . . 41 The Lamp of Certainty of Mahāmudrā . . . . . . 108 the nature luminosity . . . . . 57 The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts . . . . iii, iv, 61, 111 The Pacifier, Cutting . . . . 111
+
[[Tailopa]] . . v, xiii, 55, 66, 67, 90, 92, 107 [[tantra]] . xvii, 11, 36, 55, 66, 67, 80, 88, 109 [[Tārā]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 [[Tashi Ozer]] . . . . . . . . 110, 124 [[tathāgatagarbha]] . . . 30, 98, 99 Telo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v [[ten bhūmis]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ten connections . . . . . . . . . 30 [[Ten Dharmas]], [[Three Dharmas]] . . . . . . . . . . . . xx, 11, 13 [[ten non-virtues]] . . . . . . . . . . 31 [[ten virtues]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 [[Tenga Rinpoche]] . . 1, 2, iv, xvii, xxi, xxii, xxvii, 61, 127 Tīrthikas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 [[tha mal gyi shes pa]] . . . . 19, 23, 165 the [[eighty-four mahāsiddhas]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 the [[essence]] [[empty]] . . . . . . . . 57 The Four Letters of [[Mahāmudrā]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 The [[Four Vajras]] . . . . . . 82, 83 the innate . . . 8, 19, 23, 38, 45, 58, 117, 161 the innate [[character]] . . . 23, 58 [[The King of Aspiration Prayers]], {{Wiki|Excellent}} Conduct . . 41 The [[Lamp]] of Certainty of [[Mahāmudrā]] . . . . . . [[108]] the [[nature]] [[luminosity]] . . . . . 57 The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts . . . . iii, iv, 61, 111 The Pacifier, Cutting . . . . 111
  
the state . 8, 19, 22, 40, 55-57, 59, 76, 85, 89, 113, 114, 163 The Three Rituals . . . . 82, 83 The Treasury of Oral Instructions . . . . . . . . . . xviii, xx, xxv the view of Mahāmudrā . . . 55, 95, 99 the yoga of carrying desirables as assistants . . . . . . . . . 58 The Yoga of Freedom from Elaboration . . . . . . 117 the yoga of gathering the sense faculties into the ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 the yoga of inserting consciousness into the vase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 The Yoga of Non-meditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 The Yoga of One Taste . . 117 The Yoga of One-pointedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 the yoga of sealing appearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 thirty-two marks . . . . . . . . 102 Thorough Cut . . . . xxvii, 128, 157, 162, 163, 165, 167 three bad migrations . . . . . 31 three baskets . . . . . . . . . 11, 67 three deviations . . . . . . . . . . 8 three kāyas . 17, 18, 35, 56, 85 three lines . . 112-114, 127, 161 Three Lines That Hit The Key Points . . . . 112-114, 127 Three Men of Kham . . 67, 90 three refuges . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
+
the [[state]] . 8, 19, 22, 40, 55-57, 59, 76, 85, 89, 113, 114, 163 The Three [[Rituals]] . . . . 82, 83 The [[Treasury of Oral Instructions]] . . . . . . . . . . xviii, xx, xxv the view of [[Mahāmudrā]] . . . 55, 95, 99 the [[yoga]] of carrying desirables as assistants . . . . . . . . . 58 The [[Yoga]] of Freedom from [[Elaboration]] . . . . . . 117 the [[yoga]] of [[gathering]] the [[sense faculties]] into the ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 the [[yoga]] of inserting [[consciousness]] into the [[vase]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 The [[Yoga]] of [[Non-meditation]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 The [[Yoga]] of One {{Wiki|Taste}} . . 117 The [[Yoga]] of [[One-pointedness]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 the [[yoga]] of sealing [[appearances]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 [[thirty-two marks]] . . . . . . . . 102 Thorough Cut . . . . xxvii, 128, 157, 162, 163, 165, 167 three bad migrations . . . . . 31 [[three baskets]] . . . . . . . . . 11, 67 three deviations . . . . . . . . . . 8 [[three kāyas]] . 17, 18, 35, 56, 85 three lines . . 112-114, 127, 161 Three Lines That Hit The Key Points . . . . 112-114, 127 Three Men of [[Kham]] . . 67, 90 [[three refuges]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
  
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
three vajras of enlightenment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 threefold sphere of . . . . 57, 119 threefold sphere of emptiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Throphu 1, iii, vii, xvi-xviii, 5, 7, 8 Throphu Kagyu . . iii, xvi-xviii, 7 Tilo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v tip of the tongue . . . . 101, 164 Translator from Throphu . iii, xvi, xvii transparency . 59, 60, 113, 167 Trisong Deutsen . . . . . 89, 112 Tsangpa Gyare . . xxii, xxiii, 29, 91, 111 two accumulations . . 8, 25, 46, 121 two fruitions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 two knowledges . . . 18, 24, 117 two knowledges of a buddha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 two purposes . . . . . . 14, 56, 84 two types of enlightenment mind . . . . . . . . . . . xxiv, 7, 75 Śhākyamuni . . . . . . . . . 65, 102 śhamatha . . 19, 46, 49, 50, 52, 55, 162, 167 śhamatha and vipaśhyanā . . 19, 49, 55 Śhāntideva . . . . . . . 63, 71, 120 Śhāntipa . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii, 50 ultimate reality . . . . . . . . . . viii uncontrived freshness . . . 115, 116
+
[[three vajras]] of [[enlightenment]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 threefold [[sphere]] of . . . . 57, 119 threefold [[sphere]] of [[emptiness]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Throphu 1, iii, vii, xvi-xviii, 5, 7, 8 Throphu [[Kagyu]] . . iii, xvi-xviii, 7 Tilo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v tip of the {{Wiki|tongue}} . . . . 101, 164 [[Translator]] from Throphu . iii, xvi, xvii transparency . 59, 60, 113, 167 [[Trisong Deutsen]] . . . . . 89, 112 [[Tsangpa Gyare]] . . xxii, xxiii, 29, 91, 111 [[two accumulations]] . . 8, 25, 46, 121 two [[fruitions]] . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 [[two knowledges]] . . . 18, 24, 117 [[two knowledges]] of a [[buddha]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 two purposes . . . . . . 14, 56, 84 two types of [[enlightenment]] [[mind]] . . . . . . . . . . . xxiv, 7, 75 Śhākyamuni . . . . . . . . . 65, 102 śhamatha . . 19, 46, 49, 50, 52, 55, 162, 167 śhamatha and vipaśhyanā . . 19, 49, 55 Śhāntideva . . . . . . . 63, 71, 120 Śhāntipa . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii, 50 [[ultimate reality]] . . . . . . . . . . viii uncontrived freshness . . . 115, 116
  
 
175
 
175
  
unification . xiv, 14, 16, 38, 40, 55, 58, 68, 85, 96, 117 unsatisfactoriness . . 12, 13, 22, 31-34, 42, 64, 71-76, 88, 97, 106 Unsurpassed Yogatantra . . 55, 80 upadeśha xi, xvii, xxvii, 45, 5860, 66 upward-moving . . 36, 100, 164 upward-moving wind . . . 100, 164 vajra vehicle . . v, vi, xiii, xxviii, 11, 30, 155, 158-160, 167 Vajradhara . 17, 18, 35, 47, 66, 92, 93 vajrāsana . . . . 17, 92, 100, 164 Vajrasatva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Varaṇasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 view of emptiness . . . . . . . . 57 vipaśhyanā . . xxv, 8, 19, 21, 4850, 52, 55, 164 virtuous spiritual friend . . . 72, 74, 88, 99, 123 Virupa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 visualization . . xxvii, 15, 17, 20, 21, 34, 83, 84, 92, 102 Vulture’s Peak Mountain . . 66 wandering . . . . 21, 38, 48, 52, 123, 157 wheel of Fine Distinctions . 66 wheel of No-characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 wheel of the Four Noble Truths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
+
unification . xiv, 14, 16, 38, 40, 55, 58, 68, 85, 96, 117 {{Wiki|unsatisfactoriness}} . . 12, 13, 22, 31-34, 42, 64, 71-76, 88, 97, 106 [[Unsurpassed]] [[Yogatantra]] . . 55, 80 upadeśha xi, xvii, xxvii, 45, 5860, 66 upward-moving . . 36, 100, 164 upward-moving [[wind]] . . . 100, 164 [[vajra vehicle]] . . v, vi, xiii, xxviii, 11, 30, 155, 158-160, 167 [[Vajradhara]] . 17, 18, 35, 47, 66, 92, 93 [[vajrāsana]] . . . . 17, 92, 100, 164 [[Vajrasatva]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Varaṇasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 view of [[emptiness]] . . . . . . . . 57 vipaśhyanā . . xxv, 8, 19, 21, 4850, 52, 55, 164 [[virtuous spiritual friend]] . . . 72, 74, 88, 99, 123 [[Virupa]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 [[visualization]] . . xxvii, 15, 17, 20, 21, 34, 83, 84, 92, 102 [[Vulture’s Peak]] Mountain . . 66 wandering . . . . 21, 38, 48, 52, 123, 157 [[wheel]] of Fine Distinctions . 66 [[wheel]] of No-characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 [[wheel]] of the [[Four Noble Truths]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
  
 
176
 
176
Line 1,228: Line 1,228:
 
INDEX
 
INDEX
  
winds . . xii, 21, 36, 48, 80-82, 84, 100, 103, 104, 164 wind-related diseases . . . . 124 wisdom . ix, x, 8, 13, 15-18, 23, 24, 33, 34, 36, 40, 46, 54, 56-59, 76, 81, 84, 85, 94, 107, 108, 114, 116, 121, 167, 168 wisdom and emptiness . . . ix, x wisdom of dharmadhātu . . . 24, 116 wisdom of equality . . . . 18, 94
+
[[winds]] . . xii, 21, 36, 48, 80-82, 84, 100, 103, 104, 164 wind-related {{Wiki|diseases}} . . . . 124 [[wisdom]] . ix, x, 8, 13, 15-18, 23, 24, 33, 34, 36, 40, 46, 54, 56-59, 76, 81, 84, 85, 94, 107, [[108]], 114, 116, 121, 167, 168 [[wisdom]] and [[emptiness]] . . . ix, x [[wisdom]] of [[dharmadhātu]] . . . 24, 116 [[wisdom of equality]] . . . . 18, 94
  
wish-fulfilling jewel . . . 14, 25, 35, 121 yidam . . . xiv, 7, 12, 14, 16, 17, 45, 46, 53, 68, 79-81, 83, 84, 92 yidam deity . . xiv, 7, 12, 16, 45, 46, 53, 68, 79-81, 83, 84 yoga of unification . . . . . . . 55 Yogatantra . . . . . . . . . . 55, 80 Zhamar Konchog Yanlag . . iii, xvii Zhamarpa . . . . xx, xxi, 84, 105
+
[[wish-fulfilling jewel]] . . . 14, 25, 35, 121 [[yidam]] . . . xiv, 7, 12, 14, 16, 17, 45, 46, 53, 68, 79-81, 83, 84, 92 [[yidam deity]] . . xiv, 7, 12, 16, 45, 46, 53, 68, 79-81, 83, 84 [[yoga]] of unification . . . . . . . 55 [[Yogatantra]] . . . . . . . . . . 55, 80 [[Zhamar]] [[Konchog Yanlag]] . . iii, xvii [[Zhamarpa]] . . . . xx, xxi, 84, 105
  
  

Revision as of 19:26, 11 February 2020



Gampopa’s Mahamudra THE FIVE-PART MAHAMUDRA PRACTICE TAUGHT TO PHAGMO DRUPA BY GAMPOPA

WITH TEXTS OF THE THROPHU, DRIGUNG, DRUKPA, AND KARMA KAGYU LINEAGES AND ORAL COMMENTARY BY BENCHEN TENGA RINPOCHE

BY LOTSAWA TONY DUFF PADMA KARPO TRANSLATIONS

Copyright © 2008 Tony Duff. All rights reserved. No portion of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photography, recording, or by any information storage or retrieval system or technologies now known or later developed, without permission in writing from the publisher. Lydian and Jansen typefaces used throughout the book. Janson typeface with diacritical marks designed by Tony Duff, Tibetan Computer Company. Cover picture of Lord Gampopa kindly provided from a thangka owned by Tibet Shop; visit their web-site at www.tibetshop.com. Phagmo Drupa thangka painting used with kind permission from Rubin Museum of Art, New York. Photograph of Benchen Tenga Rinpoche provided by Benchen Monastery, Swayambhu, Nepal. First edition 10th June, 2008 ISBN 978-9937-2-0607-5 Produced and Published by Padma Karpo Translation Committee P.O. Box 4957 Kathmandu NEPAL Web-site and e-mail contact through: http://www.tibet.dk/pktc Or search Padma Karpo Translation Committee on the web.

CONTENTS

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v

PART 1. The Source: Gampopa’s Instruction to Phagmo Drupa That Began the Five-Part Mahāmudrā . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 The Teaching: Phagmo Drupa’s instructions transmitted by the: Throphu Kagyu A Written Instruction Coming from the Throphu Kagyu on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā by The Translator from Throphu, Jampay Pal . . . . . . . . . . 5 Drigung Kagyu and Karma Kagyu The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts. The instructions by Jigten Sumgon arranged and commented on by Zhamar Konchog Yanlag . . . . . . 9 Drukpa KagyuMind Harvest”, An Instruction on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā by All-knowing Padma Karpo . . . . . . 27

iii

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Karma Kagyu A Written Instruction on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā by All-knowing Situ Chokyi Jungnay . . . . . . . . . . 43

PART 2. Oral Commentary by Benchen Tenga Rinpoche to The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts . . . . . . . . . . . 61 The Enlightenment Mind is the Motivation for Studying the Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Homage and Preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Part One: Enlightenment Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Part Two: Development Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Part Three: Guru Yoga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Part Four: Mahāmudrā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Part Five: Dedication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Additional Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 End notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Other Resources: Padma Karpo Publications . . . . . . 127 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

INTRODUCTION

“Five-Part Mahāmudrā” is a specific way of practising Mahāmudrā that is used in the Kagyu lineage of Tibetan Buddhism. It was first taught by Gampopa to his disciples and since then has become one of the main ways that Mahāmudrā is practised in the Kagyu lineage. This book presents the teaching and system of instruction that goes with it through the actual Tibetan sources of texts and a commentary. I gathered these materials by hearing the teachings personally then translated and arranged them with helpful background material.

1. THE SOURCE OF THE TEACHING The Kagyu lineage traces itself back to the Indian siddha Tailopa1. His instructions on the practice of the vajra vehicle, including the instructions on Mahāmudrā, went successively to Nāropa in India and then to Marpa, Milarepa, and Gampopa in Tibet all of whom are regarded as the early masters of the lineage. Gampopa (1079-1153 A.D.) represents a pivotal point in the spread of the Kagyu system of teaching and practice. Before him, there had been very little in the way of organized institutions and very little of the teaching had been written down. Starting in his time, institutions developed and the teachings began to be recorded in writing. Gampopa and his gurus in many ways v

vi

INTRODUCTION

are like the solid trunk of a tree that has not branched out yet. Gampopa is the point on the trunk where myriads of branches appear and the whole turns into a great and luxurious tree. Gampopa had three heart sons of the secret mantra teachings called “The Three Men from Kham”. One was “Grey-Hair” who later became known as the first Karmapa, Dusum Khyenpa. He became the source of the Karma Kamtsang—also known as Karma Kagyu—lineage, which is one of the four lineages that developed directly from Gampopa called the Four Greater Lineages of the Kagyu. Another one was Khampa Dorgyal who was also known as Phagmo Drupa. He became the source of the Phagdru2 Kagyu lineage, another one of the Four Greater Lineages. Eight of his heart disciples became the sources of nearly all the other Kagyu lineages, called the Eight Lesser Lineages, of the Kagyu. The third one was Saltong Shogom whose incarnations led a recluse’s life for many generations and who was not widely known of in Tibet; he did not give rise to any lineage—his incarnations have become known in recent times as Traleg Rinpoche. On at least one occasion that is recorded but most likely on many occasions, Gampopa gave instructions on how to practise Mahāmudrā to his heart disciple Phagmo Drupa in a five-part format. Phagmo Drupa used this five-part format as the framework for his successful practice of Mahāmudrā. Phagmo Drupa (1110-1170) was already famous as a great teacher and highly accomplished yogin before he came to Gampopa. However, after gaining great attainment under Gampopa’s care, he became a very famous teacher, with many disciples. He is well-known for teaching to vast assemblies and in at least one of them, said to contain five thousand practitioners of the vajra vehicle, taught the complete instructions of Mahāmudrā in the five-part format that Gampopa had given him and which he had successfully used for his own practice. This teaching, which was

INTRODUCTION

vii

heard, practised, and passed on by his disciples, became a specific method for doing Mahāmudrā practice and over time become known as “Five-Part Mahāmudrā” or simply, “The Five-Parts”. The Five-Part instructions went to all of Phagdru’s main disciples and so became a central part of the Eight Lesser lineages of the Kagyu—Drigung, Taklung, Throphu, Drukpa, Martshang, Yelpa, Yazang, and Shugseb—that developed because of them. The teaching also went from them into the Four Greater Lineages—Karma, Barom, Tshalpa, and Phagdru. For example, it went from the founder of the Drigung Kagyu, Jigten Sumgon, into the Karma Kagyu where it was transmitted by the lineage holders of that lineage. In this way, this particular teaching called “The Five-Part Mahāmudrā” became one of the main ways that the Mahāmudrā teaching was transmitted in Kagyu lineages after Gampopa.

2. THE TEACHING The Reality Called Mahamudra What is Mahāmudrā? It is the name for reality used by a particular group of tantric practitioners in ancient India. It sounds exotic but, if you get down to nuts and bolts, it means “reality”, no more and no less. The wordMahāmudrā” is often translated as Great Seal and that is not wrong but it usually does not convey the immediate, overarching sense of reality that the original term does in Indian language. The Illuminator Tibetan-English Dictionary3 has a clear explanation of the word: “Ultimate reality in the tantric teachings that first came to Tibet was called Mahā Ati. This was translated in Tibetan as “rdzogs pa chen po” and translates into English as Great Completion. In the

viii

INTRODUCTION

tantric teachings that came to Tibet in the later spread of dharma, ultimate reality was called Mahāmudrā. This was translated into Tibetan as “phyag rgya chen po”—in Tibetan, “phyag rgya” is the official translation equivalent for the Sanskritmudrā” and “chen po” for the Sanskritmahā”— and this is commonly translated into English as “Great Seal”. The translation “Great Seal” is correct. However, the term really has the sense in Indian language itself of “The Great Stamp” or even better, “The Great Imprint”. In Tibetan, a “phyag rgya” refers to the kind of seal or stamp that is actually impressed upon something, like a wax seal used to seal a letter or a postage stamp that will be placed on a letter. These seals are more than just a seal, they are an imprint that both exists upon something and conveys some meaning4. Phenomena, just by being phenomena, are automatically subject to reality. They are imprinted with that reality. And it is not just one phenomenon or some phenomena that are connected with and hence imprinted with fundamental reality, rather, every phenomenon that there is necessarily connected with and hence imprinted with that fundamental reality. Therefore the imprint, stamp, or seal of ultimate reality that phenomena bear is not just any imprint but is the one, “great” imprint that stamps itself on everything. So, when the term Mahāmudrā is used, it actually conveys the meaning "the great imprint, the one that all phenomena bear”. It is the imprint of ultimate reality that everything is stamped with, choicelessly. The tradition explains the term further. The commentators of the tradition break the term “phyag

INTRODUCTION

ix

rgya” down into “phyag” and “rgya” which they connect with “mu” and “drā” of the original Sanskritmudrā” respectively. Then the two are explained to mean wisdom and emptiness—and sometimes appearance and emptiness—respectively. The “chen po” is still correlated with “mahā” but is now explained as meaning that the two, wisdom and emptiness or appearance and emptiness are, and have always been, inseparable. However, this detailed explanation has to be kept within the basic meaning of the term, which is, if we say it really in colloquial English, “The Great Seal of Reality, which is that all phenomena inevitably are stamped by the fact of wisdom and emptiness inseparable.” Why is reality equated with wisdom and emptiness inseparable and why is that equated with appearance and emptiness inseparable? At root, the things of the average person’s world seem to be solid, permanent, and one, partless thing. That is the way that mind5 takes them to be. When this apparent solidity and so forth is looked into, the things that appeared that way suddenly disappear. They were just fictions being invented by mind that was working in a mistaken kind of way. Reality does not have these fictions in it, for reality is what is, not a mistaken take on it. The absence of these things in reality is called “emptiness”. However, there is still something about our existence that presents itself to us. When all the mistaken perceptions are removed, there is still a mind that knows. This kind of mind does not know in the way that the mistaken mind does; it operates in a fundamentally different way. The Buddha simply called this kind of mind jñāna which means “knowing” no more and no less. This is mostly translated as “wisdom” and that is the term used for it in this book. In other words, reality is that any phenomenon that could appear is always empty, absent of the mistaken form, at root. These phenomena do not exist in a vacuum, they are actually the things

x

INTRODUCTION

known by un-mistaken mind, wisdom. So all phenomena are actually the appearances that arise in the wisdom that knows them and, as they arise in that wisdom, always lack the mistaken solidity and so forth that a mistaken mind would see them with. It is not that the phenomena arise and are then known by the wisdom, rather, they arise as part of the energy of the wisdom itself. Thus all phenomena are, you can say, wisdom and emptiness inseparable or appearance and emptiness inseparable; when understood that way, the meaning is the same. The yogic tradition of ancient India that understood reality in this way called it Mahāmudrā, the great stamp of reality that all phenomena are always stamped with, and their teaching was that reality is wisdom and emptiness as an inseparable unity.

The Practice of Mahamudra It should be clear from the foregoing that the term Mahāmudrā is a term for reality. Beings need a practice to get back to that reality and the tantric systems that came from India to Tibet contained a number of different practices for that purpose. The tantric teachings that came into the Kagyu tradition included several: the teaching of Mahāmudrā itself, the teachings of deity practices of various sorts, and the yogic teachings summed up by Nāropa into what were called “The Six Teachings of Nāropa”—Inner Heat, Illusory Body, Dreaming, Luminosity, Transference, and Intermediate State. The Mahāmudrā teaching is directly related to the practice called “Luminosity” contained in the six teachings of Nāropa. The practice of Mahāmudrā is also contained in a teaching called “Sahajayoga” or “Co-emergence Yoga”. This latter name is mostly seen in English these days as “Coemergent Union” but there is a point here: Mahāmudrā is a term for reality whereas Luminosity and Co-emergence Yoga are names of the practice of that reality. Phagmo Drupa once asked Gampopa about this distinction:

INTRODUCTION

xi

“What difference is there, if any, between Mahāmudrā and Co-emergence Yoga?” Gampopa’s reply made it very clear6: “In other words, Mahāmudrā is a timeless reality that is always present, whereas Co-emergence Yoga is a practice that is done at various times and time after time, of uniting non-reality with reality, where reality is expressed above as the four different aspects of a buddha’s enlightenment.” How did Gampopa see the teaching and practice of Mahāmudrā in relation to the other teachings and practices of reality that were handed down to him? His guru, Milarepa, had put strong emphasis on Inner Heat, so that became a particularly important teaching in the Kagyu from Milarepa’s time onwards. The writings in the collected works of Gampopa show that he did teach all of the six teachings of Nāropa but preferred to guide his students with the practice of Inner Heat mixed with Mahāmudrā where possible and, where not possible, did teach the path of Mahāmudrā alone as his main way of leading disciples. This is very clear from another interchange between Phagmo Drupa and Gampopa7. Phagmo Drupa asked, “In terms of practising to gain experience, which is the most profound oral instruction8?” Gampopa replied by listing what he had heard other people say to be the most profound instruction for practice. He started with the Kadampa’s mind training and went through several others, mentioned deity practice, then arrived at what his guru Milarepa had said. Having mentioned them all, he then answered the question; “... I heard Guru Mila say, “The prana practice of Inner Heat is the profound meditation”.

xii

INTRODUCTION

Adding it all up, for any given person, the dharma that the person develops certainty in is the profound one. So, for me, if you devote yourself to the guru and meditate on pairing Inner Heat with Mahāmudrā and so train your mind in the enlightenment mind9, since both your own and others’ aims will happen at the same time because of it, this is the profound one.” Phagmo Drupa queried, “Well then, do you prefer to lead people through Inner Heat to start with or through Mahāmudrā?” The reply came, “It depends on the person’s type. Younger people with good physical elements and channels who are instructed in and meditate on Inner Heat itself will quickly develop the signs of warmth. Then, if they are given Mahāmudrā, experience and realization will quickly dawn. For older people who are in the category of not being able to tune the winds, I prefer to give Mahāmudrā or Co-emergence Yoga, though there is the possibility that, if Mahāmudrā is not produced within the mindstream, they might fall into bad activities and develop a very jaded and problematic character.” These interchanges are from an early, possibly initial, meeting between Gampopa and Phagmo Drupa. Phagmo Drupa asked a lot of questions of Gampopa, obviously to get a sense of Gampopa’s style and knowledge. Later, after the required phase of testing the prospective guru, Phagmo Drupa decided to become a disciple of Gampopa. At one point Phagmo Drupa returned to Gampopa, who was staying in his hermitage in Gampo Valley at the time, and, with some other yogins, asked him for an introduction to the

INTRODUCTION

xiii

nature of mind10. This time he was asking for the actual instructions needed for the practice. Gampopa gave a very pithy answer that the reality of mind is none other than the isness of a buddha’s mind and went on to say that, if you want to get to that state of being, then you need to go to an isolated place and practice. He then mentioned the things to do in an actual session of practice which came as a sequence of things to do prior to the actual practice of Mahāmudrā and followed that with an extensive explanation of Mahāmudrā practice itself, the Co-emergent Yoga, as passed down through Tailo, Nāro, and so on. In this, he instructed Phagmo Drupa and the others to go to an isolated place suitable for the practice and then explained how to do the sessions of the practice of Mahāmudrā in a number of parts. This interchange is the actual source of the whole Five-Part Mahāmudrā teaching that has become a mainstay of Kagyu practice. Thus it is presented as the opening section of the book on page 3.

The Specific Practice of Mahamudra Done in Five Parts Luminosity of the Six Teachings of Nāropa and Co-emergence Yoga are distinct teachings of Mahāmudrā that were part of the transmission of the tantric teachings that came from India to Tibet. Five-Part Mahāmudrā was not another teaching that was transmitted with them. Rather, Five-Part Mahāmudrā is Gampopa’s instruction on how to do an effective session of Mahāmudrā practice. Gampopa gave an explanation of Mahāmudrā following the co-emergence system that came down through Śhāntipa to Tailopa and thence down to Gampopa as explained before but it could have been any other instruction on Mahāmudrā. He then instructed his disciples to do the practice of Mahāmudrā in sessions with five different parts to them, so that they could conduct a complete and effective session of Mahāmudrā practice.

xiv

INTRODUCTION

Although these instructions originated with Gampopa, Phagmo Drupa was the heart disciple who heard and practised the five-part instruction and gained realization through it. Historically, Phagmo Drupa was the one who taught this style of practice to others and who became well known in the Kagyu as the source of this teaching. Phagmo Drupa summed up the five parts and taught them to one large congregation in these words: “First, meditate on enlightenment mind; Meditate on the yidam deity; Meditate on the holy guru; Meditate on Mahāmudrā; Afterwards, seal it with dedication.” Thus, a session of Five-Part Mahāmudrā begins with the development of enlightenment mind. This, which necessarily includes taking refuge, means that the essential points of the practice of the Lesser and Great Vehicles are included in a session. It is followed by meditation on oneself as the personal deity, which means that the development stage practice of secret mantra is fully included in the session. That is followed by guru-yoga, unification with the guru’s enlightened being, which means that a session includes one the greatest key points of secret mantra, devotion to the guru. It arouses and intensifies devotion, which is one of the main forces behind actually being able to join with the guru’s being and experience the reality of Mahāmudrā because of it. It gives the greatest possibility that the next part, which is the practice of Mahāmudrā itself, will be effective. The fourth part is the main practice, Mahāmudrā. Mahāmudrā corresponds to the completion stage of practice of secret mantra so, by practising Mahāmudrā, both development and completion stages of secret mantra are included in the session. Once that has been done, the session needs to be sealed and closed properly, which is done according to the Buddha’s general instructions for all

INTRODUCTION

xv

types of meditation, with dedication. In that way, the actual practice of Mahāmudrā, which is one of the core teachings of the Kagyu, is couched within a framework of other practices that create the best environment for doing the practice, which is the point of Five-Part Mahāmudrā.

3. THE TEXTS AND COMMENTARY PRESENTED HERE The teaching on Mahāmudrā itself is primarily an oral teaching passed on, usually to a limited audience, for the sake of the listener’s practice and realization. However, the teaching has been recorded in writing at times and these writings are often used as a basis for explaining the practice. This book consists of a variety of writings of Kagyu masters that show the Five Part Mahāmudrā teaching from its beginnings with Gampopa and Phagdru down through its transmission through the various Kagyu lineages and ending with a complete commentary on one of the texts given by a principal, present-day holder of the lineage. A number of books on Mahāmudrā have been published in the West. However, most of them have been transcripts of a specific teaching given by a specific teacher or a translation of a single text. While these sorts of publications have many merits, they do not open readers up to the extraordinary vistas of Tibetan dharma literature. There are a couple of books on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā but they come from the perspective of one lineage and fulfill the time-honoured need for presenting the teaching just of that lineage. They do not provide the opportunity to see how the teaching developed and how differing teachers had their own ways of presenting the teaching while always maintaining the core teaching. There is also the point that nearly all Western publications about Mahāmudrā so far have been about the Karma

xvi

INTRODUCTION

Kagyu approach, though there are also a couple of good books written from the Drigung Kagyu perspective. Therefore, although this book is like others in that it does contain a translation of an oral teaching by a great teacher of the tradition and a translation of the text being commented on, it goes a step further. It also offers a view of the whole subject, across the centuries, using the words of teachers of several lineages. Moreover, the authors whose works were chosen are the very great authors of different times of Tibetan Buddhist literature. Thus, reader get a view of the same material from the varying perspectives and styles of the great masters who were also the great authors of Tibet. The book starts out with the exchange between Gampopa and Phagdru that results in the whole teaching called the Five-Part Mahāmudrā. This comes from a text called The Questions of Phagmo Drupa, which is one of the texts preserved within Gampopa’s Collected Works. I used the Derge Edition. That is followed by a text written by a direct disciple of Phagmo Drupa called The Translator from Throphu. This disciple was the source of the Throphu Kagyu and his text was written nearly one thousand years ago, in the 1100’s, right at the beginning of the Kagyu lineage. The text has a pithy, direct, no-frills presentation of Phagmo Drupa’s original teaching and this is very much the style of the early Kagyu. The energy and flavour of a Kagyu yogin, doing nothing but a Kagyu yogin’s practice comes through very clearly. That is followed by the teaching of Drigung Kyobpa, another direct disciple of Phagmo Drupa. His teaching also is a very pithy one and again reflects the no-nonsense, get-down-to-it style of the early Kagyu. Drigung Kyobpa’s original words come to us arranged within a larger commentary written in the mid-1500’s. This part of the commentary is more sophisticated in its presentation, putting more framework around the original teaching.

INTRODUCTION

xvii

However, the style of the commentary still has a strong sense of practice lineage, which is not surprising given that the author, Zhamar Konchog Yanlag, was very well known for his excellent practice. This text comes with a complete oral commentary by the present-day Karma Kagyu lineage holder, Benchen Tenga Rinpoche. Although his commentary is not exhaustive, it is sufficient to make the meaning clear, and certainly provides a good basis for anyone wanting to go further with the practice. The third text was also written in the mid-1500’s and very clearly shows the style that had developed in Tibetan literature by then of a much more ordered composition, with sections and sub-sections inserted throughout the text and a lot more information provided in general. This text is from Padma Karpo, the fourth Drukchen, that is, the fourth head of the Drukpa Kagyu. Finally, there is a text from the eighth Situ Rinpoche that was written at the height of the renaissance of Buddha dharma that occurred in Tibet in the 1700’s. He too was a great scholar and sometimes was called “all-knowing” like Padma Karpo. However, unlike Padma Karpo, he is known as a key figure in that revival; he was a brilliant scholar whose ways and works made him into one of the leading renaissance figures of his time. He was a masterful scholar and expositor and this is the feeling that comes through in his text.

A Text From the Throphu Kagyu Phagmo Drupa’s disciple called Rinpoche Gyaltsa and his disciple called “The Translator from Throphu, Nub Jampay Pal” (1173-1225) are, together, the source of the Throphu Kagyu which is one of the Eight Lesser Lineages of the Kagyu. Nub Jampay Pal settled in Throphu, a place in Tsang, and established a monastery there. His talks were written down and one text of those instructions he had heard, called One Hundred Upadeśhas11, contained the teaching on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā. The oral

xviii

INTRODUCTION

instructions and writings that went with them were kept by the lineage. The Throphu Kagyu was a very small lineage and its teachings mostly ended up in other Kagyu lineages. As time went by, some of these teachings were either lost or in danger of loss. In the mid-nineteenth century, Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye went around Tibet collecting these various oral lineages of Kagyu teaching that were in danger of being lost and the texts that went with them. He published the texts in a major collection called The Treasury of Oral Instructions and used that as a basis for passing on the transmissions of these instructions so that they would not be lost. The Throphu Five-Part Mahāmudrā in the larger collection mentioned above was extracted and included in the Treasury of Oral Instructions. The extracted text was called “A Written Instruction Coming from the Throphu Kagyu on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. The original text was probably just entitled “Five-Part Mahāmudrā” but the name would have been changed to indicate where the text came from, a standard procedure in Tibetan literature. The text is short, with a very clear statement of the five parts. It gives a sense of the pithiness of the instructions that were passed on by Phagmo Drupa to his disciples and the early, very down-toearth Kagyu style. One result of that is that the message that these are instructions for practice comes through very clearly. This quality is very much the hallmark of the Kagyu lineage, especially in the earlier days of its transmission in Tibet, as exemplified in the songs and stories of Milarepa. As the centuries went by in Tibet, earlier instructions that were often very simple in content became embellished with the frills of words and explanations. The instructions in this text do not have that kind of elaboration. Instead, they just show the basic message of what is to be practised.

INTRODUCTION

xix

A Text Based on the Teachings of the Drigung Kagyu A much stronger lineage of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā teaching came through Phagmo Drupa’s heart-disciple Rinchen Pal (11431217) who also became very famous in Tibet for his practice and realization. Rinchen Pal was in the large assembly mentioned earlier that received the five part instruction from Phagmo Drupa. All the stories about him say that he practised these and all the other instructions received from his guru to the point of total proficiency and attained great realization of the Buddha’s teachings. After doing so, he established his seat in the place called Drigung. The lineage that developed from him was thus called the Drigung Kagyu and it is another of the Eight Lesser Lineages of the Kagyu. After attaining realization, he became widely known as Jigten Sumgon “The Guardian of the Three Worlds” and was referred to as the Drigung Kyobpa, “Protector of the Drigung”. Drigung Kyobpa transmitted Phagmo Drupa’s teaching of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā verbally to others and at that time added further structure to it. Specifically, he added information on the key points associated with each of the five parts which became known as the “Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas”. The prefatory material of the text included here and based on this transmission, The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-like Instructions of the Five Parts, says, “The Drigungpa ... for each [of the five] parts accomplished the [key] points [of the practice] and pacified the obstacles both temporary and ultimate, and obtained, in full, every one of the supreme and ordinary qualities [of accomplishment in the vajra vehicle]. Thus he came to full knowledge of each [of the five] parts. He then showed every one of all the profound and the vast instructions as its meaning and

xx

INTRODUCTION

also showed the “Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas” as its points...” In other words he transmitted the meaning of all the instructions of his guru as the teaching on the five parts and then, on top of that, since he had personally accomplished the key points associated with the practice, he taught these points of the practice in what became known as “The Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas”. The Drigung Kyobpa’s specific way of presenting the FivePart Mahāmudrā stayed with the Drigung Kagyu but also found its way into the other greater Kagyu lineages. In particular, it became a part of the Karma Kagyu lineage. The fifth Zhamar of that lineage, Konchog Yanlag (1525-1583), who was also known by the epithetSubject of the Jewels”, composed a text as a commentary to the Five-Part Mahāmudrā as transmitted via the Drigung Kyobpa. His commentary consists of a preface followed by five sections of instructions, one for each of the five parts. The preface quotes Phagmo Drupa’s words as the basis for the teaching. The instructions for each section were sometimes written by himself but in most cases were assembled from the writings of his predecessors Zhamarpa II Kacho Wangpo and Zhamarpa IV Chokyi Drakpa, both of whom were prolific authors. Then these instructions for each section were crowned with a long quote from Drigung Kyobpa that starts with the key points of the topic, called the Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas, and ends with verses from Phagmo Drupa. As it says in the colophon, “...the one called “Subject of the Jewels” put together this expression of just the important parts of the words of the Protector of Beings, Phagmo Drupa, the words of the Protector of the Three Worlds, Drigungpa, the writings of Glorious Khachopa “Introduction to One’s Own Mind”, and the Chokyi Drakpa Yeshe Palzangpo’s, “Instructions on the Five Parts”...” This text was also included in The Treasury of Oral Instructions.

INTRODUCTION

xxi

A Complete Oral Commentary By Benchen Tenga Rinpoche The lineage of this instruction coming from the Jigten Sumgon and passed down to Zhamarpa has been passed down in the Karma Kagyu since then. One of the present-day holders of the teaching is Benchen Tenga Rinpoche, third incarnation of the Tenga Tulku line. Tenga Rinpoche was born in 1932 in Eastern Tibet. The name of the parents, his birthdate, and birthplace were prophesied by the eleventh Situ Rinpoche at the request of the ninth Sangye Nyenpa Rinpoche. Tenga Rinpoche was found at the age of seven, whereupon he began his studies. He took the ordination of a bhikṣhu at the age of nineteen, and received thorough Buddhist training and education in Benchen and Palpung Monasteries from the ninth Sangye Nyenpa Rinpoche and the former Situ and Jamgon Rinpoches, respectively. He also studied tantric rituals and philosophy with many different masters and learned traditional Tibetan medicine from his uncle. He completed his studies with a three year retreat. He left Tibet in 1959, after the Communist Chinese invasion, spent one and a half years in Kalimpong, then settled at Rumtek Monastery, the seat of H.H. the sixteenth Karmapa. He served His Holiness for seventeen years, the last nine years of which he acted as Vajra Master of Rumtek. He accompanied His Holiness on his first tour to America and Europe in 1974 and has been living next to the great Swayambunath Stūpa in Nepal, since 1976 where he founded Benchen Phuntsok Dargyeling Monastery. He also founded a retreat centre in Pharping. Tenga Rinpoche is one of the grand old masters who received his entire education in Tibet in the old way. He is full of knowledge and realization and is very highly regarded in the Tibetan

xxii

INTRODUCTION

Buddhist tradition in general and within the Karma Kagyu Tradition in particular. These days, Tenga Rinpoche’s monastery is in Swayambunath, Kathmandu Nepal. In the spring of 2004, Tenga Rinpoche gave a complete explanation of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā to about one hundred of his students at his monastery in Swayambunath using the text of the fifth Zhamar mentioned immediately above. The long-time servant of the Buddha’s dharma, Lotsāwa Tony Duff, received the teaching in its entirety and translated the text using Tenga Rinpoche’s commentary as a guide, then translated the entire commentary to it. It should be said that Tenga Rinpoche indicated his great pleasure at Lotsāwa Tony doing this work. Tenga Rinpoche and his principal attendant Sherab quietly checked the translation when they were given a draft of Tenga Rinpoche’s teachings and indicated their utter delight upon discovering the accuracy and readability of it. It was mentioned at the time that the quality of the translation was something that they were not used to seeing. Rinpoche immediately gave his permission to reproduce his teaching in its entirety in this book.

A Text from the Drukpa Kagyu Tsangpa Gyare was another of the heart-sons of Phagmo Drupa. He was a yogin who was not a monk and was remarkable both for his high level of realization and the extraordinary number of students that he was said to have—some put it as high as fifty thousand, which is really an enormous number in the Tibetan system. One of his heart disciples was the repa12 called Lingje Repa. The teaching lineage that came down through them became known as the Drukpa Kagyu which in Tibet was known for practice, even amongst the Kagyus, who known generally for

INTRODUCTION

xxiii

their emphasis on practice. Correspondingly, it was known for having many realized practitioners. The Drukpa Kagyu has several sub-lineages but the tradition as a whole is considered to be headed by the series of incarnations called the Drukchens. The Drukchens are regarded as emanations of Tsangpa Gyare and, in line with his reputed high level of realization, are universally considered to be very accomplished siddhas. More than that though, they are famous for having extraordinary knowledge of dharma and incisive abilities when using that knowledge for the sake of disciples. The greatest scholar amongst them to date has been the fourth Drukchen, Padma Karpo (1527-1592). He was exceptionally learned, so much so that he was given the title “all-knowing”, a title that was bestowed approximately once a century in Tibet when someone of amazing breadth of knowledge appeared. As might be expected of someone with this kind of quality, he was a prolific author with his collected works totalling over twenty volumes. His treatment of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā also marks a shift in literary style in Tibet. Note how he arranges the teaching into topics and sub-topics, and adds the teachings on the ordinary and extraordinary preliminaries. The original teaching was very pithy and did not contain these things. His text is interesting in two other ways. Firstly, it shows the particular style of the Drukpa Kagyu, who have their own preferences and ways when expounding Mahāmudrā; there has been little Drukpa Kagyu literature translated till now, so this should be of great interest. Secondly, Padma Karpo is one of the really great authors of Tibet, known to followers of all Tibetan lineages, and has a unique style of writing. He is well known for his erudite compositions which are marked by an extraordinary level of detail woven into a very short space, usually with layer upon layer of meaning in the words. This makes his works difficult to translate without losing meaning and also requires that the

xxiv

INTRODUCTION

reader pay close attention so as to get the fullness of what he is saying. The other texts included here are straightforward to read, if you know the material, but Padma Karpo demands that you stop and think about each sentence and how it joins to the picture that he has been building up. Certainly there will be places in his text where, unless you are very knowledgeable, you will probably have trouble understanding him.

A Text from the Karma Kagyu The final text in this book is from the Karma Kagyu and written by the eighth Situ Rinpoche. In general, the Situ Rinpoche is one of a group of the four second-highest tulkus of the Karma Kagyu lineage which comes after the head of the lineage, Karmapa. The eighth Situ had several names though he is mainly called Great Pandit Situ Chokyi Jungnay in deference to his great knowledge. He lived from 1700 to 1744. Situ Chokyi Jungnay was one of the key figures in a great revival of Buddhadharma that happened in Tibet in the 1700’s. A feature of his writing is sheer brilliance of presentation. Like Padma Karpo, he was very erudite, but reading his writings gives you the feeling of touching gold. Padma Karpo tends to be more breath-taking—when you finally pull all the threads together— where Situ Rinpoche is exceptionally clear and fine, from beginning to end. Situ Rinpoche’s text is appropriately the last one in the book, because his style of presentation and the development of thought in Tibet had reached a pinnacle. Later authors could draw things together or be as erudite but there are no further baubles to be added; everything that could be done has been done, so to speak. Situ Rinpoche’s text demands a good knowledge of dharma, though it should be a little more accessible than Padma Karpo’s text. Situ Rinpoche’s opening presentation of the five parts and, following that, of the two types of enlightenment mind, are very

INTRODUCTION

xxv

nicely done. His presentation of the distinctions between shamatha and vipaśhyanā practices of Mahamudrā are especially useful. These distinctions are made in the other texts but not as clearly. An interesting point is that his work is entirely in verse but the Tibetan reads more as a continuous piece of prose that has been put into verse. This kind of composition could be the hack job of an incapable author but, in this case, it clearly shows Situ Rinpoche’s mastery over words and composition. This text is my favourite in many ways, though that might just reflect my heart-felt love for the present Situ Rinpoche. Situ Rinpoche, gave Lotsāwa Tony the transmission of Situ Chokyi Jungney’s text on the subject shortly afterwards, indicated his great pleasure that such a book was being produced and clearly expressed his trust in the capabilities and knowledge of the author.

4. ABOUT THE TEXTS AND TRANSLATION There are a number of texts on the five-part instruction within the Kagyu lineage. Three of the texts in this book can be found in Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye’s Treasury of Oral Instructions. A fourth Five-Part Mahāmudrā text in that collection called The Torma Empowerment of the Five-Part Instructions is a small text by which an empowerment into Mahāmudrā is given using a torma as the basis for the empowerment. There is also a fifth text by Lorepa, one of the great early yogins of the Drukpa Kagyu, however, there was not space to include it. The text of Padma Karpo is one of his many writings on Mahāmudrā that can be found in his collected works. The edition of The Treasury of Oral Instructions used as a source for the texts is a modern-day reprint of an earlier edition from Tibet. As is so often the case with Tibetan texts, this edition is known for having a measure of errors in it. Therefore, in order to make the translations for this publication, I edited copies of

xxvi

INTRODUCTION

the texts myself, and in the case of the text transmitting the Drigung Kyobpa’s words, H.H. Drigung Kyabgon Rinpoche, the present-day successor to the Drigung Kyobpa, also provided corrections. The text from Padma Karpo was obtained from the Drukpa Kagyu Heritage Project, of which I was the director during the ten years that it functioned in Kathmandu, Nepal.

Helpful Resources Endnotes have been added in order to clarify various points and a glossary has been provided, although The Illuminator Encyclopaedic Tibetan-English Dictionary is recommended as the best means for looking up the meaning of terms. All the technical terms in this text are included in the dictionary and the terms of experience have detailed and precise definitions that will help you to gain a much deeper understanding of the texts and commentary. The material of the fourth of five parts, Mahāmudrā itself, includes the section on the introduction to the nature of mind. This contains many “terms of experience” as they are called in Tibetan. These are words that point to direct experience. They are not secret language but are inaccessible unless you have studied with a teacher and have some experience of practice. Furthermore, they almost never have direct equivalents in English. I have done my best to show the meaning but, in the end, a reader has to go through the process and turn the words of experience into actual experience. Although The Illuminator Dictionary cannot give the experiences pointed at by the terms, its full explanations of these terms carefully attempt to give just the right shade of meaning. The Illuminator Dictionary and other useful resources are discussed at the end of the book in the section called “Other Resources”.

INTRODUCTION

xxvii

A Note about Sanskrit The book uses a slightly modified system of Sanskrit transliteration to make the Sanskrit easier for to read. The usual śa and ṣa are expanded to śha and ṣha, to reflect their actual pronunciation, and likewise ca is turned to cha and cha to chha.

What is not Included The oral instructions always contain special teachings, such as the upadeśha already mentioned, which are not meant for public display. Thus, this book gives nearly all of the oral instructions passed on by Tenga Rinpoche but two parts were excluded simply because they are not for public display. Anyone who receives these teachings in person will obtain these specific instructions. For example, the details of the deity visualization and practice were not included here but a student would receive them. Similarly, an oral instruction of the guru-yoga visualization that is specific to this lineage was given but is not included here. The complete instructions of Mahāmudrā are included but the fact is that you cannot practise them until you have received the instructions yourself from a qualified guru. At very least, you must have what is called “the introduction to the nature of mind” to be able to utilize them. In sum, this book is meant to be of further assistance to those wanting to practise Mahāmudrā or the Thorough Cut of Great Completion13 or who would like to know more about the Kagyu or Mahāmudrā lineage. It could also serve as a handbook for those who have received the instructions on the practice. It cannot though, serve as a do-it-yourself manual. So, as with every package of anything produced these days, this comes with the warning label, “Warning! Can be dangerous to your spiritual health!” Funnily enough, nearly all texts of this genre in Tibetan literature

xxviii

INTRODUCTION

also come with the equivalent warning. Maybe it should be respected.

The Real Point It is always worth saying that texts like this are not meant for scholarship; they are the absolute meat and potatoes (an English term of experience!) of the path of the vajra vehicle. They are meant to be used by a competent guru as a basis for imparting the instructions of the path of Mahāmudrā orally to the students. The guru uses them as a basis for transmitting the energy of his understanding about the path and the practice in general to the students. Especially though, the guru uses any of a variety of methods, including ones suggested in here in the section on “introduction”, to introduce the student directly to the nature of the student’s own mind. When the student has had this kind of introduction and then practised the instructions on what to do with it, the words of experience mentioned above become a key part of discussions of experience and development along the path. Their use by the guru can elevate the student’s level of certainty in the nature of mind, enormously. May you recognize the nature of your mind, Become certain of it, And complete the training in it To be a cornucopia of benefit and ease For those who have not yet done so! Lotsāwa Tony Duff, Swayambunath, Nepal, 18th May 2008

PART 1 The Source: Gampopa’s Instruction to Phagmo Drupa That Began the Five-part Mahamudra Teaching

Lord Gampopa

Sugata Phagmo Drupa

EXCERPT FROM THE QUESTIONS OF PHAGMO DRUPA AND REPLIES OF GAMPOPA

Phagmo Drupa offered, “Homage to you, precious guru. Guru Jewel, I have fully investigated both saṃsāra and nirvāṇa and request you to give me an introduction to dharmatā14” The guru said, “We say, “The two, buddhas and sentient beings”, so what does that mean? In mind, there are both rigpa and not rigpa15; these are present as recognizing rigpa and not recognizing it. If rigpa is recognized, it is called “buddha” so rigpa is to be introduced as the dharmatā16." “You go to mountainous areas and so on, congenial places where disenchantment can be produced and experience can develop. There you arouse the mind17 thinking, “For the purposes of sentient beings, I will attain buddhahood”. You meditate on your body as the deity18. You meditate on the guru over your crown19. Then, not letting your mind be spoiled with thoughts, not altering this mind— 3

4

GAMPOPA GIVES THE FIVE PARTS TO PHAGMO DRUPA

because it is nothing whatsoever—in any way at all, set yourself in clarity which is pure, vividly present, clean-clear, wide-awake!...20”

The Teaching: The Instructions of Phagmo Drupa as Transmitted by The Translator of Throphu, Jampay Pal

A WRITTEN INSTRUCTION COMING FROM THE THROPHU KAGYU ON THE FIVE-PART MAHAMUDRA

I prostrate to the holy gurus21. The introduction to the Mahāmudrā, the core of the enlightened mind of the great guru Nāropa, in five parts is as follows: 1) Arousing the mind for supreme enlightenment. 2) Meditating on guru-yoga. 3) Meditating on the pride of the yidam deity. 4) Introducing22 mindness23 as buddha. 5) Dedicating the roots of merit to complete enlightenment. 1) With very strong loving kindness and compassion, you should meditate while repeating from your heart three times the arousing of both aspiring and entering enlightenment mind24. 2) During the daytime at the crown of your head and during the night-time in your heart, visualise on a three-fold seat of lion throne, lotus, and moon one atop the other your root guru with his hands in equipoise mudrā and arouse the recognition that he is buddha. Supplicate him intensely. 3) Arouse the pride of your body with its maṇḍala of channels being the yidam deity. You should do one hundred and eight or so recitations25.

7

8

THROPHU KAGYU TEXT

4) i) Introducing the unfabricated as the innate. Set the body in the postures of meditation and then your mind, put together with that, should be left unfabricated26. Rest at ease, rest in stillness, rest in open evenness. Remove the obstacles of the four points of straying and the three deviations. Sinking, agitation, and mental doings put like that into dawning of appearances is the removal, via the condition of visual forms and sounds, of obstructions to wisdom waking itself up27. ii) Introducing discursive thought as luminosity. Within that state28, some thought will arise29. Whatever arises, you look at it directly and by doing so see that is nothing to be looked at, and in just that, it becomes self-liberated. Thereby, the thought itself put into dawning of appearances by the conditions of various objects is the activity, via the condition of visual forms and sounds, of wisdom waking itself up. The discovery by looking directly that there is nothing to be looked at is the functioning of the activity of wisdom itself looking at itself to know its own face. 5) The three preliminary parts are the accumulation of merit. The fourth, main part is the accumulation of wisdom. Thus there are the two accumulations giving rise to the two fruitions of wakefulness and expansion, buddhahood30. Thus dedication is to be done according to that, the way in which they arise31, saying this three times, “By these roots of merit of mine, May buddhahood be accomplished for the sake of migrators32.” That completes the verbal instructions of the Precious One, the Jetsun from Dvagpo. The above comes from the One Hundred Upadeśhas, drawn from the Collection of Written Talks given by the Lotsawa from Throphu, Nub Jampa'i Pal.

The Teaching: The Instructions of Phagmo Drupa as Transmitted by The Drigung Kyobpa, Jigten Sumgon

Jigten Sumgon

THE SOURCE OF THE JEWELS OF EXPERIENCE AND REALISATION, THE OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE FIVE PARTS33

At the feet of the precious guru, the essence of every one of the buddhas of the three times, I respectfully prostrate and take refuge; grant your blessings! Now, for what is known as the “Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. The Protector of Beings, Phagmo Drupa, summed up the meanings of the three baskets34 and the four tantra sections into five systems of practice then taught them to a five-thousand strong assembly of the saṅgha of perfection35. Based on this and for others who had not found certainty in the profound meaning, the Protector of the World, the Drigungpa36, who understood the meaning just like a vase filled by the transfer of liquid into it37, practised, and through practice, for each part, accomplished the points and pacified the obstacles both temporary and ultimate, and obtained, in full, every one of the supreme and ordinary qualities. Thus he came to full knowledge of each part. He then showed every one of all the profound and the vast instructions as its meaning and also showed the “Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas” as its points; it is a great treasury of the speech of the Dharma-Lord Guru concerning the five parts38.

11

12

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

Concerning this, the precious guru said, “First, meditate on enlightenment mind; Meditate on the yidam deity; Meditate on the holy guru; Meditate on Mahāmudrā; Afterwards, seal it with dedication.” In that way, he spoke of five things. Of them, the first and last belong to the ordinary vehicle, so the middle three are the practice of the extraordinary secret mantra.

Part One, The Arousal of the Enlightenment Mind The text called The Rites of Meditating on the Five-Part Group which comes from the words spoken by the Lord of Conquerors, Mikyo Dorje39 says, “The body is positioned in the seven dharmas of Vairochana The gentle air is held and inserted40.” Following on from those words, for the meditation on the three things of loving kindness, compassion, and the enlightenment mind, think as follows. “Throughout my lives without beginning and for an inconceivable number of times, every one of the sentient beings has been mother to me and helped me; they are very kind. These very kind mothers should have their kindness returned. They should be helped. They should be brought to happiness.” Making the mind certain of that is loving kindness. Think as follows: “When I look at these motherly beings to see whether they have happiness or not right now, I discover that they do not. They live with the causes of unsatisfactoriness, are experiencing the results of that, and do not have the conditions for happiness. These beings ignorant of the authentic meaning

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

13

are like a blind man separated from a guide; how I feel for them! Compassion for each of them!” Meditating that way until you cannot bear it is compassion. In order to free these motherly beings from unsatisfactoriness and set them in happiness, the mind that wants to attain buddhahood dons the great armour then truly and properly takes up the vows of the bodhisatva41. It does not entertain thoughts of its own peace and happiness even for a moment. Every application of thought is made for the purpose of others. For this enlightenment mind, you train in the fictional level in the illusion-like mode42 and in the superfactual level43 by meditating that you, and sentient beings, and unsatisfactoriness, and purposeful activity, and so on do not exist as a self-continuity but are, from the first, free of the three, production, cessation, and abiding. Engage in meditation on that for three sessions or more, until a deep-seated certainty is produced. Arousing44 enlightenment mind like that gets to the point concerning anger, will pacify the negative forces of rgyal ’gong45, will bring angry states under control, will fulfill others’ purposes, and causes mirror-like wisdom to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work assiduously at it; he said, “If, on the steed of loving kindness and compassion, Others’ benefit does not cut the central thread, In the marketplace, the kind one of men and gods will not arise, So you must be assiduous at this enlightenment mind46.”

14

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

Part Two, Development Stage, Meditation on the Yidam Deity Body, skandhas, dhātus, āyatanas all are the maṇḍala of the deity; the container world is the immeasurable mansion; the contained sentient beings are the devas and devīs; and all of them have been present primordially as their unification. You recognize that to be so. Now, having done so, certainty of it is to be generated and finalized. Utter the svabhāva mantra then meditate on all phenomena as empty. Within that state, from paṃ comes a multi-coloured lotus, from raṃ a sun disk, and on top of it from hūṃ comes a crossed vajra with a hūṃ letter seated on a sun disk at its navel. The hūṃ’s light rays become a ground, tent, and canopy of vajras outside of which a mass of fire blazes. In the centre of the pervasive protection circle just made, that seed-syllable turns into a five-pointed vajra marked at the navel with a hūṃ from which light radiates. The light performs the two purposes then is gathered back after which I appear as co-emergent Chakrasaṃvara with one face, three eyes, fangs slightly clenched, and, with bent eyebrows, a wrathful grimace. His body dark-blue like the colour of sapphire blazes with light. His long hair is bound up into a top-knot and at its tip is a wish-fulfilling jewel and crossed vajra. The left side is adorned with a crescent moon. He has a crown of five dried skulls and a long necklace of fifty fresh ones hanging down. The right of his two hands holds a nine-pointed vajra and the left inside that holds a bell, both of which embrace his consort. He has a tiger-skin skirt. He is ornamented with the five bone ornaments and the ash—the six symbols. The right leg extended stands between the breasts of red Kālarātri who is lying on her back with hands in añjali. The left leg bent presses down on and squeezes the head of black Bharaiva who has his hands in añjali. In his lap is the consort Vajravārāhī, red, with

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

15

one face, two arms, and three eyes. Her hair is loosed and dry skulls form a crown and a long necklace. Her right hand brandishes a hooked knife. Her left hand holding a skull-cup of blood embraces the male consort around his neck. She is adorned with the five symbolic ornaments. Her two shanks are over the bhagavat’s thighs; entwining him47. The male is marked in the three places with the three letters. The bhagavat’s heart centre is marked with a white oṃ ha, his head with a yellow nama hi, his crown with a red sva haṃ hūṃ, his two shoulders with black vauṣhaṭ he, his two eyes with orange hūṃ hūṃ hoḥ, and all the limbs with a green phaṭ haṃ; these are the six armours48 of the hero. The female consort’s navel is marked with a red oṃ vaṃ, her heart centre with a blue haṃ yoṃ, her mouth with a white hrīṃ maṃ, her head with a yellow hrīṃ hrīṃ, her crown with a green hūṃ hūṃ, and between her brows with a smoke-coloured phaṭ phaṭ; these are the six armours of the heroine. Light from the seed-syllable at the heart centre of the male invites sixteen jñānasatvas like the deity being meditated on and the heros and yoginīs surround them. The sixteen female vidyas make the offerings with arghaṃ up to śhabda. By saying jaḥ hūṃ baṃ hoḥ the samayas and jñānas are made inseparable. Once again light from the seed-syllable at the heart centre invites the wisdom beings like the one being meditated on and these heros and yoginīs make offerings. Supplicate with oṃ sarva tathāgata abhiṣhiñcha maṃ, whereupon the devīs holding jewelled vases perform abhiṣheka through which the bhagavat is crowned over his head with Akṣhobya and Vajravārāhī with Vairochana. Think that, which is the complete clarity of the visualization. Firmly establish the pride of certainty that body, speech, and mind are the heruka’s body, speech, and mind. Recall the purities,

16

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

that because of the union of emptiness and compassion, they appear as male and female in consort, and so on. If you become weary of the meditation, produce a mantra garland from the hūṃ at the heart centre. Visualize that it goes from your mouth into the mouth of the female consort and, cycling through the secret places, dissolves into the seed-syllable. Saying oṃ hrīḥ ha ha huṃ hūṃ phaṭ recite whatever is needed of the close-to-heart, heart49, and so on. When it is time to close the session, the protective circle is gathered into the female consort, the female into the male, and then into the hūṃ at the heart centre of the male. That itself absorbs by steps into the flame of the nāda. Then rest in nonreference. In that way, both the fixation on contained and container50, the ordinary appearances which are grasping at one’s own mindstream, and the fixation on a magnificent deity which is grasping for the sake just of development stage are abandoned. Thus there is the certainty of a form51 of unification that is appearance without nature, a water-moon and that is the finalization of development stage. Meditating on development stage like that gets to the point concerning desire, will pacify the negative forces of senmo52, will bring desire under control, will overpower appearances, and causes individually discriminating wisdom to dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at development stage; he said, “One’s own body is the king of deity forms, But if not taken to the firm stage of changeless foundation, The ḍākinīs will not assemble into a retinue around it, So you must be assiduous at this body, the yidam deity.”

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

17

Part Three, Guru Yoga The guru is a being inseparable with the wisdom that resides in every one of the buddhas so one has the attitude of certainty that he is the three kāyas and five wisdoms embodied of buddha whose inexhaustible sphere of ornamentation of body, speech, mind performs the ripening and liberating of every sentient being until cyclic existence ends. And, you have the attitude that your own mindness is inseparable with the guru because of which all the dharmas of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa are the nature of appearance and emptiness53; that attitude is dharmakāya devotion. For the purpose of making a visualization of the guru, do this. Above the crown of yourself clearly seen as the deity, in space, on a lion throne, on a seat of lotus and moon, the root guru appears in the form which is the embodiment of the Jewels, the summation of the families, Vajradhara. He has a blue body, one face, and two arms, and holds a vajra and bell crossed at his heart. He is adorned with various jewelled ornaments and wears the silken pantaloons. His feet are crossed in vajrāsana. He has a peaceful mood and is surrounded by the lineage gurus, the deity assemblies of the yidam maṇḍalas, and the dharmapālas and guards. Giving your attention to that, worship with the seven branches—extensively or abridged, whatever—and at that time offer a maṇḍala, including your body and your possessions in their entirety. Then, supplicate: “Glorious guru great Vajradhara, please bless my body, speech, and mind, all three.” Thereby, white, red, and blue light spring one after the other from the crown, throat, and heart-centre of Vajradhara. In sequence, they dissolve into your own three places, purifying the obscurations of the three doors. Meditate on the thought that you have been made into a fortunate one whose ordinary

18

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

body, speech, and mind have been manifested as the vajras of enlightened body, speech, and mind. At the close of the session, the retinue dissolves into guru Vajradhara. Then he dissolves into you and your ordinary person now becomes the guru’s enlightened body, speech, and mind inseparable with your own body, speech, and mind. 54

Meditating on guru-yoga like that gets to the point concerning pride, will pacify the negative force of devapūtra55, will bring prideful states under control, will give you the ability to bless others, and causes the wisdom of equality to dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at guru-yoga; he said, “If the sun of devotion does not shine On the snow mountain of the guru’s four kāyas, The stream of blessings will not descend, So be assiduous at devotion for mind.”

Part Four, Mahamudra The way that mindness is present within you is not known by the rational mind of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa56. It is not known through the exaggerations of appearance and emptiness57. It is not the experience of appearance. It is not the experience of emptiness. It is not the experience of existence. It is not the experience of non-existence. It is not the experience of confusion58. It is not the experience of liberation. It is beyond every one of these biassed positions, all of which cut to one side or another. It is not made by Buddha. It is not created by sentient beings. It is not purified by the path. It is not a change of colour. It is primordially free from extremes. It is the fruition, the three kāyas, inherent within you. It is the perfection of discard and realization. It is the immediate brilliance having the two knowledges59. It is the thing which is primordially spontaneously-present.

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

19

The actuality60 that is the way that your inner disposition is present is called “Ground Mahāmudrā”. It is introduced by means of the blessings of the guru and the method of time61, then the student rests in the actuality just introduced, then there is recognition that actuality is like that. Right on the basis of that and without fabricating anything, by just resting in what that is untainted by rational mind, the core62 is allowed to go its own way, the way of concepts stopping themselves and shutting up, and then the essence is known nakedly as clarity63 that is empty. This awareness, which is not caught up in the clarity that has been freed of concepts of good, concepts of bad, and indeterminate concepts, does not give any recital at all64. This staying in a state freed of names and their references is mindness, the functioning of Mahāmudrā65. When you have gone to the point that, no matter what circumstance arises, you never pass from that state into dwelling in one of the extremes of peace or existence, then that is called “Fruition Mahāmudrā”66. In brief, if the guru does not teach it, the student will not understand it. It is the great meaning beyond rational mind, the meaning that cannot be experienced by rational means, that which is free from every “it is this, it is that” made by rational mind, the common awareness67 not constructed by anyone which is the innate, self-settled state; that is called “Mahāmudrā”. The way of meditating on it has two parts68: A) calm-abiding B) insight.

A. Calm Abiding There are three parts to this: 1) holding where there is no holding; 2) steadying of the holding; and 3) ways of improving the steadiness.69

20

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

1) The legs are placed into a posture. With the hands in the equipoise mudrā, the shoulders are stretched. The spine is straightened. The chin is hooked in a little. The lips and teeth are left to sit in their own way. The gaze is directed down the tip of the nose, directly ahead into space. Having done that, the mind is left to rest self-settled. If the mind will not abide when that is done, then, as is explained in the King of Samādhis Sūtra, “The body like the colour of gold, The protector of the world, more beautiful than all— Whatever mental placement is done with that as the support The bodhisatva calls “equipoise”.” Accordingly, visualize in front of you, on a lion throne, on a seat of lotus and moon, the truly complete buddha’s70 form and, setting the mind one-pointedly on it, do not be distracted from that object of visualization to something else. When doing that, if sinking-dullness71 occurs, move your mental focus to the topknot and if agitation-excitement72 occurs, move your mental focus to the seat. Also, move the gaze up or down in conjunction with that. If you do that, it will clear the problem. Should there be great distraction of mind, then focus the mind on the in and out movement of breath and just by that the stream of abiding will become lengthened and thereby the abiding aspect will become steady. 2) Once the production of abiding has begun, visualize a white lotus at the heart centre and that a drop is produced from it which exits from the crown point and is ejected into space. Similarly, there is a black lotus that is facing downward and from the centre of it a black drop is produced that exits from the urethra and sits on the boundary of the seat. The mind should be held on each as they are emitted. For the former, the gaze should be raised

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

21

and, when a lot of dead winds have been extracted and removed, the awareness will have been invigorated and you should rest in that. For the latter, the gaze should be lowered and, when you have been persistent at the object of visualization, the mind can be left to self-settle, etc., and the awareness will be as before. 3) Whatever discursive thought comes up in mind because of some object—sight, sound, smell, taste, or touch—there is, so as to prevent it from continuing on to a second thought, the instruction to rest right on that thought itself. When that is done, there is an enhancement to the equipoise. In the beginning, the style of mind wandering from its object is that there are a lot of thoughts being produced and capturing it again with mindfulnessalertness73 is difficult, however, despite the difficulty, you shouldn’t procrastinate! When, compared to that, the wandering has been reduced in intensity, gross discursive thoughts will have been calmed and the movement of subtle ones will be noticed. In the end, the style of the wandering is that discursive thoughts are not able to able to propel the mind at all and there is a calmabiding in which the actual abiding and a following moment74 is the same kind of thing. In that way, a calm-abiding gradually happens.

B. Insight; the Introduction75 When you are abiding one-pointedly in samādhi, just exactly how is it with this mind that is abiding? What kind of colour does it have while abiding? What kind of shape does it have while abiding? “Well, if I don’t see how it is when abiding, then I should look at it when it is proliferating”. That thought itself also is proliferation; therefore, what kind of colour does it have while proliferating? What kind of shape does it have while proliferating? What kind of essence does the proliferation have? Is it visual form, sound, smell, taste, touch? How is it with this dharma, the opposite of abiding?

22

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

If you do not discover that, then do the following. Where does it arise to begin with? Where does it stay in the interim? Where does it go at the end? You should make a real search for all of these inside and out. If it becomes difficult to see, offer a maṇḍala to the guru and supplicate. Think strongly, “If I do not recognize the essence of mind, I will not be liberated from existence. If I am not liberated from that, the unsatisfactoriness of birth, old age, sickness, and death will be unbearable. Therefore, I will work only at gaining certainty in the recognition of mind”. At all times exert yourself only at staring unwaveringly76 at your own mind; if you do, then you will definitely see it, whatever it is. There is no introduction without one’s own mind seeing one’s own mind; for example, if you don’t see letters how will you be instructed in letters? If you see just a portion of it, then you have just that much of an introduction to it! Having looked at it, if you think it didn’t appear to you, then please look at the looker itself! Just not seeing it does not make it non-existent, as with treasure hidden below the ground Therefore, not seeing it anywhere is the supreme seeing! Henceforth, now that you understand lack of knowing as knowing, lack of consciousness as consciousness, lack of minding as minding, lack of mentation as mentation, lack of comprehending as comprehending, you will understand that as complete distraction! Son of the family, your mind, like the horn of a rabbit, has no basis, has no nature, has no occurrence, has no arising, has no staying, has no disappearance. Your own essence being uncompounded, it is not seen even by the All-Knowing One77. This certain fact sits nicely in your heart, therefore please rest in the state of this lack of mind itself! Please rest in the state of lack of minding! Again, son of the family, whether your mind is female or male, it is just knowing, vividly apparent and comprehending various things; isn’t this amazing? Therefore, no matter

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

23

how things appear to you, rest in just this itself as it is. Rest in it relaxed. Rest in it nakedly. Son of the family, if you hold to the idea that there is something wrong with appearance and something good about emptiness or something wrong with emptiness and something good about appearance, that is childish: appearance itself is empty, emptiness itself is apparent, so you must see appearance-emptiness as one taste. In short, you should stay in the flatness78 of not grasping at whatever dawns and frolic in the unreality of whatever appears. Everything falls apart into liberation! Agreeable in the non-duality of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa! Misty in the indefiniteness of rigpa! Vivid in coming and going without trace! Brilliant in the non-duality of confusion and liberation! Please nurture the time that you can stay in this, the absence of grasping at realism. This kind of essence of mind is called “uncontrived common awareness”79, “the essence innate to your own mind”, “the actuality that is the innate character of phenomena”, “the way that superfact80, the dharmakāya, sits”. Isn’t your present mind there as something clear, wide-awake, brilliant? Just that is called “the self-arising rigpa essence”. Don’t you have the confidence that “it is just like that”? That is called “wisdom that realizes insight”. In that state, isn’t there something that is unquestionably present? That is called “the door of appearance of calm-abiding samādhi”. Thus, this very saṃsāra is brilliantly evident as nirvāṇa. These sentient beings move about as buddhas. This very confusion falls to pieces in self-liberation. This very affliction is right there as wisdom. This, which has been understood with the name “introduction to the innate dharmakāya” or “communicated” or “finding certainty” or “mastery of expanse” or “the definitive meaning of the authentic”, should be kept in your heart always. And please, for this which needs no habituation to it; please habituate yourself to it! For this meaning that does not need

24

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

to be preserved; please always preserve it! Because of it, abandon attachment to this life, keep impermanence in mind, always generate a mind of disenchantment, supplicate the lord, whatever he says do as a command, continually wander in mountain places, goad yourself on with perseverance, look at the innate’s own face, keep the introduction in your heart. Give an introduction to the disciples with those or other words that suit the level of their minds. Meditating on Mahāmudrā like that gets to the point concerning ignorance, will pacify the negative forces of nāgas, will bring delusion under control, will liberate from saṃsāra, and causes the wisdom of dharmadhātu to dawn. Therefore, it is important to be assiduous at it; he said, “In the vast open space of mindness, If there is no assurance of the assembled clouds of discursive thought, The planets and stars of the two knowledges81 will not twinkle, So be assiduous at this non-conceptual mind.”

Part Five, Dedication What is to be dedicated is included in merit and wisdom. Dedication is done on account of non-abiding nirvāṇa, for the purposes of sentient beings. The way of making such dedication is that the dedication is done via prajñā that sees the emptiness of what is to be dedicated, the dedication, and the dedicator. Dedication like that gets to the point concerning jealousy, will pacify the negative forces of nāga tsan82, will bring jealous states under control, will prevent loss of roots of merit, and causes all-accomplishing wisdom to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work assiduously at that; he said,

OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS TEXT

25

“If the wish-fulfilling jewel of the two accumulations, Is not polished with prayers of aspiration, The fruit of your wishes will not appear So be assiduous at the concluding dedication.”

ƒ

ƒ

ƒ

At the point when these things are finalized, all five topics become Mahāmudrā. They become: non-referencing enlightenment mind; the deity’s body of inseparable appearance-emptiness; the play of the guru, saṃsāra-nirvāṇa; the great mudrā of inseparable rigpa-emptiness; and the dedication of the encompassing purity of the three-fold sphere; and so on. And these are respectively called enlightenment-mind Mahāmudrā, deity’s body Mahāmudrā, devotion Mahāmudrā, actuality Mahāmudrā, dedication Mahāmudrā, and so on. And, in terms of what that is equivalent to, they are universally known as “Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. And also, viewed as preparation, main part, and conclusion, they can be taken as the practice to be done in one session and on one seat. ƒ

ƒ

ƒ

Urged for a long time by the great Śhākya Elder Yungja Drelwa Rinchen Gon, the one called “Subject of the Jewels” put together this expression of just the important parts of the words of the Protector of Beings, Phagmo Drupa, the words of the Protector of the Three Worlds, Drigungpa, the writings of Glorious Khachopa “Introduction to One’s Own Mind”, and Chokyi Drakpa Yeshe Palzangpo’s “Instructions on the Five Parts”; may the virtue of doing so set all migrators into meditative equilibrium on Mahāmudrā!

The Teaching: The Instructions of Phagmo Drupa as Transmitted by All-Knowing Padma Karpo

All-knowing Padma Karpo

MIND HARVEST” AN INSTRUCTION ON FIVE-PART MAHAMUDRA BY ALL-KNOWING PADMA KARPO

Namo Mahāmudrāya I pay homage to the fathers and sons of Glorious Phagmo Drupa and the Siddha Ling83. I bow to all who lead migrators from the places of becoming, Broadcasters of the message of holy dharma that so nicely shows Emptiness which is freedom from the four extremes not existence, non-existence, both, nor neither— That has a core of compassion. This, which presents nothing that has not been said previously And presents it just as was said previously, without distortion, Was discovered through awakening due to the force of previous training’s blessings, And given as the fruition of vast merit constructed previously. 29

30

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

The eighty-four thousand-fold dharma heap84 written up clearly in just a few words for the minds of those to be tamed, the oral instructions that lead those who have not yet connected with the certainty of penetration85 that comes from the vajra word empowerment86 to the level of a buddha in one life, the special feature of the precious sugata element87, the instructions of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā, will be explained here in three parts.

I. THE EXPLANATION OF THE GOODNESS OF THE BEGINNING A. Ordinary Procedures 1. Freedom and connection difficult to gain The cause is discipline so the result, this human body, is difficult to gain. Why? Because the discipline is guarded to a greater or lesser extent. The essence is the eight freedoms and ten connections. Because one is apart from the eight unfree states, they are freedoms. Personal and other connections five each make ten. The human body means the human support. Precious means rare, more valuable, more powerful, and so on in terms of synchronising with dharma. 2. Impermanence Examine your body by looking at each part from the top of the head down to the soles of the feet; which part of it is permanent? Look at the externals of place, house, wealth and property; what do you see that is not transitory, which is truly existing there? Each passing moment brings you closer to death. There is no certainty of the time of death; as the Son of the Conquerors88 Bhadraśhri said,

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

31

“There is no assurance that you will not die even today Yet you live life as though you are here for a permanent stay; Beating your breast with your fist at the point of death is not far away!” Lord Milarepa said, “Years and months rain down. The droplets of fats and food strike. This illusory house of a body is on the verge of collapse. How ready we are for the dotted picture of death— Ready but we have just left it too late...89” 3. Karma and Its Results Cultivating such thoughts of death again and again one then thinks of karma and its results. Performing the ten virtues is the cause temporally of the higher estates and ultimately of buddhahood whereas the ten non-virtues and what goes along with them produce the three bad migrations and, even in the higher estates, only unsatisfactoriness. 4. The Disadvantages of Cyclic Existence No matter where you live it is unsatisfactory; no matter who you associate with it is unsatisfactory; no matter what activity you do it is unsatisfactory; and, moreover, it is only ever the cause of such90, therefore there is not one happy circumstance in it anywhere. The Invincible Guardian91 said it in these words, “Cyclic existence never has even A needle-point’s worth of happiness in it. Definite happiness is nirvāṇa alone.”

32

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

B. Extraordinary Procedures This has the three parts of: arousing the enlightenment mind; meditation of the special deity; and guru-yoga. These three being Mahāmudrā, they are determined to be definitive meaning. That being so, you might say, “Then it does not make sense that they should be explained as preliminaries!”. However, there is no fault. These stages of the yoga to be meditated on are explained beforehand because, being associated with conceptual tokens92, they are connected with provisional meaning; if they are determined as definitive-meaning Mahāmudrā, they are not some meaning other than the main part to be explained. In regard to that, a person who has the preliminaries of the three refuges arouses the mind of enlightenment then works at each of all of the things to be trained in. This way of doing the meditation is what the forefather gurus accepted. 1. Arousing the enlightenment mind You cultivate loving kindness with the thought, “If all sentient beings were to have happiness and the cause of happiness, what would be wrong with that?” In doing so, if you cannot at first produce a very vast thought, then meditate on your mother in front of you and think how it would be “If she were to obtain the happiness of nirvāṇa...” and “If she had the cause of happiness, that is, if she had produced the roots of merit...”. When you have trained well in that, compassion is to be cultivated: for unsatisfactoriness think, “if those inside existence were emancipated from cyclic existence...”; and for the causes of unsatisfactoriness think, “if they were freed from all non-virtues...”. Both of those are done first for one’s mother and then for those who are close to you, whom you hold dear, and then for all sentient beings.93

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

33

Compassion is explained as being of three types: in regard to sentient beings, in regard to dharma, and non-referential94. A three-step summary is explained as follows. Engaging in the Middle Way says, “Initially, beings become attached to “I” the self and Produce attachment to “this” thing “of mine”; Then like a water-wheel pushed around, are migrators Without control; homage to what is compassion for them! The pushed-around migrators like the moon in water Move yet are seen to be empty of a nature...” For the first one, think, “Due to permanence, singularity, and independence, these sentient beings have the unsatisfactoriness of permanence, singularity, and independence95; if they were freed of karmic cause and effect...”. For the second one, think, “These sentient beings having a nature of being pushed around by karma; if they were freed from the cause and effect of unsatisfactoriness which is a reflection of being pushed around by karma, what would be wrong with that?”. For the third one, meditate on the thought, “if illusion-like sentient beings were freed from the cause and effect of illusion-like unsatisfactoriness...”. The emptiness of “move yet are ... empty of a nature” is not different from “illusion-like”. In the Vajra Heart Commentary and others, the third step, explained as the character emptiness and the complexion compassion,96 appears by implication under practices to be taken up. Then there is meditation on enlightenment mind through exchange of oneself for other. Think in this way: “All of my happiness is given to others. All of others’ unsatisfactoriness ripens

34

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

upon me (whereby you think that it is purified in its own place)”. And also, “Whatever pain arises for the body is the liberation of every unsatisfactoriness of others by its ripening on me and may sentient beings have happiness”. 2. Meditation on the special deity Perform the self-visualization of yourself as your own special deity whichever it is. Doing it so that it is fully, completely visualized is the complete clarity. The firm attitude that the enlightened body, speech, and mind of the deity are unalterably your own body speech and mind is firm pride. Knowing that the shape, and so on of the body of that deity is just the play of wisdom of complete purity is the recollection of complete purity. If, after the yoga of that kind of illusory body has been cultivated for a long time, the mind becomes a little weak, turn your effort to the recitation of the mantra as explained for the deity. When finished with that, the containers dissolve into the content, that into the seat, that into oneself, that into the seedsyllable mantra garland, that into the seed-syllable, and from that you enter non-referential luminosity and remain equipoised on that. Then, in post-attainment, visualisation as the illusion-like deity is done like this: whatever appears is taken into awareness as the body; whatever is heard is taken into awareness as the speech; whatever is thought of is taken into awareness as the play of dharmatā. That sort of thing has, moreover, been spoken of like this: “If mental elaboration is made dream-like, Mental elaboration itself makes absence of elaboration.”

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

35

3. Guru yoga Above the crown of oneself visualised as the deity, on top of a perfect throne-seat, the root guru is clearly present as Vajradhara and atop his head the gurus of the lineage are lined up vertically in order. You develop that meditation then produce the attitude that in essence they are the same in dharmatā and in appearance they are a wish-fulfilling jewel that fulfills every single need and wish for those to be tamed. With that attitude, you worship with offerings of the finest things of all the animate and inanimate, and also with secret and suchness offerings. With, “The stage of ripened fruition of the three kāyas, In the Dharma Palace of the place of Akaniṣhṭha...97” and so on, supplicate the line of lineage gurus from your heart, from the depths of your bones. If you want something more abbreviated, meditate on and offer to the guru himself and say this however many times: “All mother sentient beings equivalent to space take refuge in the guru, the Buddha’s dharmakāya; Take refuge in the guru, the saṃbhogakāya; Take refuge in the guru, the compassionate nirmāṇakāya; Take refuge in the guru, the precious buddha...” etcetera. If depression and disenchantment arise and you become withdrawn and the like, if you are no longer glad at heart and your mind, turning away from the practice, no longer wants to stay on its seat, then you should visualize your guru smiling cheerily in the centre of your heart and smile, yourself, too. Whatever you see, whatever appears to you, see as the guru smiling and supplicate him or sing a nice tune, say nice words, relax your mind, be happy and open, and clear your unhappy

36

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

state. If you have a lot of wild, discursive thoughts then, from within that kind of state of mixing your mind with the guru’s mind, rest in an uncontrived way and supplicate and return to being un-distracted.

II. THE EXPLANATION OF THE GOODNESS OF THE MIDDLE A. The Points of Body The legs are crossed in vajra posture; the hands placed in the mudrā of equipoise; the spine is kept straight like a column of coins; the shoulders are stretched out like the wings of a vulture; for the throat, the chin should be pressed in a little towards the larynx; and the eyes are directed at the tip of the nose. The need for those is that they cause the winds—Downward-Clearing, Fire-Accompanying, Pervader, Upward-Moving, and Life-Holder respectively—to be definitely inserted into the central channel and then the intent of the precious tantra sections is that, from that happening, wisdom is produced.

B. The Points of Speech Dead winds are expelled three times then the in-breath is taken, pushed down below, and held for one possible period. When it cannot be held98, it is let out, and you rest self-settled. Then, speech is silenced.

C. The Points of Mind 1. The method of resting the mind Saraha said, “Involvement with emptiness separated from compassion

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

37

Does not gain the supreme path And meditation on compassion alone also Will not obtain a place of emancipation in this saṃsāra. The capability of whatever has the two connected together Brings no dwelling in saṃsāra, no dwelling in nirvāṇa.” This means that meditation is done with prajñā-emptiness and upāya-great compassion unified. The character, emptiness, and the complexion, its shining forth as compassion, is such that when the shining forth takes effect there is emptiness and, equally, when the emptiness takes effect there is shining forth as compassion, so that the two are unalterably inseparable. At this point, beginners should not think about the past, not think about the future, and not analyze the present; they should completely abandon every thought of the type “This is to be meditated on, that is not to be meditated on” and then rest selfsettled, remaining undistractedly in that uncontrived state. Thus, the great siddha Lord Ling said, “If you rest in the freshness of no contrivance, realisation dawns; If you preserve that like the flow of a river, totality will also dawn. Totally abandon all the conceptual tokens of referencing99, Then rest perpetually in equipoise on that, Oh yogin!” In other words, having placed yourself in the way mentioned, if thoughts proliferate and you are not able to stay there, cut them down relentlessly and that will cause them to stop. If you preserve it like that, it will develop greatly. That is knowing the door of appearance of realisation through holding the mind.

38

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

The glorious Archer100 said, “If bound, it goes off in the ten directions...” Therefore, the way to place yourself is to let discursive thought do whatever it wants and then to be assiduous at the mindfulness of mere non-distraction; by doing it that way, an abiding without proliferation of concepts will arise. As Saraha said, “If let go, it abides steadily without wandering; I have realised that it is contrary, like a camel.” The intent here concerning the point being discussed in this section, of resting in equilibrium, is that it is the development of the ability to stay on top of whatever appears and without manufacturing anything, which is then used as the place upon which the actual meditation is done. In other words, as was said, “This mindness which is bound in knots will be Liberated if loosened, there is no doubt.” And, from Hevajra, “Whatever unbearable karmas of beings Cause them to be fettered, If it has method with it, then that itself Will liberate from the fetters of becoming.101” Furthermore, it also says, “Concepts themselves purify concepts and...” At the time of doing this meditation, if there is sinking, raise the gaze to clear up the awareness. If there is agitation, relax. If there is dullness, make it stronger by intensifying the strength of knowing. Thus the problems will definitely be dispelled. If the afflicted concepts do not shine forth as purity102, meditate assiduously at the unification of emptiness and compassion explained above.

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

39

2. The method of honing in on the mind i. Honing in on the essence of mind Look to see what kind of thing is the essence of the mind which is resting like that? If you ascertain that it is clarity-emptiness, look at the essence of what moves out from it103. And, look to see whether it is a two-fold situation when something comes out from mind or not. If it is two-fold, examine how it is. If it is not two, examine how it moves, how it stays. This so-called “clarity-emptiness” is a subject of self-knowing luminosity and an object known as empty the two of which are not different. Then, if you examine the essence of mind to see whether it is born or stops, is permanent or annihilated, comes or goes, is different or one, you will see that it is beyond being an object of elaboration. If you realise in direct perception what is being described, the gurus of the precious Kagyu, fathers and sons, say “It is treading on the bhūmis of the Great Vehicle”. ii. Honing in on appearance Every appearance is one’s own mind; as is said in the Vajra Dohas, “By that, all the dharmas, every one, Will be realised as one’s own mind.” Generally, in relation to this appearance, on what becomes a single basis very many things come forth: appearances of deep delusion like a dream, an illusion, direct perception; appearances of experience. How, though, could any of them be separate from one’s own mind? They are not! Therefore, although the six classes when looking at water in a bowl see different appearances, in fact those things are not really produced. Similarly, one being seeing another as an enemy produces anger, where relatives produce attachment, and others in between the two see the other only with a neutral tone. All of this is one’s own mind itself

40

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

producing an exaggerated superfice104. Regarding that, the sovereign of conquerors’ sons Maitripa said, “Dharmas, every one, are one’s own mind. Seen as external facts, they are the confused rational mind. Like a dream, they are empty of essence.” meaning that appearances appear like this but are empty of a selfessence and that that emptiness explained as a non-affirming negation is deludedness over the meaning of suchness. If the object is determined as being without truth, then grasping at truth in the appearances of the subject falls apart. The emptiness which is the hallmark of purification of grasping at truth, the one explained as established in truth, is the thought in regard to the meaning of the way things are that does not fall apart; the way of appearances is not contradictory to the former105. Further to this, the Lord of Yogins, Laughing Vajra106 “From the standpoint of the absolute truth: There are not, let alone blockages, even buddhas themselves—” and, “The skilful ones who realize it so Do not see consciousness, they see wisdom...” and so on. Here, emptiness having the excellence of all aspects and supreme, unchanging great bliss are in unification107.

III. THE EXPLANATION OF THE GOODNESS OF THE END Dedication is done by resting in the state free from referencing the three causes—the object of dedication, and so on. The three are explained as “the worldly way of referencing three in pāramitā dedication”. In regard to which: the cause of dedication is the

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

41

virtue created; the object of dedication is buddhahood on account of sentient beings; the words of dedication are the stainless words of the conquerors so The King of Aspiration Prayers, Excellent Conduct, and so on should be done. Those are to be done at times of arising from a session, and so on. The list of points explained like that, this good explanation that determines the definitive meaning, is not the domain of anyone other than fortunate beings. Therefore, please make a point of keeping it very secret. The speech of the sages in the ways of the profound and vast Realized as it is brings the unhindered definitive meaning; I dedicate the virtue from summing that meaning up into something easy to understand To attainment that is the finalisation of good virtue in toto. From the river of stainless intellect, Those driven by karma act out in contaminated muck; I see this kind of horrendous conduct and, Seeing it, have a special faith in the conquerors and their sons. This vast generosity, the generosity of dharma, Is medicine for all of the migrators produced from it. By it may the rank of the conquerors be obtained And may migrators’ minds be moistened with lucid faith108. At the insistence of Sakyong Dondrub Dorje Palzangpo, a member of the royal caste of Sahora, the Buddhist monk Ngawang Norbu composed this in the great palace at Tagtser and had this to say109,

42

PADMA KARPO’S MIND HARVEST

“If you look at the glory of the higher places, you will see that it is the cause of unsatisfactoriness; If you look at the lower places, you will see that there is no liberation once you are in that mire; For the classes in between, this conduct in accord with Dharma Is indeed the force that accumulates hundreds of merits! Involvement in worldly doings only creates more of the same And if you miss doing even one, you are harassed by all! This divine, holy dharma in which all doings are happy ones, I have, by the fortune of previous training, obtained.” Sarva Mangalam

The Teaching: The Instructions of Phagmo Drupa as Transmitted by Situ Chokyi Jungnay

All-knowing Situ Chokyi Jungnay

A WRITTEN INSTRUCTION ON FIVE-PART MAHAMUDRA BY ALL-KNOWING CHOKYI JUNGNAY

Nama Śhrī Gurave The innumerable plays of becoming and peace Existing changelessly from the outset as Vajrasatva Are the innate, self-settled, uncontrived guru. I bow to that and having done so, write an upadeśha of Mahāmudrā. The preliminaries of training the enlightenment mind, Meditating on the yidam deity and on the guru, and then The main part, staying equipoised in Mahāmudrā, and The conclusion of sealing with dedication all taken together are, Because of being practised as a complete set in any given session, Universally known as “Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. The first of those, training the mind of enlightenment, is Exactly the fictional arousing of mind110 which further is comprised of

45

46

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

Both aspiring and engaging, as in wanting to go and actually going. The arousing of the aspiring mind is as follows. Migrators in their entirety, none of whom have not been father and mother, Want happiness but, not knowing the methods of happiness, Do only degrading actions, so wander in saṃsāra. Understanding this, one Always cultivates all-embracing loving kindness and compassion towards them, and Aspires from the heart, “For their purposes, I myself will accomplish enlightenment”. The arousing of the engaging mind is as follows. The causes of buddhahood are the six or ten pāramitās which Are included within the two accumulations like this: discipline Is the accumulation of merit; prajñā the accumulation of wisdom; And the concentration of śhamatha belongs to both. The arousing of the engaging mind is one-pointed accomplishment of that With the commitment, “I will accomplish them without laziness”. Second is meditation on one’s body as the yidam deity. Whether you have a particular, special deity or not does not matter; Meditate on the Four-Armed Lokeśhvara and Carry sights, sounds, and what is known onto the path Via deity, mantra, and concentration, and abandon attachment to the ordinary.

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

47

Third, with yourself evident as the deity, visualise atop the crown of your head, Seated on a lotus and moon, your root guru who is Great Vajradhara, the embodiment of all the Jewels, Surrounded by the Kagyu gurus. Now when there is no guru, even the compassionate capabilities Of the conquerors of the three times do not ripen the mindstreams of those to be tamed. And, especially, the power of the conquerors stubs up against The dregs of time when the beings have become totally wild but The guru gets even these beings to produce just one virtuous frame of mind and, From that start, by skilful means brings them incalculable benefit. Therefore, your personal guru is equal to all the buddhas so With an altruistic motivation, supplicate him one-pointedly. Finally, take the empowerments of the three places, after which The guru melts into light and sinks into you at which point Think “His three vajras and my three doors have become inseparable”, Then rest uncontrived, self-settled. Fourth, the main part, meditation on Mahāmudrā, has The two parts of what is to be understood and what is to be practised. For the first: the nature of the dharmas of appearanceexistence saṃsāra-nirvāṇa Is the primordially complete purity, dharma dhatuNon-dual profundity and clarity, free of extremes, uncompounded. It is called “original buddha” and

48

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

“Causal continuum” and “actuality Mahāmudrā” and Is also very well known as “sugatagarbha”. In this space-like expanse whose nature is complete purity, Adventitious discursive thoughts stir and themselves produce Grasping at self and mine—ignorance—and the rest of Dependent relations forward order, the wheel of cyclic existence. Its innate characteristic is introduced to you by the guru then, If the root of cyclic existence, which is grasping at a self, and Its root, which is discursive thought, are known, There is a state of cessation like smoke left after extinguishing a fire, and This meditation on emptiness come from the abandonment of discursive thought Is the supreme path of emancipation. As for the methods of realizing it, In mantra many are taught—development stage, training winds, blazing and dripping, and so on— And in the sūtras innumerable ones are taught—śhamatha’s various referents which are determined with vipaśhyanā, and so on— But all of them are just that111. Why is that so? Because unless emptiness is realized, it is not possible To cross over cyclic existence and become a buddha, Therefore, it was said112 “the dharmas taught by the conqueror are for ascertaining and settling upon emptiness” and “The noble ones113 meditate on emptiness and that higher meditation That liberates them is that meaning”.114 In regard to that sort of abandonment of discursive thought and meditation:

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

49

It is also thought of by some Tīrthikas as “non-concept, supreme self” And they meditate well on that cognition; And, saying that “it is the non-concept samādhi of Hvashang’s system” It is a place where beginners’ śhamatha becomes stuck; And, in later times, the ones who are very well known are mostly advocating It as a meditation which is a string of discursive thought115; and so on. Putting such stained concentrations totally aside, Instruction is given using an experiential kind of instruction, that is, via the Lineage upadeśhas which are not mere ornaments to the word of the Conqueror, Then the fortunate ones who are instructed that way Gain the experience of unifying samādhi with prajñā And this is what is accepted116 as “sugatagarbha of the path” and “Mindstream of method” and “truth of the path” and “wisdom accumulation”. Further, “samādhi” is śhamatha that abides one-pointedly In non-concept type of concentration. Such freed of concepts, un-confused luminosity-mindness Is the situation117 for all dharmas because of which The entirety of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa shines forth with the deep Certainty of realizing it all as unborn and free from elaboration And this is explained as the meaning of “vipaśhyanā” and “prajñā”. When equipoised in these two, śhamatha and vipaśhyanā, Since they are one entity, it is called “unification” and,

50

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

For as long as equipoise and post-attainment have not become intermingled, There is post-attainment and in it, analytical prajñā is principal. In sūtra, vipaśhyanā is termed knowing And śhamatha is termed the leg; If there is no knowing by the eye, Then the legs do not know the pathway but, If there were no legs, how could it be traversed? Therefore, it118 states, “having knowing and legs”. By meditating like that, the clouds in the space-like dharmadhātu— Which could have no stains occurring as part of its nature but Which does have cloud-like adventitious stains of afflicted mind— Are gradually cleared away, whereby all the classifications made Of the ten bhūmis and five paths, and the divisions asserted by Śhāntipa Of one-pointedness, freedom from elaboration, one taste, and non-meditation119, And so on are, together with the stains of karmic habits, Finally exhausted, and at that point—which is called “complete buddhahood”, The space-pervading dharmakāya has been manifested so, Like the light of the sun, the two fruition form-kāyas Of merit accumulation arise effortlessly, And this is fully known in this teaching of the Conqueror as “The fruition continuum” and “fruition buddha” and being “Possessed of the two purities of sugatagarbha”.

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

51

Second, in the actual practice there are two methods of setting: The method of setting the body is putting it together with the seven dharmas of Vairochana. The method of setting the mind is that the assemblies of past and Future discursive thoughts are not followed or invited and The present awareness is identified with the unwavering stare then, Without construction-alteration120, you set yourself into relaxation on top of that. If thoughts are elaborated, the elaborator is identified; Not stopping or producing, abandoning or taking up, relax in that state. If a one-pointedness is not obtained, Hold the mind by focussing on whichever support you prefer— A piece of wood, a small object, a deity’s form, a seedsyllable, and so on— And when, through gradual habituation to that, the mind has steadied a little, Do short sessions many times and, at the time of the session, At first, all of the consciousnesses of the six-fold group121 Should be rounded up into one via one-pointed mindfulness then Immediately, like cutting the rope around a stook of straw, And other than just relaxing without distraction, Every focal point of thought concerned with the idea that this is the meditation to do, Such as “There is / is not / exists / does not exist this to meditate on and this meditation”, And “bliss, clarity, and no-thought”, “emptiness”, and so on should be abandoned. In the end, a mindfulness like a crow flying at its target,

52

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

A mindfulness which merely does not lose its stance, Becomes rigpa that does what it pleases without grasping a self. Due to that, the appearing objects of the six-fold group and Discursive thinking about sickness and afflictions Are made into the object of the meditation then mixed with it, and that is the meditation. Those things cause a non-wandering samādhi to grow. In short, at the time of śhamatha concentration meditation, If you relax too much, it will turn to sinking, and If you tighten stringently, it will become agitated and the awareness will not stay in freshness. Consideration of the faults and virtues of tightening upsets the mind— It falls under the control of doubt and one-pointedness is not attained— So with delight and certainty, meditate in balanced relaxation and tightening. No matter which experience of bliss, clarity, or emptiness dawns, If you become attached to it, you will deviate into cyclic existence, so, while not clinging, And without suppressing or producing, preserve an ongoing recognition of oneself. Then, the introduction to vipaśhyanā is given as follows. Guardian Maitreya said in The Ornament of the Sūtra Section, “Understand with rational mind that there is nothing other than mind; Then comprehend that that mind is emptiness; Then with rational mind understand that both do not exist; then Without it, know the presence of dharmadhātu.122”

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

53

Determine it accordingly by the three of scripture, reasoning, And valid experience as follows. First, all appearances, the shifting events of thoughts, Do not exist as anything other than mind alone; For example, they should be known as the objects of a dream. If you think, “How, from unimpeded mind, are these impeding things With attributes of hardness, wetness, warmth, and so on produced?”, then There is the story of the cowherd who meditated on a goat on his crown And ended up manifesting through mind and mantra a naga sprouting from the top of his head; Given that a stable development stage can bring the accomplishment Even in one lifetime of the sight of the yidam deity, and so on, then Why couldn’t there be the production of such things, given Our familiarization with bad karmic habits since beginningless time? In one cup of water, the devas see nectar, Where the pretas see pus and blood, and The beings who live in the ground see a good home Where humans see ordinary earth and stones, and so on, Which is a sign that such is only an appearance of mind with no truth to it. When in that way you have made certain that apparent objects are mind, You must know that the mind also is emptiness. Mind has not so much as an atom’s worth of existence to it. Why? At the time of appearances conditioned by objects of clinging

54

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

They are just known, just flicker on and off, arising and ceasing by the instant. Further, if the individual items of the eight-fold group of consciousness Are, each one, cut at the base, the root is destroyed. The so-called “ālaya” is nothing other than a name. For example, just as a mirage has no water in it but Thirsty animals, confusing it for water, chase after it, So this extreme liar of a mind that grasps to a self then Accumulates bad karmas is more than very confused! Therefore, the Conqueror, in the sūtra section basket, Clearly said, “Do not involve your mind with mind!” If you become without mind, then there is its nature, Which he said, “is luminosity” which clung to is So-called “mind”, the eight-fold group of consciousness, And their nature is confusion, a discursive thought. Mind’s nature called “luminosity” Is non-thought, not-confused self-knowing wisdom. That is not obtained by meditation that newly creates something, Nor is it bestowed by the compassionate activity of the conquerors; Rather, the lineage of the causal mindstream has been beginninglessly present as your nature and It is your accumulation of the accumulations, purification of the obscurations, and force of meditation Combined with the introduction to it made by the blessings of a realized guru That makes you see what you have. Therefore, it was said, “Co-emergence123, that which is not expressed by another, Is not something that can be found anywhere; Rather, it has to be known through reliance on the glorious guru’s method of time

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

55

And through one’s own merit.124” That kind of co-emergence, your nature freed from both The object grasped at and the mind that does the grasping, Which is pure like space and does not fall into sides that have been set up, A unification of śhamatha and vipaśhyanā seeing freedom from elaboration, “Will, if you can stay in equipoise on it for even one moment, Defeat the darkness accumulated during a kalpa” it was said125. That sort of Mahāmudrā with the view of freedom from elaboration Is the heart of the view of both sūtra and tantra. Āchārya Nāgārjuna and others state that “there is no view higher than Madhyamaka” But the Lamp of the Modes states, “same meaning” meaning that the views are the same in meaning126. Therefore, if you take hundreds of unsurpassed tantra’s127 Four empowerments and are empowering others with them, Since the meaning of the fourth empowerment is Mahāmudrā What need is there to raise the issue of your own practice of it? If just the name is heard, the ears are covered, so what Difference is there from the activities of the governor of the desire realm?128 When meditating on that sort of yoga of unification, If you start to cling to129 bliss, clarity, and no-thought, then You deviate into the desire, form, and formless realms130 So it has to be preserved via a non-clinging, non-stopping coming forth of itself131.

56

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

Furthermore, discarding all rationally produced tenet systems of sophistry— The conceit that just intellectual understanding is sufficient; Referencing emptiness after the collapse of appearances; Becoming afraid like when peering over the edge of a precipice, When there is a small cessation of discursive thought; Seeing it as faulty whenever discursive thought arises; and so on— You then practise with diligence according to the system Of the oral instructions of practice adorned with experience: The state is preserved by allowing whatever arises to arise and not constructing anything within self-settling; No distraction and no meditation; rest relaxed; and so on. At that time, wisdom shines forth from the heart and exaggerations are cut. Without your wanting them, the signs of the path and good qualities will increase. Like mercury spilled on the ground, drops of the eight dharmas132 Will not mingle with your practice; you will find all of the Enjoyable pastimes of cyclic existence distasteful as poison. Understanding that emptiness and dependent relationship must be unified, If upāya and prajñā are brought together and the two purposes are spontaneously accomplished, Then “virtuous practices have gone to the point”, as is said. In that way, the three preliminaries accumulate merit and The main part accumulates wisdom so the two accumulationsFruition, the two or three kāyas, are gained. Further, the point when the two luminosities of ground and path mix,

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

57

Which is known as “the meeting of mother and son”, Is called “complete buddhahood” and at that time: The essence empty, dharmakāya, The nature luminosity, saṃbhogakāya, and The liveliness appearing without stoppage, the universal nirmāṇakāyas, are The totally complete, mahāsukhakāya. The primordial actuality that is the nature of the four kāyas, Is the self-recognized, supreme fruition because of which It was said to be “the fruition divorced from hope and fear”. Fifth, at the conclusion, sealing with dedication. The lines, “In the maṇḍala of self-knowing sugatagarbha, The virtue accumulated of the two accumulations” are saying “All the virtue as much as there is in the three times”. Then, in the state that holds to the view of emptiness Which does not reference the threefold sphere of Action, actor, and object of dedication now drawn together as one, Dedicate one-pointedly so that yourself and others, all migrators, Become quickly released from this cage of cyclic existence, So that they may attain the rank of the Mahāmudrā of unified co-emergent wisdom. Further, no matter how vast the merit that has been accumulated, If the dedication is not held within the view of overall purity of the threefold sphere, then, As the Conqueror said in the Prajñāpāramitā and other sūtras, It will be like a feeble person without eyes and Like eating food mixed with poison.

58

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

Thus, so that you do not veer from making it into a faultless cause of emancipation, Take care at all times, No matter which virtuous practice of development and completion yogas you do, To make an effort to plant seeds of enlightenment! In that way within one session five branches Are practised as a set, though for beginners When doing the main part—holding the mind and so on— And the meditation and familiarization is going well, It is not necessary to shift to another practice from the unification yoga. Then, as an adjunct to that, the practice can be connected to the time of day. At dawn, there is “the yoga of making wisdom clear”: Immediately on waking, without letting discursive thoughts Get in the way, identify the rigpa of unified luminosityemptiness And rest in equipoise on the innate character. Meditate on strong compassion for All of the migrators who have not realized it, then begin your virtuous practice. That grooms the meditation and provides a good start. It is the upadeśha for getting into the system of virtuous practice. When day arrives, there is the yoga of sealing appearances; It is an upadeśha connected with purifying the confusion of appearances in their entirety. At dusk, there is the yoga of carrying desirables as assistants133:

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

59

Not being overly attached to food, drink, clothes, bedding, and so on But remaining in the state that knows them as empty, Train in them as dharmatā itself sinking into itself. If you are incapable of that level, then train in them As possessions that are offered to the deity and guru. It is the upadeśha for completing the accumulations without being bound by desirables. In the early night, there is the yoga of gathering the sense faculties into the ground: In order to prevent whatever confused thoughts shone forth during the day From continuing further, stare unwaveringly at their essence. It is the upadeśha of remaining within virtuous practice at night. At midnight, there is the yoga of inserting consciousness into the vase: Supplicate the heart maṇḍala134 without meditating on it; Sever discursive thoughts and go to sleep in equipoise On dharmatā free of elaborations. That, at this time and the time of death, Is the oral instruction for mixing mother and son luminosities. At the point of death, the person who performs the yoga of wisdom transparency Severs the clinging of attachment to all things, Lays aside every wrong-doing and downfall of this and all other lives, And, having brought to mind every virtue of self and others,

60

SITU RINPOCHE’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

Rejoices in them and dedicates the merit to the great enlightenment. Especially, if you can manage it, the body should be made into an offering. Having decided that your own mind has no birth or death, Cast off the dissolution stages, and so on, as you can and, Not engaging in many different visualizations, Equipoise yourself in the greater mudrā, self-settled Without an atom of meditation or non-meditation And transfer to the expanse of the transparency dharmakāya. That, which closes the doors to the bad states of the bad migrations And eliminates the confused taking hold of Cyclic existence in general and especially the intermediate state, Is the upadeśha for realizing death as the dharmakāya. The small instruction on the Five-Part Mahāmudrā, A work not so large, was composed after the The Great Sawang of Derge’s personal advisor, Drepo Chosong Lodro, pressed for it verbally. The author, who wrote down whatever came to mind In an outpouring of unrestrained blather, Is named Tsuglag Chokyi Jungnay.

PART 2 Benchen Tenga Rinpoche’s Oral Commentary to “The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-Like Instructions on The Five Parts

Benchen Tenga Rinpoche

THE ENLIGHTENMENT MIND IS THE MOTIVATION FOR STUDYING THE TEACHING

The Lord135 has said that any roots of merit, whether worldly or dharmic, done with a motivation connected with virtuous states of mind become meritorious whereas roots of merit done with a motivation influenced by non-virtuous states of mind such as pride, jealousy, aggression, and so on are of little benefit. Therefore, it is necessary to take up a motivation of doing whatever we do for the sake of enlightenment. As the conqueror’s son, Śhāntideva said, “All other virtue is like the plaintain tree; When the fruit has been produced it is exhausted; The living tree of enlightenment mind always, though The fruit is produced, does not end but increases.” This means that whatever roots of merit are planted with a motivation that has enlightenment mind with it grow more and more until enlightenment is reached, like a living tree that only grows larger and larger and improves further and further as its fruits are produced, whereas all roots of merit planted with a motivation that does not have enlightenment mind with it produce their fruit and then, like plaintain trees136, are finished and of no further use. 63

64

THE MOTIVATION

Thus, you should now arouse this enlightenment mind and, in order to do so, should think like this, “All sentient beings equivalent to space, whose nature at present is suffering, who like a blind man do not know the true path, who are always only experiencing unsatisfactoriness, have only ever been my very kind mothers and fathers. In order to lead them to the level of a buddha, I will study the instructions of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. With that kind of thought of enlightenment mind clearly in mind, say the refuge prayer three times: “I take refuge in the Buddha, Dharma, and Supreme Assembly, Until becoming enlightened. By my merit from practising giving and so on, May I accomplish buddhahood for the sake of all migrators.”

HOMAGE AND PREAMBLE

The text starts out with a homage to the author’s guru, seen as all the buddhas embodied in one person: At the feet of the precious guru, the essence of every one of the buddhas of the three times, I respectfully prostrate and take refuge; grant your blessings! The text continues, Now, for what is known as the “Five-Part Mahāmudrā”. The instructions here are instructions on: Mahāmudrā that comes from meditating on mind as enlightenment mind; Mahāmudrā from meditating on the body as the form of the deity in development stage; Mahāmudrā from meditating on guru-yoga; Mahāmudrā from meditating on calm-abiding and insight; and the concluding Mahāmudrā of dedication. Thus it is a set of instructions of Mahāmudrā in five parts and so is called The FivePart Mahāmudrā. It is a set of instructions which, if practised, brings experience of Mahāmudrā, which is the name in this system for ultimate reality”. How did this teaching come into the world? Here is a short history that shows how this profound teaching appeared in this world and was transmitted from one generation to another. First, our teacher Śhākyamuni, for the sake of complete enlightenment, accumulated merit throughout countless numbers of aeons and then, having gone to the vajra seat at Bodhgaya, manifested truly complete buddhahood. Then the chief of the gods, Kauśhika, requested the Buddha to turn the wheel of dharma and show the eighty-four thousand dharmas. Following his request, the 65

66

HOMAGE AND PREAMBLE

Buddha turned the first wheel of the Four Noble Truths at Varaṇasi, the middle wheel of No-Characteristics at Vulture’s Peak Mountain, and the final wheel of Fine Distinctions not at a specific place but at various places. Then, following that, at the request of various individuals, as with King Indrabodhi who requested and was taught the Guhyasamaja tantra, and the bodhisatva Vajragarbha who requested and was taught the Chakrasaṃvara tantra, the Buddha taught the unsurpassed secret mantra section of the four tantra sections by turning what is called the unfathomable wheel of dharma. Many beings practised and gained experience of those teachings of the causal characteristics and the fruition vajra vehicles. Thereby, uncountable numbers of paṇḍits and many siddhas, such as the eighty-four mahāsiddhas, appeared in India. One of the eighty-four mahāsiddhas was the one called Tailopa. From an ultimate perspective, he attained the all the empowerments, instructions, and inner instructions directly from the dharmakāya Vajradhara; as he said himself, “I, Tailopa, have no human gurus; My guru is dharmakāya Vajradhara.” From a conventional perspective he relied on gurus of four lines of transmission: Nāgārjuna, Āchārya Krishnapada, Lavapa, and Ḍākinī Kalwa Zangmo. He requested and received from them the complete empowerments, oral transmissions, and upadeśha of the father tantra Guhyasamaja, the mother tantra Mahāmāya, the essence Hevajra, and the final ascertainer, Chakrasaṃvara. In addition, he obtained all the special instructions that later became known as the Six Teachings of Nāropa, whose four root teachings are Inner Heat, Illusory Body, Dreaming, and Luminosity. When those are put together with the four lines of transmission, they became called the Eight Precepts.

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

67

Then there was Tailopa’s disciple the mahāsiddha Nāropa. Nāropa attended Tailopa, went through twelve trials, and at the end realized all that Tailopa had realized about Mahāmudrā. Then there was Nāropa’s disciple, the Tibetan man called Marpa the Translator. Nāropa gave all of the empowerments and instructions to Marpa and Marpa carried the texts back to Tibet where he translated them into Tibetan. In Tibet, Marpa had many students and four main disciples. Of the four, Marpa gave all the empowerments and instructions to Milarepa. Then, Milarepa had many yogin disciples but there were two especially great son’s—Lord Gampopa was like the sun and Rechungpa was like the moon. Gampopa received all of the instructions from Milarepa then went to Gampo Hills. It is said that he had 51,600 disciples. Of them the most important ones were a group of three men called The Three Men of Kham. They were Khampa GreyHair who later became known as Karmapa Dusum Khyenpa, Khampa Dorgyal who later became known as Sugata Phagmo Drupa, and Saltong Shogom whose incarnations many lifetimes later became known as Traleg Rinpoche. The text says, The Protector of Beings, Phagmo Drupa, summed up the meanings of the three baskets and the four tantra sections into five systems of practice then taught them to a five-thousand strong assembly of the saṅgha of perfection. When Sugata Phagmo Drupa practised his guru’s instructions on Mahāmudrā, he practised them as a set of five instructions. At one time he taught Mahāmudrā to an assembly of five thousand of his students . On that occasion, he summed up all the meanings of Vinaya, Sūtra, and Abhidharma—all the teachings of the eighty-four thousand dharmas—and all the meanings of secret mantra into the set of five, special, oral instructions. That was the beginning of a style of teaching Mahāmudrā that continued and was henceforth generally called “the five-part instructions of Mahāmudrā”.

68

HOMAGE AND PREAMBLE

Based on this and for others who had not found certainty in the profound meaning, the Protector of the World, the Drigungpa, who understood the meaning just like a vase filled by the transfer of liquid into it, practised, and through practice, for each part, accomplished the points and pacified the obstacles both temporary and ultimate137, and obtained, in full, every one of the supreme and ordinary qualities. Thus he came to full knowledge of each part. His disciple Drigung Kyobpa Jigten Sumgon was in the assembly and received these teachings in their entirety. He then practised each one and, for each one that he practised, realized the key points associated with it, cleared the obstacles associated with it, obtained all of the ordinary and supreme accomplishments, and so on. By doing it in this way, he obtained very special qualities. Sugata Phagmo Drupa’s actual words were recorded in writing by Jigten Sumgon and the text continues by giving the words of “the precious guru” as it says, meaning the words of Phagmo Drupa himself. This shows how he laid out the five parts: “First, meditate on enlightenment mind; Meditate on the yidam deity; Meditate on the holy guru; Meditate on Mahāmudrā; Afterwards, seal it with dedication.” In that way, he spoke of five things. Of them, the first and last belong to the ordinary vehicle, so the middle three are the practice of the extraordinary secret mantra. This means that, of the five, special instructions in this teaching, the first and the last—meditation on enlightenment mind and sealing with dedication—are dharma instructions that belong to the common vehicle. The remaining three—body as body of the deity through development stage, unification with guru, and Mahāmudrā meditation—are oral instructions of the uncommon secret-mantra vehicle.

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

69

Jigten Sumgon combined those instructions with instructions of his own that came from his specific way of practising his guru’s instructions and that became the set of instructions that are passed on here. These combined instructions of Phagmo Drupa and Jigten Sumgon became the basis for this text, which was written some centuries later, and are the instructions passed on here. In order to enter the secret mantra vehicle, it is necessary to receive an empowerment of secret mantra. The empowerment is the necessary gateway to being able to practice the teaching. The instructions on how to practise are provided after empowerment has been bestowed138.

COMMENTARY TO THE FIRST OF THE FIVE PARTS, ENLIGHTENMENT MIND

In enlightenment-mind meditation, the reference is all sentient beings. The reason for this is that, generally speaking, throughout all of our successive lives without beginning, every sentient being has been at times our mother and at times our father. As the text says, Throughout my lives without beginning and for an inconceivable number of times, every one of the sentient beings has been mother to me and helped me; they are very kind. When you look at it that way, you learn that all of these beings have really loved us and been exceptionally kind to us however, these same, kind beings have developed wrong attitudes and practices for themselves; as Śhāntideva said, “They want to get rid of unsatisfactoriness but End up just making more unsatisfactoriness. They want happiness but due to delusion Destroy their own happiness as though an enemy.” Sentient beings want to get rid of their problems but, not knowing the right way to go about it, their attempts to do so usually result in bad actions that only ever cause more obscuration for them. And, sentient beings would like to have perfect happiness however, because of their obscurations, they destroy whatever happiness they have just as though it were their enemy. These wrong attitudes and practices make them into an object of compassion. 71

72

PART ONE: ENLIGHTENMENT MIND

Because of seeing their kindness and because of the compassion that comes for them given their situation, the thought comes that we should act on their behalf so as to benefit all of them. How could we do that? We are people who have obtained a precious human birth, put ourselves under the care of a guru or virtuous spiritual friend, and taken up the various spiritual practices of developing body, speech, and mind. If we were to do our practices with the thought of completely removing the unsatisfactoriness of all these sentient beings currently caught in unsatisfactoriness, then there would be a very great benefit produced for all of them. Thinking like that, that all the roots of merit we accumulate through whatever we do with body, speech, and mind and also with meditation should be done for the purpose of providing complete happiness, both temporary and ultimate, for all these sentient beings, is the very thought needed for the meditation of enlightenment mind. We should think that like again and again. The first lines of the text, as quoted above, are mainly concerned with developing the thought of loving kindness. For the development of compassion, the text says, Think as follows: “When I look at these motherly beings to see whether they have happiness or not right now, I discover that they do not. They live with the causes of unsatisfactoriness, are experiencing the results of that, and do not have the conditions for happiness”. If we meditate on whether sentient beings have happiness or not, we find that they do not and that they have nothing but unsatisfactoriness. If we consider the hellbeings, they only ever have the sufferings of heat or cold; if we consider the pretas, they only ever have the sufferings of hunger and thirst; if we consider the animals they are perpetually caught in servitude. For human sentient beings, the Buddha pointed out many types of suffering. They have what the Buddha called “the four great sufferings” or “the four rivers of suffering”: birth, aging, sickness, and death. Furthermore, as the Buddha said,

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

73

they have the eight and three sufferings, and so on. So, even those who take a human birth have suffering. Then, the asuras, because they constantly engage in fights, have the suffering of fear. Then, the gods, although they have a most excellent life while they are alive, have their own specific sufferings of change at the end of that life. In sum, when you examine the six classes of sentient beings, you find that not one of them does not have an unsatisfactory situation. You might wonder, “Well, how is it that these beings perpetually experience suffering?”. It is like this. All sentient beings have delusion. On the basis of that, the poisons of the five afflictions arise in the mind and karmas are accumulated on the mindstream. Based on those karmas, the various types of unsatisfactory existence come about. For example, because of anger and jealousy, karma is accumulated that leads to the experience of the sufferings of the hell realms; because of desire and covetousness, the sufferings of the pretas appear; because of stupidity, the sufferings of the animals appear, and so on. You might wonder, “When did this unsatisfactoriness begin?”. Lord Gampopa said, “Cyclic existence is beginningless”. There is no initial point at which it started; whatever we do, there is always unsatisfactoriness. You might wonder, “Does unsatisfactoriness come to an end of its own accord?”. The answer is no; it does not end by itself. We must make the effort to follow a path of dharma, of reality, so that we reach the level of a buddha. Then we will be relieved of unsatisfactoriness and will not experience it any longer. These beings ignorant of the authentic meaning are like a blind man separated from a guide; how I feel for them! Compassion for each of them!” Meditating that way until you cannot bear it is compassion. These beings are ignorant of the meaning of reality; they do not know of the needs to abandon bad action, to get rid of the obscurations, to accumulate virtue, and to correctly know karma and

74

PART ONE: ENLIGHTENMENT MIND

its cause and effect. Sentient beings by themselves do not know of the possibility of buddhahood and cannot find their way to it without assistance. They are like blind people who have no guide and hence cannot see their destination and cannot get to it. When you see that sentient beings are like this, compassion arises for them. At this point you will have a stronger kind of thought that you need to liberate, to free, these very kind mother and father sentient beings from the unfathomable sufferings of the six classes of migrators. Because of that, you come to the definite idea that you now need a method to help them to attain a state of perfection. Thus, the text says, In order to free these motherly beings from unsatisfactoriness and set them in happiness, the mind that wants to attain buddhahood dons the great armour then truly and properly takes up the vows of the bodhisatva. In order to do what you have decided to do, first, as Nāgārjuna said, you need to don the great armour of strong determination, the courageous attitude that you will go ahead no matter what it takes. It helps to meditate a little on patience at this point, thinking of the difficulties that you will have to go through while working for all sentient beings, difficulties such as being ridiculed or denigrated by others. Then, with that kind of determined courage and aware of the magnitude of the task, the next step is to commit yourself to the path of the bodhisatva by taking the bodhisatva vows. The vows can be taken in front of a virtuous spiritual friend or otherwise in front of a visualisation of all the buddhas and bodhisatvas. In the latter case, think that you undertake the same commitment as the previous buddhas and bodhisatvas did and then think that you have actually received the vows. The bodhisatva vows should be taken again and again. The person who has entered training on the bodhisatva path maintains the enlightenment mind at all times. The mind of the bodhisatva does not entertain thoughts of its own peace and happiness

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

75

even for a moment. On this path, never mix thoughts of doing your practice for a longer life or freedom from illness or great happiness in with your practice. Every application of thought is made for the purpose of others. Your mind should always be taken up with enlightenment mind. Whatever roots of merit you create should be done for the purpose of the migrators in the six realms of existence and should be done as part of furthering the enlightenment mind. There are two types of enlightenment mind, fictional and superfactual, and each has its own, specific training. Thus the text says, For this enlightenment mind, you train in the fictional level in the illusion-like mode and in the superfactual by meditating that you, and sentient beings, and unsatisfactoriness, and purposeful activity, and so on do not exist as a self-continuity but are, from the first, free of the three, production, cessation, and abiding. For the practice of the fictional type of enlightenment mind, the thought of enlightenment mind is developed through the two thoughts of loving kindness and compassion. These correspond to the first two of the four limitless ones. In the first one, we make the prayer, “May all sentient beings have happiness and the cause of happiness.” This is a prayer that all sentient beings will have perfect happiness, temporary and ultimate. Perfect happiness comes about because of having its cause, perfect virtue, so we also pray that sentient beings will travel the path of developing perfect virtue. This wish for their happiness is the thought of loving kindness; meditate on it again and again! Then, in the second of the four immeasurable thoughts, we make the prayer, “May all sentient beings be free from suffering and the cause of suffering.”

76

PART ONE: ENLIGHTENMENT MIND

This is a prayer that all sentient beings will be taken beyond their unsatisfactory situations. For that to happen, they need to be freed from the causes of unsatisfactoriness. The wish that they have this is the thought of compassion; meditate on it again and again!139 For the superfactual type of enlightenment mind, the three parts of any activity of enlightenment mind—the meditator; the object of the meditation which is all sentient beings; and the act of meditating on the thoughts that all sentient beings should be freed from suffering and its cause and should have happiness and its cause, and so on—are seen to be from the first not existent. This is done by staying in equipoise on the state in which mind to begin with is not produced, in the interim does not abide, and in the end does not cease. As the text says, Engage in meditation on that for three sessions or more, until a deep-seated certainty is produced. At the end of the instructions for each of the five sections, is a part spoken by Jigten Sumgon himself. He adds his own special instructions to clarify the effects of practising the instructions of the section. The text says, Arousing enlightenment mind like that gets to the point concerning anger, will pacify the negative forces of rgyal ’gong, will bring angry states under control, will fulfill others’ purposes, and causes mirror-like wisdom to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work assiduously at it. If you meditate on loving kindness and compassion like that again and again, it will reduce anger; in other words it becomes an antidote to anger. Furthermore, it causes “others’ purposes”— that is, a mind that concerns itself with fulfilling others’ aims, the aims of all sentient beings—to develop and become very great within you. Furthermore, of the five wisdoms, it causes mirror-like wisdom to dawn within you because the deluded aspect of the energy called anger has been overcome and the wisdom aspect of anger thus revealed is the mirror-like wisdom.

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

77

Then, at the end of each section, there is a verse from Phagmo Drupa himself, quoted by Jigten Sumgon, summing up the need for practising the instructions of the section. He said, “If, on the steed of loving kindness and compassion, Others’ benefit does not cut the central thread, In the marketplace, the kind one of gods and men will not arise, So you must be assiduous at this enlightenment mind.” Here, loving kindness and compassion are likened to a steed. A very good, fast steed becomes famous. If you develop the steed of loving kindness and compassion within yourself, you could bring great benefit to all sentient beings and if you do, you will become very famous among gods and men. They will talk about how kind you are to them and news of you will spread throughout their meeting places. In other words, you will become the talk of the town for both gods and men. Therefore, you should work assiduously at the enlightenment mind.

COMMENTARY TO THE SECOND OF THE FIVE PARTS, DEVELOPMENT STAGE

The second of the Five Parts is the development stage meditation of the yidam deity. Overall, the profound, secret mantra path that can lead to enlightenment in this body in one lifetime was presented by the Buddha in two, main parts called development stage and completion stage. Development stage is the practice of meditating on one’s ordinary body as the body of the yidam deity. The Buddha taught many different yidam deities: some appearing in the male form, others in female form; some with one face and two arms, some with one face and six arms; some wrathful and some peaceful. Nonetheless, because they are nothing other than the luminance of the dharmakāya, they are actually the same entity. And because of that, you cannot say that one carries more blessings than another; they are all the same in this respect. That is why it is said that if you practise just one deity until you perfect the practice and actually behold the face of the deity, then at that point you see the faces of all yidam deities. Some practitioners request many different empowerments. They receive the empowerments and the various samaya commitments that go with them, they do the various recitation practices associated with them, and thus realize the various profound 79

80

PART TWO: DEVELOPMENT STAGE

features of each of them. Despite that, there is no real difference between doing that and requesting and practising one deity. Why then, if all the deities are one entity from the perspective that they are the luminance of the dharmakāya, were various deities taught? It is because the sentient beings to be tamed through the practice of a yidam deity, the disciples, have their own interests and their own capacities—for example, at the time of practising, they have their varying abilities at opening up to blessings. Thus, various deities with their specific qualities were taught to suit the various disciples with their various capabilities and qualities. Each of the various yidams belongs to a specific tantra and each tantra belongs to one of four main classes of tantra. The classes of tantra and hence the yidams that go with them suit different individuals. For the person who prefers practice in which ritual activities of cleanliness are foremost, the system of Kriyatantra, that is, Activity Tantra, was taught. In the practice of Kriyatantra, there is a great emphasis on external ritual activities in general and of cleanliness in particular. For example, washing is important; alcohol, meat, and other impure foods are rejected. Some people prefer a practice in which meditative concentration is important. For them, the tantras of the Yogatantra class were taught. Some others have faith in both approaches of ritual activities and of meditative concentration. For them, the tantras of Charyatantra, that is, Conduct Tantra, were taught. Then there are some who are Great Vehicle types but who have very great determination and perseverance, and very strong afflictions. For them, the Unsurpassed Yogatantra was taught. The Buddha stated that Unsurpassed Yogatantra has the special feature that a practitioner of it can attain buddhahood in one lifetime, one body. One reason for this is that the system of Unsurpassed Yogatantra has teachings for dealing with the subtle aspects of the body: the channels that the winds travel

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

81

through and the drops that are situated within them. Specifically, it has methods for removing the impure aspects and returning them to their primordially pure counterparts, which correspond to enlightenment itself. When we die, the coarse, physical body ends and at the same time, the channels, winds, and drops also end. However, because of karmic habits, they re-appear when we take birth again. These subtle but impure aspects of the body will continually reappear until the karmic habits that cause them have been purified. In terms of the channels, the human body has one major channel and many subsidiary channels. The subsidiary ones branch out and out from the main one in stages, spreading throughout the body; one thousand and seventy-two of them are counted. In the meditation of a deity’s body, only some of these channels are visualized and worked with. These are called “the meditation wind-channels”. They are the main channel which is in the central axis of the body, one major channel to the left of that central channel, and one to the right of it. There are four chakras associated with the central channel. Nonetheless, by using the meditation wind-channels in the practices of the yidam deity, all of the channels and winds are purified in the end and the result of purifying all of them totally is that the actuality of mind, Mahāmudrā, is brought forth into direct perception. In fact, there are three main aspects of the subtle body as mentioned above: the channels are a basis through which the winds move and the winds are the carriers of the drops. When we do these practices connected with the subtle body, the channels, winds, and drops all are purified from their impure situation into their primordial, pure form. For example, in the case of the winds, they are purified from their impure condition as karmic winds into wisdom winds. The collective final purification of the channels, drops, and winds is three vajras of enlightenment. The impure channels, winds, and drops purified into pure channels,

82

PART TWO: DEVELOPMENT STAGE

winds, and drops results in the nirmāṇakāya, saṃbhogakāya, and dharmakāya of a buddha. What is the basis that supports these channels, winds, and drops? It is our impure physical body. Because of grasping at the body, karmic habits of having a body, attachment to a body, and so on, we go through the process of death and then birth in one of the four ways and so wander in cyclic existence. The Buddha taught four different methods within the development stage to purify the four ways of birth into a body. Meditation on the first, called The Five Manifest Enlightenments, purifies the habit of birth in the womb; meditation on the second, called The Four Vajras, purifies the habits of birth in an egg; meditation on the third, called The Three Rituals, purifies the habits of birth through heat and moisture; and meditation on the fourth, called Instant of Recollection purifies the habits of birth in a miraculous way. The grasping, karmic habits, attachment, and so on that you have in relation to a body will not disappear of themselves. Methods like the ones mentioned must be applied. For example, if you are reborn in the hell realms, you have a kind of body that suffers horribly. It is continually killed and revived only to be killed and revived again. This kind of body comes from karmic habits of a body created by previous bad deeds. And in dreams you meet various dangers and fears, for example, being at the verge of great abysses, at the mercy of floods, eaten by wild animals, and so on; these dream bodies also are the creation of karmic habits that come originally from grasping in relation to a body. And in the intermediate state you develop a subtle body also due to previous karmic habits. When these karmic habits have been purified, the karmically-patterned bodies cease. That is the point of doing these development stage practices. At the time of death, the ground light dawns but if it is not recognized, the mental body of an intermediate-state being

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

83

appears. However, if a yidam-deity has been practised in the preceding life, it is possible that the complexion of luminosity will not come out as the mental body of a intermediate state being but will come out as the maṇḍala of the yidam-deity, and if that happens, it is possible that the person could attain enlightenment in the pure realm of the deity. In the practice of a yidam deity, it is said that one should first do the visualization by the Instant of Recollection method. In one instant, just as one thinks of it, the whole visualization—seat, deity, seed syllables, and so on—appears. This corresponds to, for example, “In an instant, I appear as the co-emergent Heruka”. The effect of producing the visualization with this method is that it purifies the karmic latencies of all four places of birth but especially of miraculous birth. The second style is to produce the visualization with the Three Rituals. In this, the first ritual is the visualization of the seat; the second is the visualization of the seed-syllable on the seat; and the third is the visualization of the deity from that seed-syllable. For example, “On top of a lotus, from a white hrīḥ letter, comes Avalokiteśhvara”. This method purifies the karmic latencies of all four kinds of birth place in general and rebirth from heat and moisture in particular. The third style is to produce the visualization with The Four Vajras. In this, the first vajra is to rest in emptiness for a little; the second is that seat with seed syllable appears from the emptiness; the third is the visualization of the deity fully complete with all attributes; and the fourth is the visualization within the deity’s body of the seed syllables at the crown, throat, and heart centre of enlightened body, speech, and mind and the seed syllable and seat particular to the deity. This method purifies the karmic latencies of all four kinds of birth place in general and rebirth in an egg in particular.

84

PART TWO: DEVELOPMENT STAGE

The fourth style is to produce the visualization with The Five Manifest Enlightenments. In this, the first is to rest in emptiness for a little; the second is the production from the emptiness of a seed-syllable and from that a seat; the third is the visualization of the deity’s seed syllable on the seat; and the fourth is the visualization of light radiating out from the seed syllable to accomplish the two purposes of gathering the blessings of all the buddhas and enlightened beings and purifying the evil deeds and obscurations of all sentient beings; and the fifth is the visualization of the seed syllable transforming into the complete deity. For example in the visualization of Tārā, “From emptiness a paṃ, from that a white lotus, on it a taṃ. From it light goes out to all the buddhas and gathers their blessings and to all of the sentient beings and purifies all of their evil deeds and obscurations. taṃ transforms into the form of the deity, Tārā”. This method purifies the karmic latencies of all four birth kinds of birth place in general and rebirth in a womb in particular. The author of this text, Zhamarpa Konchog Yanlag, gives the description of the visualization of the deity and recitation, etc., using the visualization ritual of Chakrasaṃvara. The text says, Meditating on development stage like that gets to the point concerning desire, will pacify the negative forces of senmo, will bring desire under control, will overpower appearances, and causes individually discriminating wisdom to dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at development stage; he said, “One’s own body is the king of deity forms, But if not taken to the firm stage of changeless foundation, The ḍākinīs will not assemble into a retinue around it, So you must be assiduous at this body, the yidam deity.” The primordial forms of the channels, winds, and drops are within your body but if you do not practise the method for purifying them, they will not be brought forth. Therefore, you must practise development stage.

COMMENTARY TO THE THIRD OF THE FIVE PARTS, GURU-YOGA

The third of the Five Parts is unification with the guru, called guru-yoga. The text says, The guru is a being inseparable with the wisdom that resides in every one of the buddhas so one has the attitude of certainty that he is the three kāyas and five wisdoms embodied of buddha whose inexhaustible sphere of ornamentation of body, speech, mind performs the ripening and liberating of every sentient being until cyclic existence ends. There are certain attitudes that we need to have in terms of the guru. One is the attitude that your root guru is a being who has become inseparable with the wisdom of the buddhas of the three times and being so, he is the three kāyas and five wisdoms of a buddha embodied, a being who works for the aims of sentient beings in cyclic existence until cyclic existence is emptied. And, you have the attitude that your own mindness is inseparable with the guru because of which all the dharmas of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa are the nature of appearance and emptiness; that attitude is dharmakāya devotion. Resting in equipoise on the guru’s mind and your mind being inseparable is called dharmakāya devotion140. Having merged your mind with the guru’s mind like that, it is possible to take the attitude that all the dharmas of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa are the nature of appearance-emptiness. At that point, you meditate on whatever visual forms you see being the details of the body of the guru, all sounds being the sounds of the guru’s 85

86

PART THREE: GURU-YOGA

speech, and all thoughts being the realization of the guru’s mind, the luminosity of the dharmakāya. It is said that there are many qualified gurus in the world teaching their students but there is only one who actually assists us. This means that there are many gurus in the world with great qualities and meditation experience and that they have their own students whom they are teaching. We cannot meet with all of them and cannot get oral instructions from all of them but we can meet with, obtain instructions from, and practise with some of them. We end up practising with the gurus with whom we have a connection. There are two types of connection: one is there but not obvious; the other is there and we are aware of it. Sometimes we meet a guru whom we have met and made a relationship with in a past life. The strength of the past connection leads us to a connection again and again in future lives and, when we meet again, the connection is very clear. For example, there is story of Milarepa. His mother had told him to learn black magic and then take revenge on their relatives who had wronged the family. He did that and successfully caused great harm to his relatives. Milarepa eventually had regret for his evil deeds and sought a spiritual teacher who could help him. He found a teacher called Rongtong Lhaga. Rongytong Lhaga taught him the Dzogchen instructions, however, practising the instructions did not have much effect. Rongtong Lhaga told Milarepa that they did not have such a strong connection and that he should go to another teacher with whom he had a stronger connection. He mentioned Marpa of Lhodrak’s name and, just on hearing it, Milarepa was immediately overwhelmed with strong feelings and knew that he should meet with Marpa. Milarepa headed off to Lhodrak to find Marpa. Marpa knew that one of his important disciples would be arriving that morning so he took beer and went down the road to one of his fields, where he started ploughing the field.

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

87

Milarepa arrived and asked if he knew of Marpa. Marpa did not let on who he was but said to him, “Look, plough this field and have some beer, and I will make arrangements for you to meet Marpa”. Milarepa agreed and drank the whole pot of beer in one go. Marpa was very pleased with this because he took it as a sign that in the future Milarepa would be a good vessel for all of the instructions that he could give him. Marpa went off to his house. Sometime later someone else came and took Milarepa up to Marpa’s house, then led him inside where Milarepa found that Marpa was none other than the man who had given the beer and asked him to plough the field. Milarepa was overcome with joy and made prostrations. He said to Marpa, “I am a great sinner. Please teach me the dharma and give me food and clothes”. Marpa replied that he could do one or the other but not both and asked Milarepa which one he wanted. Milarepa replied that he would learn dharma and find food and clothes in some other way. So if this kind of meeting occurs, it is very clear that the guru and disciple have a very strong connection from the past and that they will probably have the same good connection again in this life. It was similar with Milarepa and his main student, Gampopa. Gampopa had heard many Kadampa teachings from his Kadampa master, had become a fully ordained monk, and just by hearing instructions on enlightenment mind and emptiness had excellent meditations. One day Gampopa came across three beggars who were discussing Milarepa and his great qualities. When Gampopa heard Milarepa’s name, great faith arose in him and later he received all of Milarepa’s instructions. If you meet a qualified guru with special qualities, you must create a connection and request instruction from him. If you do not, as the Buddha said, there is effectively no guru and no instruction, and without instruction it is not possible to practise. He said in the Condensed Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra that a student who

88

PART THREE: GURU-YOGA

has a good mind and diligence should attend an authentic and learned guru because in reliance on him, all good qualities and realization can arise. Then he said in the Eight Thousand Verse Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra that, for those who are oriented towards the attainment of enlightenment, it is necessary to attend and rely on a virtuous spiritual friend. When you have the kind of faith that the guru is someone who has the activities of a buddha, who actually does liberate sentient beings from unsatisfactoriness, you also see the guru is as kind as each of the buddhas. It is written in many places that “the guru is the same as buddha” but this instruction is not saying that the guru’s qualities are the same as those of a buddha. A supreme nirmāṇakāya buddha, a world-leading buddha who performs the twelve acts of enlightenment, and so on, has many special qualities that are not shared by anyone less than a buddha of that level. What it is saying is that the guru and a buddha are the same from the perspective of kindness. The Complete Perfect Bhagavat Buddha appeared in the world and turned the unfathomable wheel of dharma, and thus the Buddha’s teaching spread in the world. However, if there were no guru, we would not be able to obtain the empowerments, transmissions, and special oral instructions needed for practice. Since the guru provides these to us, his kindness is equal to the Buddha’s kindness. In India, for example, the Buddha gave all the dharma teachings, sūtra and tantra, and these flourished. Many generations of beings practised them and attained realization. Having attained realization, they passed the meaning onto other beings who then in turn practised them and realized them. The teachings became a great force in India but all of that was in dependence on the gurus who were kind enough to transmit the teachings. Eventually Tibetans came down to India and obtained the instructions and took them back to Tibet where they were translated into the Tibetan language. These teachings have been practised and

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

89

realized and transmitted from guru to disciple up to the present day. In Tibet, four main lines of transmission appeared but they are essentially the same in that they pass on the Buddha’s teaching. Prior to the seventh century A.D., the Buddha’s teaching had not spread in Tibet. Due to the prayers and activities of the buddhas and bodhisatvas, King Songtsen Gampo appeared in Tibet in the early seventh century A.D. and established Buddhism as the state religion of Tibet. About one hundred years later, his descendant King Trisong Deutsen, in order to further the dharma, invited the great guru called Padmasaṃbhava, who later became known in Tibet as the Precious Guru, Guru Rinpoche. Guru Rinpoche was especially instrumental in strengthening and spreading the dharma in Tibet and is regarded by Tibetans as the kindest of gurus to have come to Tibet. The teachings imparted by him are maintained in what is called the Nyingma tradition and all schools of the Nyingma regard him as the source guru for their teachings. In the ninth century, the king called Langdarma purged the Buddhist teachings to the best of his ability and almost destroyed them in Tibet. In the early eleventh century, there was a revival of Buddhism in Tibet. At the beginning of this revival, the great Indian master Atiśha was invited from Nālandā monastic university. He stayed in Tibet for a number of years until his death. The lineage of his teachings became known as the Kadampa tradition and he is regarded as the source guru of those teachings. Later in Tibet in the fifteenth century, an exceptionally brilliant man was born in Amdo. He eventually moved to Lhasa, where he became known as Tsongkhapa. He had over one hundred and fifty gurus, though his principal ones were Kadampa, Sakya, and Kagyu. He established a seat at a place called Ganden Hill and the lineage that developed from him became known as the Gadenpa. They carried on the Kadampa lineage in particular,

90

PART THREE: GURU-YOGA

and later they became known as the Gelugpa. When the followers of the tradition think of their main guru, they look up to Tsongkhapa as the founding guru of the lineage. In the twelfth century, a man called Drogmi Lotsāwa went down to India a number of times where he met the mahāsiddhas Gayadhara and Virupa and received all of their instructions. Back in Tibet, he translated and transmitted these teachings which consisted principally of Hevajra, and Path and Fruit teachings. He was located in a place called Sakya so the lineage that developed from him became known as the Sakya lineage. Shortly after him came the main holder and Tibetan source of the lineage The Great Sakya, Kunga Nyingpo. Four other great masters and holders of the lineage following him are grouped with him as the main gurus of the lineage; collectively they are called the Five Sakya Forefathers. Also in the twelfth century, the translator Marpa went to India and received all the instructions of mahāsiddha Nāropa. He returned to Tibet and the lineage that developed from him became known as the Kagyu lineage. The Kagyu lineage is considered to start with Tailopa, who passed it to Nāropa, from whom it went to Marpa, then Milarepa, then Gampopa. Gampopa’s three main, secret mantra disciples were the Three Men of Kham as mentioned earlier. One of them was called Grey Hair from Kham. He later became known as Dusum Khyenpa, the first Karmapa, and he is considered to be the founder of the Karma Kagyu lineage. The instructions being passed on here are being passed on through that lineage. Grey Hair from Kham was not an ordinary being. He had already practised for many lifetimes. In a previous lifetime an incalculable amount of time earlier, there was a king called King Yungkhor Jung who had one thousand sons, the youngest of whom was named Great Being Chokyi Lodro. Great Being Chokyi Lodro found cyclic existence to be hollow and aroused renuncia-

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

91

tion, developed concentration, and directly perceived reality. He was a holder of the Buddhasteaching with qualities of great determination and perseverance. All the buddhas empowered him with an empowerment called “the empowerment of the activity of the buddhas”. Because of this, he was known afterwards, for example in our world, in his incarnation as Grey Hair from Kham, as “Karmapa” meaning “the one who performs the activities of the buddhas”. That great being was praised by many beings, including one hundred thousand ḍākinīs. They each took a hair from their heads and used it to weave a black crown which they then presented to him. The hat is always with him and, if your obscurations have been sufficiently purified, can be seen hovering above his head, it is said. In this world, it is said that he was born in India as the Brahmin called Saraha. Saraha was a great siddha who continually showed and taught Mahāmudrā. This was mentioned by Kunkhyen Longchen Rabjam; it is recorded in his biography that he said, “The great siddha Saraha of India, in his later rebirth as the third Karmapa, Karmapa Rangjung Dorje...”. Then, later in Tibet at the time of Guru Rinpoche, it is said that he was one of the twenty-five principal disciples of Guru Rinpoche, a being called Gyalwa Chowang. Later still, he became Grey Hair from Kham, as mentioned above. Karmapa is regarded as the founding father of the Karma Kagyu lineage. Within the Kagyu lineage there are the four great and eight lesser schools of the Kagyu. The four greater ones derive from four principal disciples of Gampopa and the eight lesser ones derive from principal disciples of Phagmo Drupa. Each of these traditions looks to the founder of its lineage as the most important guru of the lineage. For example, Jigten Sumgon is the founder of the Drigung Kagyu and most important guru for that lineage and Tsangpa Gyare, in his incarnations as the Drukchen, is the most important guru for the Drukpa Kagyu tradition.

92

PART THREE: GURU-YOGA

Thus, followers of the Karma Kagyu will visualize Karmapa when they do this practice of guru-yoga or do other practices where the principal guru of the lineage must be meditated on. The text gives the following instructions for doing the visualization for practising guru-yoga: For the purpose of making a visualization of the guru, do this. Above the crown of yourself clearly seen as the deity, in space, on a lion throne, on a seat of lotus and moon, the root guru appears in the form which is the embodiment of the Jewels, the summation of the families, Vajradhara. He has a blue body, one face, and two arms, and holds a vajra and bell crossed at his heart. He is adorned with various jewelled ornaments and wears the silken pantaloons. His feet are crossed in vajrāsana. He has a peaceful mood and is surrounded by the lineage gurus, the deity assemblies of the yidam maṇḍalas, and the dharmapālas and guards. Thus, on top of your head, on a throne supported by eight lions, on a thousand-petalled lotus, on sun seat and on a moon seat on top of that, sits the Karmapa, appearing in the form of dharmakāya Vajradhara, holding vajra and bell crossed in front of his chest, and seated in vajra posture. Above him all the lineage gurus, Tailopa, Nāropa, Marpa, and so on, are actually present. In front of him, all the yidams of the Kagyu tradition—Chakrasaṃvara and so on—are actually present. Below him, all of the dharmapālas and guards of the lineage, such as Mahākāla are actually present. This instruction is not the same as the usual one for the preliminary practices. It is a special instruction of the Five-Part Mahāmudrā lineage. Then, supplicate: “Glorious guru great Vajradhara, please bless my body, speech, and mind, all three.” Here, followers of the Karma Kagyu would pray using the mantraKarmapa khyen no” which has the same meaning in this context as, “Karmapa, we take refuge in you”. Thereby, white, red, and blue light spring one after the other from the crown, throat, and heart-centre of Vajradhara. In sequence, they dissolve into my own three places, purifying the obscurations of the three

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

93

doors. Meditate on the thought that you have been made into a fortunate one whose ordinary body, speech, and mind have been manifested as the vajras of enlightened body, speech, and mind. Then, having supplicated Karmapa like that, think that white light radiates from Karmapa’s forehead and dissolves into your crown. “All the evil deeds and obscurations of body have been purified. The blessings of Karmapa’s enlightened body have been received”. Then think that red light radiates from Karmapa’s throat and dissolves into your throat. “All the evil deeds and obscurations of speech have been purified. The blessings of Karmapa’s enlightened speech have been received.”. Then think that blue light radiates from Karmapa’s heart centre and dissolves into your heart centre. “All the evil deeds and obscurations of mind have been purified. The blessings of Karmapa’s enlightened mind have been received.”. Then think that white, red, and blue lights simultaneously radiate from Karmapa’s forehead, throat, and heart centre and dissolve into your three places. “All the combined evil deeds and obscurations of the three doors altogether have been purified. The blessings of Mahāmudrā have been received”. At the close of the session, the retinue dissolves into guru Vajradhara. Then he dissolves into you and your ordinary person now becomes the guru’s enlightened body, speech, and mind inseparable with your own body, speech, and mind. The lineage gurus above guru Vajradhara first melt into light and dissolve into him. Then the yidams in front melt into light and dissolve into him. Then the dharmapālas and guards below melt into light and dissolve into him. Finally, the guru melts into light then dissolves into you, his mind merges with yours, and you rest equipoised in the actuality of mind directly manifest. Meditating on guru-yoga like that gets to the point concerning pride... in other words, from among the five afflictions, it becomes an antidote to pride. ...will pacify the negative force of devapūtra, will bring prideful states under control, will give you the ability to bless

94

PART THREE: GURU-YOGA

others... It will give you the capability of blessing others ... and causes the wisdom of equality to dawn... in other words, from among the five wisdoms, the wisdom of equality will dawn. In brief, it is important to be assiduous at guru-yoga; he said, “If the sun of devotion does not shine On the snow mountain of the guru’s four kāyas, The stream of blessings will not descend, So be assiduous at devotion for mind.” He likens the four enlightened kāyas of the guru to a snow mountain and says that, unless the sunshine of devotion falls upon on that snow mountain, it will not melt and the stream of blessings will not descend, hence being assiduous at devotion is important.

COMMENTARY TO THE FOURTH OF THE FIVE PARTS, MAHAMUDRA

The fourth oral instruction of the Five Parts is Mahāmudrā. The explanation of Mahāmudrā contains three topics: ground Mahāmudrā, path Mahāmudrā, and fruition Mahāmudrā. Mahāmudrā is a name that refers to reality. Reality is present in our mind streams as its basis. That is the ground Mahāmudrā. Even though it is present in us, it is obscured and has to be brought out, manifested. The way for it to be brought out is called path Mahāmudrā. When it is finally and fully manifested by practising the path, we become buddha and that is called fruition Mahāmudrā. In order to tread the path of Mahāmudrā, we have to do the meditation practice of Mahāmudrā. However, to do that, we first have to determine the view of Mahāmudrā. In other words, we first have to come to a clear understanding of ground Mahāmudrā then it will be possible for our meditation practice to bring the ground Mahāmudrā into manifestation. The view of Mahāmudrā is obtained by looking into the situation of mind and its actuality. In regard to this, the text says, The way that mindness is present within you is something that is not known by the rational mind of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. The mindness of Mahāmudrā comes out 95

96

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

into appearance in one of two ways, which we call saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. When it appears as cyclic existence, it comes out as the appearances of the six types of migrators and the sufferings that they experience. In this case, appearances are the results of karma and latencies that were previously produced by evil deeds and obscurations. If these apparent beings of cyclic existence practise the path, they go from the side of saṃsāra to the side of nirvāṇa. When the mindness of Mahāmudrā appears as nirvāṇa, it comes out as the buddhas with all of their qualities—body, speech, mind, qualities, actions, and so on. In this way, the text teaches that all of the different appearances, those of saṃsāra and those of nirvāṇa, come from the one source; all are appearances coming from mindness. All sentient beings have a mind and they also have an essence of that mind. For all of them, the confusion that they experience comes about only in their mind; for all of them, the essence of mind itself never changes, never becomes confused. This essence of mind itself has two main aspects—an essence of emptiness and a nature of clarity—and these two aspects are primordially unified. When confusion occurs, the clarity becomes ignorant of the unification of the two and a style of grasping at appearances as other than itself develops producing a sense of this and that. Then there is a style of grasping at a solidified self on the basis of the empty factor. The confusion over appearances of the clarity becomes the basis for anger and envy and the confusion over the emptiness, the confusion of grasping at a solidified self, becomes the basis for the afflictions of desire and jealousy. On the basis of this ignorance and the afflictions arising from it, karma is accumulated and a pattern of adventitious obscurations appears. The essence of mind has no obscurations in it but the process of ignorance, afflictions, and karma that has come about is a kind of dualistic movement of mind that has various sorts of adventitious obscurations141. These obscurations cause sentient beings to wander through the six types of existence and experience the

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

97

various types of unsatisfactoriness belonging to them. In this way, the entirety of the unsatisfactoriness of cyclic existence comes as an appearance of mind. If we practise the path of profound meditation, we gradually clear off the adventitious obscurations and attain the qualities of the paths and stages as we progress through the bhūmis of a bodhisatva. The qualities of realization of these stages of the path that come from the removal of the adventitious obscurations and purification by practising the path, and all the qualities of buddhahood in the end are things that occur only on the basis of mind. In this way, all of the things of nirvāṇa also only come about as appearances of mind. The text says, It is not known through the exaggerations of appearance and emptiness. It is not the experience of appearance. It is not the experience of emptiness. When considering the mindness which is Mahāmudrā and trying to determine what it is, we might say that it was just the appearance part, the clarity aspect of the essence of mind alone, and that there was no emptiness aspect associated with it, but it is not like that. The clarity aspect does come out into appearance as all the phenomena of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa but that clarity aspect is primordially unified with the emptiness aspect—it is not something by itself. Similarly, we might think that mindness of Mahāmudrā is emptiness, a sort of non-existent thing like the horns of a rabbit, something that has no function but it is also not like that. It is an empty essence however, there is also a clarity nature part because of which all the appearances of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa can appear, all of the pleasures and pains of cyclic existence can be experienced and that is how it is directly known. The text says, It is not the experience of existence. It is not the experience of non-existence. If you were to identify mind as an actual thing that existed, that would not be right. If it were that way, then it would have some particular characteristic such as colour

98

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

and shape. However, even the buddhasminds have not seen mind with such a colour, shape, or characteristic. Thus, it is not an existent thing. Similarly, it is not a non-existent thing, for it is the basis of everything in saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. The text says, It is not the experience of confusion. It is not the experience of liberation. It is beyond every one of these biassed positions, all of which cut to one side or another. Sentient beings are confused. When they totally clear off the adventitious obscurations, they become liberated as buddhas with all of the various buddhaqualities. In doing so, they do not improve the mind and make it better. Rather, they remove the obscurations that were covering the essence of mind and just by doing that, the dharmakāya with all of its buddha-qualities is revealed. Thus, when a being becomes a buddha, the essence of mind does not change or become better. Similarly, when beings fall into the various states of cyclic existence—for example into the hell realms—with the various attendant experiences of suffering, it is not that the minds of the beings have developed some bad qualities and become worse than before. Rather, the essence of mind of those beings has become obscured and, having become obscured, it manufactures the suffering appearances of cyclic existence experienced by the beings. Thus, when a being falls into cyclic existence, the essence of mind does not change or become worse. Overall, the essence of mind does not ever become better or worse as it experiences saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. The Buddha spoke of this essence of mind which is unified emptiness-appearance as “the lineage element tathāgatagarbha”142 because it is present in all sentient beings mind and is the progenitor of becoming a tathāgata. All of us do have this element in mind, therefore, it is possible for us to become buddhas because of it. The Buddha did not say that just because we have the tathāgatagarbha within us we are buddhas. He said that we have it but only as the potential for future enlightenment. He said

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

99

that this potential can be cleaned through the practice of meditation and that will turn it into the mind of a buddha. He said that to be able to do that, it is necessary to take birth not just in any human body but in the excellent type of human body called a precious human body. Moreover, just having a precious human body is not sufficient; it is then necessary on top of that to find a virtuous spiritual friend and connect with him. And just finding and being with such a spiritual friend is not enough, it is also necessary to receive instruction from him. Even that is not enough; it is necessary to take those instructions and practise them and through that it will be possible, because of the cause, the lineage element, that is present in the practitioner’s mind, to become a buddha. The text says, The actuality that is the way that your inner disposition is present is called “Ground Mahāmudrā”. At first, in order to explain the meditation of Mahāmudrā, there is an explanation of the ground reality as just given: it is about the actuality of mind that is the essence of mind, which is unified emptiness-appearance, which is the basis from which the two types of appearance—the appearances of cyclic existence and of nirvāṇa—come, which is the cause present in all beings called tathāgatagarbha that allows sentient beings to become buddha if they practise the path. That is called Ground Mahāmudrā. We need to develop a correct understanding of this ground Mahāmudrā and, if we do, that is called the view of Mahāmudrā. However, just having the view is not sufficient. Until ground Mahāmudrā has been fully manifested in the practitioner’s being, that is, until it has been fully realized, it is necessary to practise meditation in order to manifest it, that is, to realize it. The meditation practice needed to realize Mahāmudrā involves two practices: calm-abiding and insight. As the text says, The way of meditating on it has two parts: A) calm-abiding and B) insight.

100

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

A. Calm Abiding The text says, There are three parts to this: 1) holding where there is no holding; 2) steadying of the holding; and 3) ways of improving the steadiness. In order to do the calm-abiding meditation, the body is placed in a particular posture called the “Seven Dharmas of Vairochana”. The posture is important because it creates a foundation for the calm-abiding practice. Not being able to assume the posture does not mean that you cannot do the practice. For instance, if you have some sickness or disability that prevents you from sitting in the posture, sit in the posture to the extent that you can, otherwise simply take a posture that is comfortable and do the practice like that. The text says, The legs are placed into a posture. With the hands in the equipoise mudrā, the shoulders are stretched. The spine is straightened. The chin is hooked in a little. The lips and teeth are left to sit in their own way. The gaze is directed down the tip of the nose, directly ahead into space. The posture for the legs is the one called “vajra posture” or vajrāsana. In it, the legs are crossed one on top of the other, right on top of left. The advantage of this posture is that, of the five basic winds of the subtle body, the downward-clearing wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the hands is called the equipoise mudrā. The right palm is placed on top of the left palm and the two thumbs are just touching, raised up over the palms. The advantage of this posture is that the FireAccompanying Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the spine is that the spine should be held straight. The advantage of this posture is that the Pervader Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the shoulders is one in which the shoulders are held up slightly in a particular way. The advantage of this posture is that Upward-Moving Wind

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

101

is caused to enter the central channel. The neck and chin are held in a particular posture: the neck is drawn up a little and the chin slightly hooked in towards the throat. The advantage of this posture is that the Life-Holder Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The tip of the tongue is joined with the forward part of the palate and the jaws are relaxed, with the teeth and lips allowed to sit normally. The eyes are directed down past the tip of the nose, into space. Placing the gaze in this way keeps the clarity of mind and prevents sinking, agitation, and so on . The text says, Having done that, the mind is left to rest self-settled. Now that the body has been set into the appropriate posture, set your mind into equipoise without the use of an object of meditation—set it into equipoise on emptiness. This is calmabiding meditation because you are setting the mind in one place and, since it is done without a specific object that the mind is being set on, it is calm-abiding without an object. The point of calm-abiding meditation is to develop an abiding mind, a mind that does not have any mental proliferation occurring within it. If, when you do calm-abiding in the way just mentioned—using emptiness as the basis for the resting—no discursive thoughts appear, then it means that you are staying in what is called “abiding”. If, on the other hand, discursive thoughts pop up, then the abiding has been pushed out of the way and replaced by what is called “movement”. When practising calm-abiding, if movement occurs, it is necessary to stop the movement, that is, the discursive thoughts, and return to the abiding. By practising this way, you develop an abiding that is increasingly steady. In general, it is said that beginners who practise Mahāmudrā meditation should do “short sessions many times”. It is said that if you meditate on the actuality of mind in this way, then you will slowly attain stability in the meditation and eventually great qualities will come because of it.

102

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

The text says, If the mind will not abide when that is done, then, as is explained in the King of Samādhis Sūtra, “The body like the colour of gold, The protector of the world, more beautiful than all— Whatever mental placement is done with that as the support The bodhisatva calls “equipoise”.” Accordingly, visualize in front of you, on a lion throne, on a seat of lotus and moon, the Truly Complete Buddha’s form and, setting the mind one-pointedly on it, do not be distracted from that object of visualization to something else. The King of Samādhis Sūtra is a sūtra of the Buddha. The first two lines refer to the kind of body that a buddha has, with the thirty-two marks and eighty signs and so on. If a person were to meditate using that kind of golden body as an object of the calm-abiding meditation then, as it says, a bodhisatva would regard that as what is called “equipoise”. To meditate in this way, visualise before you a throne supported by eight lions, with a lotus on top, with a moon disk on top of that, and Buddha Śhākyamuni on top of that. His body is the colour of refined gold. He has one face and two arms, with the right-hand placed in the earth-touching mudrā and the left in equipoise mudrā. He wears the three dharma robes and his feet are drawn up into full lotus position. You should especially place your attention on the heart-centre of the visualization. The text says, When doing that, if sinking/dullness occurs, move your mental focus to the topknot and if agitation/excitement occurs, move your mental focus to the seat. When doing this kind of meditation, if sinking-dullness of any kind happens, you shift your attention to the crown protuberance of the visualised buddha and meditate with your mind there. On the other hand, if the mind becomes stirred up and gives off a lot of thoughts or very

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

103

intense ones, you shift your attention to the lotus seat and meditate with your mind there. Another way to practise calm-abiding meditation is to use the breath as the object of the meditation. When doing calmabiding this way, the breath is allowed to go out and come in as it normally would without any alteration to the breathing pattern. In general, the attention is focussed on the sensation of the breath going in and out at the tip of the nose. However, in this kind of meditation, it is also possible to practise using the movement of the breath through each of the right and left nostrils. The movement of breath through the right nostril is connected with the movement of the winds of the right channel called the sun winds of prajñā. The movement of breath through the left nostril is connected with the movement of the winds of the left channel called the moon winds of upāya. Through these practices, the practitioner eventually gains control over the moon-like leftchannel winds and the sun-like right channel winds. At that time, the respective winds are captured and inserted into the central channel. When the moon-like winds are captured and brought into the central channel, the practitioner gains control over the five sense faculties. For example, a practitioner who has control over the sense faculties in this way could look at something such as a flower and by moving the eyes could cause the flower to move with the gaze. In a similar way, control is obtained over the other four senses: distant sounds can be heard by the ears; distant smells can be smelled by the nose; tastes can be changed from one to another by the tongue, such as sweet to astringent, and so on; and the sensations of the body can be changed from one to another such as cold to hot, and so on. There is a story about the Indian mahāsiddha called Kriṣhṇa, a Chakrasaṃvara yogin, that illustrates this. Kriṣhṇa came across an orchard guarded by a young woman. He asked for some fruit but she replied, “If you are a yogin with

104

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

attainment, then bring the fruit down yourself and then you can have it”. So he put his gaze on the fruit, moved his eyes downwards, and the fruit fell to the ground. However, she then put her gaze on the fruit, moved her eyes upwards, and the fruit went back onto the trees! When the sun-like winds are captured and brought into the central channel, the practitioner gains three qualities. When the sun winds are captured, then the moon winds of the left side and the Rāhula winds of the centre are also captured and brought into the central channel. When all three sets of winds have been brought into the central channel, the three poisons of the mind are controlled, reduced, and finally eliminated. Bringing the winds of the right channel into the central channel brings control over anger; bringing the winds of the left channel into the central channel brings control over passion; and bringing the central winds into the central channel brings control over delusion. This is said to be a special method for gaining control over the discursive thoughts of the afflictions. An effect of doing calm-abiding meditation using the breath as the object is that the winds of the body in general are brought into harmony. When the winds are brought into harmony, then, for the body, various types of sicknesses cannot arise and certain kinds of sicknesses, even though they arise, will be alleviated or at least reduced. In addition to this, for the mind, since the activity of mind is based on the movement of the winds, the various experiences of mind such as suffering, fear, unhappiness, and so on, will be reduced or will not happen. Overall, it is said that calm-abiding meditation using the breath has many advantages. In the above, three ways of doing calm-abiding meditation have been explained: without an object; using the Buddha’s form as an object; and using the breath as an object. It is not necessary to do all three of these, rather, find the one that you are comfortable with and use that.

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

105

B. Insight, The Introduction Generally speaking, it is said that those who have been able, in previous lives, to enter the path in general, then to meet the path of blessings, and within that to accumulate merit and purify evil deeds and obscurations, and so become a mantra holder, can in this life be divided into two types: sudden and gradual. The sudden type of person, even though he does not practise calmabiding meditation over and over again, can, on the basis of the guru’s blessings and also sometimes at the time of the four empowerments, be introduced to the actuality of mind and realize it automatically. For this type of person, not practising calmabiding over a long period but starting out immediately with training in insight into the actuality of mind is all right. The gradual type of person first meditates over and again on calmabiding then, once he has some stability in that, moves to insight and is given the introduction; doing it this way makes it is easy for him to realize insight, that is, to receive the introduction. Why is it necessary for the gradual type to practise calmabiding in order to gain the insight that comes with the introduction? Because for him, discursive thoughts occur in an uninterrupted stream, like the waves of an ocean, and this stream of discursive thought partially obscures the essence of mind. The analogy given for this is that, when the surface of an ocean is disturbed by waves, it is not possible to see the rocks and other features of the ocean-bottom, however, when the waves subside, the bottom can be seen clearly. This section of the text called “Insight, the Introduction” is taken from another text, a text by Zhamarpa V, Konchog Yanlag, that instructs about the introduction to the essence of mind. The words of this section of the text show how insight, the introduction, is actually given to the disciple.

106

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

The words that show how to give the introduction start with, When you are abiding one-pointedly in samādhi, just exactly how is it with this mind that is abiding? What kind of colour does it have while abiding? What kind of shape does it have while abiding? According to the Five Parts instruction, you first supplicate for the guru’s blessings, then take the four empowerments from the guru,.then at the end of that, the guru dissolves into you and your mind mixes with the guru’s mind, and finally you rest one-pointedly in that state of mind. Now, while you have that abiding on mind, you examine the abiding mind itself to see whether there is some colour to it or not. If you cannot see any kind of colour to that abiding mind, well, then you examine it to see what kind of shape—for example, a square shape, and so on—it has. Now, you won’t see any colour or shape to the abiding mind, so when you do not see it, meditate by resting in the equipoise of just that not seeing. The text says, “Well, if I don’t see how it is when abiding, then I should look at it when it is proliferating”. Then, a discursive thought will arise while you are abiding in that equipoise of not seeing any shape or colour in the abiding mind. So now, examine that discursive thought to see whether it has any colour or shape to it. Then, if you do not see any colour or shape to it, rest right on that discursive thought of thinking, “I do not see it.” While meditating that way, if you cannot get the point of the abiding mind and the moving mind and so cannot settle into an actual equipoise as mentioned above, then over and over again: offer a maṇḍala to the guru, supplicate for his blessings, take the four empowerments, then meditate on the actuality of mind. The text says, Think strongly, “If I do not recognize the essence of mind, I will not be liberated from existence. If I am not liberated from that, the unsatisfactoriness of birth, old age, sickness, and death will be unbearable. Therefore, I will work only at gaining certainty in the recognition of mind”. Think like this, “If I do not meet with

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

107

the actuality of mind, then I will not be able to liberate myself from cyclic existence. If I am not able to liberate myself from cyclic existence, I will not be able to emancipate myself from its sufferings. Therefore I will meditate again and again on the actuality of mind.” The text says, At all times exert yourself only at staring unwaveringly at your own mind; if you do, then you will definitely see it, whatever it is. When we speak of meditating on Mahāmudrā, there is no other meditation to do except this: look hither143 at your own mind again and again. As Karmapa III, Rangjung Dorje said in his Prayer of Aspiration to Mahāmudrā, “When looking repeatedly at the mind that cannot be looked at, The fact that cannot be seen stands out, vividly. Cutting off doubts about whether the ultimate nature is like this or that, May you recognise your own face un-erringly.” The object you look at, the mind, has no colour, shape, and so on. Even though there is nothing to be looked at, by using your own self-knowing knower and looking with that again and again, it turns out that what you look at has no colour, shape, and so on, yet can definitely be seen, standing out vividly. If you do meditation like this on the actuality of mind and end up having thoughts like “Is this it? Maybe this isn’t it? I think this is it. I don’t think this is it!” then this is a sign that you have not truly seen it. If you truly see the actuality of mind, you exit the realm of doubt and hence have no doubts. Mahāsiddha Tailopa said, “Co-emergence, innate wisdom, Dwells at the core of all migrators but Cannot be realized unless shown by the guru; Like oil in sesame is not seen without pounding.”

108

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

Co-emergent wisdom is present in the mind of all sentient beings. However, to realize it, it is necessary first to be introduced to it by the guru and then realize it by practising guru-yoga and the path of secret mantra on the basis of the guru. Except for that, there is no way to realize it. For example, there is oil within sesame seeds but it cannot be obtained unless the sesame seeds are pounded. Then, Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye also spoke of the way of doing this meditation in The Lamp of Certainty of Mahāmudrā, a text which has been translated into English. He said, “When meditating on the actuality of mind, abide without making traces of the past.” meaning that it is not necessary to think of the things that have been done in the past, for instance what you just did, did yesterday, one week ago, one month ago, one year ago, and so on. Then he said, “Abide without traces of the future” meaning that it is not necessary to think, “I need to do this, I need to do that, one month from now I need to do this, one year from now I will have to do this”, and so on. Then he said, “Rest self-settled in the present consciousness” meaning that we should rest selfsettled in our current consciousness, just as it is, without any construction or alteration of it. Then, having rested that way, at some point a discursive thought will suddenly flash out from the equipoise so he says, “Look directly144 at the essence of this discursive thought”. Then he says, “It is also not necessary either to stop the discursive thought or to follow after it”. Thinking, “This discursive thought is an obstacle, an interruption to my abiding” and therefore attempting to stop the thought is unnecessary. Similarly, we should not follow after the thought because that would just produce more thoughts from it. Then, many of the mind instruction texts in the Mahāmudrā system explain the meditation technique called “the three: abiding, moving, and knowing”. Abiding refers to meditating with the mind abiding free of discursive thought and with this, it is neces-

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

109

sary to know that the mind is actually abiding. Then, from within this state of abiding, discursive thoughts will appear and that is called movement. Again, when a discursive thought arises like this and the mind is moving, it is also necessary to know that it is that way. Thus, at the time of abiding there is abiding and one knows that mind is abiding and at the time of movement there is movement and one knows that mind is moving. Therefore, from this perspective, Mahāmudrā meditation is called “the three: abiding, moving, and knowing”. The previous Dudjom Rinpoche, Jigdrel Yeshe Dorje, wrote a text on mountain dharma called A Summary of Mountain Dharma. In it, he said, “If all the meanings of sūtra and tantra are rolled up into one and explained...” meaning that there are many techniques of meditation but if all them are summed up into one and the meaning is shown, it is like this: “When past thoughts have ceased and future thoughts have not appeared, if you rest selfsettled in the actuality of mind, then there is something there that is clearly knowing, an awareness which is nakedly and distinctly evident, isn’t there?!” And when you are resting self-settled in that clear-empty state, he says, “At that time of no discursive thought, just exactly that itself is rigpa’s way of being.” In other words, you are staying within the un-fabricated actuality of mind. He continues, “Now that abiding will turn into non-authentic abiding, that is, a discursive thought will suddenly flash out from within it” meaning that you will not be able to stay permanently in a true abiding but at some point discursive thoughts will appear. He says, “That is the rigpa’s self-clarity” in other words, that is the luminosity of the rigpa itself. He continues, “Discursive thoughts are allowed to arise and, except for just recognizing them, do not create further traces. If they are left recognized right on themselves, then discursive thoughts will wander about in liberation into the open space of dharmakāya.” With that he means that there is nothing else to do when discursive thoughts arise but to recognize them and then, having looked at them rest

110

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

in just that. If you do it that way, one discursive thought will not lead onto another one, creating further traces. If you do it that way over and again, discursive thoughts will go on to be liberated into dharmakāya. He goes on to say, “If you meditate like that, it is exactly the single instruction of the Great Completion. It is the main practice, that of view and meditation combined into one”. Then also, the great practitioner from the Karma Kamtsang lineage, Khenpo Tashi Ozer, said, “Since this is the root of meditation Look at mind with mind!” meaning “The root of all our meditations is this Mahāmudrā meditation. How does one do Mahāmudrā meditation? You have to look at mind with mind” Then he said, “When mind looks at mind, If there is nothing whatsoever to be seen, Then meditate in that state!” meaning that when mind looks at mind there is nothing to be seen—no colour, shape, and so on—so if you see nothing, then you must rest in equipoise on that state. Then he said, “If a blizzard of different thoughts appears Look hither at the essence of the thinking! If past thoughts have dissolved, Then rest in that essence!” meaning that sometimes many different discursive thought will rise and when that happens look right at their essence. When you do that, they will dissolve away. When they have, meditate in equipoise on that. That is the way to meditate on Mahāmudrā! For myself, I think that the practise is fairly easy when you do it by following what the forefather gurus have said and join that with the thought

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

111

of all sentient beings. You do, however, need perseverance! You do need to meditate on it again and again. You cannot realize Mahāmudrā through intellectual understanding alone, so you must apply yourself to the practice! Having obtained the instructions on it, you must practise, at least a little. Generally speaking, there are many different oral instructions from the forefathers of the past. However, even though their names might be different, the meditation that they point at is the same. There is a teaching that says, “Co-emergence, Amulet Box; Five Part, Equalization of Taste; Four Letters; The Pacifier, Cutting; Great Completion; Middle Way Instruction on the View; and so on— There are many, each with their own name, but Their key points, scriptures, and reasonings Are just differing circumstances, and these are Understood by an experienced yogi as the same.” Gampopa’s instructions on Mahāmudrā, as passed on from the Indian tradition, in general are called Co-emergence. Khyungpo Naljor was a great master who went to India, where he stayed for a long time and received all the instructions of Niguma and the mahāsiddha Sukhasiddhi; these were distilled into the text called Mahāmudrā’s Amulet Box, which belongs to the Shangpa Kagyu tradition. Gampopa’s disciple Phagmo Drupa gave his disciple Drigung Kyobpa Jigten Sumgon the instruction on the Five Parts, which was recorded in the text being explained here, The Source of the Jewels of Experience and Realization, The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts. Phagmo Drupa gave his disciple Lingje Repa the Mahāmudrā instruction called “Equalization of Taste” and he passed it to his principal disciple Tsangpa Gyare, the first incarnation of the Drukchen incarnations. Milarepa’s principal disciple Rechungpa went to India and requested many teachings which were later put together and called “Rechung

112

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

Hearing Lineage”; one of them was The Four Letters of Mahāmudrā. The Indian master Phadampa Sangyay obtained the instructions of one hundred and fifty Indian masters and later went to Tibet three times; within Tibet, his instructions became known as “The Pacifier, Cutting”. Guru Rinpoche went to Tibet at the request of King Trisong Deutsen; his special instructions become known in Tibet as “The Great Completion”. Ārya Nāgārjuna and Ārya Asaṅga and the others in their lineages gave rise to the system of “The Great Middle Way”; in it there are many texts such as the collections of texts called The Collection of Reasoning. Thus there are many, differing, names for the dharma that has come through these systems. However, an expert yogin— meaning one who is expert in the sense of having actual experience of the meaning through meditation—who examines their key points, scriptures, and reasonings using overall decision will see that they all have the same intent. He will understand that in the end one is not better or worse than the others, and that none of them contradicts the others. There is a text that presents the view and practice of the meditation that is special to the Great Completion tradition. It was written by Dza Patrul and is called Three Phrases That Hit The Key Points145. The text explains the practice by expanding on the three lines that were spoken by the first human of the Great Completion lineage, Vidyādhara Garab Dorje. Garab Dorje at the time of going to his nirvāṇa, returned from death and appeared in a mass of light to his disciple Mañjuśhrīmitra. He spoke the three lines as oral instructions for his disciple and these have been kept as special oral instructions for the practice of Great Completion. The first of Garab Dorje’s three lines was “Recognition on oneself” and Three Lines That Hit The Key Points expands on it with,

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

113

“Nothing whatsoever blankness; Blankness has transparency; The transparency’s inexpressible. Identify the dharmakāya rigpa!” “Nothing whatsoever blankness” refers to leaving the mind selfsettled in the state in which, since all past and future discursive thoughts have stopped, there is nothing at all. Then,“The transparency’s inexpressible” means that when you are resting self-settled in that state, there is no way that you could describe the state to others using words. Then, when he says, “Identify the Dharmakāya rigpa”, he means that you should take that empty blankness that has transparency and is expressible as the thing to be meditated on when meditating on the essence of mind. The second of Garab Dorje’s three lines was “Decision on one” and the Three Lines That Hit The Key Points expands on it with: “Then, whether there is proliferation or dwelling... At all times and in every circumstance... Preserve the one dharmakāya’s shifting events. Decide that there is nothing other than that.” Sometimes very strong anger comes to us. Still, it should be brought to the path by putting it into the expanse of meditation. Similarly, no matter what affliction arises, no matter what discursive thought arises—pride, jealousy, passion—it should be carried onto the path by putting it into the state. You might think, for example, “Well, if very strong anger arises, how is that carried into the state of meditation?” To that, Dza Patrul says elsewhere that you should always maintain virtue in relation to the other. In the case of anger, you do not follow the thought and get involved in fights either physically or verbally, and so on. Instead, if the angry thought is allowed to remain in the state, as it is called146, of the practice, it will subside itself into what it is in

114

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

essence, which is Mirror-like Wisdom. Similarly for passion, pride, jealousy, and so on—all of them are treated in the same way and return to their own wisdoms in the same way. Now when you practise this way, sometimes happy or good circumstances will arise. The discursive thought associated with that, of happiness, and so on, should also be dealt with in the same way; it should be brought onto the path by putting it into the state. At times, unpleasant or suffering experiences will happen. For example, the body will become ill or sometimes relatives or friends will have problems and you will suffer because of it; there are many kinds of suffering like this. When that happens, the concepts of the suffering should be mixed in with and made one with the state of practice. By putting them into the equipoise of practice like that, you can carry them into the dharmakāya Then there are the last two lines, “Preserve the one dharmakāya’s shifting events. Decide that there is nothing other than that”. All of the various afflictions and sufferings that arise in mind come from the confused aspect of mind. If they are purified using the antidote of meditation on Mahāmudrā or Great Completion, then they are carried into the path and turned into the dharmakāya, and no other method is needed to deal with them at all. It is necessary to decide firmly that that is so and then follow that decision. The third of Garab Dorje’s three lines was “Assurance on liberation” and the Three Lines That Hit The Key Points expands on it with, “Every single one of the adventitious discursive thoughts Are self-recognized in the state without ensuing trace... The way of shining forth being like before compared to

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

115

The way of liberation being distinct is a major key point.” No matter what adventitious discursive thought arises, it is selfrecognized and together with that goes on to liberation. In that case, no karma is accumulated and the thought does not go onto a second thought. In this way of practice, the way that discursive thoughts arise is the same for the practitioner as for all other sentient beings. However, there is one very big difference: For the practitioner who understands how to do it, the way the thoughts are liberated is very different from the way the thoughts subside for ordinary beings. For the practitioner, thoughts arise but, together with their arising, go on to liberation and that is the difference. Then the Mahāsiddha Saraha said, “If you rest in uncontrived freshness, realization pervades; If you train in a continuous stream, it will appear constantly. Totally abandoning every logic that depends on reference Perpetually rest in equipose, Oh yogin!” This has the following meaning. When you meditate on Mahāmudrā you need to be without hopes that “My meditation will be a good meditation; I need that” and similarly without fears that “My meditation is not correct, I am following the wrong path”. If you rest self-settled free from hope and fear, free from needs for success and non-failure, then you will be in uncontrived freshness. If you are resting self-settled in uncontrived freshness like this, then, at the time when you are free of discursive thoughts you are seated on the actuality of the essence of mind and then, when discursive thoughts come off from that, they are the selfluminosity of the dharmakāya. These discursive thoughts neither have to be abandoned nor followed; when you rest right on the

116

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

discursive thought in this way, the discursive thoughts dissolve away and the dharmakāya itself is there. That is the way to do the meditation. However, if you just meditate like this once or twice, you will not be able to bring forth the actuality of mind, therefore you have to meditate at all times on the actuality of mind, like the continuous flow of a river. Now, some people claim that mind actually exists and the outside world is produced by it, and so on; if you think like that, then you have developed a view of permanence. Others claim that there is no mind whatsoever, no karma with cause and effect, and so on; if you think like that, then you have developed a view of nihilism. Abandoning all such ideas, the yogin should always stay in, meditate in, the equipoise of uncontrived freshness. Now, and as it says in the instruction on the Five Parts, This ... the definitive meaning of the authentic”, should be kept in your heart always. And please, for this which needs no habituation to it; please habituate yourself to it! So, please keep it in your heart always. Even though there is nothing to be meditated on, please meditate on it again and again! Then it says, keep impermanence in mind, so always think of impermanence. Then it says, always generate a mind of disenchantment, so always keep the thought in mind that you should gain emancipation from the sufferings of cyclic existence. Then it says, supplicate the lord147. Then the text says, Meditating on Mahāmudrā like that gets to the point concerning ignorance meaning that practising Mahāmudrā like this is the antidote to ignorance; through it, ignorance will collapse. By bringing ignorance to an end, that arises as the wisdom of the dharmadhātu. So the text continues ... will pacify the negative forces of nāgas, will bring delusion under control, will liberate from saṃsāra, and causes the wisdom of dharmadhātu to dawn. Therefore, it is important to be assiduous at it; he said,

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

117

“In the vast open space of mindness, If there is no assurance of the assembled clouds of discursive thought, The planets and stars of the two knowledges will not twinkle, So be assiduous at this non-conceptual mind.” He says that discursive thoughts are like clouds in the sky; they obscure the two knowledges of buddhahood that are present within us so that they do not shine forth, just as clouds obscure the planets and stars that are present in the sky and prevent their brilliance from shining forth. Unless you gain assurance in discursive thoughts148, the two knowledges of a buddha—the knowledge of things in their depth and things in their extent—will not shine forth, so you must be assiduous in your practice! When you practise the instructions as given above, you are engaged in path Mahāmudrā. As you practise the path of Mahāmudrā and progress, you pass through what are called the four yogas of Mahāmudrā, which are four, successive levels of attainment of Mahāmudrā—they are called The Yoga of Onepointedness, The Yoga of Freedom from Elaboration, The Yoga of One Taste, and The Yoga of Non-meditation. Roughly speaking, the attainment of the Yoga of One-pointedness is the attainment of calm-abiding; the attainment of the Yoga of Freedom from Elaboration is the attainment of insight; and the attainment of the remaining two paths is the attainment of increasing levels of unification of calm-abiding and insight. At the end, having completed all of those levels, you achieve the result of the practice of the path, which is fruition Mahāmudrā. At that point, you will have completely purified all of the obscurations of mind. At that point, you will have attained the fruition of your own purposes, which is the full manifestation of the dharmakāya and will have attained the fruition of others’ purposes which is the

118

PART FOUR: MAHĀMUDRĀ

emanation, for the sake of sentient beings and for as long as cyclic existence exists, of the saṃbhogakāyas and nirmāṇakāyas.

COMMENTARY TO THE FIFTH OF THE FIVE PARTS, DEDICATION

Dedication” means to dedicate all of whatever virtue has been produced through body, speech, and mind to the end that all sentient beings will achieve buddhahood. This is usually done with the recitation of prayers for the purpose. The text says, The way of making such dedication is that the dedication is done via prajñā that sees the emptiness of what is to be dedicated, the dedication, and dedicator. For someone who has practised meditation on the actuality of mind, the truth of the dharmatā, and truly seen it, dedication can be done in the way called dedication with the threefold sphere of emptiness. In it, all three parts of the action of dedication (what is dedicated—the virtue; the act of dedication itself; and the person doing the dedication) are sealed with emptiness, the Prajñāpāramitā. For someone who cannot do that level of dedication, a dedication is done using the words of a prayer. For example: “Warrior Mañjuśhrī knows as it is, And Samantabhadra does too; I train following them fully and Like them fully dedicate all these virtues.”

119

120

PART FIVE: DEDICATION

Thinking that you will make a dedication in the same way as the great bodhisatvas Mañjuśhrī, Samantabhadra, Avalokiteśhvara, and so on, repeat the words of the above and that will be sufficient. You might wonder what will happen if you do not dedicate the merit for the benefit of sentient beings? The conqueror’s son Śhāntideva said, “Whatever goodness has been accumulated through Thousands of aeons by giving, offering to the tathāgatas, And so on, is destroyed, all of it, By a moment of anger.” If we accumulate roots of merit with body, speech, and mind through thousands of aeons—or could also think of many, many years—but do not dedicate it, then it is said that a moment of any strong affliction—anger, pride, and so on—will cause the virtue to be eliminated. So, the special feature of dedication is that it prevents the roots of merit that we have accumulated from being destroyed later by afflictions. Moreover, prayers of dedication are the source of great qualities. In the Sūtra Requested by Sagaramati, “Just as a drop of water placed into an ocean Will not be spent for as long as the ocean is not spent, So the roots of virtue dedicated to enlightenment also Will not be spent for as long as enlightenment is not obtained.” This uses the example of a drop of water placed into a vast ocean. Just as the drop will remain and not become spent for as long the ocean stays and does not become spent, so the roots of virtue that we dedicate with the attitude of enlightenment mind will stay and not be spent until we have attained enlightenment.

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE INSTRUCTIONS 121

Then Jigten Sumgon said, Dedication like that gets to the point concerning jealousy... meaning that it becomes an antidote for jealousy. As a result, of the five wisdoms, jealousy turns into the all-accomplishing wisdom ... and causes all-accomplishing wisdom to dawn. Therefore, it is important to work assiduously at that; he said, “If the wish-fulfilling jewel of the two accumulations, Is not polished with prayers of aspiration, The fruit of your wishes will not appear So be assiduous at the concluding dedication.” Here, he likens the two accumulations—the referential accumulation of merit and the non-referential accumulation of wisdom—to a wish-fulfilling jewel. The jewel needs to be rubbed and polished with vast prayers of aspiration for, if it is not, whatever it is that we want will not come about at all. Therefore, it is important to be very assiduous at making great prayers of aspiration.

ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THOSE WHO HAVE ENGAGED IN PRACTICE

People who have found a virtuous spiritual friend or guru and are involved with the practice of meditation need some further instruction. Practitioners will have various afflictions—desire, aggression, pride, and so on—and problems arise so they need instruction on how to bring them to the path of practice. For the beginner, the methods of the bodhisatva vehicle are an easy way to carry afflictions, sufferings, and so forth onto the path. When very strong afflictions arise, you can think, “Sentient beings have even stronger afflictions than this. Because of it, they accumulate karma and there is no possible end to their wandering in saṃsāra. May all of their afflictions dissolve into the afflictions that I am experiencing now!” Having thought that, develop the certainty, “All of their afflictions have been removed by that!” and then make the prayer “May they go to the level of a sugata!” That kind of mind can be joined with the sending and taking practice as follows. On the in-breath, take in all of the afflictions of sentient beings in the form of black smoke and think that it dissolves into yourself. Then, on the out-breath, put all of your virtues together as white light and send it out to all sentient beings; the light dissolves into them to produce all good qualities of mind 123

124

ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS

in them. If you cultivate that over and again, you will be able to turn afflictions that happen to you into the bodhisatva path. There is no difference in the treatment given to any of the five afflictions in this method; they are all treated in the same way. Sometimes we might become ill. At that time, you can remember that the suffering of pain and sickness of the beings in the lower realms, especially of those in the hell-realms, is far more acute than the pain or discomfort associated with whatever illness you are experiencing. When a genuine feeling of that arises, you can wish that all of their pain and discomfort dissolves into your pain and discomfort and that they are thereby completely relieved of it. If you cultivate that kind of thought, it becomes possible to carry the illness onto the path of enlightenment. For example, it is mentioned in the biography of Khenchen Tashi Ozer that he went to Lhasa at one time and, having arrived there, had some severe head pains. He went to see various people but was not able to cure the illness. Realizing that nothing else could be done, he applied the practice of sending and taking to it and over a period of days the sickness was reduced and finally cleared. Taken overall, there are different types of illness. One type is of the sort mentioned above; it comes from the full ripening of karma alone and doctors can do nothing to cure it. Another sort is karmic but is based in local conditions, for example, catching a cold due to a change in weather; this can be treated by medication. The first kind, karmic illness, is stated to be of three types in the Tibetan medical system and these correspond to the three main afflictions: wind-related diseases are due to desire, bile-related diseases are due to anger, and phlegm-related diseases are due to delusion. These kinds of sicknesses can be alleviated to a greater or lesser extent by the practices described here of taking adverse circumstances onto the path of enlightenment. That is so because disease comes from the ripening of karmic latencies that have been imprinted on the mind stream

ORAL COMMENTARY TO OCEAN-LIKE TEXT

125

by bad deeds done in the past and because the enlightenment mind, which is developed by the sending and taking practice, is the very best of methods for overcoming the karmic imprints of bad actions. The power of the practices of loving kindness, compassion, and enlightenment mind are shown in the following story. Many years ago, the Indian master. Asaṅga went to stay in a mountain cave near Bodhgaya in order to practice the guru-yoga of Maitreya, the coming buddha. After three years, nothing had happened and he became disgruntled and left. As he was leaving, he met an old man who was rubbing an iron rod with a cloth. He asked the man why he would do such a thing. The man replied that he needed a needle and if he polished the iron rod enough, it would eventually wear down to a needle. Asaṅga was impressed by this display of patience and returned to his cave to meditate again. After another three years, still nothing had happened and he became disgruntled again and left. This time on the way out he saw how birds near the cave had worn down the rocks with the flapping of their wings as they went in and out of their nest. This impressed him again and he returned to his cave once more. After another three years still nothing had happened and he left again. Once again he saw something that impressed on him the need for perseverance and once again he returned to the cave. After another three years, now a total of twelve years, still nothing had happened and this time he left the cave, determined that he was now done with it. When he arrived in a nearby village, he saw a badly under-nourished dog with sores all over its body. The sores were badly infected and maggots were living in them. The dog was almost a corpse. Asaṅga was overcome with a feeling of compassion for the dog. However, he was equally concerned for the maggots. So he got down on his knees, closed his eyes, and went to gently lick the maggots out of the wounds with his tongue. However, to his surprise, his tongue contacted the ground. He opened his eyes to find that the dog had disappeared

126

ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS

and that Maitreya was before him. Asaṅga asked him where he had been all the time. Maitreya told him that he had been with him right from the beginning, however, due to Asanga’s great obscurations produced from former bad actions, Asaṅga had not been able to see him. Asaṅga’s production of genuine loving kindness and compassion had overcome all of his obscurations and now he could see Maitreya. At various times we will experience fears, pains, or other difficulties. However, all such things can be successfully dealt with by the one method of bringing it onto the path with enlightenment mind.

OTHER RESOURCES: PADMA KARPO PUBLICATIONS

The Tibetan Texts in This Book The Tibetan texts included in this book are available in electronic form for free download from our web-site. The texts are provided in our TibetD software format so that they can not only be read but can be searched and used as apart of a reference library. Furthermore, the texts in this format can be used in conjunction with our Illuminator Dictionary as a very convenient way of studying the texts. Full details about using our software and texts provided are on the web-site.

The Illuminator Tibetan-English Dictionary The comprehensive Illuminator Dictionary is very handy and useful in terms of providing clear explanations of dharma terminology. The dictionary is electronic and massive in size. It is a mine of information.

The Three Lines That Hit the Key Points and Commentary Tenga Rinpoche gave a very abbreviated commentary on Patrul Rinpoche’s Three Lines That Hit The Key Points. This is a key text for beginners in the Great Completion practice of 127

128

OTHER RESOURCES

Thorough Cut. A fine translation of the text and Patrul Rinpoche’s own commentary on it is available from Padma Karpo Translations. The book includes table of contents, translations of both texts, Tibetan of both texts, notes, glossary, and index. 62 pages.

Other Translations and Publications We have an ever increasing variety of translations of Tibetan Buddhist texts available on our web-site and through our distributors. Some of the translations on our web-site are free and can be downloaded on the spot for example: • Tsongkhapa’s chapter on interdependent origination from his Great Stages of the Path to Enlightenment. • Padma Karpo’s commentary to the first chapter of Shantideva’s Entering the Bodhisatva’s Conduct. Note that even the free ones are fully typeset and have been prepared as though for commercial publication. Some of the ones for purchase are: • The Condensed Chronicles of Padma by Padmasambhava himself. • Empowerment and Atiyoga a compilation of key empowerment texts of the Nyingma tradition with full explanations of the texts and the meanings of empowerment. • Various texts connected with the Choggyur Lingpa lineage, such as the guru yoga of Tulku Ugyen with commentary and more. See our website at http://www.tibet.dk/pktc/

ENDNOTES

1. He is also known as Tilo, Telo, Tailo and each also with a “pa” on the end in Tibetan. In earlier Tibetan literature at least, he is usually called Tailopa not Tilopa. 2. Phagdru is the common abbreviation for Phagmo Drupa 3.See the section Other Resources on page 63. 4. This is exactly the meaning of the original Sanskritmudrā” in this case—a sign that is displayed and by being displayed conveys meaning. 5. Throughout this bookmind” translates the Tibetan term “sems” and the Sanskritchitta”. It specifically means the type of mind that beings in saṃsāra—cyclic existence—have. Mind is a complex process based on ignorance. It has a lot of paraphernalia that goes with it; the conceptual baggage of dualism. However, mind also has a core that is not ignorant of reality. This core has many names: a few used in this book are “mindness” (see note 23), “essence of mind”, “nature of mind”, and so on. Mindness is the working basis of the tantric path. Its very existence is the reason it is possible to shed the excess baggage of mind and return to wisdom which is the type of mind that buddhas have and which is mindness in its purest form. 6. From the text The Questions of Phagmo Drupa in the collected works of Gampopa. The European system of quoting page numbers and volumes of a source does not fit well with the Tibetan system of publishing texts. There are often different printings of the same edition, each with its own pagination and, since it is impossible to predict which version a reader might obtain, there is no point in quoting page and volume numbers. Tibetans themselves simply to quote the source and that is what I have done.

130

END NOTES

7. From the same text as the previous quotation. 8. Tib. gdams ngag. There are several types of oral instruction used in Buddhism. What is meant here is oral instruction in general. It should not be confused with the very special oral instruction called upadeśha, see note 11. 9. Skt. bodhichitta, Tib. byang chub sems. The term does not merely mean “mind for enlightenment” or “enlightened attitude” as it is sometimes translated; in some contexts it also means “mind of enlightenment”. Thus enlightenment mind, which translates the Sanskrit and Tibetan exactly, is correct. 10. Tib. ngo sprod (transitive verb and noun) and ngo ’phrod (intransitive verb). A common term in Tibetan language meaning “to give / be given an introduction”. It is the standard term used when one person introduces another person to a third person or thing that they have not met before or do not remember. The term is used in the vajra vehicle in exactly the same way it is used in ordinary life but in a specific context. In the vajra vehicle it is used to indicate that the guru gives the disciple an introduction to the core of his or her own conventional mind. In this case, the guru introduces a person, quite literally, to the essence of his own mind. It is popular these days to translate the vajra vehicle usage as “pointing out” but that is not what the term says. The term does mean and is used to mean “an introduction given so that, once introduced, you now know the thing or person introduced”. Furthermore, there is another phrase in Tibetan used for difference purposes which does exactly mean “pointing out” and the two can conflict, thus it really is an error to translate this term as “pointing out”. A proper understanding and use of this term is crucial to a proper understanding of the vajra vehicle system, so the mistaken “pointing out” has not been used in this book. 11. Skt. Upadeśha, Tib. man ngag. One of several types of oral instruction. The term literally means “prime” or “foremost” type of “instruction” and conveys the sense of the best way of all possible ways of instruction for conveying a meaning to another person. This type of instruction comes out of direct personal experience and has great power to transform the mind of the listener, much more so

ENDNOTES

131

than any other type of instruction. It is of crucial in the tantras. For example, the highest system of tantra, Great Completion, is also known as “the Upadeśha section” because at the highest level, upadeśha is the most direct way to get the student to realize things as they are. The importance of this type of oral instruction, and hence why its name needs to be clearly distinguished from the names of the many other types of oral instruction, can be understood from Situ Chokyi Jungnay’s text. He says that the instructions used to impart the realization of Mahāmudrā to students cannot be just any type of oral instruction but must be the type that is “an experiential kind of instruction ... which are not mere ornaments to the word of the Conqueror”. With this, he is saying that upadeśha are not the usual type of oral instruction used to clarify the words of the Buddha (and other great teachers) that operate simply by adding more to the meaning till it is clear; they are much more than that. Upadeśha are a special type of instruction that incorporate the power of personal experience and realization of either the teacher himself or the teacher’s teachers. These words are usually kept very private and, because of that, have a lot of power when they are used, much more so than ordinary types of oral instruction. Unfortunately, this term is usually translated in a way that does not allow the reader to distinguish it from the several other types of oral instruction, causing a serious loss of meaning. For this reason, I have kept the Sanskrit term. 12. Tib ras pa. A repa was a yogin who wore only a thin cotton cloth called a “re”. Repas could do this, even in the extreme cold of the snowy mountains of Tibet because of their yogic practice that produced warmth in the body. 13.Tib. rdzogs chen. Often referred to by the Tibetan nameDzogchen” and often poorly translated as “Great Perfection”, the actual meaning of the term is “Great Completion”. 14. Introduction has the meaning of introduction has described in note 130. Dharmatā in this case is not very technical, it is a way of saying “reality”. 15. Sanskrit vidya, Tib. rig pa. One of the most important terms of Buddhism and especially of the tantras, it is often translated as

132

END NOTES

awareness” these days but that fails to convey the meaning. The Sanskrit, which becomes the root of English words like “video”, “vision”, and the like, implies an active knowing, in which things are clearly seen. It has a sense of “sight of”, “the seeing of”, and in some cases “insight into”. In Sanskrit and Tibetan it is has both noun and verb forms and both are frequently used. Unfortunately the verb usage has been lost on translators and it is usually translated as a noun, often with loss of key meaning. For example, the “ignorance” we usually speak of in English when talking about Buddhist view actually means “not rig-ing”; it is a loss of sight, failure to see reality—and that meaning is very evident in Sanskrit and Tibetan. The opposite of ignorance is “to rig” the reality, in which case one is either reversing out of loss of sight of reality or has gained full insight into it, and has become a buddha. As Gampopa says, there are only two sides to existence. The side of those who have sight of reality—that is, the side in which there is “rigging” of reality or there is possession of rigpa of the reality—and the side of those who do not have sight of reality—that is, the side in which there is “no rigging” of reality or there is possession of “not having rigpa”. This rigpa, which is direct sight and knowledge of something, is an exceptionally important term and does not have an adequate English equivalent. Therefore, I am sticking my neck out and using the Tibetan term both as a noun (rigpa) and as a verb (to rig). Sanskrit usually works better than Tibetan for English audiences because Sanskrit has more ties with English. However, “rigpa” and “to rig” seem easier than variations on the Sanskrit “vid-” at the moment. Let us see what happens. Whatever else happens, we have to come up with a unique term in English for this term of terms in Buddhist thought. The wordawareness” that is so often used as the translation for rigpa is totally inadequate. 16. Gampopa’s expression sounds much more like a Dzogchen presentation than a Mahamudra presentation and it is noteworthy that, in his collected works, he frequently uses this kind of expression. Here., hee is saying to his disciples that you either have sight of reality or not and, if you do, that is where buddhahood lies, so he

ENDNOTES

133

is going to give the requested introduction to buddhahood on the basis of rigpa. I will publish more from Gampopa’s collected works in the near future and explore his ways of presentation. 17. “Arouse the mind” is the term used in Mahāyanā literature to mean “arouse enlightenment mind”. This is the first instruction of the five parts. 18. The second of the five parts. 19. The third of the five parts. 20. The fourth of the five parts. From here, Gampopa continued on to give Phagmo Drupa and the other yogins present a lengthy instruction on the main practice, Mahāmudrā. The fifth the five parts is not mentioned explicitly in this interchange but Gampopa makes it clear in other places that dedication is the fifth part. 21. Of the Kagyu lineage 22. “Introducing” here refers to giving the introduction as described in note . 23. Skt. chittata, Tib. sems nyid. Mindness is a specific term of the tantras. It is one of many terms meaning the essence of mind or the nature of mind. It conveys the sense of “what mind is at its very core”. It has sometimes been translated as “mind itself” but that is a misunderstanding of the Tibetan wordnyid”. The term does not mean “that thing mind” where mind, as already explained refers to dualistic mind. Rather, it means the means the very core of dualistic mind, what mind is at root, without all of the dualistic baggage. A further point in choosing “mindness” for the translation is that it is an unmistakable term. This corresponds to the situation in both Sanskrit and Tibetan literature where the term stands out and cannot be mistaken for anything else. This should be compared with translations used up to now, such as “mind itself” which do not immediately signal a special term with specific meaning. Readers usually thinks that “mind itself” is just another reference to mind. “Actuality of mind” is a ground term. It is used to describe the ground situation. It refers to the reality which is the inner core of mind as it actually is, regardless of whether you are a practitioner

134

END NOTES

or not, a buddha or not. “Mindness” on the other hand is a path term. It refers to exactly the same thing as actuality of mind but does so from the practitioner’s perspective. It conveys the sense to a practitioner that he might still have baggage of dualistic mind that has not been purified yet but there is a core to that mind that he can work with. Here, the guru gives the disciple an introduction to the actuality of mind. That actuality of mind is the inner nature of dualistic mind that will, when fully uncovered, become the mind of a buddha. The disciple experiences that as mindness and that gives the disciple the basis needed for proceeding with the practice. The practice is to purify all the obscurations so that mindness becomes fully uncovered. When it is fully uncovered, the disciple has reached the end of the path. At that time, the previously covered-over mindness is completely uncovered and is the mind of a buddha. At that point it is called “dharmakāya” where “dharmakāya” is one of several fruition terms that correspond to the ground and path terms indicated above. 24. That is, repeating one of the many prayers that arouses the two types of enlightenment mind, aspiring and entering. 25. Of the deity’s mantra. 26. The actuality of mind can be introduced at the more superficial level of the innate mind without fabrication of thoughts. This corresponds in essence to the practice of calm-abiding taught in the sūtras. Unfabricated in this case means that mind is just left alone, without any modification or alteration to its nature. It does not refer to the term meaning “unelaborated” (Tib. spros bral) which unfortunately is also sometimes translated as un-fabricated but which refers to putting an end to conceptual views altogether. 27. The last three sentences go together. Coming to rest completely requires that all states opposite to calm-abiding, which are summed up in the sūtras as sinking and agitation, are removed. In the Mahāmudrā way of doing things, it also requires the removal of certain wrong ideas, the doings of rational mind, which are summed up in the Mahāmudrā teachings in what are called the four points of straying and the three deviations. The removal of these in this way is the removal of the obstacles to wisdom waking itself up, not the actual waking

ENDNOTES

135

up. In other words, the instruction here is saying that appearances are usually manifestations of dualistic mind however, if used properly, they can become the means for removing the energy that tends to make them manifestations of dualistic mind. Once that has happened, appearances can be further introduced as the innate reality itself manifesting. From that kind of introduction, appearances can be practised as the innate reality of mahamudra itself. When that has been accomplished, even appearances become the innate reality. One of the key points here is that the Mahāmudrā approach to reality uses appearances of the five senses—sights, sounds, and so on—as the doorway to the reality called Mahāmudrā. This differs from the approach of the other main teaching on reality, Mahāti, in which appearances are not the gateway to reality, rather, the luminosity of the innate mind itself is the gateway. In the end, the two systems come to the same point, though there is this subtle but crucial distinction between the two approaches. Mahāmudrā instructions do not discuss this because the whole system just depends on the use of appearances as the gateway. These instructions are very pithy and sum up a very large body of teaching. More of the meaning is contained in the other texts and explanations presented here. Full clarification must be obtained from a teacher, in person. 28. The state is a technical term of very great significance in Mahāmudrā. The term is used throughout the book, mainly with this specific meaning. See the glossary entries “state” and “preserving the state”. 29. At this point, the practitioner has developed some ability to rest in the state of the innate nature without fabrications. While the practitioner is resting in that state, thoughts will flash forth. Direct recognition of the nature of the thoughts is the direct recognition of the dharmakāya, as Gampopa taught. In that kind of process, dharmakāya liberates itself with no other antidote needed, thus, the thoughts, produced on the basis of the various doors of consciousness, are now turned into wisdom waking itself up. The practitioner habituates himself to this and, by doing so, his mindness is increasingly cleared of obscurations until it eventually becomes the dharmakāya of a buddha. This section corresponds to what is called vipaśhyanā, meaning the practice of insight, in the sūtra system.

136

END NOTES

30. Here he is making a play on the Tibetan way of glossing the Tibetan word for buddha which consists of two parts. The first, “wakefulness” refers to the fruition of the dharmakāya, and the second, “expansion” to the fruition of the form kāyas. 31. In other words, the five parts include both practices that accumulate merit and practices that accumulate wisdom. Since there are both types of accumulation in the practice, there are, correspondingly, two types of dedication to be made. Each type of accumulation has to be dedicated according to its own way of being produced, which is that merit is dedicated within a conceptual framework and wisdom is dedicated within a non-conceptual framework. The next text and its commentary give more information about this. 32. Tib. ’gro ba. “Migrator” is one of several common terms meaning “sentient being”. Sentient beings are constantly forced to go here and there from one rebirth to another by the power of their karma. They are like flies caught in a jar, constantly buzzing back and forth. 33. The name has some poetry included. In the Indian literary tradition and the Tibetan literary tradition copying it, the ocean is regarded as the source of jewels because it is the dwelling place of the nāgas who hoard jewels. These ocean-like instructions are a source of the jewels of experience and realization. Experience means the experiences of the path which come from practice but are temporary in nature. As the path is practised, experience increases and eventually becomes realization which is final and does not change. 34. The three baskets of the sūtra teachings of the Buddha. 35. An assembly of the Vajra Vehicle saṅgha 36. The founder of the Drigung Kagyu, Jigten Sumgon. 37. A Tibetan phrase used to indicate that a disciple has attained the entire realization of his guru as though the disciple was an empty vase into which the whole realization of the guru was just poured in, filling the disciple totally. 38. This explains how Jigten Sumgon laid out the text. He showed each of the five parts, one by one. This explanation overall includes all the instructions of the Great Vehicle—that is, contains all the key

ENDNOTES

137

points of both pāramitā and vajra vehicles. In addition he added a teaching called the Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas to the basic fivepart instructions. He did this by adding a summation containing the relevant portion of the Ten Dharmas, Three dharmas, teaching at the end of each of the five parts. These two aspects can be seen further on in this text. Thus the text is a great treasury of the speech of his guru, the Dharma Lord Phagmo Drupa, in the style of a text on the five parts. 39. Karmapa Mikyo Dorje 40. The first line instructs the practitioner which meditation posture to assume for the practice. The second line instructs the practitioner to develop enlightened mind through the uncommon yogic practices of wind and channels. The five part system does not use these esoteric instructions but transmits the exoteric instructions which immediately follow. The author uses this quote, even though it might not seem fitting, because he is giving his readers, assumed to be Kagyu practitioners, a hint about inner possibilities. 41. According to all texts of the Tibetan tradition, the correct spelling is bodhisatva, with a single “t”. This is seen as far back as the ninth century, such as in the writings of the greatest translator of the time, Kawa Paltsheg. The previous incarnation of Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche verified that this was correct and explained why there is a difference between satva and sattva. 42. The texts of Prajñāpāramitā, which is where enlightenment mind is explained by the Buddha, say that the training in fictional enlightenment mind is done in the manner of seeing all things as illusory. See next note for the explanation of fictional. 43. “Fictional” and “superfactual” are much better translations of a key pair of Buddhist terms that have usually been translated mostly as “relative” and “absolute” respectively. The Sanskrit term behind “fictional”, saṃvṛiti, is a common word that was used in ordinary language. It means “a fiction”, “a deliberate coverup”. This word was used in a variety of Indian religions, including Buddhism, to refer to the reality of ordinary beings, ones who are not spiritually advanced. The reality that these beings experience

138

END NOTES

is a trumped up one, a big fiction, made up by their delusion. The term fictional was paired with another term that was also widely used amongst Indian religions. This other term was used for talking about the reality of beings who are spiritually advanced enough to see things as they really are. The term, “paramārtha”, means “the spiritually superior (parama) fact known by mind (artha)”. This is the fact of how things are. In other words, it refers to the superior level of reality to the fictional one made up by sentient beings, a level which is known by spiritually advanced beings, and which is simply a fact—reality without any fictions. There is no equivalent for this in English so I have coined the new term “superfactual”, which is not only a very accurate translation of both the Sanskrit and Tibetan terms but also conveys the meaning correctly, as shown in this paragraph. The two terms “fictional” and “superfactual” are used in any discussion of the two levels of reality that exist for beings as a whole: the fictional level of reality that sentient beings create for themselves by means of their delusion and the superior, factual level of reality that undeluded beings know as a fact. The terms “relative” and “absolutesound nice but do not convey either the meanings of the original words nor the meanings that the Buddha gave to them when explaining these two levels of reality. The terms fictional and superfactual not only translate the original terms accurately but also convey the sense of the terms as used by the Buddha. Note the difference in feeling that you get when you use “fictional” and “superfactual” as opposed to relative and absolute. 44. Each of the five sections ends first with a statement like this about the how the particular practice gets to the points of the practice and then with a quoted verse. The statement is the relevant part of Jigten Sumgon’s additional Ten Dharmas, Three dharmas material and the verse quotes what Jigten Sumgon heard from Phagmo Drupa when he heard the instructions on the Five Parts. 45. Tib. rgyal ’gong. A type of male, negative force (Tib. gdon) always connected with anger. 46. The central thread is our normal, selfish mind, which is the backbone of an ordinary person’s being. If you cut this thread using

ENDNOTES

139

love and compassion, then you will become famous amongst all the rest of the people, gods and men, for your kindness. If you do not, then you remain an ordinary person who is nothing special. 47. This is the special instruction from the Hearing Lineage, not the normal, outer instruction. 48. “Armours” is shorthand for armour deities. 49. These are two of the various mantras of Chakrasaṃvara. 50. The container worlds and the sentient beings contained within them. 51. Deity’s form. 52. Tib. bsen mo. A type of female, negative force (Tib. gdon) always connected with desire. 53. This is a second kind of devotion, the one that results in direct perception of the dharmakāya for the practitioner. 54. See note 44. 55. Devaputra is one of the four māras. It is the personification of evil forces which cause attraction to sense objects. 56. Skt. buddhi, Tib. blo. Rational mind is a specific aspect of dualistic mind. It is that part of mind that deals in the rational thought of this as opposed to that. It is a pejorative term in this kind of literature. You will see it used throughout the texts translated here to refer to the agent that keeps a person in duality. Here, “the rational mind of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa” means the rational type of mind that keeps up the dichotomy of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. This mind, as with all other things, sees saṃsāra and nirvāṇa as a pair of opposites instead of directly knowing their equality. 57. The exaggerations of appearance and emptiness are the concepts of appearance and emptiness produced by the rational mind. They are exaggerations because they add more than what is actually there. 58. Tib. ’khrul pa. This term specifically means the confusion of taking what is not as what is. It is the mis-take of taking deluded reality as reality. It is paired here with its opposite, liberation.

140

END NOTES

59. Tib. mkhyen pa gnyis. The two all-knowing knowledges of a buddha: the knowledge of things as they are, and things in their extent. 60. Tib. gnas lugs. The actuality of anything is the way it really is. The actuality of mind is found in its innermost nature. That actuality is reality, one word for which is Mahāmudrā. This term is often translated as “natural state” which is far removed from what it actually means. The term simply means how something actually sits, how it actually is as opposed to other mistaken possibilities. Thus, there is mind, which is a mistaken possibility and there is mindness, which is the actuality of mind, and that in turn is none other than reality, which is also called Mahāmudrā. 61. Tib. dus thabs. Method of time is a specific style of introducing actuality. It does not mean “timely method” as is often translated. 62. That is, the core of mind, which is called “tathāgatagarbha” in the sūtras and “mindness” or “nature of mind” or “essence of mind” in the tantras. 63. Tib. gsal ba. The Tibetan term “gsal ba” and its Sanskrit equivalent “vara” here translated as “clarity” are actually simply abbreviations of the Tibetanod gsal and its Sanskrit equivalentprabhasvara”, meaning “luminosity”. The abbreviation in every case carries exactly the same meaning as the full word and does not represent another meaning or nuance. This is an important point because these days, it seems, people do not realize that one is no more than an abbreviation of the other and then come to the conclusion that there are two similar but slightly different things in the core of mind, one called clarity and one called luminosity. Luminosity and its abbreviation clarity are simply metaphors for the fundamental knowing quality of mind. 64. That is, there will none of the dualistic process whereby mind conducts its own recital, using the voice of concepts and the names that go with it, saying, “This is this, this is that, this is what is happening”, and so on. 65. That is, the mindness experienced by the practitioner is the actual functioning of Mahāmudrā on the path. In other words, it is path Mahāmudrā.

ENDNOTES

141

66. This paragraph presents ground, path, and fruition Mahāmudrā in sequence. It defines ground Mahāmudrā, which is the basis upon which an introduction to one’s own mind is made. It then states how the introduction is done. Introduction by a guru depends on two things: the blessings of the guru which can convey his own realization of Mahāmudrā, and the method of time mentioned in note 61. The paragraph explains how the introduction is done and how the disciple recognizes and thus has certainty in what has been introduced. After that, the disciple nurtures the state that has been recognized. At that point, the disciple is established on the path of Mahāmudrā. Path Mahāmudrā is the functioning of mindness as it is actually known to the practitioner. When that is brought to finality, there is only Mahāmudrā, which is the fruition state. 67. Tib. tha mal gyi shes pa. This is often translated as “ordinary mind” but that is not the meaning. Padma Karpo clearly explains that “tha mal” does not mean ordinary in the sense of common, nothing special, but means common to all, that everyone has it. It is another path term for the essence of mind. 68. Skt. śhamatha and vipaśhyanā. Tib. gzhi gnas and lhag mthong. 69. In other words, the practice of calm abiding at first when there is no abiding of mind, then after that when there is some abiding, and then methods for enhancing the abiding. 70. Skt. samyaksaṃbuddha. A buddha who is a truly complete buddha as opposed to an arhat type of buddha, who is not a truly complete buddha. 71. A pair of terms in Tibetan which are related but each of which has its own meaning. These are the two enemies of concentration on the side of mind being under-active. 72. A pair of terms in Tibetan which are related but each of which has its own meaning. These are the two enemies of concentration on the side of mind being over-active. 73. A pair of terms in Tibetan which are related but each of which has its own meaning. These are the two factors of mind needed for the development of any state of concentration.

142

END NOTES

74. ...which was heading towards being a discursive thought. That would normally mean that the abiding was lost but, in this case, the discursive thought gets captured by the abiding as it was starting to pop up, hence the moment following the abiding also becomes a moment of abiding, rather than a moment of distraction into discursive thought. 75. When a person is introduced to the actuality of mind, if the introduction works, then vipaśhyanā or insight, automatically occurs. 76. Tib. cher cher. A specific term for how to look. It means to look directly, intently, and unwaveringly at something. In this context, practice it means staring intently right at the mind. 77. The Buddha. 78. An experiential term for emptiness that means a blank, unending, even space. 79. Tib. ma bcos pa’i tha mal gyi shes pa. 80. See note 43 on fictional and superfactual truth. 81. See note 59 on two knowledges of a buddha. 82. Tib. klu btsan. A nāga-type troublesome spirit connected with jealousy and hoarding. 83. The lineage of the Drukpa Kagyu starting from Phagmo Drupa, going through Tsangpa Gyare, and then on through Lingje Repa. 84. Tib, brgyad khri bzhi stong chos kyi phung po. The teaching of the Buddha’s dharma contains eight-four thousand individual dharma teachings. As a whole it is called “the heap of eighty-four thousand dharmas”. It is not “the eight-four thousand heaps of dharma” as is sometimes incorrectly translated.. 85. That is, penetration of the nature of reality. 86. The fourth empowerment of the empowerment system of the vajra vehicle is called the word empowerment. Of the four empowerments in the system, this one most directly introduces a person to the actuality of his own mind. It is an elegant way here of saying “introduction to the nature of mind”.

ENDNOTES

143

87. Tib bde bar gshegs pa’i khams. “Element of the sugatas”. One of many names for the tathāgatagarbha or buddha nature. It is the element of being that allows a person to become a sugata or buddha. When uncovered fully, it is naked reality, and that reality is called Mahāmudrā in this system. The term “element of the sugatas” is used when practice is being discussed compared to the term “element of the tathāgatas” which is used when theory is being discussed. 88. Son of the conquerors is an epithet for bodhisatvas in general. 89. Milarepa’s clever play on words is hard to understand in English. A picture, for example like in a lithograph, is made up of lots of dots. So there are rain drops in the first line, droplets of fat in the second, all of which are connected with this illusory body of a house, about to collapse. All these dots or drops make up the dots of the picture, which in the end is death. 90. The teaching on unsatisfactoriness, the First Truth of the Noble Ones, points out that there are two kinds of unsatisfactoriness. There is the result, which is what we experience at any given moment, and which we tend to think is the unsatisfactoriness being talked about in that first truth. However, in addition to that, there is the fact the current unsatisfactoriness is nearly always the seed of a future result of more unsatisfactoriness. When you realize the depth of this selfperpetuating cycle of unsatisfactoriness, it is horrifying. And that is the point at which renunciation comes. 91. An epithet of Maitreya. 92. See note 99. 93. He is explaining how to develop each of the four parts of the first two immeasurable thoughts. The first thought has the two parts of wishing that all sentient beings have happiness and its cause. The second part similarly has the two parts of wishing that all sentient beings have freedom from unsatisfactoriness and its cause. The FivePart teaching explains the development of enlightenment mind through the four immeasurable thoughts; see for example Tenga Rinpoche’s commentary starting on page 61.

144

END NOTES

94. The three types of compassion are explained in the following paragraphs, though the explanations depend on implication. Compassion in relation to sentient beings is compassion that sees the suffering position of sentient beings in general. Compassion in relation to dharma is compassion that arises for those beings based on understanding various aspects of profound dharma other than emptiness, for example, understanding how they are caught in the process of interdependent arising. Compassion in relation to non-referencing is compassion for sentient beings when they are seen through a mind that is not referencing them dualistically. The explanation in the text refers to it as compassion in relation to emptiness, which is saying the same thing. The first two compassions are referential, that is, they are compassion that is created in dualistic mind. The third is beyond that, it is compassion that is naturally present in non-dualistic wisdom.. 95. This is a basic teaching the Buddha gave in the first turning of the wheel of dharma. It leads a person to understand that there is no personal self in anything. It does that by pointing out that “normal” people take things to be permanent, single, and independent, things whereas inspection shows that things are actually impermanent, composed of many parts, and arise as interdependent phenomena. Seeing this breaks down clinging to a self. 96. Emptiness is the basic character of mindness. The complexion of that emptiness is compassion. Complexion (Tib. mdangs) is sometimes translated as “radiance” but that is not the meaning. The phrase “basic character and its complexion” describes a basic thing and its complexion; like a polished wooden table and the shine that appears just at its surface. 97. A lineage supplication prayer popular in Drukpa Kagyu. 98. This does not mean “cannot be held any longer”, exactly. You must have the oral instructions in order to do this practice. 99. Tib. dmigs pa’i mtshan ma. “Conceptual tokens”. Dualistic mind works by using tokens to reference any object instead of referencing the object itself. These tokens are small, conceptual structures that are the operational stuff of dualistic mind’s perceptual process. They

ENDNOTES

145

are used as the basis of the process of referencing which is the process in which dualistic mind references an actual object by using a conceptual token instead of the actual object. In other words, whenever an object is known in dualistic mind, it is always referenced with a concept that stands as a taken for the actual thing. 100. Glorious Archer is an epithet of the Indian Mahasiddha, Saraha. The first line of the quote here continues on directly to the two lines just below. 101. If the very thing that causes the fetters of sentient beings merely has the right method put together with it, then the fetters themselves become the way to release the fetters. 102. The self-purity of the afflictions is none other than the innate purity of mind, the mindness already mentioned. 103. You know the abiding state. Now, if thoughts move out from it, what is their nature? 104. The superficies are the individual items experienced by the senses of a person in fictional reality. They are exaggerations, per the earlier note. 105. This sentence reflects the Tibetan exactly and the Tibetan is not straightforward. Padma Karpo here sums up what would take perhaps a whole book to explain. It is not crucial to the greater meaning of the book, so I will not attempt to explain it here. 106. Milarepa. 107. Emptiness and great bliss are in unification. 108. Lucid faith is one of three types of faith. Lucid faith is one in which one has a very clear appreciation of the qualities of the thing and so has faith in it for that reason. 109. It is not uncommon for a guru to make a comment to the people around him at the conclusion of some work, such as the completion of dictating of a text. These comments were sometimes preserved at the end of a text, as was done here.

146

END NOTES

110. There are two trainings in enlightenment mind corresponding to the two levels of reality, fictional and superfactual, which were discussed in an earlier note. 111. They are methods for realizing emptiness. 112. By the Buddha 113. Skt. ārya, Tib. ’phags pa. “Noble One” in Buddhism has a special meaning. It does not mean just anyone who is a good or fine person. It specifically refers to those who are superior to ordinary beings still wandering in cyclic existence because, having seen emptiness directly, they have left cyclic existence. They are the noble ones and the ordinary beings are the commoners, is how it is usually described. 114. In other words, the Buddha said that his teachings were given so that others could seek and arrive at the meaning of emptiness and that the higher type of meditation of his followers who had achieved the rank of a noble one, a meditation which brought about their liberation, was a meditation on the fact of emptiness. 115. He is referring to the Gelugpa school which is criticized by the Kagyus and Nyingmas for mistaking an endless string of analytical minds (and which can be pejoratively referred to as a string of discursive thoughts) for actual direct insight into emptiness. 116. Tib. bzhes pa. “Accepted” specifically means the way that the masters of the lineage have decided upon it and assert it to others, they being the ones who are in a position to make such declarations that such and such is this way or that. 117. Just as we would say, “the situation in the world today is” so here it is saying that “the situation that all dharmas now find themselves in is...”. 118. In the sūtras. 119. The Indian master Śhantipa formulated the four yogas of Mahāmudrā as a sequence of stages of the practice, and that is being referred to here. 120. Tib. bzos bcos. A pair of terms that work together to give the full meaning of leaving something just as it is. The first term of the

ENDNOTES

147

pair, “construction”, means to create something new that was not already there. The second, “alteration”, means to make a modification to something that is already there. Altogether it means neither to create something newly nor to alter what is already there, in other words to leave the situation just as it is, untouched, unmodified. 121. Tib. tshogs drug. “Tshogs” means a group, a single collection. “Tshogs drug” means the six different consciousnesses, taken as a group, of beings in this human realm; the six-fold group. This has been translated as “six collections of consciousness” but that is incorrect There is a second description of the consciousnesses given by the Buddha in which he explains eight consciousnesses, and these taken as one group are correspondingly called “the eight-fold group”. 122. These four steps to the realization of reality through non-dual mind are very well known. The first three are rational and hence dualistic approaches, the last is non-dual. 123. Co-emergence is the name for reality according to the Sahajayoga (Co-emergence Yoga) system of Mahāmudrā that came down through Saraha. 124. A verse from the Hevajra tantra which is commonly quoted throughout the Kagyu schools. You will see it mentioned in the other texts, too. 125. By Tailopa. 126. Those expounding the sūtras say that the Middle Way— Madhyamaka—is the highest view, but when the matter is carefully examined, that view and the view of Mahāmudrā are not different, as mentioned in a number of tantric texts, such as the well-known Lamp of the Modes. 127. Unsurpassed Yogatantra. 128. The person bestowing the empowerment, which is none other than Mahāmudrā, must be able, through his own practice of it, to make the actual meaning dawn in the minds of the disciples requesting the empowerment. If people hear the fancy-sounding nameMahāmudrā” but do not have the experience of it dawn in their minds, then they might as well have had their ears covered. And if their ears were

148

END NOTES

covered and they were did not hear the instructions that would open their minds to Mahāmudrā, then what difference would there be between their activity in taking the empowerment and their normal activities, driven by dualistic mind, given that dualistic mind is the governor who creates and maintains this desire realm they live in? 129. The experiences of... 130. Each of the three temporary experiences creates a possibility of birth in a corresponding place. The three places respectively correspond to the deviations as listed. 131. The only way to nurture the state of unification is to not try to make it into something. Trying to make it into something happens through one style of clinging or another. Thus here, one nurtures by letting go of clinging and allowing it to come forth of itself. Stoppages is a technical term of non-dual meditation. It refers to leaving the continuous flow of the state of unification—stopping off— and thereby getting stuck in this or that extreme. The point is to stay in the state of unification continuously and the one thing that you can do in order to do that is not to stop off into concepts, that is, non-unification. For example, if you cling to one of the three main experiences in meditation, you stop off in the dualistic experience corresponding to it and hence lose the continuity of the unification, the non-duality. 132. Mercury that has been spilled breaks into little droplets that do not mix with anything. Let the poisonous little bits of the eight worldly dharmas scatter and not mix in with your practice. 133. Carrying desirables onto the path as assistants. 134. The maṇḍala of the heart chakra, which is the home of luminosity. 135. That is, the Buddha. 136. The Plaintain tree grows a trunk that produces fruit once then dies. This is just how karma made with normal, saṃsāric mind works. However, karma made with enlightenment mind is like a standard fruit tree that lives on, producing fruit on the same branches over and over again.

ENDNOTES

149

137. Ultimate obstacles are those that get in the way of realization of the ultimate; temporary obstacles are the more general obstacles experienced on the way. 138. It is clearly stated in the tantras that a ripening empowerment must be given to the disciples first before the liberating instructions are bestowed and also, before they can be realized. Accordingly, if you want to do these practices and have not had a proper empowerment, you should seek a teacher, obtain an empowerment, then receive the instructions on the practice. This book can then serve as a support for your guru’s instructions. 139. These are the instructions on the development of loving kindness and compassion that go with the Five-Part Mahāmudrā. There is a second set of instructions for developing loving kindness and compassion; it is taught in the system called Mind Training that was brought to Tibet by Atiśha. In that system, loving kindness and compassion are developed using a five-fold practice which includes the meditation called “Sending and Taking”. 140. This is the formal way of saying that the practitioner mixes his own mind with the mind of the guru and, as he remains in the state (as it is called, Tib. ngang la bzhag), all appearances are practised as being inseparable appearance-emptiness. Ultimately, just by this kind of devotion, it is possible to go directly to unified appearanceemptiness. 141. Tib. glo bur gyi dri ma. “Adventitious obscurations” are the movements of dualistic mind that suddenly appear on the surface of the essence of mind. They do obscure it. However, they are not part of it so they can be eliminated. 142. Tib. rigs khams de bzhin shegs pa’i snying po. “The lineage element tathāgatagarbha” is that essential part of mind that is the lineage of buddhahood, the core of our being which eventually produces a tathāgata as its descendant. It is also called the buddha nature. 143. Tib tshur blta. This means that, instead of looking outward at dualistic appearances as mind usually does, we should look hither, towards ourselves, towards our actual being. This is experiential talk.

150

END NOTES

144. Tib. hri ge. This term has the sense of looking directly and penetratingly at something. 145. See the section Other Resources on page 63. 146. See the glossary for state and also see the glossary for preserve the state, an explanation that applies here. 147. That is, supplicate the lord guru. 148. That is, the assurance of the innate liberation that belongs to discursive thoughts or the assurance of the essence of thoughts which is the dharmakāya.

GLOSSARY

Actuality, gnas lugs: A key term in the Vajra Vehicle in general. It is one of a pair of terms, the other being snang lugs. This term means how any given situation actually is and its counterpart means how something appears. In short, something could appear in many different ways, depending on the circumstances at the time and on the being perceiving it. However, regardless of circumstances, it will always have its own actuality, its own situation of how it really is. You could also think of this pair of terms as meaning “a thing’s reality and its surface appearance”. Note that this term also gets special use in Great Completion. In that case there is less sense of it being part of the pair and a much stronger sense of it talking about a reality that is present and which actually is that way. Affliction, nyon mongs: this term is usually translated as emotion or disturbing emotion etcetera. However, the Buddha was much more specific about the meaning of this word. The Buddha said that passion, aggression, ignorance, and so on, are afflictions, that is, they were something that afflicted you. Buddha did not talk about “emotion” meaning a movement of mind but specifically used the term “affliction”. This is one of many terms that has lost most of its meaning by its common mistranslation. Alaya, kun gzhi: this term, if translated, is usually translated as all-base or thereabouts. It means a range that underlies something else; an underlying basis for something else. It is used in several different ways in the Buddhist teaching and changes to a different meaning in case. All in all, it means a space of mind that underlies many other minds that come from it. 151

152

GLOSSARY

Alteration, altered, same as contrivance q.v. Assurance, gdeng: often translated as confidence, this term means more than confidence. This term has the full meaning of assurance with the extra meaning that that contains compared to confidence. A bird, as it flies in space, has the assurance that it will not fall to the ground because of knowing that it has wings and the training it obtained in how to fly as a fledgling; the person who can liberate the afflictions because of his direct perceptions of the essence of mind has the assurance of liberation. Bliss, clarity, and no-thought, bde gsal mi rtog pa: mentioned in this text as three temporary experiences that practitioners invariably meet in meditation. Bliss is ease of the body and/or mind, clarity is the experience of extraordinary clarity of mind, and no-thought is the experience literally of no thoughts happening in the mind. There is another understanding of these three not as temporary experiences to be eschewed but final experiences of realization. Clarity, gsal ba: when you see this term, it should be understood as an abbreviation of ’od gsal ba, luminosity. It is not another factor of mind distinct from luminosity but is merely a convenient abbreviation in both Indian and Tibetan dharma language for the longer term, luminosity. See “Luminosity” in this glossary for more. Clinging, zhen pa: dualistic mind that takes things that are not true, not pure, as being true, pure, etcetera and then, because of seeing them as highly desirable attaches itself or clings to those things. It acts as a kind of glue that keeps you with the things of cyclic existence, such as thoughts. Complexion, mdangs: a special term of Great Completion. It is related to the more general term “offput” used in both Mahāmudrā and Great Completion q.v. However, it is a refined term of Great Completion alone. It conveys not just the sense of what is given off by the emptiness factor of mind but adds the sense of the complexion of the emptiness or, you could also say, its lustre.

GLOSSARY

153

Confusion, ’khrul pa: the Tibetan term means fundamental delusion’s confusion of taking things the wrong way. This is not the other meaning in English of having lots of thoughts and being confused about it. It is much more fundamental than that. The definition in Tibetan is “confusion is the appearance to rational mind of something being present when it is not” and refers for example to seeing any object, such as a table, as being truly present when in fact it is present only as mere appearance which has occurred in a process of interdependent arising. Contrivance, contrived, bcos pa: something which has been altered from its native state or the process of making that alteration. Cyclic existence, Skt. saṃsāra, Tib. ’khor ba: the type of existence that sentient beings have which is that they continue on from one existence to another, always within the enclosure of births that are produced by ignorance and experienced as unsatisfactory. Dharmakaya, chos sku: the mind aspect of a buddha which, in the Thorough Cut system, is the fruition level of the direct perception of the essence of mind. Dharmata, chos nyid: literally dharma-ness. A dharma is a phenomenon so, what it is at core, its actual reality, is its dharma-ness, or its isness. Discursive thought, rnam rtog: this means more than just the superficial thought that is heard as a voice in the head. It includes the entirety of conceptual process that arises due to mind contacting any object of any of the senses. Discursive thought here translates from the Sanskrit original where the meaning is “conceptual thought that arises from the mind wandering among the various superficies perceived in the doors of the senses”. Elaboration, spro ba: to be producing thoughts. Entity, ngo bo: see under Essence in this glossary. Enlightenment Mind, Skt. bodhicitta, Tib. byang chub sems: A key term of the Great Vehicle. The term refers to the mind connected with the enlightenment of a truly complete buddha (as opposed to an arhat). As such, it is a mind that is concerned

154

GLOSSARY

with bringing all sentient beings to that same level of buddhahood. It refers both to the mind of a person on the path and to the mind of a buddha who has completed the path, therefore it is not “mind striving for enlightenment” as is so often translated but enlightenment mind, that kind of mind which is connected with the full enlightenment of a truly complete buddha. The term is used in the conventional Great Vehicle and also in the Vajra Vehicle. When Tsoknyi Rinpoche uses the term in this book, he is mainly talking about it in relation to the Vajra Vehicle understanding of the term which is a less dualistic understanding than the one of the conventional Great Vehicle. Equipoise and post-attainment, mnyam bzhag and rjes thob: often mistranslated as meditation and post-meditation, “equipoise and post-attainment” is a correct rendering. There is great meaning in the words and that meaning is lost by the looser translation. Note that equipoise and post-attainment are used throughout the three vehicles and that they have a very different meaning in Great Completion than in lower vehicles. Essence, ngo bo: a key term used throughout Buddhist theory. The original in Sanskrit and the term in Tibetan, too, has both meanings of “essence” and “entity”. In some situations the term has more the first meaning and in others, the second. For example, when speaking of mind and mind’s essence, it is referring to the core or essential part within mind. On the other hand, when speaking of fire or some other thing, there is the entity, fire, and so on, and its characteristics, such as heat, and so on; in this case, it is not an essence but an entity. Expanse, Skt. dhātu, Tib. dbyings: A Sanskrit term with over twenty meanings in Sanskrit and many of those meanings also in the Tibetan. In this book, it is used in one specific sense of the Vajra Vehicle teachings where it is the practical term for the experience of emptiness. In this sense, it means a whole “range” the whole extent of possible experience because that entire extent is covered by emptiness. Where emptiness is a very dry term, this term gives the sense of the full extent of experience that is known as the basic space within which all phenomena appear.

GLOSSARY

155

Fictional Truth, kun rdzob bden pa: one of a pair of terms; the other is Superfactual Truth, q.v. The usual translation as “relative truth” is not the meaning at all of this key term. The term means the level of reality (truth) made up by the obscuration of an ordinary person’s mind. Because this is an obscured version of actual truth it is fictional. However, it is true for the beings who make it up, so it is still called truth. There is a good discussion of fictional and superfactual truth in note 43. Fictional Truth Enlightenment Mind, kun rdzob bden pa’i byang chub sems: One of a pair of terms; the other is Superfactual Truth Enlightenment Mind. See under Fictional and Superfactual truth for information about those terms. Enlightenment mind is defined as two types. The fictional type is the conventional type. It is explained as consisting of love and great compassion within the framework of an intention to obtain truly complete enlightenment for the sake of all sentient beings. The superfactual truth type is the ultimate type. It is explained as the enlightenment mind that is directly perceiving emptiness. These explanations belong to the conventional Great Vehicle. Ground, gzhi: the first member of the formulation of ground, path, and fruition. Ground, path, and fruition is the way that the teachings of the path of oral instruction belonging to the Vajra Vehicle are presented to students. Ground refers to the basic situation as it is. Great Vehicle, Skt. mahāyāna, Tib. theg pa chen po: The Buddha’s teachings as a whole can be summed up into three vehicles where a vehicle is defined as that which can carry you to a certain destination. The first vehicle, called the Lesser Vehicle, contains the teachings designed to get an individual moving on the spiritual path through showing the unsatisfactory state of cyclic existence and an emancipation from that. The path shown though is only concerned with a personal emancipation and fails to take account of all of the beings that there are in existence. There used to be eighteen schools of Lesser Vehicle in India but the only one surviving these days is the Theravada of southeast Asia. The Greater Vehicle is a step up from that. The

156

GLOSSARY

Buddha explained that it was great in comparison to the Lesser Vehicle for seven reasons. The first of those is that it is concerned with truly complete enlightenment of a truly complete buddha for the sake of every sentient being where the Lesser Vehicle is only concerned with a personal liberation that is not truly complete enlightenment and which is only achieved for the sake of that practitioner. The Great Vehicle has two divisions. There is a conventional Great Vehicle in which the path is taught in a logical, conventional way. There is also an unconventional Great Vehicle in which the path is taught in an unconventional and very direct way. This latter vehicle is called the Vajra Vehicle because it relies on showing the innermost, indestructible (vajra) fact of reality of one’s own mind. The teachings in this book, while they do go through the Lesser and conventional Great Vehicles are principally concerned with the Vajra Vehicle. Introduction and To Introduce; ngos sprad and ngos sprod pa respectively:This pair of terms is usually translated in the U.S.A. these days as “pointing out” “and “to point out” but this is yet another common mistake that has become, unfortunately, entrenched. The terms are the standard terms used in day to day life for the situation in which one person introduces another person to someone or something. They are the exact same words as our English “introduction” and “to introduce”. In the Vajra Vehicle, these terms are specifically used for the situation in which one person introduces another to the nature of the person’s own mind. As a matter of interest, there is another term in Tibetan for “pointing out”. That term is never used for the purpose here because here, no-one points out anything. Rather, a person is introduced by another to a part of that person that he has forgotten about. There is a further problem here which is that, if “pointing out” is used for this term, when the actual Tibetan term for “pointing out” is used, there will be confusion over the terms. Isness: a translation of dharmatā, q.v.

GLOSSARY

157

Key points, gnad: it is not apparent from the wording but a “key point” is not a point of understanding that you have conceptually in your mind and take to meditation practice but is an issue belonging to the actual process of meditation itself. Meditation as a process has key points or issues within it and instructions such as the “Three Lines” are given so that the practitioner can connect a correct understanding which is derived from those instructions with those issues as they are actually present in the meditation itself. This is worth thinking over because the common understanding in English of “key point” is an instruction to be applied but that is quite incorrect; the instructions are applied to your meditation in order to work the key points that are present as issues in the meditation itself. They are the buttons existing in the meditation for you to be press using the instructions, such as the Three Lines, that allow you to hit the buttons. Liveliness, rtsal: another key term in Mahāmudrā and Great Completion. The term means the potential that something contains for it to produce or display some kind of expression. For example, a baby horse has the innate ability that will later come out as its liveliness of galloping and prancing as a steed. However, the term also is used in situations where the energy is actually happening, that is, it is not mere potential any more but is the energy at the time of its expression. The term that seems to fit correctly in English is “spunk”, unfortunately not many people know this word well. It is the potential and the expression of dynamic display that something has within it. Luminosity, ’od gsal ba: the core of mind, called mind’s essence, has two aspects, parts, or factors as they are called. One is emptiness and the other is knowing. Luminosity is a metaphor for the fundamental knowing quality of the essence of mind. It is sometimes translated as“clear light” but that is a mistake that comes from not understanding how the words of the Tibetan go together. It does not refer to a light that is clear but refers to the illuminative property which is the hallmark of mind. Mind knows, that is what it does. Thus, it has the property of luminosity which knows its own content. Both in Sanskrit and Tibetan

158

GLOSSARY

Buddhist literature, the term is frequently abbreviated just to gsal ba, “clarity”, with the same meaning. Lesser Vehicle, Skt. Hīnayāna, Tib. theg pa dman pa: see under Great Vehicle. Mind, sems: conventional minding which occurs because there is ignorance. Mindfulness, dran pa: the ability to keep mind on an object of the senses. With alertness, it is one of the two causes of developing śhamatha. Offput, gdangs: A general Tibetan term meaning that which is given off by something else, for example, the sound that comes from a loudspeaker. In Mahāmudrā and Great Completion, it the general term used to refer to what is given off by the emptiness factor of the essence of mind. Emptiness is the empty condition of the essence of mind, like space. However, that emptiness has liveliness and liveliness comes off it as compassion, and all the other qualities of enlightened mind, and, equally, all the apparatus of dualistic mind. All of this is called its offput. Note that the Great Completion teachings have a special word that is a more refined version of this term. See “complexion” for that. Post-attainment: see equipoise. Prajña, shes rab: a name for a state of mind that makes precise distinctions between this and that. Although it is sometimes translated as “wisdom”, that is not correct because it is, generally speaking, a mental event belonging to dualistic mind. Preserve, skyong ba: an important term in Thorough Cut. It means to keep something as it is, to nurture something in the sense of keeping it just so and not losing it. In the case of Thorough Cut, it specifically means that you are not using any rational process or effort to keep it in place, rather you are following the instructions received from your guru on allowing it to be as it is. This is also always applied to the state, q.v. and the

GLOSSARY

159

phrase “preserve the state” is a key oral instruction in the Thorough Cut system. Rational mind, blo: the Kagyu and Nyingma traditions use this term pejoratively for the most part. In the Great Completion tradition, blo is the dualistic mind and hence is the villain so to speak which needs to be removed from the equation in order to obtain enlightenment. This term is consistently translated as rational mind throughout this text since merely translating it as mind, which is the common approach these days, utterly loses the importance of the word. This is not just mind but this is the mind that creates the situation of this and that (ratio in Latin) and which is always at the root of all sentient beings problems and which is the very opposite of the essence of mind. This is a key term and it should be noted and not just glossed over as “mind”. Rigpa, rig pa: the key words of key words in the system of the Thorough Cut. The equivalent in the Mahāmudrā system is “Tha mal gyi shaypa” q.v. Rigpa literally means to know in the sense of “I see!”. It is used at all levels of meaning from the coarsest everyday sense of knowing something to the deepest sense of knowing something as presented in the system of Thorough Cut. The system of Thorough Cut uses this term in a very special sense, though it still retains its basic meaning of “to know”. To translate it as “awareness” which is common practice these days is a poor practice; there are many kinds of awareness but there is only one rigpa and besides, rigpa is substantially more than just awareness. Since this is such an important term and since it lacks an equivalent in English, I choose not to translate it. However, it will be helpful in reading the text to understanding the meaning as just given. Secret Mantra, gsang sngags: the name for the second of the two parts of the Mahāyāna school, that is, the vajrayāna. Seven Dharmas of Vairochana rnam par snang mdzad chos bdun: are the seven aspects of Vairochana’s posture which used for formal meditation practice. The posture for the legs is the one called “vajra posture” or vajrāsana. In it, the legs are crossed one on

160

GLOSSARY

top of the other, right on top of left. The advantage of this posture is that, of the five basic winds of the subtle body, the downward-clearing wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the hands is called the equipoise mudrā. The right palm is placed on top of the left palm and the two thumbs are just touching, raised up over the palms. The advantage of this posture is that the Fire-Accompanying Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the spine is that the spine should be held straight. The advantage of this posture is that the Pervader Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The posture for the shoulders is one in which the shoulders are held up slightly in a particular way. The advantage of this posture is that Upward-Moving Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The neck and chin are held in a particular posture: the neck is drawn up a little and the chin slightly hooked in towards the throat. The advantage of this posture is that the Life-Holder Wind is caused to enter the central channel. The tip of the tongue is joined with the forward part of the palate and the jaws are relaxed, with the teeth and lips allowed to sit normally. The eyes are directed down past the tip of the nose, into space. Placing the gaze in this way keeps the clarity of mind and prevents sinking, agitation, and so on. Shamatha, gzhi gnas: one of the two main practices of meditation required in the Buddhist system for gaining insight into reality. It develops one-pointedness of mind. The completion of the practice is a mind that sits stably on its object without any effort. Essentially, it allows the other practice, vipaśhyanā, to focus on its object unwaveringly. State, ngang: this is a key term in Mahāmudrā and Great Completion. Unfortunately it is often not translated and in so doing much meaning is lost. Alternatively, it is often translated as “within” which also is incorrect. The term means a “state”. A state is an ongoing situation and that is exactly what the Tibetan is referring to. It has the full sense of “a particular state that the practitioner is in”. There are many states on the path. In Great Completion, the word is often used in the Thorough Cut without

GLOSSARY

161

adjective to refer to the all-important experience of the essence of mind, whatever that might be at the time. Hence “the state”, “preserving the state”, etc. See also “Preserve”. Stoppageless, ’gag pa med pa: A key term of Mahāmudrā and Great Completion that is usually mis-translated. It is usually translated as “unceasing”. However, this is a different verb. It refers to the situation in which one thing is not being stopped by another thing. It means “not stopped”, “without stoppage”, “not blocked and prevented by something else” that is, stoppageless. The verb form associated with it is “not stopped” q.v. Superfactual Truth, don dam bden pa: one of a pair of terms; the other is Fictional Truth, q.v. The usual translation as “absolute truth” is not the meaning at all of this key term. The term means the level of reality(truth) which is superior to the ordinary person’s mistaken kind of reality and which is factual compared to the fictional reality of the ordinary person. Superfice, superficies, rnam pa: in discussions of mind, a distinction is made between the entity of mind which is a mere knower and the superficial things that appear on its surface and which are known by it. In other words, the superficies are the various things which pass over the surface of mind but which are not mind. Superficies are all the specifics that constitute appearance, for example, the colour white within a moment of visual consciousness, the vroom of a motorbike within an ear consciousness, and so on. Temporary experience, nyams: when one practises meditation, various experiences occur which are simply part of the path and are not realizations, per se. These experiences are thus temporary experiences. Tha mal gyi shaypa, tha mal gyi shes pa: the path term used in the Mahāmudrā tradition to indicate mind’s essence. In Dzogchen, the equivalent term is “rigpa”. Both words are used by practitioners as a sort of code word for their own, personal experience of the essence of mind. These words are secret because of the power they are connected and should be kept that way.

162

GLOSSARY

Tha mal gyi shaypa is often referred to as “ordinary mind”, a term that was established by Chogyam Trungpa Rinpoche for his students. However, there are two problems with that word. Firstly, “tha mal” does not mean “ordinary”. It means “common”, something that is common to everyone. This is well attested to in the writings of the Kagyu forefathers. Secondly, this is not mind, given that mind is used throughout this book to mean the dualistic mind of beings in cyclic existence. Rather this is “shes pa”, the most general term for all kinds of awareness or knower. In short, it is the kind of non-dualistic knower that is common to everyone. From a practitioner’s perspective, there is little difference between the two terms. However, as Tsoknyi Rinpoche points out, “There is a deep point concerning what is explained in the extraordinary levels of Dzogchen as the complexion aspect of the rigpa1 and what is explained in Mahāmudrā as the luminosity aspect2. Dzogchen says that real rigpa is to bring forth the deep state which is the luminosity part without the slightest bit of compartmentalizing— the actual original, naked dharmakāya—and there is a slight point of discussion over that. “There is that sort of discussion when these things are being explained but, from the perspective of an individual receiving the instructions and meditating, the instructions on Mahāmudrā could become the accomplishment of Dzogchen and vice-versa. That difference is explained in the texts but in fact it depends on the individual.”” Thorough Cut, mkhregs chod: one of the two practices of the innermost level of Great Completion practice. The other is Direct Cross-

1

Tib. rig pa’i mdangs cha

2

Tib. gsal cha

GLOSSARY

163

ing. Thorough Cut is a practice in which the main point is to cut decisively through to Alpha Purity. Transparency, zang thal: perhaps this term would be better not translated. The term is a special term of experience used in both Mahāmudrā and Dzogchen. It means that, because expanse and the knower—described as rigpa in Dzogchen—are unified, there is the experience of total unimpededness. The practitioner is outside the normal constraints of impure appearances and experiences this as a totally open transparency of what is experienced. Unaltered or uncontrived, ma bcos pa: the opposite of “altered” and “contrived”. Something which has not been altered from its native state; something which has been left just as it is. Vajra Vehicle, Skt. vajrayāna, Tib. rdo rje’i theg pa: see under Great Vehicle. Vipashyana, lhag mthong: one of the two main practices of meditation required in the Buddhist system for gaining insight into reality. It is the insight that directly sees reality. It is aided by śhamatha which keeps it focussed on the reality. Wisdom, ye shes: this terms translates the original Sanskrit, jñāna. Jñāna has many meanings but overall has the sense of just knowing. In the Buddhist usage it is very literal, meaning the most basic sense we have of knowing which is the knowing that is there from the beginning in the core of mind. Because of this meaning, the Tibetans translated it as “the particular awareness which has been there from the beginning”. This has been translated into English in various ways but, as long as the meaning just mentioned is understood, that will be enough. In the tantras, there are many methods for bringing the students to this primordial awareness. Some of them bring the student first to something which is similar to the wisdom so there is the term, simile wisdom3; this is often translated as example wisdom but that is being literal to the extent of losing the meaning. The 3

Tib. dpe’i ye shes

164

GLOSSARY

simile wisdom is a similitude of the real wisdom, the actual wisdom which is shown in various ways, including by the fourth empowerment. Real wisdom4 is the opposite of simile wisdom; it is wisdom in fact, not the one which is just a similitude of the real wisdom.

4

Tib. don gyi ye shes

INDEX

A Summary of Mountain Dharma . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 abiding . . . 8, 13, 19-21, 23, 24, 38, 39, 65, 75, 99-106, 108, 109, 117 abiding mind . . . . . . . 101, 106 accumulation . . . 8, 46, 50, 54, 121 of merit . . . . . . . . 8, 46, 121 of wisdom . . . . . . . . . . 8, 46 Āchārya Krishnapada, . . . . . 66 actuality . . 7, 8, 19, 21, 23, 25, 30, 57, 81, 93, 95, 99, 101, 105-109, 115, 116, 119, 155 actuality Mahāmudrā . . . . . . 25 actuality of mind . 7, 8, 19, 21, 81, 93, 99, 101, 105-109, 116, 119 adventitious discursive thoughts . . . . 48, 114 obscurations . . . . . . . 96-98 stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 affliction . . . . . . . . 23, 113, 155 agitation . . 8, 20, 38, 101, 102, 164

agitation/excitement . . . . . 102 all-knowing . iii, iv, 18, 22, 27, 29, 43, 45 Padma Karpo . . . iii, 27, 29 Situ Chokyi Jungnay . . . iv, 43 all-accomplishing wisdom . 24, 121 anger . 13, 39, 73, 76, 96, 104, 113, 120, 124 animals . . . . . . . . 54, 72, 73, 82 appearance and emptiness . ix, x, 17, 18, 85, 97 part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 arhat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 158 arouse the mind . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ārya Asaṅga . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 aspiring and engaging . . . . 46 asuras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Atiśha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 89 Avalokiteśhvara . . . . . . . . . 120 becoming and peace . . . . . 45 Benchen Tenga Rinpoche . . 1, 2, iv, xvii, xxi, 61 bile-related diseases . . . . . . 124 birth in a miraculous way . 82

165

166

INDEX

birth in an egg . . . . . . . . . . 82 birth in the womb . . . . . . . 82 birth through heat and moisture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 birth, old age, sickness, and death . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 106 blankness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 blessings of the guru . . . . . . 19 bliss . . . . . . . . . 40, 52, 55, 156 bliss, clarity, and no-thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 156 Bodhgaya . . . . . . . . . . 65, 125 bodhicitta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 bodhisatva . 13, 20, 66, 74, 97, 102, 123, 124 bodhisatva path . . . . . 74, 124 bodhisatva Vajragarbha . . . 66 bodhisatva vehicle . . . . . . 123 bodhisatva vows . . . . . . . . . 74 buddha . ix, xvii, 3, 7, 8, 11, 13, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 30, 33, 35, 48, 51, 63-66, 72, 73, 79, 80, 82, 85, 87, 88, 95, 98, 99, 102, 125, 155, 157, 158, 160 buddha nature . . . . . . . 30, 98 buddhahood . . 3, 8, 13, 31, 41, 46, 64, 65, 74, 80, 97, 98, 117, 119, 158 buddhahood in one lifetime, one body . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Ḍākinī Kalwa Zangmo . . . . 66 calm-abiding . . . 8, 19, 21, 23, 65, 99-105, 117 calm-abiding and insight . . 65, 99, 117

central channel . . . 36, 81, 100, 101, 103, 104, 164 Chakrasaṃvara . . . . 14, 16, 66, 84, 103 channels . . xii, 7, 12, 80-82, 84 channels, winds, and drops . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 82, 84 clarity . . . 4, 15, 19, 34, 39, 47, 51, 52, 55, 96, 97, 101, 156, 164 clarity aspect . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 colour or shape . . . . . . . . . 106 common awareness . . . . . . 19 compassion . . 7, 12, 13, 16, 29, 32, 33, 36-38, 46, 58, 7177, 125, 126, 159, 162 complete buddhahood . . . . 65 complete enlightenment . . . 7, 65, 159, 160 complete purity . . . 34, 47, 48 completion stage . . . . . xiv, 79 complexion . . . 33, 37, 83, 156, 157, 166 confused thoughts . . . . . . . 59 confusion . . 18, 23, 54, 58, 96, 98, 157, 160 conqueror . . . . . . 48-50, 54, 57 consciousness . . . 8, 22, 40, 54, 59, 108, 165 container world . . . . . . . . . 14 Co-emergence . . x-xiii, 54, 55, 107, 111 Co-emergence Yoga . . . . x-xiii, 54 co-emergence, innate wisdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 co-emergent wisdom . 57, 108

INDEX

cyclic existence 17, 31, 32, 48, 52, 56, 57, 60, 82, 85, 90, 96-99, 107, 116, 118, 156, 157, 159, 166 dead winds . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 36 death . . 22, 30, 31, 59, 60, 72, 82, 89, 106, 112 dedication . iv, xiv, xv, 4, 8, 12, 24, 25, 40, 41, 45, 57, 65, 68, 119-121 definitive meaning . 23, 32, 41, 116 deity . . x, xi, xiv, xxvii, 3, 7, 12, 14-17, 32, 34, 35, 45-47, 53, 59, 65, 68, 79-81, 83, 84, 92 delusion . . . 13, 24, 39, 71, 73, 104, 116, 124 desire . . 16, 55, 73, 84, 96, 124 desire, form, and formless realms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 devapūtra . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 93 development stage . . iv, 16, 53, 65, 68, 79, 82, 84 devotion . . . xiv, 17, 18, 25, 85, 94 dharmadhātu . . . . . 24, 52, 116 dharmakāya . 8, 17, 23, 35, 50, 57, 60, 66, 79, 80, 82, 85, 86, 92, 98, 109, 110, 113117 dharmakāya devotion . . . 17, 85 dharmakāya rigpa . . . . . . . 113 dharmakāya’s shifting events . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114 dharmatā . . 3, 34, 35, 59, 119, 161

167

discard and realization . . . . 18 discursive thinking . . . . . . . . 52 discursive thought . . 8, 21, 24, 38, 48, 49, 54, 56, 105, 106, 108-110, 113-117, 157 disease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 diseases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 dissolution stages . . . . . . . . . 60 downward-clearing . . 100, 164 downward-clearing wind . 100, 164 dream . . . . . . 34, 39, 40, 53, 82 Dreaming . . . . . . . . . . . . x, 66 Drigung . . 1, iii, vii, xvi, xix, xx, xxvi, 9, 11, 68, 91, 111 Drigung Kagyu . . . iii, vii, xvi, xix, xx, 11, 91 Drigung Kyobpa . . xvi, xix, xx, xxvi, 9, 68, 111 Drogmi Lotsāwa . . . . . . . . . 90 drops . . . . . . 31, 56, 81, 82, 84 Drukchen . . . xvii, xxiii, 91, 111 Drukpa . . . 1, iii, vii, xvii, xxii, xxiii, xxv, xxvi, 29, 35, 91 Drukpa Kagyu . . . iii, xvii, xxii, xxiii, xxv, xxvi, 29, 35, 91 dualistic mind 7, 8, 18, 33, 37, 55, 96, 156, 162, 163, 166 dualistic movement of mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 dullness . . . . . . . . . 20, 38, 102 Dza Patrul . . . . . . . . . 112, 113 Dzogchen . . . . 3, 86, 165-167 eight freedoms . . . . . . . . . . . 30

168

INDEX

Eight Lesser Lineages . vi, vii, xvii, xix Eight Lesser Lineages of the Kagyu . . . . . . . xvii, xix eight unfree states . . . . . . . 30 eight-fold group . . . . . . . . . 54 element . . . . . . . . . . 30, 98, 99 empowerment xxv, 30, 55, 69, 91, 128, 168 emptiness . ix, x, 16-18, 23-25, 29, 33, 36-40, 48, 49, 52, 53, 56-58, 83-85, 87, 9699, 101, 119, 156-159, 161, 162 emptiness aspect . . . . . . . . . 97 emptiness having the excellence of all aspects . . . . . . . 40 empty factor . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Engaging in the Middle Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 enlightenment . . iv, xi, xii, xiv, xxiv, 3, 7, 12, 13, 25, 32, 33, 45, 58, 60, 63-65, 68, 71, 72, 74-77, 79, 81, 83, 87, 88, 98, 120, 124-126, 128, 157-160, 163 enlightenment mind . . . . iv, xii, xiv, xxiv, 7, 12, 13, 25, 32, 33, 45, 63-65, 68, 72, 7477, 87, 120, 125, 126, 157-159 Equalization of Taste . . . . 111 equipoise . . . 7, 20, 21, 36, 37, 50, 55, 58-60, 76, 85, 100-102, 106, 108, 110, 114, 116, 158, 162, 164

equipoise and post-attainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 158 equipoise mudrā . . . 7, 20, 100, 102, 164 essence of mind . 7, 19, 22, 23, 39, 96-99, 105, 106, 113, 115, 156, 157, 161-163, 165, 166 evil deeds and obscurations . . . . . . . 84, 93, 96, 105 exaggerations . . 18, 40, 56, 97 experience and realization . iii, iv, xii, xvii, xix, 11, 61, 111 extremes of peace or existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 fictional . . . 13, 23, 40, 45, 75, 159, 165 fire-accompanying . . . 36, 100, 164 fire-accompanying wind . . 100, 164 five afflictions . . . . 73, 93, 124 Five Manifest Enlightenments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 84 five paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Five Sakya Forefathers . . . . 90 five sense faculties . . . . . . 103 five wisdoms . . . 17, 76, 85, 94, 121 Five-part . . 1, iii, iv, vi, vii, xiiixx, xxii, xxiii, xxv, 1, 7, 11, 12, 29, 30, 32, 45, 60, 64, 65, 67, 76, 92 five-part format . . . . . . . . . . vi Five-part Mahamudra . . . 1, 1, 29, 45

INDEX

four chakras . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 four extremes . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Four Greater Lineages . . . . vi Four Greater Lineages of the Kagyu . . . . . . . . . . . . vi four immeasurable thoughts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 75 four kāyas . . . . . . . . . 18, 57, 94 four points of straying . . . . . 8 four tantra sections . . . 11, 66, 67 four yogas of Mahāmudrā . 50, 117 fourth empowerment . . 30, 55, 168 freedom from elaboration, 50, 55, 117 fruition Mahāmudrā . . 19, 95, 117 functioning of Mahāmudrā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Gampopa . . 1, 2, v-vii, x-xvi, 1, 3, 4, 8, 67, 73, 87, 90, 91 Garab Dorje . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Gayadhara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 gaze . . . . 20, 21, 38, 100, 101, 103, 104, 164 Gelugpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 90 glorious Archer . . . . . . . . . . 38 gods . . . . . . . . . . 13, 65, 73, 77 gradual type of person . . . 105 grasping a self . . . . . . . . . . 52 grasping at a self . . . . . . . . 48 Great Completion . . . vii, xvii, xxvii, 110-112, 114, 127, 155, 156, 158, 161-165, 167

169

great imprint . . . . . . . . . . . viii Great Seal . . . . . . . . . . . vii, ix great stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x Great Vehicle . . . 80, 157-160, 162, 167 Grey Hair from Kham . . . 90, 91 ground Mahāmudrā . . . 19, 95, 99 group of consciousness . . . 54 Guhyasamaja . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Guhyasamaja tantra . . . . . . . 66 guru . . . iv, xi-xiv, xix, xx, xxvii, xxviii, 3, 7, 11, 12, 17-19, 22, 25, 32, 35, 41, 45, 47, 48, 54, 59, 65, 66, 68, 72, 85-94, 106-108, 112, 116, 123, 125, 128, 162 Guru Rinpoche . . . 89, 91, 112 guru yoga . . . . . . . . . . . iv, 128 guru’s blessings . . . . . 105, 106 guru-yoga xiv, xxvii, 7, 18, 32, 65, 85, 92-94, 108, 125 hell-beings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Hevajra . . . . . . . 38, 55, 66, 90 higher estates . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 hope and fear . . . . . . . . . . 115 horn of a rabbit . . . . . . . . . 22 human body . . . . . . . 30, 81, 99 ignorance . . . ix, 3, 24, 96, 116, 155, 157, 162 illusion-like sentient beings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Illusory Body . . . . x, 31, 34, 66 immeasurable mansion . . . . 14 impermanence . . . . . . . 24, 116

170

INDEX

individually discriminating wisdom . . . . . . . 16, 84 Indrabodhi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 inexhaustible sphere of ornamentation . . 17, 85 Inner Heat . . . . . . . . xi, xii, 66 insight . . . . 3, 8, 19, 21, 49, 65, 99, 105, 117, 164, 167 Instant of Recollection . . . . 82, 83 intellectual understanding . 56, 111 Intermediate State . . x, 60, 82, 83 introduction . . . . xii, xiii, xxvixxviii, 3, 7, 8, 19, 21, 22, 24, 52, 54, 105, 106, 160 introduction to one’s own mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Jamgon Kongtrul Lodro Thaye . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii, 108 Jampay Pal . . . . . . . . iii, xvii, 5 jaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 164 jealousy . . . 24, 63, 73, 96, 113, 114, 121 Jigten Sumgon . iii, vii, xix, xxi, 9, 11, 13, 68, 69, 76, 77, 91, 111, 121 jñāna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix, 167 Kadampa . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 89 Kagyu lineage . . v, vi, xvi-xviii, xx, xxiv, xxv, 7, 90, 91 karma . 1, iii, iv, vi, vii, xv, xvii, xx-xxii, xxiv, 8, 31, 33, 41, 63, 73, 90-92, 96, 110, 115, 116, 123, 124 karma and its results . . . . . . 31

Karma Kagyu . 1, iii, iv, vii, xvi, xvii, xx-xxii, xxiv, 90-92 Karma Kamtsang . . . . . . . 110 Karmapa . . vi, xxi, xxiv, 12, 67, 90-93, 107 Karmapa Dusum Khyenpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Karmapa Rangjung Dorje . 91 karmic habits . . 50, 53, 81, 82 karmic latencies . . 83, 84, 124 Kauśhika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Khampa Dorgyal . . . . . . vi, 67 Khyungpo Naljor . . . . . . . 111 King of Samādhis Sūtra . . . 20, 102 Kriṣhṇa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Kriyatantra . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Langdarma . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Laughing Vajra . . . . . . . . . . 40 Lavapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 left channel . . . . . . . . 103, 104 life-holder . . . . . . 36, 101, 164 life-holder wind . . . . 101, 164 Lingje Repa . . . . . xxii, 29, 111 liveliness . . . . . . . 57, 161, 162 Lokeśhvara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Lorepa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv loving kindness . . 7, 12, 13, 32, 46, 72, 75-77, 125, 126 loving kindness and compassio . . n7, 13, 46, 75-77, 126 luminosities of ground and path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 luminosity . . . . x, xiii, 8, 19, 34, 39, 49, 57-59, 66, 83, 86, 109, 115, 156, 161, 162, 166

INDEX

luminosity-emptiness . . . . . 58 Mahā Ati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Mahāmāya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Mahāmudrā . iii-viii, x-xx, xxii, xxiii, xxv-xxviii, 4, 7, 8, 12, 19, 24, 25, 30, 32, 45, 47, 50, 54, 55, 57, 60, 65, 67, 68, 76, 81, 91-93, 9597, 99, 101, 107-112, 114-117, 156, 161-167 Mahāmudrā’s Amulet Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 maṇḍala . 7, 14, 17, 22, 57, 59, 83, 106 Maitripa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Mañjuśhrī . . . . . . . . . 119, 120 Mañjuśhrīmitra . . . . . . . . . 112 Marpa . . . v, 67, 86, 87, 90, 92 Marpa the Translator . . . . . 67 merit . 7, 8, 24, 29, 32, 46, 50, 55-57, 60, 63-65, 72, 75, 105, 120, 121 method of time . . . . . . . 19, 54 migrators . . . 8, 25, 29, 33, 41, 46, 57, 58, 64, 74, 75, 96, 107 Milarepa . . . v, xi, xviii, 31, 40, 67, 86, 87, 90 mind of disenchantment . . 24, 116 Mind Training . . . . . . . . xi, 76 mindness . . ix, 7, 8, 17-19, 24, 33, 38, 49, 85, 95-97, 117 mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 127 mirror-like wisdom . . . 13, 76, 114

171

mistaken form . . . . . . . . . . . ix mistaken mind . . . . . . . . . ix, x mistaken solidity . . . . . . . . . . x moon winds of upāya . . . . 103 mother . 12, 32, 35, 46, 57, 59, 66, 71, 74, 86 mother and son luminosities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 motivation . . . . . . . . iv, 47, 63 movement . . . 20, 21, 96, 101, 103, 104, 109, 155 moving mind . . . . . . . . . . . 106 mudrā . 7, 20, 25, 36, 60, 100, 102, 164 Nāgārjuna . . . . 55, 66, 74, 112 nāgas . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 24, 116 Nāro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii Nāropa . . v, x, xi, xiii, 7, 66, 67, 90, 92 nature . . . . xiii, xxvi-xxviii, 7, 8, 11, 16, 17, 19, 22, 30, 33, 39, 47, 48, 50, 54, 55, 57, 64, 85, 96-98, 107, 160 nature of mind . . . . . . xiii, xxvi, xxviii, 7 neck and chin . . . . . . . 101, 164 Niguma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 nirmāṇakāya . . . . . . 35, 82, 88 nirvāṇa . . . 3, 17, 18, 23-25, 31, 32, 37, 47, 49, 85, 95-98, 112 non-affirming negation . . . . 40 non-meditation . . . 50, 60, 117 non-virtuous . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 not seeing . . . . . . . . . . 22, 106 nothing whatsoever blankness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

172

INDEX

Nub Jampay Pal . . . . . . . . xvii Nyingma . . . . . . 89, 128, 163 obscuration . . . . . . . . . 71, 159 One Hundred Upadeśhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii, 8 one taste . . . . . . . . 23, 50, 117 one-pointedness, . . . . 50, 117 oral instructions . xviii, xx, xxv, xxvii, 30, 36, 56, 67, 68, 86, 88, 111, 112 others’ aims . . . . . . . . . xii, 76 others’ benefit . . . . . . . 13, 77 overall decision . . . . . . . . . 112 Padma Karpo . 1-iv, xvii, xxiiixxvi, 19, 27, 40, 127, 128 Padmasaṃbhava . . . . . . . . . 89 palate . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 164 palms . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 164 pāramitā . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 40 path Mahāmudrā . 19, 95, 117 path of blessings . . . . . . . . 105 permanence, singularity, and independence . . . . . . 33 perseverance . . 24, 80, 91, 111, 125 pervader . . . . . . . 36, 100, 164 pervader wind . . . . . . 100, 164 Phadampa Sangyay . . . . . 112 Phagdru . . . . . . . vi, vii, xv, xvi Phagdru Kagyu . . . . . . . . . . vi Phagmo Drupa . 1-iii, vi, x-xiv, xvi, xviii-xx, xxii, 1, 3-5, 9, 11, 13, 25, 27, 29, 43, 6769, 77, 91, 111 phenomenon . . . . viii, ix, 157 phlegm-related diseases . . 124 plaintain tree . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Prajñāpāramitā . 13, 57, 87, 88, 119 Prayer of Aspiration to Mahāmudrā . . . . . . 107 precious human birth . . . . . 72 pretas . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 72, 73 pride . . . . 7, 15, 18, 34, 63, 93, 114, 120, 123 primordial actuality . . . . . . 57 provisional meaning . . . . . . 32 rational mind . . . 8, 18, 19, 40, 52, 95, 157, 163 reality . . vii-xi, xiii, xiv, 3, 7, 8, 13, 18, 19, 30, 40, 45, 52, 54, 73, 91, 95, 99, 155, 157, 159, 160, 164, 165, 167 Rechungpa . . . . . . . . . 67, 111 referential accumulation of merit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 repa . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii, 29, 111 rgyal ’gong . . . . . . . . . . 13, 76 right channel . . . . . . 103, 104 rigpa . . . 3, 23, 25, 52, 58, 109, 113, 163, 166, 167 rigpa’s way of being . . . . . 109 Rinchen Pal . . . . . . . . . . . . xix Rinpoche Gyaltsa . . . . . . . xvii ripening and liberating . . . . 17, 85 Rongtong Lhaga . . . . . . . . 86 root guru . . . 7, 17, 35, 47, 85, 92 roots of merit . 7, 8, 24, 32, 63, 72, 75, 120 Sahajayoga . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 saṃbhogakāya . . . . 35, 57, 82

INDEX

saṃsāra . . 3, 17, 18, 23-25, 37, 46, 47, 49, 85, 95-98, 116, 123, 157 Sakya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 90 Saltong Shogom . . . . . . vi, 67 samādhi . . . . . . 21, 49, 52, 106 Samantabhadra . . . . . 119, 120 Saraha . . . . 36, 38, 54, 91, 115 sealing with dedication . . . 45, 57 secret mantra . . vi, xiv, 12, 6669, 79, 90, 108, 163 seed syllable . . . . . . . . . . 83, 84 self . . . 8, 13, 19-21, 23, 31, 33, 34, 36-40, 45, 47, 48, 52, 54, 56, 57, 59, 60, 75, 96, 101, 107-109, 113-115 self-liberation . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 self-recognized, supreme fruition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 self-settled . 19, 20, 36, 37, 45, 47, 60, 101, 108, 109, 113, 115 Sending and Taking . . 123-125 senmo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 84 sentient being . . . . 17, 71, 85, 160 sentient beings . . . 3, 8, 12-14, 16, 18, 23, 24, 32-35, 38, 41, 64, 71-77, 80, 84, 85, 88, 96, 98, 99, 108, 111, 115, 118-120, 123, 157159, 163 seven dharmas of Vairochana . . . . . . . . . . 12, 51, 163 shamatha . . . . . . . . . . xxv, 164 Shangpa Kagyu . . . . . . . . . 111

173

short sessions many times . 51 shoulders . . . . 15, 20, 36, 100, 164 sinking . 8, 20, 38, 52, 59, 101, 102, 164 sinking/dullness . . . . . . . . . 102 Situ Chokyi Jungnay . . iv, xxiv, 43 Situ Rinpoche . . xvii, xxi, xxiv, xxv six classes . . . . . . . . . 39, 73, 74 Six Teachings of Nāropa . x, xi, xiii, 66 six types of existence . . . . . 96 six-fold group . . . . . . . . 51, 52 skandhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 solidified self . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Songtsen Gampo . . . . . . . . . 89 spine . . . . . . . 20, 36, 100, 164 staring unwaveringly . . 22, 107 style of grasping . . . . . . . . . 96 subsidiary channels . . . . . . . 81 sudden type of person . . . 105 sugata element . . . . . . . . . . . 30 sugatagarbha . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Sukhasiddhi . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 sun winds of prajñā . . . . . 103 superfactual . . . 13, 23, 45, 75, 76, 159, 165 superfice . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 165 supreme nirmāṇakāya buddha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 sūtra . 8, 11, 20, 50, 52, 54, 55, 67, 87, 88, 102, 109, 120 Sūtra Requested by Sagaramati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

174

INDEX

Tailopa . . v, xiii, 55, 66, 67, 90, 92, 107 tantra . xvii, 11, 36, 55, 66, 67, 80, 88, 109 Tārā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Tashi Ozer . . . . . . . . 110, 124 tathāgatagarbha . . . 30, 98, 99 Telo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v ten bhūmis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ten connections . . . . . . . . . 30 Ten Dharmas, Three Dharmas . . . . . . . . . . . . xx, 11, 13 ten non-virtues . . . . . . . . . . 31 ten virtues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Tenga Rinpoche . . 1, 2, iv, xvii, xxi, xxii, xxvii, 61, 127 Tīrthikas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 tha mal gyi shes pa . . . . 19, 23, 165 the eighty-four mahāsiddhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 the essence empty . . . . . . . . 57 The Four Letters of Mahāmudrā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 The Four Vajras . . . . . . 82, 83 the innate . . . 8, 19, 23, 38, 45, 58, 117, 161 the innate character . . . 23, 58 The King of Aspiration Prayers, Excellent Conduct . . 41 The Lamp of Certainty of Mahāmudrā . . . . . . 108 the nature luminosity . . . . . 57 The Ocean-Like Instructions on the Five Parts . . . . iii, iv, 61, 111 The Pacifier, Cutting . . . . 111

the state . 8, 19, 22, 40, 55-57, 59, 76, 85, 89, 113, 114, 163 The Three Rituals . . . . 82, 83 The Treasury of Oral Instructions . . . . . . . . . . xviii, xx, xxv the view of Mahāmudrā . . . 55, 95, 99 the yoga of carrying desirables as assistants . . . . . . . . . 58 The Yoga of Freedom from Elaboration . . . . . . 117 the yoga of gathering the sense faculties into the ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 the yoga of inserting consciousness into the vase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 The Yoga of Non-meditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 The Yoga of One Taste . . 117 The Yoga of One-pointedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 the yoga of sealing appearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 thirty-two marks . . . . . . . . 102 Thorough Cut . . . . xxvii, 128, 157, 162, 163, 165, 167 three bad migrations . . . . . 31 three baskets . . . . . . . . . 11, 67 three deviations . . . . . . . . . . 8 three kāyas . 17, 18, 35, 56, 85 three lines . . 112-114, 127, 161 Three Lines That Hit The Key Points . . . . 112-114, 127 Three Men of Kham . . 67, 90 three refuges . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

INDEX

three vajras of enlightenment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 threefold sphere of . . . . 57, 119 threefold sphere of emptiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Throphu 1, iii, vii, xvi-xviii, 5, 7, 8 Throphu Kagyu . . iii, xvi-xviii, 7 Tilo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v tip of the tongue . . . . 101, 164 Translator from Throphu . iii, xvi, xvii transparency . 59, 60, 113, 167 Trisong Deutsen . . . . . 89, 112 Tsangpa Gyare . . xxii, xxiii, 29, 91, 111 two accumulations . . 8, 25, 46, 121 two fruitions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 two knowledges . . . 18, 24, 117 two knowledges of a buddha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 two purposes . . . . . . 14, 56, 84 two types of enlightenment mind . . . . . . . . . . . xxiv, 7, 75 Śhākyamuni . . . . . . . . . 65, 102 śhamatha . . 19, 46, 49, 50, 52, 55, 162, 167 śhamatha and vipaśhyanā . . 19, 49, 55 Śhāntideva . . . . . . . 63, 71, 120 Śhāntipa . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii, 50 ultimate reality . . . . . . . . . . viii uncontrived freshness . . . 115, 116

175

unification . xiv, 14, 16, 38, 40, 55, 58, 68, 85, 96, 117 unsatisfactoriness . . 12, 13, 22, 31-34, 42, 64, 71-76, 88, 97, 106 Unsurpassed Yogatantra . . 55, 80 upadeśha xi, xvii, xxvii, 45, 5860, 66 upward-moving . . 36, 100, 164 upward-moving wind . . . 100, 164 vajra vehicle . . v, vi, xiii, xxviii, 11, 30, 155, 158-160, 167 Vajradhara . 17, 18, 35, 47, 66, 92, 93 vajrāsana . . . . 17, 92, 100, 164 Vajrasatva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Varaṇasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 view of emptiness . . . . . . . . 57 vipaśhyanā . . xxv, 8, 19, 21, 4850, 52, 55, 164 virtuous spiritual friend . . . 72, 74, 88, 99, 123 Virupa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 visualization . . xxvii, 15, 17, 20, 21, 34, 83, 84, 92, 102 Vulture’s Peak Mountain . . 66 wandering . . . . 21, 38, 48, 52, 123, 157 wheel of Fine Distinctions . 66 wheel of No-characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 wheel of the Four Noble Truths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

176

INDEX

winds . . xii, 21, 36, 48, 80-82, 84, 100, 103, 104, 164 wind-related diseases . . . . 124 wisdom . ix, x, 8, 13, 15-18, 23, 24, 33, 34, 36, 40, 46, 54, 56-59, 76, 81, 84, 85, 94, 107, 108, 114, 116, 121, 167, 168 wisdom and emptiness . . . ix, x wisdom of dharmadhātu . . . 24, 116 wisdom of equality . . . . 18, 94

wish-fulfilling jewel . . . 14, 25, 35, 121 yidam . . . xiv, 7, 12, 14, 16, 17, 45, 46, 53, 68, 79-81, 83, 84, 92 yidam deity . . xiv, 7, 12, 16, 45, 46, 53, 68, 79-81, 83, 84 yoga of unification . . . . . . . 55 Yogatantra . . . . . . . . . . 55, 80 Zhamar Konchog Yanlag . . iii, xvii Zhamarpa . . . . xx, xxi, 84, 105




Source

https://epdf.tips/gampopas-mahamudra.html